Full text of Monthly Labor Review : June 1945, Vol. 60, No. 6
The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
IN THIS ISSUE Wartime Food Purchases Prices in the First Quarter of 1945 Effects of Cut-Backs on Employment and Turnover Postwar Job Prospects in Aviation Occupations Union Agreements in Petroleum Refining, 1944 Earnings in the Cutlery Industry, 1945 U N IT E D STATES D E P A R T M E N T O F LABOR « BUREAU O F LABOR STATISTICS https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR F r a n c e s P e r k i n s , Secretary + BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS I sador L u b in , Commissioner (on leave) A. F. H inrichs , Acting Commissioner H enry J. F itzgerald, Chief, Business Management Branch Editorial and Research (vacancy) W alter G. K eim , Director of Field Operations H ugh B. K illough , Chief, Em ployment and Occupational Outlook Branch N. A rnold T ollés, Chief, Working Conditions and Industrial Relations Branch A ryness J oy W ickens , Chief, Prices and Cost of Living Branch J ohn H. S mith, Acting Chief Statisti cian J ohn H. G. P ierson , Consultant on Postwar Employment Policy F aith M. W illiams, Consultant on Costs and Standards of Living H erman B. B yer , Assistant Chief, Employment and Occupational Outlook Branch L ester S. K ellogg, Assistant Chief, Prices and Cost of Living Branch d iv isio n s Construction and Public Employment, Hersey E. Riley Consumer’s Prices, Ethel D. Hoover Cost of Living, Dorothy S. Brady Employment Sturges Statistics, Alexander General Price Research (vacancy) Industrial Relations, Florence Peter son, assistant chief, Working Condi tions and Industrial Relations Branch Labor Information Service, Boris Stern Machine Tabulation, Joseph Drager Occupational Outlook, Chailes Stewart Industrial Hazards, Max D. Kossoris Productivity and Technological De velopment, W. Duane Evans Industrial Prices, Jesse M. Cutts Wage Analysis, Robert J. Myers Copies of Bureau of Labor Statistics publications and further information may be obtained from the several field offices, a list of which appears on the inside back cover of this issue. The services of the Bureau’s Regional Directors and their technical staffs are available to labor organizations, management, and the general public for consultation on matters with which the Bureau deals, as, for example, employment, prices, wages, absenteeism, labor turnover, and industrial accidents. The M o nthly L a bo r R e v ie w is for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Price, SO cents a copy. Subscription price per year in the United States, Canada, and Mexico, $3.50, other countries, $4-75. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis U N IT ED STATES D E P A R T M E N T O F LABOR » BUREAU O F LABOR STATISTICS + + *###*** ####### C O N T E N T S J U N E 1945, Vol. 60, No. 6 Special articles: p age Wartime food purchases_____ ___________________________________ Prices in the first quarter of 1945_______________________ _________ Effects of cut-backs in war contracts on employment and turnover of selected plants_______________________________________________ Social progress—How can we work for it?________________________ 1143 1158 1175 1182 Occupational outlook: Postwar employment outlook in aviation occupations: Parts 2 and 3. 1186 Wartime policies: Manpower policies after VE-day_________________________________ Wage provisions and price adjustments for bituminous-coal industry. Directive on wage adjustments not directly involving basic rates___ Production-adjustment program of W PB_________________________ Japanese labor-mobilization law, 1945____________________________ 1205 1209 1211 1211 1212 Postwar reconstruction: Postwar planning for labor in the Netherlands____________________ Postwar reconstruction in the Union of South Africa_______________ 1214 1215 Discharged soldiers: Regulations for education or training of veterans__________________ Benefits for British ex-service personnel___________________ _____ Demobilization and benefits of servicemen in Union of South Africa___ 1222 1223 1226 Handicapped workers: 1231 Restoring the civilian disabled to jobs____________________________ Social security: Federal social security in 1944___________________________________ Railroad retirement benefits, 1943-44________________ ____________ Workmen’s compensation in Bolivia, 1935-44_____________________ Benefit schemes for Canadian factory workers_____________________ 1236 1237 1239 1242 Employment conditions: Effects of cut-backs in war contracts on employment and turnover in selected plants_______________________________________________ Labor conditions in British West Indian sugar industry, 1945_______ 1175 1246 Industrial relations: Union agreements in the petroleum-refining industry in effect in 1944. 1249 Labor organizations: Meeting of Confederation of Latin American Workers, 1944________ Trade-union growth in Egypt________________________________ Trade-union membership in Great Britain, 1943___________________ Labor-union membership in liberated Italy_______________________ 6458 8 6 — 45 ---------- 1 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1 1254 1255 1255 1256 II CONTENTS Industrial disputes: Strikes and lockouts in April 1945________________________________ Activities of U. S. Conciliation Service, March 1945_______________ p age 1258 1261 Labor laws and decisions: Recent decisions of interest to labor______________________________ New South Wales vacations with pay act, 1944___________________ 1262 1267 Women in industry: Employers’ postwar plans for women workers_____________________ Women in labor unions-------------------------------------------------------------Women’s earnings in New York factories, September 1944__________ 1269 1269 1270 Wage and hour statistics: Hourly earnings in pocket-cutlery and steel-flatware industry, 1945_ Trend of factory earnings, 1939 to March 1945____________________ New York— Earnings of office workers in factories, October 1944___ Italy— Wages and cost of living in Rome, November 1940 and 1944.. 1273 1281 1283 1284 Wage and hour regulations: Minimum wages in Luxembourg, 1945____________________________ Minimum wages and labor conditions in Paraguay in 1944__________ 1285 1285 Cost of living and retail prices: Wartime food purchases______________________________ __________ Prices in the first quarter of 1945________________________________ Cost of living in large cities, April 1945 __________________________ Retail prices of food in March 1945______________________________ Supplies of food in independent retail stores, April 1945____________ Cost of living of worker’s family in Montevideo, Uruguay, 1937-44__ 1143 1158 1288 1292 1298 1299 Wholesale prices: Wholesale prices in April 1945___________________________________ 1302 Labor turnover: Labor turnover in manufacturing, mining, public utilities, March 1945. 1307 Building operations: Building construction in urban areas, April 1945___________________ 1313 Trend of employment, earnings, and hours: Summary of employment reports for April 1945___________________ Industrial and business employment__________________________ Public employment__________________________________ Employment on shipbuilding and repair______________________ Construction employment___________________________________ Detailed reports for industrial and business employment, March 1945: Nonagricultural employment_________________________________ Industrial and business employment_______________ Indexes of employment and pay rolls____________ ________ Average earnings and hours_____________________________ Civilian labor force, April 1945___________________________________ 1316 1316 1317 1319 1319 1321 1322 1322 1331 1335 Labor chronology: Chronology of labor events, January-March 1945__________________ 1336 Labor conditions in Latin America __________________ 1239, 1254, 1285, 1299 Recent publications of labor interest________________________________ 1343 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis This Issue in Brief Wartime food purchases The diet of most Americans in cities was much better in the fall of 1944 than might have been expected under wartime conditions. At that time, city families with incomes below $1,000 were purchasing somewhat more food than in the spring of 1942, whereas high-income families obtained a smaller amount of most foods, particularly meat and vegetables. Per person, the diet of low-income families compared more favorably with that of high-income families in 1944 than in the earlier period. Price advances and increases in food purchases together resulted in a 45-percent rise in outlays for food by families in the lowest income group. The proportion of income they spent for food rose from 50 to 70 per cent. Despite smaller purchases, food expenditures were somewhat greater in 1944 than in 1942 for families with incomes of $4,000 or more, but the proportion of their incpme taken by food was about the same in the two periods. Page 1143. Prices in the first quarter of 1945 Prices continued to advance in the first quarter of 1945. Primary market (wholesale) prices rose 0.6 percent. The cost-of-living index declined 0.2 percent, largely as a result of seasonal declines in certain foods, but the cost at retail of many consumer goods continued to increase. The final stages of the war in Europe and the acceleration of the Pacific war, together with a severe winter and manpower difficulties which hampered production, placed many commodities in tight supply. Pressures on stabilization controls increased, with demands for wage and ceiling-price adjustments in many industries. Price increases were granted for basic iron and steel products, wood pulp, newsprint, and cotton textiles. In March 1945 primary-market prices were 40 percent higher than in August 1939 and retail prices of family living essentials were nearly 29 percent higher. Page 1158. Effects of cut-backs in war contracts on employment and turnover Total separation rates for selected plants receiving cut-backs in war contracts between December 1943 and May 1944 were not significantly different from the average separation rates for all manufacturing industries; however, the cut back plants had lower accession rates and, as a result, experienced somewhat greater declines in total employment. Voluntary quits made up 60 percent of total separations, whereas lay-offs accounted for only 18 percent. Although women were laid off in proportionately greater numbers than men, accessions of women were at a high rate, with the result that the ratio of female to total em ployment increased slightly in the 3 months following cut-backs. Page 1175. Postwar employment outlook in aviation occupations There are likely to be many new jobs for pilots and other flight and technical ground personnel in air transportation and related services after the war, but the jobs available will not be enough to employ the tremendous numbers of veterans and others who will seek work in this field. Estimates of employment in nonscheduled air transportation, added to those for the air lines, show a maximum of 32,000 new jobs for pilots by 5 years after the war, compared with some 200,000 pilots now in the armed forces. Employment opportunities for aircraft and aircraft-engine mechanics and other maintenance specialists will also be small relative to the trained labor supply. Men in some other occupations studied, such as flight engineers, navigators, radio operators, dispatchers, and meteorolo gists, will face a much greater oversupply of labor than will either pilots or me chanics. Page 1186. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis hi IV T H IS ISSUE IN BRIEF Postwar reconstruction in South Africa The Government of the Union of South Africa has indicated the policies under consideration for postwar reconstruction and has passed a number of measures for the protection of ex-service personnel. The aim is to insure “ a healthier, better-nourished, more fully employed, happy and prosperous nation,” safe guarding the population against social disabilities and placing land use on a sound basis. Ex-servicemen are to be kept on the rolls of the armed forces until they obtain employment; they are to receive special loans and grants, be’ reinstated in pre-service employment, benefit from special training courses, and receive prefer ence in employment. Pages 1215 and 1226. Restoring the civilian disabled to jobs About 44,000 handicapped persons were restored vocationally and placed in suitable employment under an expanded program of civilian vocational rehabili tation during its first year of operation under the 1943 amendments to the Voca tional Rehabilitation Act. The monthly earnings of the group, after economic restoration, reached slightly less than 6}4 million dollars. The average expendi ture during the fiscal year 1944 by State agencies (under this Federal-State system) for completing the rehabilitation process was $146.91 per person. Seven States led in this program, with more than 2,000 individuals each. Page 1231. Federal social security in 1944 Under old-age and survivors insurance, 1.1 million benefits, amounting to 20.4 million dollars a month, were in force at the end of December 1944. Wage increases accounted partially for higher average benefit payments in 1944. Pay ments for unemployment compensation benefits made in the States during 1944 (63 million dollars), although 21 percent less than for 1943, were considerably higher during the last quarter than for a comparable period in 1943. The average weekly benefit rose from $13.84 in 1943 to $15.90 in 1944, reflecting, in part, the higher earnings of the latter year. A net of 1,317 million dollars was collected in contributions in 1944—slightly less than for 1943. Public-assistance rolls continued to decline in 1944, except for aid to dependent children and general assistance, the downward trend being halted in November. Page 1236. Union agreements in the petroleum-refining industry in 1944 About 65 percent of the wage earners in the petroleum-refining industry are employed in plants which have negotiated agreements with national or inter national unions. The article on page 1249 gives an analysis of 21 agreements, covering almost 60 percent of the workers under agreement at the end of 1944. Labor-union membership in liberated Italy Membership in the Italian General Confederation of Labor in the parts of Italy which had been liberated by March 1, 1945, ranged from 9 to 10 percent in Apulia and Sardinia and from 5 to 7 percent or less in Campania, Latium, and other regions. In the Province of Rome, members numbered 121,113, of whom 18,623 were in agriculture and 51,395 in industry. Page 1256. Wages in the cutlery industry, January 1945 Straight-time hourly earnings in selected occupations in the pocket-cutlery and si eel-flatware industry in the Northeastern States averaged 69 cents in Janu ary 1945. Male workers earned 78 cents on the average and female workers 60 cents. Page 1273. Supplies of foods in independent retail stores, A pril 1945 Independent grocers had less meat of all kinds on hand in mid-April than in mid-March 1945. The proportions of grocers without supplies of the various kinds of meat ranged from 55 to 83 percent (except for frankfurters and bologna, lacking in only 7 percent of the stores); the corresponding range in the previous month was 44 to 78 percent. Butter, shortening, and certain canned fruits, however, were more plentiful. Most other foods were generally adequate in amount. Page 1298. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis CURRENT LABOR STATISTICS V Current Statistics of Labor Interest in Sheeted Periods 1 [Available in reprint form] 1945 Item Unit or base period April March 1944 Febru ary April 1939: average for year Employment Civilian labor force: Total (B C )____________ M ale......................................................... .......... F em ale,.............................. .............................. Employed 3............... ....................................... M a le,.................................................. ...... Female________ ______ ____________ N onagriculturaL................. ................... Agricultural...... ..........................- ............ Unemployed, total_____________________ Civilian employment in nonagricultural es tablishments: T o ta l3 Manufacturing____ _____ ______________ M ining............................................................... Construction _____________________ Transportation and public utilities______ T rade....................................... ....................... Finance, service, and miscellaneous_____ Federal, State, and local government, ex cluding Federal force-account construc tion. Military personnel________________________ Wage-earner employment: M anufacturing.._____ ______________ _ Bituminous-coal m ining________________ Class I steam railroads, including salaried employees (ICC). Hired farm workers (B A E ).......................... Thousands. ___ do_____ ___ do_____ ___ do_____ ___ do_____ ___ do_____ __ .do_____ ___ do_____ ___ do_____ ___ do_____ 51,930 33,840 18,090 51,160 33.410 17, 750 43.410 7,750 770 37,750 51,660 33,720 17,940 50, 830 33, 230 17, 600 43, 540 7,290 830 38,026 51,430 33,660 17,770 50, 550 33,170 17,380 43,760 6,790 880 37, 957 52,060 34,880 17,180 51,290 34,440 16,850 43, 790 7,500 770 38,689 3 54,230 3 40,950 213,280 2 46, 930 2 35, 600 2 11,330 2 37, 430 2 9, 500 2 7, 300 30,353 -do. -do. -do. -do. _do_ _do_ _do_ 15,103 772 690 3, 797 6,988 4,441 6,003 15,375 796 636 3,788 7,078 4,377 5,993 15,517 798 599 3, 771 6,985 4,360 5,938 16,309 844 683 3,744 6, 968 4,236 5,905 10,078 845 1,753 2,912 6,618 4,160 3,988 _do. 12,100 12,000 12,000 11,10 0 ___ do___ ___ do___ ___ do___ 12, 674 312 1,422 12,940 334 1,422 13,081 337 1,413 13, 814 360 1,412 8,192 371 ___ do___ 1,660 1,520 1,494 1,679 » 2,109 45.5 43.6 39.3 40.0 45.5 45.2 39.7 39.1 « 45.3 3 44.6 6 40.2 38.7 37.7 27.1 43.0 32.4 $55. If $47. 51 $52.17 $27.21 $54. 49 $47. 43 « $45. 64 $54. 08 «$52. 23 $27. 32 «$25.92 $52. 89 $50.18 $23. 86 $23.88 $21.17 $30. 24 $1.043 ' $1.006 $1.192 ' $1.174 $0. 756 $1.352 $1. 297 $0. 633 $1. 367 $1.045 $1.198 $0. 759 $1. 363 .969 .896 $0.968 6 $0.934 $0.891 6 $0.855 0. 622 0.622 $3. 58 5 $1.53 »18.7 15.4 362 Hours of labor Average hours per week of wage earners: Manufacturing______ r____________ Bituminous-coal mining..................... . Retail trade_________________ _____ Building construction (private).......... Hours. ___ do. ___ do. ___ do. Weekly earnings Average weekly earnings of wage earners: Manufacturing. _............ ........................ Bituminous-coal m in ing........... ........... Retail trade............. .................................. Building construction (private)_____ Hourly or daily earnings Average hourly earnings of wage earners: M anufacturing_____________ ______ ____ Bituminous-coal mining________________ Retail trade___ _______ ________________ Building construction (private)._________ Average straight-time hourly earnings in manufacturing, using— Current employment by industry___ Employment by industry as of Janu ary 1939. Quarterly farm wage rate, per day without board (B A E ). 1$0.711 4.12 $ 0. 886 $0. 536 $0.933 Industrial injuries and labor turnover Industrial injuries in manufacturing, per million man-hours worked. Labor turnover in manufacturing: Total separations, per 100 employees------Quits, per 100 employees........ ............... Lay-offs, per 100 employees.......... ........ Total accessions, per 100 employees........... (7) 6.8 6.0 «7.4 «5.0 5.0 0.7 4.9 4.3 0.7 5.0 6 0.9 « 5.8 400 310 109 453 165 218 98 412 0.06 614 0.08 1,484 0.28 Strikes and lockouts Strikes and lockouts beginning in month: N um ber.......................... ............................ Number of workers involved...................... All strikes and lockouts during month—mandays idle: Number_____________ __________ _____ Percent of available working t im e ...___ See footnotes at end of table. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Thousands— .do. 450 285 1, 330 0.18 210 860 0.11 VI CURRENT LABOR STATISTICS Current Statistics of Labor Interest in Selected Periods 1— Continued 1945 Item Unit or base period April 1944 March Febru ary 1939: average for year April Cost of living Cost-of-living index (wage earners in large cities): All items.8 Food___ ____ ____________ _ Clothing. _ __________ _ R ent_________________ ________ Fuel, electricity, and ice_ ____ _______ Housefurnishirigs___________ ______ Miscellaneous_______ _________________ 1935-39=100... 127.1 126.8 126.9 124.6 99.4 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39=100... 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39=100... 136.6 144.0 136.5 143.3 109.8 144.7 123.7 135.9 143.7 108.3 110.0 144.5 123.6 110.0 144.0 123.4 134.6 137.1 108.1 109.9 132.9 120.9 95.2 100.5 104.3 99.0 101.3 100.7 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39=100... 1935-39=100... 1935-30=100... 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39=100... 1935-39=100... 136.6 108.9 130.8 133. 5 139.9 173.3 124.6 123.8 126.4 135. 9 108.7 130.8 133. 5 140.7 169. 5 124.5 123.7 126.5 136.5 108.7 130.7 133.5 153. 2 168.9 124.5 123.5 126.3 134.6 108.0 130.0 133.6 127.6 168.8 124.4 123.5 126.6 95.2 94.5 96.6 95.9 91.0 94.5 95.5 87.7 100.6 1926=100____ 1926=100_____ 1926=100_____ 105. 7 100.5 99.3 105. 3 100.4 99.2 105. 2 100.2 99.2 103.9 99.6 98.4 77.1 79.5 81.3 1926=100 1926—100 129. 0 105.8 127 2 104.6 127 0 104.7 123 2 104.9 65. 3 70.4 Retail food prices (large cities) Retail price index: All fo o d s..______________ Cereals and bakery products____ _______ M eats. ____________________________ Dairy products________________________ Eggs---------------------------------- ------ --------Fruits and vegetables_____ _ _________ Beverages . . . . . . . ____ Fats and oils________________ __________ Sugar and sweets. • ____________________ Wholesale prices Wholesale price index: All commodities All commodities other than farm products. All commodities other than farm products and foods. Farm products ___________ _________ Foods. ____ ____________ . . National income and expenditures National income payments, total (B F D C )___ M illio n s ____ $13,180 $13, 686 $12, 743 $12, 582 8 $5, 724 Consumer expenditures for goods and services, ____do______ 8$24, 380 8$22, 440 8$14, 256 total (B FD C ). Retail sales, total (B F D C ). _. __ .......... 5,464 $6, 347 $5,166 $5, 487 3 $3, 471 Production Industrial production index, unadjusted (FR): Total. Manufacturing _____ _ _ . . Minerals ___ Bimuminous coal (B M )_______ 1935-39=100. - 1935-39 = 100... 1935-39 = 100.-. Thousands of short tons. Electric energy (FPC): Total ____ M illio n s of kw.-hr. Utilities (production for public use) _do _ _ Industrial establishments ..... ___do Construction expenditures, all types (exclud- M illions_____ ing maintenance, except in farm construetion). Building construction started in urban areas. ___ do _ __ __ New family-dwelling units in nonfarm areas Carloadings index, unadjusted ( F R ) ... . 1935-39=100... 229 232 232 237 109 245 140 43, 350 249 136 52,170 250 135 47, 850 255 138 49. 510 109 106 32,905 22, 797 23, 930 22, 060 22, 658 18,631 4,166 $419 19, 526 4, 404 $392 18, 021 4, 040 $355 18, 413 4, 245 $366 $117 17, 900 139 $114 13,100 136 $79 8, 500 130 (7) 5 9, 752 ( 7) $527 (7) $88 14,300 3 42,900 135 101 1 Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics unless otherwise indicated. Abbreviations used: BC (Bureau of the Census); ICC (Interstate Commerce Commission); BAE (Bureau of Agricultural Economics); B FD C (Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce); FR (Federal Reserve); BM (Bureau of Mines); FPC (Fed eral Power Commission). M ost of the current figures are preliminary. 2 10-month average—March to December 1940. 3 Excludes employees on public emergency work, these being included in unemployed civilian labor force. Civilian employment in nonagricultural establishments differs from employment in civilian labor force mainly because of exclusion of such groups as self-employed and domestic and casual workers. 4 Includes workers employed by construction contractors and Federal force-account workers (nonmainte nance construction workers employed directly by the Federal Government). Other force-account non maintenance construction employment is included under manufacturing and the other groups. 5 April. 8 March. 2 N ot available. 8 For the coverage of this index, see p. 1289. 8 Data for first quarter. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW JUNE 1945 W artim e F ood Pure KALAM AZOO flflw c library Summary IN THE fall of 1944, just prior to the current meat shortage, the diet of city families compared very favorably with the diet of families with similar incomes in the spring of 1942. The lowest income groups, in particular, bought more meat, milk, sugar, flour and bakery goods than in 1942 when the drain of war needs on the civilian food supply had barely been felt. Purchases of fruits and vegetables declined but the total consumption of these items was supplemented by increased home production. At the highest income level, the amount of meat, butter, and cheese obtained was also smaller than in 1942, despite a greater food expenditure. The improved diets of the lowest income families meant a very heavy drain on family resources, with food outlays taking about 70 percent of their income as contrasted with 50 percent in 1942. Food costs pre sented an especially serious problem for large families, not only in the lowest income group, but at income levels up to $3,000. In the upper portion of the income scale, the average family paid considerably more for food in the later period, despite smaller purchases. These are the findings of a survey of prices paid by consumers in 1944, which was conducted in two parts for the primary purpose of comparing price changes reported by city consumers with price changes indicated by urban store reports. The first part of the survey, made in the fall of 1944, provided detailed information on food pur chases during 1 week, purchases of clothing and household textiles during the first 8 months of the year, tenure and rental in August 1944, and sufficient information on family composition, living arrangements, and income to provide a basis for classification. The second part will provide data on food purchases during 1 week early in 1945, on pur chases of clothing and other textiles during the last 4 months of 1944, and of other goods and services throughout that year. As a by product of the reports required for analysis of prices, certain data are available on family expenditures and quantities of selected goods pur chased. This article deals with the information obtained on food purchases in the fall of 1944 by housekeeping families and single per sons at different income levels. It is the only information of this nature that has been obtained since the spring of 1942. For this earlier period, the Bureau of Labor Statistics, in cooperation with the Bureau of Human Nutrition and Home Economics of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, conducted the survey of spending 1 Prepared in the Bureau’s Cost of Living Division by Lenore A. Epstein. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1143 1144 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 19 45 and saving in wartime for the primary purpose of providing national estimates of expenditures and savings by income class for the year 1941 and the first 3 months of 1942. In conjunction with the main survey, detailed information was obtained on food purchases and food con sumption during 1 week in the spring of 1942. The reports on food consumption have been analyzed and published for urban as well as rural areas by the Bureau of Human Nutrition and Home Economics in U. S. Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous Publication No. 550 (Food Consumption in the United States). The data collected on food purchases have not been published. The methods used in the two surveys were practically identical. The samples are very similar as to coverage; both related to the civilian noninstitutional population in cities of 2,500 or more scattered through out the country. Information was obtained by personal interview in each case. The figures on purchases of various types of food, from both studies, were compiled from reports on purchases of a list of ap proximately 200 food items.2 Since the findings of the survey of spending and saving in wartime on weekly food purchases in the spring of 1942 have not been pub lished, they are presented here to permit comparison between the fall of 1944 and the earlier period, shortly before widespread rationing was instituted3 and before significant shortages of certain foods had developed. When making comparisons, it must be recognized that many of the foods that are under the OPA rationing program were temporarily off the ration list during part or all of the fall of 1944. Some of these foods were nevertheless in short supply in several sec tions of the United States. Food-purchasing habits are by no means the same in all sections of the United States. Furthermore, price movements during the war have differed somewhat by region and by city size. Establishment and expansion of shipyards and of war plants, while causing a con siderable migration to the South and West, also improved very greatly the employment opportunities in those areas. The distribu tion of the housekeeping families represented in the urban sample surveys at each income level, shown in table 1, clearly illustrates this point. Thus, at low income levels, the highly industrialized North east was much more heavily represented in the fall of 1944 than in the spring of 1942, and the South and West proportionately less. At the opposite end of the income scale, the importance of the Northeast declined sharply during the period, and the representation of the South nearly doubled, although it remained below the average for all income classes combined. The West was better represented at the top of the income scale than in the population at large, and had greatly improved its position during the war. There is similar, though less striking, evidence of an improved income position for cities having a population below 25,000 in 1940. 2 A reprint of the present article will contain a statement on the sampling procedure used in the survey of prices paid by consumers and an evaluation of the differences between the sample for that survey and the sample for the survey of spending and saving in wartime. The former covered approximately 1,700 fami lies, of which 1,500 were keeping house and provided information on purchases of food for use at home. In the survey of spending and saving in wartime the corresponding numbers were approximately 1,300 and 1,100. The reports on food purchases pertain in each survey to the 7-day period immediately preceding the inter view, or the previous calendar week. The proportion of food reports that covered a week in each of the desig nated months was as follows: 1944—September, 69 percent, October, 30 percent, and November, 1 percent; 1942—March, 5 percent, April, 42 percent, M ay, 45 percent, and June, 10 percent. 3 Sugar rationing was put into effect in March 1942, but meats, fats and oils, cheese, and processed foods were not covered until a year later. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1145 WARTIME FOOD PURCHASES T able 1.—Percentage Distribution of City Families and Single Persons Surveyed in 1944 and in 1942 by Region, City Size, and Annual Money-Income Rate September-October 1944 Region and city size 1 All families and single persons Housekeeping families and single persons by annual rate of money incom e2 All Under $1,000 $1,000 to $2,000 to $3,000 to $4,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 and over All cities__________________________ 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Northeast________ _____ _______ ____ South. ___________________________ North Central__________ _________ W est______________________________ 32.4 24.4 29.1 14.1 31.6 24.4 29.6 14.4 31.1 25.2 33.3 10.4 28.7 32.5 25.7 13. 1 32.8 23.1 29.6 14.5 30.9 20.9 33.3 14.9 31.6 19.6 29.8 19.0 500,000 or more population__________ 100,000-500,000 population___________ 50,000-100,000 population____________ 25,000-50,000 population_____________ Under 25,000 population........................ 33.6 20.7 10.1 9.0 26.6 32.4 21.4 10.2 8.9 27.1 30.4 24.4 11.9 5.9 27.4 26.0 21.8 14.0 10.4 27.8 35.7 18.7 10.1 9.9 25.6 33.4 22.5 7.2 7.2 29.7 34.8 21.8 6.6 8.9 27.9 Mareh-June 1942 All cities__________________ ______ _ 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Northeast__________________________ South_____________________________ North Central._____________________ W est______________________________ 36.2 20.1 32.6 11.1 35.7 19.4 33.8 11.1 19.4 32.9 32.9 14.8 35.3 21.2 34.0 9.5 37.6 14.7 38.9 8.8 48.6 14.1 24.6 12.7 44.2 10.9 32.7 12.2 500,000 or more population. ________ 100,000-500,000 population___________ 50,000-100,000 population____________ 25,000-50,000 population.. __________ Under 25,000 population_____________ 31.0 20.9 9.1 10.6 28.4 30.6 20.3 9.2 11.2 28.7 19.9 18.0 9.3 13.0 39.8 31.4 20.6 6.5 9.5 32.0 31.4 20.6 9.1 14.7 24.2 38.8 21.8 14.1 6.3 19.0 34.7 21.1 10.2 9.5 24.5 1 Cities were classified by size as shown by the 1940 census. Each place covered was classified by region and size, regardless of whether or not it was part of a metropolitan district. 2 See table 2 for definition of income. Small-city families were much less numerous in the low-income popu lation in 1944, but they did not show a corresponding increase at the highest income level. Housekeeping families in cities of 25,000 to 100,000 in 1940 made some gains also, though less significant ones, relative to those in cities of 100,000 or more. The shift of small-city families out of the lowest income group meant that they were no longer overrepresented in that group, in comparison with the entire population of housekeeping families in cities. Among families with incomes of $4,000 or more, those in large cities remained relatively more numerous than in the 1944 population at large, though the dis parity was less marked than in 1942 when large-city families comprised 51 percent of all city families. The middle-sized cities, by contrast, were not so well represented in the highest income class as in the gen eral population in 1944. Two significant facts emerge from the comparison of weekly food purchases by housekeeping families 4 in cities throughout the United States in the fall of 1944 with those reported in the spring of 1942. First, there was a striking increase over the period in the food expense 4 The term, “family,” is used in this article to include single persons. A family was defined as a group of persons, usually related, who lived together during a designated period, contributing to the family income or receiving a large part of their support from family funds; a single person as an individual who lived inde pendently, apart from relatives. A family occupying a house, flat or apartment with regular cooking facilities was defined as “house keeping.” All data presented in this article are based on reports by housekeeping families. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1146 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 of families and single persons with incomes below $1,000. Second, a leveling off occurred among income groups in the quantities of many basic foods purchased for home consumption, with increased purchases by the low-income groups and reduced purchases of many foods by higher-income families. These developments result in part from the population shifts just described and the changes in the prices and supplies of various foods between the two periods. , Changes in Outlay for Food 1942 to 1944 At the lowest income level there was a rise of 45 percent in outlays for food to be served at home or carried from home, and a rise of 50 percent if the increased amounts for food purchased away from home are taken into account (table 2). This contrasts with increases of 14 percent in amounts spent for food at home by families with incomes of $1,000 to $3,000 and about 16 percent in their total food expenses. The increases in expenditure exceed by a considerable margin the increases in quantities purchased. For the middle income groups, the rise in expenditures closely approximates the 13-percent increase over the period shown by the Bureau’s index of retail food costs in large cities. For the higher income groups, expenditures for food at home increased less than might be expected in view of the 13-percent rise—6 and 8 percent, respectively, at the $3,000-$4,000 and $4,000 and over levels. The difference appears, however, to have been made up in part by more frequent restaurant meals. T able 2 .—Average Expense for Food and Alcoholic Drinks, and Family Size,1 House keeping Families in Cities, by Annual Money-Income Rale,2 W eek in 1944 and 1942 September-October 1944 Item Total food 3 _____ . . . Food at home_____ Food away from h o m e ... March-June 1942 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 to to to and Under to to to and $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $8. 42 $11.87 $17.04 $18. 70 $23. 51 7. 57 10.44 14.43 15. 08 18. 49 .85 1.43 2. 61 3. 62 5.02 $5. 61 $10.32 $14. 54 $16.41 5.24 9.16 12. 68 14. 21 .37 1.16 1.86 2.20 $21.00 17.11 3. 89 Alcoholic drinks____________ .22 .48 .90 1.16 1.96 .10 .27 .52 .67 1.13 Average family size 4............... 2. 10 2. 52 3.24 3.56 3. 93 2.10 2. 52 3.24 3.56 3.93 1 For comparability, purchases reported in the 1942 study have been adjusted to represent the spending of families of the sizes found in the sample population in September-October 1944. A reprint of this article w ill contain a description of method of adjustment, comparison of distribution of the families in each income group by family size in the two periods, and a table showing actual family size and average food expense as reported at each income level in 1942. s Annual rate of income was based on reports for August 1944 in the recent study and on reports covering the first 3 months of 1942 in the earlier one. In both instances, family income represents the sum of all types of income received by family members during those periods: Wage and salary earnings, entrepreneurial net income or withdrawals, and nonearned income from all sources, exclusive of inheritances, large gifts, and lump-sum insurance settlements. For the 1942 study, total wage and salary earnings less occupational expense wTas used in computing family’s total money income, but for the 1944 study, wage and salary earnings after pay-roll deductions was used. Because of the increase in income-tax rates since early 1942, an income classification for 1944 based on take-home pay is believed to provide a better basis for comparison at given income levels of food purchases in the two periods. 1 Food expense includes cost of all food purchased during the week, whether or not paid for at the time Food at home includes all food and drinks (nonalcoholic) purchased to be served at home or carried from home (as box lunches), whether food was consumed by boarders, guests, servants, or family members. Expense figures exclude amounts paid as sales taxes in places having a sales tax on food. Food away from home includes board, meals, ana between-meal snacks purchased in restaurants, cafeterias, at counters and fountains, and ice cream, drinks (nonalcoholic), etc., bought to eat with meals carried from home. 4 Family-size figures are based on the number of family members living at home during all or part of the week covered by the food report. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WARTIME FOOD PURCHASES 1147 The allocation of the budget for food at home among the major types of food was remarkably similar throughout the income scale in each period (table 3). Cereal and bakery products, fats and oils, and (in 1942) sweets each tended to decrease slightly in relative importance as income increased. In 1942, proportionately more went for meat, poultry, and fish at successively higher income levels, 25 percent at the lowest, and 30 percent at the highest; but in the fall of 1944, out lays for this food group represented 28 to 29 percent of total expense for food at home at all income levels. T able 3. —Distribution of Expense for Food at Home, by Food Groups, Housekeeping Families in Cities, by Annual Money-Income Rate, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942 1 September-October 1944 Commodity March-June 1942 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 to to to and to to to and $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average expenditures for food at home________ _______ $7. 57 $10. 44 $14.43 $15. 08 $18. 49 $5.24 $9.16 $12.68 $14. 21 $17.11 Percentage distribution of expense Meat, poultry and fish _ _ __ Dairy products and eggs____ Fats and o ils ... ____ ______ Fruits and vegetables_______ Sugar and other sweets _ Cereals and bakery products . Other food and beverages___ 28.3 21.2 3.8 20.5 4.2 14.1 7.9 28.5 22.5 3.5 20.6 3.4 13.3 8.2 27.9 22.6 2.8 21.8 3.7 13.0 8.2 27.6 23.4 2.9 21.1 3.4 12.9 8.7 29.2 22.1 2.7 21.1 3.9 12.9 8.1 25.2 22.1 4.4 24.4 3.0 13.6 7.3 26.9 24.4 3.8 22.5 3.3 11.9 7.2 27.4 23.6 3.2 23.9 2.8 11.5 7.6 28.9 24.4 2.5 22.7 2.5 11.5 7.5 30.2 22.5 2.2 24.6 2.4 10.8 7.3 1 See tables 5 through 11 for components of each food group. See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with respect to family size. Differences in price movements of various foods between the spring of 1942 and September-October 1944, together with changes in quan tities purchased, resulted in some changes in the allocation of food expense at corresponding income levels. Thus, although dollar ex penditures at each income level for every food group (except fruits and vegetables at the two highest income levels) were larger last fall than in the spring of 1942, the increases were not in the same proportion. Slightly less went for dairy products, considerably less for fruits and vegetables, slightly more for sugar and sweets, cereal and bakery products, and miscellaneous foods and nonalcoholic beverages. Fats and oils became less important at the low and more important at the high levels. Amounts spent for meat, poultry, and fish represented a larger share of the total at the lower income levels in 1$44 than in 1942, and a smaller share at the higher levels. Amounts of Food Purchased The second significant fact revealed by the survey of prices paid by consumers—the leveling off among income groups in home consump tion of many of the basic foods—is strikingly illustrated by the figures in table 4 on weekly per-capita purchases of meats and poultry. The meat figures may well reflect the rationing program which is designed to distribute short supplies equally among all groups. They suggest also a tendency for the low income groups to buy close to the https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1148 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 limit of their red-point supply, even though they have customarily bought less meat. Since poultry has never been rationed, the change in purchasing habits cannot be explained in quite the same manner. Chicken was unusually plentiful in the early fall of 1944 and it is T able 4.—Per-Capita Purchases of Meats and Poultry by Housekeeping Families, by Annual Money-Income Rate, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942 1 Average per-capita purchases (in pounds) of— Annual money income Meats 1944 Under $1,000______________________________________ $1,000 to $2,000__________ ________________________ $2,000 to $3,000_____________________________________ $3,000 to $4,000____________________________________ $4,000 and over_________________________ _________ Poultry 1942 1.99 2.21 2. 30 2.04 2.44 1944 1.78 2.37 2. 52 2. 54 2.70 1942 0. 48 .55 .55 .55 .60 0.20 .29 .34 .46 .63 1 See table 2 for definition of income and ncte on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with re spect to family size. Averages are based on all housekeeping families and single persons in the class, whether or not they purchased the item during the week. T able 5 .— Purchases of M E A T , P O U L TR Y , A N D F IS H by Housekeeping Families in Cities, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942, by Annual Money-Income R a te1 September-October 1944 Item Mar eh-,Tune 1942 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 to to to and to to to and $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average expense in 1 week M eat, poultry, and fish ,........ $2.14 $2.98 $4.03 $4.16 $5.39 $1.32 $2.46 $3.48 $4.10 $5.16 M eat______________________ Beef___________________ Veal......................... ............ Pork 2_________________ Lamb_________________ Variety meat and game 3. Poultry___________________ Fish and seafood __________ Fresh and frozen_______ Canned 4_______________ 1. 52 .59 .12 .50 .09 .22 .44 .18 .15 .03 2.15 .78 .18 .67 .16 .36 .64 .19 .13 .06 2.99 1.10 .24 .89 .23 .53 .81 .23 .15 .08 2.98 1.15 .20 .82 .27 .54 .92 .26 .13 .13 3.93 1.51 .34 1.11 .34 f . 63 1.12 .34 .24 .10 1.10 .43 .04 .43 .07 .13 .13 .09 .06 .03 2.06 .87 .12 .69 . 12 .26 .25 .15 .09 .06 2.89 1.23 .15 .89 .26 .36 .38 .21 . 13 .08 3.25 1.31 .20 1.07 .33 .34 .56 .29 .19 .10 4.08 1.77 .24 1.30 .30 .47 .86 .22 . 14 .08 11.91 14.05 Average quantity purchased in 1 week (in pounds) M eat, poultry, and fish_____ 5.67 7.43 9.79 9. 81 12.65 4.69 7.44 10. 36 M eat____________ ____ ____ Beef____ ____ _______ . . Veal___________________ Pork 2____ ____________ Lamb_____ . . . ._ _ . . Variety meat and game 3. Poultry__________ ____ ____ Fish and seafood___________ Fresh and frozen___ . . . Canned 4_____ _________ 4.17 1.65 .31 1.39 .22 60 1.01 .49 .43 .06 5. 57 2.01 .46 1.81 .43 .86 1.38 .48 .36 .12 7. 44 2.79 .61 2.36 .52 1.16 1.77 .58 .41 .17 7.28 2.82 .48 2.14 .58 1. 26 1.96 .57 .35 .22 9.57 3 65 .80 2. 89 .78 1.45 2. 36 .72 .54 .18 3. 73 1.45 .12 1. 49 .27 .40 .42 .54 .33 .21 5. 97 2. 57 .36 1.96 .37 .71 .73 .74 .38 .36 8.18 3. 49 .44 2. 49 .76 1.00 1.10 1. 08 .52 .56 9.04 10.61 3. 74 4. 57 .55 * .62 2.93 3. 30 .88 .89 .94 1.23 1.65 2.47 1. 22 .97 .78 .60 .44 .37 1 See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with respect to family size. Averages are based on all housekeeping families and single persons in the class, whether or not they purchased the item during the week. 2 Includes bacon and salt pork as well as fresh and other smoked or cured pork. 3 Includes in both periods liver, bologna, frankfurters, luncheon meats, cold cuts, head cheese, scrapple, etc., and also all types of game purchased. In 1944 includes all kindey, tongue, heart and other entrails; in 1942 includes such meats only when the type as beef, lamb, etc. was not known; if the type was known, such meats were included with other beef, lamb, etc. 4 Includes also smoked or cured fish, but purchases of such fish were verv small, on the average, in both periods. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WARTIME FOOD PURCHASES 1149 possible that the attitudes developed with respect to meat may have carried over to poultry. Since the price per pound was higher for poultry than for meats as a group, it cannot be argued that poultry purchases by low-income families were an economy measure. Beef made up a smaller proportion of meat purchases in 1944 than in 1942 except for families with incomes below $1,000. This group bought somewhat less pork, proportionately, perhaps because South erners comprised a smaller segment of the low-income urban popu lation in 1944 than previously (see table 5). At higher income levels pork products represented about the same proportion of meat pur chases in the two periods. Veal was consistently purchased in some what greater quantity by all families, though the differences were not great enough to make up for the smaller beef purchases. Variety and ready-to-eat meats were more important both in amount and in relation to the total in the later period. Since there was no point value on variety or ready-to-eat meats last fall, their purchase was undoubtedly encouraged. A slight difference in classification of variety meats (other than liver) in the two surveys 5 was not suffi cient to account for more than a small part of the larger purchases. Fish has never had an important place in the average city family's diet. As might be expected, canned fish, which was difficult to obtain and had a relatively high point value in September-October 1944, was bought much less often then than in the spring of 1942. Pur chases of fresh fish and shell fish were not increased correspondingly; in fact, they were smaller last fall at every income level except the lowest. As a result, purchases of all types of fish averaged less than one-fourth pound per person. At every income level, purchases of fluid milk were somewhat greater last fall than in March-June 1942 (table 6), but there was little evidence of leveling off among income groups. Approximately 2 quarts per person per week were bought by the lowest-inc.ome families as compared with about 3 per person in families that had $3,000 or more. Butter and cheese purchases were, of course, lower in 1944 than in 1942. In this case, as with meats, the effect of ration ing was to cut much more deeply into the consumption of the high than the low income groups. Purchases of other fats and oils, most of which had a zero point value last fall, were about the same for families with incomes under $1,000 in the two periods, but relatively larger in 1944 at higher income levels (table 7). On a per-person basis, purchases declined with in creasing income in both periods. The increase with income in 1944 in purchases (per family) of oleomargarine, which is the most direct butter substitute, is in striking contrast to the sharp drop, as income increased, in the period before the butter shortage. The reduction in butter purchases was not fully compensated for, however; butter, oleomargarine, lard, and other shortening together averaged 0.2 to 0.4 pound less per family in the later period. More sugar was purchased in the fall of 1944 than in 1942 at every income level, with the increase most marked among families that re ceived less than $1,000 (table 8). In 1942, per-capita purchases showed no consistent relationship to income, but in 1944 they were greater the lower the income. The relatively larger purchases of > See table 5, footnote 3. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1150 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 T able 6.— Purchases of D A I R Y PRODUCTS A N D EGGS by Housekeeping Families in Cities, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942, by Annual Money-Income Rate 1 September-0 ctober 1944 Item March-June 1942 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 to to to and to to and to $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average expense in 1 week Dairy products and eggs____ $1.60 $2. 35 $3.27 $3. 53 $4.09 $1.16 $2.24 $2.99 $3.46 $3.85 Dairy products __ _______ Fluid milk. ____ _ ____ Cream___ _____________ Ice cream___ __________ Butter______________ _ Cheese_______ _______ Evaporated m ilk ,............ Condensed milk 2_______ Eggs--------------------------------- 1.11 .59 .03 .04 .20 .09 . 15 .01 .49 1.72 .98 .05 .12 .28 . 14 . 15 2. 50 1.53 .09 .18 .35 .19 .15 .01 .77 2. 62 1.52 . 15 .21 .36 .23 .14 .01 .91 3.06 1.79 .14 .28 .47 .23 .15 .88 .43 .01 .02 .22 .07 .11 .02 .28 1.75 .87 .08 . 10 .41 .17 .10 .02 .49 2.40 1.27 .12 .18 .53 .20 .08 .02 .59 2.84 1.37 .23 .20 .66 .26 .11 .01 .62 3.12 1.44 .27 .22 .75 .29 .14 .01 .73 9.80 .82 .38 1.56 .81 1.17 .06 1.71 10.01 .98 .43 1.72 1.03 1.56 .03 1.89 09 .63 > Dairy products: Fluid m ilk_________ qt._ Cream_____________ pt__ Ice cream__________ qt_. Butter_____________ lb__ Cheese_____________ lb. Evaporated milk_14H oz_. Condensed milk 2___ lb._ Eggs----- --------------------- doz__ 4.01 . 11 .07 .39 .24 1.37 .06 .93 (D 1.03 Average quantity purchased in 1 week 6. 78 .17 .26 .54 .33 1.41 .02 1.22 1C. 27 .31 .40 .68 .44 1.46 .03 1.43 10.06 .49 .41 .69' .49 1.28 .04 1.67 11.81 .46 .53 .90 .52 1.41 .02 1.86 3.56 .05 .04 .53 .26 1.32 .15 .80 6. 54 .31 .23 .98 .57 1.06 .15 1.39 9.19 .48 .40 1.24 .64 .98 .16 1.62 1 See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with respect to family size. Averages are based on all housekeeping families and single persons in the class, wfiether or not they purchased the item during the week. 2 Includes also dried milk, but purchases were negligible in both periods. 3 Less than 0.5 cent. T able 7. —Purchases of F A T S A N D OILS, by Housekeeping Families in Cities, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942, by Annual Money-Income Rate 1 September-October 1944 Item March-June 1942 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 to to to and Under to to to and $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average expense in 1 week Fats and oils, , _________ Oleomargarine_________ Lard________________ Other shortening___ . . . Salad dressing, salad and cooking oil___________ $0.29 .06 .07 .08 $0. 36 .08 .06 .10 $0.41 .08 .06 .12 $0. 44 .10 .05 . 13 $0. 50 .11 .05 .11 $0.23 .04 . 10 .04 $0. 35 .03 .06 .07 $0. 40 .03 .06 .09 $0. 36 .02 .06 .07 $0.38 .01 .05 .08 .08 .12 .15 .16 .23 .05 .19 .22 .21 .24 Average quantity purchased in 1 week (in pounds) Fats and oils_____ _______ Oleomargarine__ _ L ard ... ______ _ _____ Other shortening.______ Salad dressing, salad and ' cooking o il2__________ 1.26 .27 .35 .34 1.49 .30 .33 .45 1.68 .33 .32 .52 1.72 .37 .26 .56 1.96 .44 .28 .50 1.24 .23 .58 .22 1.37 .13 .34 .35 1.61 .15 .37 .40 1.49 .12 .34 .31 1.68 .05 .38 .27 .30 .41 .51 .53 .74 .21 .55 .69 .72 .98 1 See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with respect to family size. Averages are based on all housekeeping families and single persons in the class, whether or not they purchased the item during the week. 2 A pint contains approximately 1 pound. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1151 WARTIME FOOD PURCHASES sugar last fall are undoubtedly explained in part by the severe sugar shortage in the spring of 1942 when sugar rationing was instituted, and in part by requirements for home canning of fruits which come on the market in late summer and fall and were purchased in considerable quantity in September-October 1944. The amount of other sweets bought was similar at most income levels in the two periods. T able 8.—Purchases of SUGAR A N D OTHER SW E E TS by Housekeeping Families in Cities, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942, by Annual Money-Income Rate 1 September-October 1944 Item March-June 1942 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 to to to and to to to and $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average expense in 1 week Sugar and other sweets_____ Sugar_______________ Jam, jelly, molasses, sirup, candy, etc.-. ____ $0. 32 .18 $0.35 .19 $0.53 .23 $0.51 .24 $0. 73 .23 $0.16 .09 $0.30 .13 $0.36 . 15 $0.36 .15 $0.42 . 18 .14 . 16 .30 .27 .50 .07 .17 .21 .21 .24 Average quantity purchased in 1 week (in pounds) Sugar and other sw eets.......... Sugar__________________ Jam, jelly, molasses, sirup, candy, etc__ _____ 3.16 2.67 3.49 2.82 4.25 3.33 4.51 3.54 4.74 3.34 1.74 1.26 2.69 1.83 3.10 2.14 2.99 2.02 3.51 2.53 .49 .67 .92 .97 1.40 .48 .86 .96 .97 .98 1 See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with respect to family size. Averages are based on all housekeeping families and single persons in the class, whether or not they purchased the item during the week. Bakery products were bought in slightly greater quantity in Septem ber-October 1944 than during the earlier period in 1942 (table 9). Since the use of commercially baked goods instead of home baked foods serves to extend a family’s supply of shortening and sugar, and saves the time of an employed housewife, a considerable increase was to be expected. That they are more expensive, however, is evidenced by the smaller per-capita purchases by families with incomes below $1,000 than by higher income families. Purchases per person of flour and other cereal products, by contrast, dropped off markedly as income increased. As between 1942 aqd 1944, flour purchases rose by at least 40 percent at each income level and by 75 percent at the lowest, whereas purchases of other cereal products, which are an im portant ingredient of meat-saving dishes, showed no change at that level and a relatively small increase at higher levels. Although seasonal differences in the supply of fresh fruits and vegetables limit the significance of any comparison of purchases of such foods during September-October 1944 and March-June 1942, a few striking facts are noted. The average family in 1944 bought less than half as many cans of fruit and vegetables—presumably because of lack of ration points for more—and much less dried fruit and vegetables, but purchases of fresh produce also totaled somewhat less than in 1942 (table 10). The comparatively small purchases of citrus fruit in the fall of 1944, which undoubtedly reflect a seasonal low in supplies, were more than compensated for by the large amounts of other fresh fruit bought. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1152 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW----JU N E 194 5 T able 9.— Purchases of CEREALS A N D B A K E R Y PRO D UCTS by Housekeeping Families in Cities, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942, by Annual Money-Income Rate 1 March-June 1942 September-October 1944 Item $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 and and to to to to to to $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average expense in 1 week Cereals and bakery products.. $1.07 H our____ _ . ________ .20 Ready-to-eat and un.17 cooked cereals 2_______ .04 Other cereal products 3. . . .66 Bakery products.. . . . . . .41 Bread and rolls_____ Crackers___________ .07 Cake, cookies, pastry, .18 etc_______________ $1.39 .18 $1.87 .21 $1.94 .20 $2. 38 .22 $0. 71 .08 $1.09 .08 $1.46 .09 $1.64 .10 $1.84 .12 . 19 .05 .97 .53 .07 .26 .07 1.33 .71 .08 .22 .08 1.44 .79 .10 .24 .10 1.82 .90 .09 .11 .04 .48 .30 .05 .12 .06 .83 .48 .06 .16 .09 1.12 .60 .09 . 14 .06 1.34 .80 .08 . 19 .05 1.48 .81 .10 .37 .54 .55 .83 .13 .29 .43 .46 .57 Average quantity purchased in 1 week (in pounds) Cereals and bakery products. 10.00 F lo u r ... ______________ 3.07 Ready-to-eat and un1. 67 cooked cereals 2____ ._ .30 Other cereal products 3__. 4.96 Bakery goods__________ Bread and rolls_____ 3.89 C r a c k e r s ...______ . .36 Cake, cookies, pastry, .71 etc.......................... . 11.39 2.73 14.37 2.98 14.47 2.82 16.97 3.06 8.00 1.75 9.92 1.88 12.58 2.00 13.11 1.53 14. 70 2.11 1.53 .38 6. 75 5.08 .38 1.92 .53 8.94 6.69 .41 1.46 .58 9.61 7.27 .52 1. 54 .78 11.59 8.35 .43 1.55 .41 4.29 3.37 .31 1.05 .45 6.54 4.82 .38 1.33 .77 8.48 6.20 .54 1.08 .55 9.95 7.53 .43 1. 56 .46 10.57 7.64 .48 1.29 1.84 1.82 2.81 .61 1.34 1.74 1.99 2.45 1 See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability w ith respect to family size. Averages are based on all housekeeping families and single persons in the class, whether or not they purchased the item during the week. 2 Includes rice, hominy grits, cornmeal, cornstarch, and cereals prepared for infants. 3 includes macaroni, spaghetti, noodles, etc. Popcorn was included here in 1944, but with flour in 1942. It seems probable, however, particularly in view of the large sugar purchases, that a portion of this fruit was canned for winter use and not eaten at the time of purchase. Certainly every effort has been made to encourage home canning during the war. The smaller quantity of potatoes, a relatively cheap and filling food, not rationed, is difficult to explain, particularly in the case of low-income families. It may have been due to shortages in certain areas in 1944, and to a considerably higher price per pound. Purchases of other fresh vegetables were consistently smaller than in the spring of 1942, although their average price was not a great deal higher. Victory gardens may easily have made up the difference, and possibly meant even more fresh vegetables for home consumption than in the spring of 1942. One-third of the families occupying dwellings with house keeping facilities reported consumption during the week of interview of some home-produced food. It is probable that without this sup plement, food expenditures would have been somewhat greater than they were in 1944. Taken in combination, fresh (and frozen) fruit and vegetable pur chases provide a further illustration of the leveling that has occurred. In the spring of 1942, about 7.5 pounds were bought per person by families with incomes below $1,000 and 11 pounds by those at the top of the income scale. By contrast, purchases in the fall of 1944 aver aged 7 and 9 pounds per person in the lowest and highest income groups, respectively. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1153 WARTIME FOOD PURCHASES T able 10.—Purchases of F R U IT S A N D VEGETABLES by Housekeeping Families in Cities, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942, by Annual Money-Income Rate 1 September-0 ctober 1944 Item March-June 1942 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 to to to and to to and to $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average expense in 1 week. Fruits and vegetables........ . $1. 55 $2.15 $3.14 $3.19 Fresh and frozen................. . Fruits_____ _____ ______ C itrus......................... Other fresh.................. Other frozen________ Vegetables......................... P o ta to e s........... ........ Other fresh_________ Other frozen............ 1.28 .67 .20 .47 .00 .61 .22 .38 .01 1. 72 .87 .27 .60 2.60 1.44 .44 1.00 .85 .30 .53 .02 2. 57 1.41 .47 .94 (2) 1.16 .39 .74 .03 Canned___________________ Fruits________ ____ ____ Regular canned_____ Strained and chopped for infants................ Juices________ i. . . . . . Vegetables.____________ Tomato products and juices 3___________ Other canned (reg ular) *____________ Strained and chopped for infants________ .22 .09 .03 .37 .16 .08 .50 .20 .10 .52 .22 .10 .68 .30 .15 .01 .05 .13 .01 .07 .21 .01 .09 .30 .05 .05 .07 .07 .14 .01 .02 Dried______ _______ _____ .05 .03 .00 .03 .02 .03 Fruits...___________ Vegetables (excluding canned)________ _ (2) $1.28 $2.06 $3.03 $3. 23 $4. 21 3.13 .87 1.68 .30 .55 .16 1.10 .03 } - 14 .57 1.45 .41 .21 .95 } .36 .09 1.48 .58 .31 .27 .90 .24 .66 2.13 .83 .43 .40 1.30 .32 .98 2.30 .96 .52 .44 1.34 .31 1.03 3.24 1.39 .69 .70 1.85 .36 1.49 .32 .09 .50 .17 .79 .24 .84 .35 .90 .35 ^ .07 .02 1 .02 .13 .23 .38 .13 .19 .26 .28 .02 .10 .30 .04 .33 .05 .55 .09 .49 .07 .55 .09 .09 .08 .10 .13 .17 .20 .20 .18 .42 .32 .35 .03 .27 1 \ .15 .02 1 .23 .03 .07 .04 .07 .04 .09 .06 .09 .04 .08 .04 .11 .06 .09 .05 .07 .05 .03 .03 .03 .05 .04 .05 .04 .02 » 32. 55 13. 28 8. 75 4. 53 19.27 8. 81 10.46 36.31 16. 58 12. 02 4. 56 19. 73 8. 70 11.03 43.05 17.74 11.46 6.28 25.31 11.17 14.14 ( 2) 1.16 .34 .79 .03 $3.90 1 Average quantity purchased in 1 week Fresh and frozen........ .......lb .. 14.73 Fruits______________lb__ 6. 67 Citrus__________lb_. 2.17 Other fresh_____ lb_. 4.50 Other frozen____ lb__ .00 V egetables................ ..lb ._ 8. 06 Potatoes... .............lb._ 3. 85 Other fresh_____ lb .. 4.19 Other frozen......... lb._ .02 Canned: Fruits: Regular canned 2M can.. .11 Strained and chopped for infants____ oz_. .46 Juices____No. 2 can.. .29 Vegetables: Tomato products and juices 3..N o . 2 can.. .35 Other canned (reg ular) L_.No. 2 can.. .47 Strained and chopped .55 for infants_____ oz__ .25 Dried........................... lb._ .13 Fruits...................... lb .. Vegetables ( e x c l u d i n g .12 canned)___________ lb .. 20.65 9.42 3.04 6.37 .01 11.23 6.14 5.04 .05 30.94 15. 77 5.15 10.61 .01 15.17 7.63 7.46 .08 31.83 '35.54 15. 76 17.38 17.17 4.67 4.91 *■6. 27 2. 98 12.46 10.79 } 1.69 . 11 .01 14.45 18.37 11.09 8. 20 6. 25 7.08 7.26 9. 89 } 4.84 .11 .28 22.95 8.82 5.97 2.85 14.13 6.88 7. 25 .27 .31 .30 .54 .39 .71 .53 1.08 .58 .45 1 } .29 1.14 1 .25 .67 .51 .75 1.03 1.16 .29 .44 .81 .48 .38 .42 .61 .53 .81 1.23 .98 1.60 .71 .79 1.05 1. 51 1.58 .82 .42 .16 1.32 .48 .25 1.49 } 1.18 1.12 1 .52 .78 .29 .26 1.65 3.33 2.19 2.15 .67 .75 .36 .45 .2 6 .96 .43 .26 .23 .21 .41 .5 3 .39 .16 .44 .23 .23 .52 .29 1 See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with respect to family size. Averages are based on all housekeeping families and single persons in the class, whether or not they purchased the item during the week. 2 Less than 0.5 cent. 3 Includes canned tomatoes, catsup, chili sauce, tomato sauce, puree, tomato juice, and mixed vegetable juices. 4 Includes a very small amount of vegetable juice without a tomato base. 64 5 8 8 6 - 45 - -2 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1154 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 Although beverages and miscellaneous foods accounted for about 8 percent of all expenditures foi food at home in 1944, it is not practical to analyze the purchases in terms of quantity. The increases shown in table 11 in average expense for beverages at the two lower income levels and for soups and prepared foods throughout the income scale, though striking, contribute a negligible share to the increase in total food expenditures. Purchases of M ISCE LLA N EO U S FOODS by Housekeeping Families in Cities, 1 Week in 1944 and in 1942, by Annual Money-Income Rate 1 T a b l e 1 1 .— September-October 1944 Item March-June 1942 U n $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Un $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 der to to der to and to to to and $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average expense in 1 week Miscellaneous foods___ . . . . Beverages.. . . ____________ ____ Coffee2. . . . . Soft drinks_____________ Other 3__ . .. . . . .. N uts and peanut butter Packaged desserts 4_________ All soups, etc . ______•____ Soup, canned. _ __ . . Soup, dehyd rated_____ Prepared and partially prepared food and food mixtures . _ _____ Relishes, pickles, olives Seasonings, flavorings, and other accessories. ._ . Foods prepared for infants, except vegetables, fruit, and cereals . . . . Other food. _ __________ $0.60 $0.86 $1.18 $1.31 $1.50 $0. 38 $0. 66 $0. 96 $1.06 $1.25 .34 .21 .07 .06 .02 .02 .13 .08 .01 .49 .28 .14 .07 .06 .03 .16 .09 (5) .61 .34 . 18 .09 .08 .05 .25 . 17 .01 .66 .33 .23 . 10 .10 .06 .28 . 16 .01 .71 .37 .25 .09 .15 .05 .35 . 17 .01 .21 . 15 .03 .03 .02 .02 .03 .40 .24 .11 .05 .04 .04 .05 .59 .31 .18 . 10 .06 .05 .07 .60 .33 .18 .09 .07 .07 .08 .84 .38 .39 .07 . 10 .05 .06 .04 .02 .07 .04 .07 .06 . 11 .07 . 17 .06 .02 .05 .07 . 11 .06 .06 .07 .08 .08 . 14 .01 (5) .01 (5) .05 « .05 .01 .03 .01 \ .08 .08 .12 . 13 .14 - I 1 See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with respect to family size. Averages are based on all housekeeping families and single persons in the class, whether or not they purchased the item during the week. 2 Includes concentrates, decaffinated coffee, and coffee substitutes. 3 Includes tea, cocoa, malted drinks, powdered fruit drink mixes, etc., in 1944; tea and cocoa only in 1942. 4 In 1942 includes malted drinks and powdered fruit drink mixes. 5 Less than 0.5 cent. Food Expense in Relation to Income It appears that most Americans in cities were eating much better in the fall of 1944 than might be expected under wartime conditions. The similarity of per-capita purchases at low and high income levels must not be overemphasized, however, because the relatively large expenditures for meals away from home by the liigh-income families provided an important supplement to the food they brought home. Moreover, the diet of the low-income groups, though improved, was barely adequate, if that, and it was obtained at a relatively high cost. Increased food purchases by low-income families may be attributed in some part to the fact that in 1944 a smaller proportion of this group lived in small Communities and in the South and West than was the case early in 1942. Since small communities—particularly in the South and West—offer families more opportunity than do large cities to produce food for their own use, relatively greater purchases would be required on the average by this group to maintain their customary https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WARTIME FOOD PURCHASES 1155 diet. Similarly, since proportionately more of the middle and upper income families were living in small cities and in the South and West, they could maintain the same level of living with somewhat smaller purchases. A more significant factor may be the types of families represented at different income levels in the two periods. The $1,000 group always comprises—in varying proportions—newly employed single persons, young couples, retired persons, and persons requiring public assistance. The latter two groups presumably spend less for food than the former, since they have little expectation of improving their economic status. In 1944, because of high wage levels, the proportion of young persons with incomes under $1,000 was probably smaller than in 1942, but those that were in the group may have felt that employment prospects were so bright that they could spend freely. In addition, there must have been represented in 1944 a sizable group of servicemen’s wives living on allotments, but accustomed to incomes that permitted a much better scale of living. Information collected in the survey of spending and saving in wartime suggests families do not immediately adjust their diet to correspond with a decline in income. The converse operates also, according to the findings of the 1941-42 study, i. e., families whose incomes have increased do not immediately increase their expenditures for food to an amount that is customary among families that have been living at the same income level for a long period of time. There is no doubt that many of the families with incomes of $3,000 or more in 1944 had never before earned so much. Regardless of the reason for the high food expenditures by families with incomes below $1,000, it seems obvious that they must have run up large debts, cut seriously into any savings they had, or reduced their purchases of other living essentials to a very low point. In the spring of 1942 families and single persons that cooked at home spent $5.61 per week for food, out of an average weekly income of $10.90—51 percent; this left them heavily in debt.6 In the fall of 1944, in contrast, families of the same size in the same income group spent $8.42 per week for food, or about 71 percent of their weekly income of $11.85.7 At the three middle income levels, the proportion of income spent for food was about 4 percent greater in the recent period than in the earlier one, ranging from 39 to 36 to 28 percent as contrasted with 35 to 31 to 25 percent at successively higher income levels. The some what larger food expenditures in 1944 than in 1942 by families in the highest income group were covered by their higher average income. Hence, in both periods, the food bill absorbed about 17 percent of income. This group probably saved a larger proportion of their in come in 1944, since new automobiles and many other durable goods, which normally absorb a significant share of their spending, were not available. Although there were fewer city families with incomes below $1,000 and $2,000, respectively, in 1944 than at any previous time in our 6 See Bureau of Labor Statistics Bulletin No. 724, tables 9 and 10, for data on expenditures and savings or debts in relation to income, for all city families and single persons, including the nonhousekeeping group. 7 This income figure and those used in the discussion that follows are preliminary estimates based on the findings of the second part of the survey of prices paid by consumers as to income (after pay-roll deductions) received during the entire year 1944. Income averages are not available by class for 1944, based on reports for August, since in a considerable number of cases the information provided for August was sufficient only as a basis for classification. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1156 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 history,8 this fact does not reduce the seriousness of the situation for that group, particularly if present price levels are maintained or increased. Food Expense in Relation to Family Size Family outlays for food are of course directly related to the number of persons to be fed, but amounts spent per person at each income level are smaller as family size increases (table 12). In the case of food bought for use at home, there is some economy in large-scale buying. However, the small savings that may be effected are by no means sufficient to make up the differences in diet suggested by the lower per-capita expenditures for food at home. T able 12.—Average Expense for Food at Home and A w ay by Housekeeping Families in Cities, by Family Size and Annual Money-Income Rate, Week in 1944 and 1942 1 September-October 1944 Number of persons in family March-June 1942 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 Under $1,000 to to to and to to to and $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 $4,000 over Average total food expense in 1 week All families______ _______ _ $8.42 $11.87 $17.04 $18. 70 $23. 51 1 p erson _____ ___ .. 5.16 9. 33 9.76 0 0 2 persons_________ ___ 8.26 10.17 14.42 17.10 18.21 3 persons___________ -___ 14. 36 13. 59 16. 53 17.88 21.77 4 persons_______________ 14.23 18.58 19.43 23.07 0 5 persons^ ___ 18. 53 20. 55 21.23 27. 05 0 6 or more persons_______ 19.01 24. 51 25. 33 29.58 0 $5.61 $10. 32 $14. 54 $16. 41 8.09 4.12 0 0 5.42 9. 93 12.87 12.93 8.36 U.52 14. 02 16. 34 7. 95 12.30 16. 63 17. 82 9. 36 10. 90 17. 04 18.48 13.65 21.20 22.41 0 $21.00 0 15.98 18.19 21.05 23.96 30.34 Average expense for food at home in 1 week All families.................. .......... $7. 57 $10.44 $14.43 $15.08 $18.49 1 p erson ...................... . . 4. 41 7.29 7. 54 0 0 2 persons ................. . 7. 44 8.85 11.21 12.57 11.82 3 persons______________ 12. 92 12.32 14.03 14.82 16. 95 4 persons______ . . . ___ 12. 96 16.17 15. 99 18.42 (2) 5 persons____ __ _ ____ 16.93 18.24 18.13 22.67 (2) 6 or more persons_______ 18. 06 22.77 22.07 24. 52 (2) $5.24 3.66 5.19 7. 90 7. 27 8. 29 0 $9.16 $12.68 $14.21 6.68 0 0 8.88 10.99 10. 12 10.20 12.50 14.03 11.61 14.40 16.05 10.12 15.23 16. 58 12.14 19. 32 20. 32 $17.11 0 12.03 14.36 16.69 20. 22 26.71 Average expense for food away from home in 1 week All families___ . . . ______ $0.85 1 person_____ ______ ___ .75 .82 2 persons___ _________ 3 persons______________ 1.44 4person s... ___________ (2) ............. ......... 5 persons. (2) 6 or more persons........... (2) $1.43 2.04 1. 32 1.27 1.27 1.60 .95 $2.01 2. 22 3.21 2. 50 2.41 2.31 1.74 $3.62 0 4. 53 3.06 3.44 3.10 3.26 $5. 02 0 6.39 4.82 4.65 4.38 5.06 $0. 37 .46 .23 .46 .68 1.07 0 $1.16 1.41 1.05 1.32 .69 .78 1.51 $1.86 0 1.88 1.52 2.23 1.81 1.88 $2.20 0 2.81 2.31 1.77 1.90 2.09 $3.89 0 3. 95 3.83 4. 36 3.74 3.63 1 See table 2 for definition of income and note on adjustment of 1942 reports for comparability with respect to family size. 2 Averages not shown for fewer than 10 cases. Since average expenditures for food away from home by families in the' same income group show no consistent relation to family size, it is clear that restaurant meals do not serve to round out the diet of large families as compared with small ones. Rather, it appears that persons in large families carry their lunches to work and to school much more often than single persons or members of small families. 3 Estimates of the distribution by income of city families and single persons will be available in a few months from data collected in February 1945 in the study of prices paid by consumers in 1944. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WARTIME FOOD PURCHASES 1157 Information is not available on the amounts of various foods pur chased by families of different size. It is logical to assume, however, that families with incomes of $4,000 or more, and most of those receiv ing $3,000 to $4,000, were able to allocate their income in a manner that allowed sufficient money for food to purchase a good diet even when the family consisted of 5 or more members. Among large families with smaller incomes, adequate diets were probably the exception rather than the rule, even in 1942, and cer tainly in 1944. Furthermore, the proportion of income required to cover their food bills was far in excess of that required by small families. The general problem posed above on the basis of class aver ages is thus in fact much more critical for large families. Since this usually means families with young children, it is particularly serious. Families of one or two and, at income levels above $2,000, somewhat larger families do not, of course, face the same problem. The percentage increase in food expenditures between the spring of 1942 and the fall of 1944 tended to be greater among large than among small families at each of the lower income levels. This indi cates merely that the usual food purchases of small families provided more leeway for purchase of cheaper—or less—food in the face of price increases, while this was not true for the larger families whose diets were already restricted. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis P rices in th e F irst Q uarter o f 1 9 4 5 Summary PRICES continued their gradual advance during the first quarter of 1945. Wholesale (primary-market) prices rose 0.6 percent. The cost of living declined 0.2 percent, but the decline was due chiefly to a seasonal drop in prices for eggs. Prices of most consumer goods continued to rise. The general level of primary-market prices and of most of the retail prices of living essentials was as high as at any time since the war began. In March 1945 wholesale prices were 40 percent higher than in August 1939 and retail prices 29 percent higher. As a result of price controls, however, these increases are still very much smaller than those which occurred during World War I. The percentage changes in wholesale prices and the cost of living for certain periods since August 1939 are shown in table 1. T a b l e 1 .-—Percent of Change in Retail and Wholesale Prices in Specified Periods Percent of change to March 1945 in— Wholesale prices of— From— December 1944: Last quarter--. ____ _ _ _ March 1944: Last year----------- ----------------------M ay 1943: Hold-the-line order 1______________________ M ay 1942: OPA’s General Maximum Price Regulation.. August 1939: War in Europe----------- _ . . ---------- . . . Retail prices of living essentials - 0 .2 + 2 .4 + 1.4 + 9.3 +28.6 All commodities All commodities except farm products and foods + 0.6 + 1.4 + 1.2 + 6.6 +40.4 + 0.3 +1.1 + 2.6 + 3 .7 +23.8 i The President’s hold-the-line order was issued April 8, 1943. The peak of the rise which led to this order was reached in M ay, which is, therefore, used for this comparison. More significant than the actual rise was the tremendous under lying pressure for higher prices that existed in the first quarter of 1945. The continuance of the war in Europe and the rapid tempo of the war in the Pacific brought an unexpected expansion of demands for military goods at a time when scarcities of many civilian goods were more acute than ever. Meanwhile, civilian purchasing power remained at an extremely high level and labor was pressing its demands for increased earnings. Industry representatives were increasingly outspoken in their demands for price relief to meet the steady war time rise in labor and other costs. A few important advances in price ceilings were granted during the quarter. As regards wage costs, a number of significant developments occurred. The War Labor Board issued a comprehensive report upholding the basic limitations of the “Little Steel” formula. During the quarter it also sought the approval of the Director of Economic Stabilization for so-called “fringe” awards, such as those granted to textile and packing-house workers. Although these awards did not grant increases in basic wages, they did increase labor costs and thus opened up the possibility of price increases to cover the higher costs. 1158 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis PRICES IN FIRST QUARTER OF 19 4 5 1159 On March 1, 30 days before the expiration of the bituminous-coal con tract, the United Mine Workers of America presented its demands for increases. The acceleration of the war in the fipst quarter of 1945 intensified existing shortages and created some new ones. Thus, lead and zinc, which had been in fairly comfortable supply, were again scarce. Severe weather conditions contributed to tightened supplies of coal. Shortages of foods and apparel and black-market operations were subjects of special investigations. Shoe rationing was tightened. Paper was increasingly scarce. Plans for reconversion were tempo rarily suspended. In many industries demands for price relief were widespread and forceful. The petroleum industry renewed its request for a general increase in ciude-oil prices. On all sides there were demands for suppression of black markets and for increases in meat-price ceilings to relieve the severe shortage for consumers. The new OPA-WPB program to insure essential low- and medium-priced apparel for civilians was threatened by vigorous industry objection. As the war continued it became increasingly difficult to maintain stable prices in the face of continuously rising costs. During the first quarter of 1945, OPA was forced to grant increases in price ceilings on many items. For some commodities, these were the first increases granted since price controls, were established. Some increases, such as those on pig iron, steel products, wood pulp, news print, and cotton textiles, were extremely important. Cost of Consumer Goods and Services The slight decrease of 0.2 percent in the retail cost of family living essentials during the first quarter of 1945 was due primarily to seasonal declines in egg prices. The temporary net decline does not reflect the strong latent factors tending toward higher prices, or the Government’s problems in maintaining price stability. Retail prices of all groups, except food and rent, increased during the quarter under review. Retail clothing prices in March 1945 were 12 percent higher than in May 1943 and liousefurnishings were 15^ percent higher (table 2). Consumer buying power was even higher in early 1945 than in 1944. Income payments to individuals during the first quarter were equivalent to an annual rate of 164 billion dollars, or about twice as large as in 1929. In spite of increasing shortages, retail sales were at record heights, reflecting the high level of prices and pre-Easter buying. Although many civilian goods had been scarce for a number of months, the shortages were much more apparent during the quarter under review. Unexpected increases in military requirements of clothing late in 1944, and demands for food for liberated areas led to further Government restrictions in this period. Food and clothing were the subject of extensive congressional investigations. Coal supplies were critical, particularly in Eastern areas, because of severe weather which crippled transportation. Rising costs have presented a continuing problem of price control. During the first quarter of 1945 OPA was compelled to grant ceilingadjustments for coal, poultry, and Army pork, and to increase the https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 116 0 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 subsidies for crude petroleum and meats. During this quarter, also, broad programs were initiated to combat the continuing disappearance of lower-priced textiles which has become one of the most serious problems of control, and steps were taken to relieve the growing meat shortage. In addition OPA has undertaken a cost survey to determine the need for a general increase in the ceiling for crude petroleum, continually demanded by the industry. New threats to the price stability of consumer goods were presented in the awards of higher wages to textile and packing-house workers by the National War Labor Board and in the demands of the United Mine Workers. T able 2. —Percent of Change in Cost of Living and in Prices of Consumer Goods in Prim ary Markets in Specified Periods COST OF LIVING Percent of change— From hold-theline order From OPA’sGen. Max. Price Regulation From war in Europe In last quarter In last year Dec. 1944 to Mar. 1945 Mar. 1944 to Mar. 1945 All item s______________________________ - 0 .2 + 2 .4 + 1.4 + 9 .3 +28.6 Food__________________________________ Clothing______________________________ R ent_______________ ______ ____ ____ Fuel, electricity and ice--------- -----------. . . Gas and electricity__________________ Other fuels and ice_________________ Housefurnishings________________ _____ Miscellaneous__________________________ - 1 .1 + 1 .3 + 5.1 + •2 + .1 - .5 + .5 +12.0 + 3 .8 - 5 .0 +12.4 +. 3 + 2.2 +11.8 +13.9 - 1 .5 + 4.9 - 1 .1 + 9.9 +18.2 +11.5 +45.3 +43.3 + 3.8 +12.8 - 3 .5 +28.9 +43.6 +23.1 +21.8 + 5 .8 -.8 + 1 .7 + 1 .6 +108.5 +55.7 +27.1 +47.1 +22.1 Commodity group +.6 0 + .5 + .7 +. 4 + 1 .0 + .4 M ay 1943 1 M ay 1942 to to Mar. 1945 Mar. 1945 -.6 + 4 .5 +15.5 + 7 .2 Aug. 1939 to Mar. 1945 CONSUMER GOODS (PRIMARY-MARKET PRICES) Farm products______________ ____ ______ Foods_________________________________ Hides and leather products________ _____ Textile products.________ ______________ Housefurnishings_________ _____ ________ + 1 .4 -.9 + 2 .9 + .3 + •8 + 1 .9 + .2 + .2 + .1 0 + 1 .2 - 5 .3 0 + 2.4 + 1 .8 1 The President’s hold-the-line order was issued April 8,1943. The peak of the rise, which led to this order, was reached in M ay, which is, therefore, used for this comparison. Important steps were taken during the quarter to tighten up retail-price controls. OPA issued Maximum Price Regulation No. 580, which replaced the General Maximum Price Regulation and other price-control regulations at retail for most clothing, textiles, shoes, furniture, and housefurnishings. This action was described by the Price Administrator as “ one of the most important events in retailprice control since May 1942, when the General Maximum Price Regulation took effect.” The regulation freezes retail mark-ups existing on March 19, 1945, in an effort to assure that cost reductions at the manufacturers’ level will automatically be passed on to con sumers. MPR 580 supplements the WPB-OPA textile-clothing program announced in January to restore lower-priced goods to the civilian market, and similar programs for furniture and housefurnishings. Under the WPB order, effective May 1, 1945, manufacturers of https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis PRICES IN FIRST QUARTER OF 1 9 4 5 1161 essential civilian garments selling at or below certain specified prices are given priority assistance to obtain the necessary fabrics. The order reserves 65 to 80 percent of available cotton, rayon, and woolen materials, after military needs are satisfied, for such low-priced goods. The OPA order, the Maximum Average Price Regulation (not actually issued until late in April), requires manufacturers to distribute their quarterly production of all items of men’s, women’s and children’s apparel in all price ranges so as not to exceed the average price received during 1943. Together with a previous order requiring pre-ticketing of most cotton garments by the manufacturer with retail ceilings, and proposed quality controls, these measures are expected to reduce retail clothing prices 6 to 7 percent. FOODS AND FARM PRODUCTS Prices of foods declined approximately 1 percent at wholesale and at retail during the first quarter of 1945, chiefly because of seasonal declines for eggs. At the same time prices of farm products were rising 1.4 percent, as a result of a 7-percent advance for livestock and poultry and almost 2 percent for grains. Among the food groups, dairy products, fruits and vegetables, and cereal products were relatively stable. Other foods (including eggs), declined 5 percent in primary markets, offsetting an advance of about 1.5 percent for meats. Shortages of some foods (particularly meat, in urban areas) were more severe during the first quarter of 1945 than during any previous period of the war and there were general complaints that the shortages were due to excessively rigid Government controls. Black-market operations were a matter of chief concern to housewives unable to purchase meat of any kind in retail stores. Butchers in a number of cities closed down, allegedly because of inability to obtain supplies. Several OPA price actions were taken during the quarter to encourage increased meat production; these included higher ceilings for certain pork products for the Army and increases in subsidies for livestock. Livestock and meats.—With supplies far short of the demand, prices of livestock and poultry moved up 7 percent at the primary-market level during the quarter. Prices in March 1945 were 0.1 percent below the high level prevailing in the spring of-1943, prior to the ‘TO percent roll-back” in meat prices. Owing to the short supply, hogs of all weights were selling at $14.75 per hundredweight in February and March, whereas heavier weights ordinarily sell at a discount. There were sharp increases in prices of cows during the quarter, because of the unusually strong demand for good-grade cow beef, which is not set aside for Government purchase. In January there were several important changes in the cattle stabilization program, designed to reduce the pressure on meat ceilings and at the same time prevent reductions in prices of live cattle which might adversely affect cattle feeding. An “over-riding” ceiling of $18 per hundredweight at Chicago was established; the maximum of the stabilization range was raised $1 and subsidy payments were increased $1 per hundredweight for choice and 50 cents per hundred weight for good cattle. Wholesale and retail prices of all meats (except poultry, which rose seasonally) were fairly stable. In March, roasting chickens were selling at retail at an average of over 46 cents per pound in large https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1162 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 cities; this was the highest price reported since 1920. Despite the short supply, average prices of beef and veal were slightly lower at retail than in March 1944; meats as a group rose only 0.2 percent. Shortages of all meats, particularly beef, pork, and poultry, were widespread, with the most severe situation on the Eastern Seaboard. A survey in mid-March in 56 large cities showed that 78 percent of the independent stores had no pork loins and hams for sale, 68 percent no bacon, over 70 percent no veal, and about 45 percent no beef steaks or roasts. These figures compare with percentages of 32, 54, 33, and 24, respectively, in December. Little relief is expected before late summer or early fall. There were widespread reports of diversion of meat from Federally inspected plants, of transportation difficulties, and of black-market operations. In addition the proportion of production reserved for military purposes and lend-lease was increased. The resulting short age for civilians brought mounting pressure for higher ceiling prices. Dairy products and eggs.—Wholesale and retail prices of eggs declined seasonally throughout the country from December 1944 through March 1945, the greatest decrease occurring between January and February as provided by OPA regulation. Average retail prices declined 25 percent, from the seasonal peak of 66.9 cents per dozen in December to 49.9 cents in mid-March. In order to encourage increased sales of live poultry, War Food Administration’s new sup port prices announced in January were set at lower levels than in 1944. Prices of dairy products were generally stable during the quarter. Supplies of butter were equal to demand in most markets, owing to high ration-point values. The number of independent stores without butter decreased from 35 percent of the total in January to 9 percent in March. Other products.—Although there was a seasonal advance of 1.8 percent in the prices of grains between December 1944 and March 1945, the change was not reflected in the prices of most cereal products. This stability may be attributed to large stocks of wheat, approxi mately double those of a year ago. Fruits and vegetables rose over 3 percent at retail, as fresh produce moved up about 4 percent and there was a slight increase for dried fruits and vegetables. Prices of coffee, tea, and cocoa remained stable throughout the quarter but there was a concerted effort on the part of coffee-producing countries for increases in the ceiling on imports. Prices of sugar were unchanged at wholesale and retail, with a slight easing of the shortage that had threatened to force a price rise late in 1944. TEXTILES AND APPAREL Retail costs of clothing increased 0.6 percent during the first quarter of 1945, continuing the advance which has persisted since the middle of 1943, chiefly as the result of the gradual disappearance of lowerpriced articles. In March 1945 clothing prices were more than 5 percent higher than in March 1944 and nearly 12% percent higher than in May 1943. Prices for textiles and apparel of unchanged quality in primary markets increased 0.2 percent on the average during the quarter and were less than 2 percent higher than in May 1942, the date of the https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis PRICES IN FIRST QUARTER OF 194 5 1163 General Maximum Price Regulation. Chief increases were for cotton goods under the Bankhead amendment to the Stabilization Extension Act. Boston prices of most grades of raw wool remained unchanged during the quarter. Prices of raw cotton, however, reached almost the highest level of the war period, about 135 percent above August 1939. Average price of 15/16 middling cotton in 10 spot markets was 21.75 cents per pound in March 1945, or nearly 1 percent higher than in December 1944 and more than 3 percent higher than in March 1944. The rise in prices of raw cotton and higher labor costs have exerted a continual pressure on the price ceilings for textile products. With the recent War Labor Board award of an increase in minimum wages, amounting to 5 cents per hour, for 50,000 textile workers in northern and southern mills, textile mills have renewed their requests for ceiling relief. Since the hold-the-line order of April 8, 1943, advancing clothing prices have been the most serious threat to the anti-inflation program. Rising costs have caused manufacturers to shift production to higher price lines on which profit margins are larger. There have also been reports of black-market operations. Supplies, particularly of cotton goods, have become increasingly scarce, and little improvement is in prospect. Taking into account the fall of Germany, the Combined Production and Resources Board has estimated that there will be an annual world shortage of 1 billion to 2 billion yards of cotton textiles. Supplies of most clothing were expected to be lower this spring than in 1944. Supplies of children’s underwear were very limited. Staple cotton and rayon yard goods, other than spun rayon, were seldom obtainable for home dressmaking. Full-fashioned rayon hosiery was scarce. An informal policy of limiting sales of scarce items of clothing has been instituted by many retail stores. During the quarter under review a comprehensive new WPB-OPA program was announced, to reduce clothing costs 6 to 7 percent and to restore supplies of essential clothing to civilian markets at reasonable prices. First effects of earlier directives to assure low-cost clothing for civilians were reflected in some price decreases during the quarter, although only limited supplies were available. Among the items which returned to the market in limited quantities were men’s percale dress shirts, shorts, and women’s percale housedresses. Prices of men’s dress shirts, on the'average, decreased 2.7 percent in the quarter, reflecting effects of these programs. Scarcity of low-price merchandise during the war has resulted in appreciable cost increases to consumers for a number of items. Per cale housedresses, their upward trend lessened somewhat by the limited quantities made with the assistance of war agency directives, rose over 3 percent in the first quarter of this year, and in mid-March were costing the consumer about twice as much as in the summer of 1939. Both rayon and cotton street dresses retailed at higher prices in the first offerings of spring and summer lines. Increases of as much as 11 percent were reported in some cities for work clothing. There were sizable increases for men’s wool outer apparel. A scarcity of men’s outerwear assumed serious proportions for the first time during the quarter under review. Stocks of men’s woolen apparel, topcoats, overcoats, suits, and woolen dress trousers, de pleted by near-record sales, were reported to be lower than during https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1164 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 any period since the beginning of the war. Few woolen piece goods were offered for sale by manufacturers, because of the diversion of most wool yarns for military orders and uncertainty as to final details of the WPB-OPA program for essential clothing. Demands for woolen fabrics for the armed services in 1945 are expected to surpass the peak of 1943. HIDES AND LEATHER PRODUCTS Hides and leather products advanced 0.3 percent in primary mar kets as prices of shearlings, both raw and tanned, increased rather sharply to near the ceiling levels. Retail prices of shoes were gener ally stable during the first quarter of 1945. Quotations for No. 1 raw shearlings, formerly in great demand for aviators’ flying suits and now available for civilian slippers and coats, increased to a level 1% times as high as in August 1939. Prices-of imported Patnas goatskins, an important source of upper leather for women’s shoes, rose approximately 3 percent as a result of higher costs in India. The unexpected cancellation of food stamps in December precipi tated a scare that led to a shoe-buying epidemic early in the year but supplies of adults’ shoes were generally adequate for demands under rationing. Retailers continued to drop their lower-priced lines of rationed shoes, and inventories of children’s shoes, particularly of toddlers’ sizes, remained below consumers’ needs in some areas. In view of the increased allocation of cattle-hide leather for military footwear for the first half of 1945, the outlook for men’s and children’s leather footwear is not favorable. HOUSEFURNISHINGS The retail cost of housefumishings advanced more than 1 percent during the first quarter of 1945. Between March 1944 and March 1945 housefumishings increased 12 percent—more than any other group of commodities included in the cost-of-living index. The rise is attributable primarily to the continued disappearance of lowerpriced articles, production of which manufacturers find unprofitable because of the critical shortages of material and manpower. There was also a slight price advance in primary markets because of a 6percent increase in the manufacturers’ ceiling price for cotton blankets, which was not reflected at retail. The cost of upholstered living-room furniture and sofa beds con tinued to show increases, because of the unavailability of lower grades of covering formerly used in their manufacture. Price increases during the quarter amounted to 1.5 and 1.3 percent, respectively. February furniture sales had little downward effect on retail prices, since the articles offered by the few retailers sponsoring sales usually were restricted to occasional pieces and juveniles’ furniture. Articles other than furniture remained generally stable but there were scat tered price rises for gas stoves and wool rugs. The price picture for furniture was overshadowed by merchandise shortages throughout the quarter. Production currently represents about 60 percent of the 1943 volume of wood furniture and 50 percent of upholstered furniture. Because of a cut in lumber quotas, man power problems, and shortages of materials such as upholstery and ticking fabrics and high-carbon steel wire for inner-spring units, little improvement is in prospect. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis PRICES IN FIRST QUARTER OF 1 9 4 5 1165 Dining-room furniture in all price lines was very short in supply during the quarter and consumers were shifting to dinette sets. Lower-priced bedroom and living-room suites were still scarce. Up to the end of the quarter little low-priced furniture had returned to retail stores as the result of OPA’s January order, permitting manu facturers of certain types of furniture in specified price ranges (includ ing 3-piece bedroom suites, 8-piece dining-room suites, and 5-piece dinette sets) to apply for upward adjustment of maximum prices to cover total costs. Other housefurnishings, including towels and sheets and all types of soft floor coverings were also scarce. Production under “spot authorization” of inner-spring mattresses, electric irons, vacuum cleaners, etc., has made little progress, and unexpected new war demands for high-carbon steel and other materials will prevent any immediate improvement. FUELS AND UTILITIES Composite gas and electricity rates to domestic consumers increased 1.4 and 0.8 percent, respectively, between December 1944 and March 1945. Domestic bills for both gas and electricity had been reduced in December 1944 by refunds to customers, in cash or in partial or complete cancellation of the December bill. There were several minor changes during the quarter in gas bills, as a result of fuel-cost adjust ments and of changes in the B. t. u. content of natural gas. Retail prices of anthracite and bituminous coal rose 0.8 and 0.3 per cent, respectively, during the quarter. There was also a slight in crease in bituminous-coal prices in primary markets. Many retailers in the Northeastern States and St. Louis, restricted to 1-ton deliveries by order of the Solid Fuels Administrator for War, were allowed by OPA to charge up to 25 cents more per ton. These restricted deliveries of solid fuels developed out of scarcity and rationing. Bad weather in the Appalachian region during De cember 1944 continued into January, increasing the demand for fuel and causing critical congestion of transportation facilities which brought about a 72-hour freight embargo ending at midnight on Feb ruary 5. Storms on the Atlantic Ocean hindered coastal traffic in both petroleum fuels and coal. Retailers’ anthracite quotas were cut from 87% to 82% percent of the quantity sold during the 1942-43 heat ing season. Deliveries of solid fuels to consumers in northeastern areas were limited to 1 week’s supply or 1 ton. To conserve coal used in producing electric power, a “brown-out” of unnecessary commercial lighting and a midnight entertainment curfew were ordered. At the end of the quarter, the Government faced a new threat to its price and wage ceilings in the bituminous-coal industry. The United Mine Workers presented demands for substantial pay increases, in cluding larger vacation payments, increases in overtime pay and a royalty of 10 cents per ton of coal mined. There were no appreciable price changes for petroleum products at any level of distribution. Several changes were made, however, in the subsidies paid by the Federal Government to producers of crude petro leum in marginal fields and the number of wells entitled to this subsidy was increased. Members of the petroleum industry continued their agitation to replace subsidies by outright increases in price ceilings with such increases passed on to ultimate consumers. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1166 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 COST OF HOUSING AND REAL ESTATE Inflationary pressures in real estate continued to increase during the first quarter of 1945. Commercial rents, purchase prices of houses, and farm-land values, none of which is subject to Federal control, reached high levels and during this quarter OPA sought authority from Congress for control of both realty sales and rents of commercial prop erty. Although rents of family homes and apartments, which have been subject to OPA control since early in 1942, remained generally stable during the quarter at a level 1% percent below May 1942, there have been indirect increases which are not reflected in the actual rents paid. Rents of family homes and apartments in 34 large cities during the quarter remained unchanged on the average. Rent increases amount ing to 0.1 percent or more were reported for 4 cities. Slight decreases occurred in some cities, caused in the main by forced reductions re sulting from extensive rent ceiling-compliance drives by OPA. The housing shortage continued acute. In most cities there has been little building activity. Moreover, there has been continued deterioration of property, with few repairs, and more and more dwellings consequently are becoming uninhabitable. Even in cities where there have been cut-backs in war production, the housing situ ation has not improved a great deal. In Portland, Maine, where there was a cut-back in shipbuilding, stores, garages, and uninhabitable buildings were not being utilized as make-shift temporary dwellings to the same extent in March 1945 as 6 months previously. The situation was still so serious, however, that in many instances the new tenant was waiting on the sidewalk with his furniture while the old tenant moved out. Reports for some cities indicate a continued use of “ bonuses to the landlord” for finding suitable living accommodations, some of these rewards running into large sums of money. With more money to spend, tenants in some cities are looking for better quarters, causing a shortage in the better houses. Very little building—in spite of critical housing shortages—is taking place. Many people want to build but cannot do so because of restrictions on materials. The outright sale of many homes, formerly rented, continued throughout the quarter. In many cases, the present tenants were being forced to purchase at high prices to avoid being forced to move. In some cities where the housing situation was less critical, there appeared to be a tendency for owner-occupants to sell their property and rent a home, in anticipation of a more favorable chance to con struct new residences after the war. MISCELLANEOUS GOODS AND SERVICES Miscellaneous goods and services increased 0.4 percent in cost at retail between December 1944 and March 1945 and 3.8 percent be tween March 1944 and March 1945. Fees for medical care were higher and prices of haircuts and laundry and domestic services in creased in some cities. Higher ceilings were allowed by the OPA for some laundries, to cover higher costs of operation. Cigarettes remained scarce. The shift from multiple- to singleunit sales of cigarettes and pipe tobacco contributed to the advance of https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1167 PRICES IN FIRST QUARTER OF 1945 0.9 percent in cost of tobacco products during the quarter. Cigars also increased in cost as higher-priced lines replaced lower-priced lines. Prices of Industrial Goods Prices for industrial goods advanced moderately during the first quarter of 1945 to the highest level of the war. Average prices for commodities other than farm products and foods increased 0.3 per cent during the quarter. In contrast to earlier periods, however, small price increases occurred in every field, reflecting increasing pressure on price controls and greater shortages of goods in civilian markets. Supplies of many industrial commodities were reduced to a wartime low as a result of revised estimates of war-matériel requirements necessitated by increased activity on the European front and the ac celerated tempo of the war in the Pacific, and unfavorable weather and manpower shortages on the production front. Higher production costs, resulting from increased wage rates and material costs, placed heavy pressure on price controls and caused a number of ceiling adjustments, with more under consideration. For the first time since price control was instituted, general advances were allowed in prices of basic iron and steel products to compensate for higher production costs. The industry requested further adjust ments to cover increased wage rates allowed in December 1944. Masonry and cement prices continued to move upward as volume of production decreased and overhead costs became heavier. Im portant increases were allowed in prices of wood pulp, paperboard, and newsprint to compensate for higher raw-material costs. Other products showed smaller increases. More important, how ever, were the growing shortages in all fields, with little prospects of an improved position even after VE-day. Public salvage campaigns, although given increased emphasis, were not successful in overcoming material shortages, partly because of difficulties in processing collected scrap. At the end of the quarter the outlook in industrial markets was for increased production difficulties with stronger pressures on stabilization controls. Price changes for the principal groups of industrial products are shown in table 3. T able 3. —Percent of Change in Prices of Industrial Goods in Primary Markets, in Specified Periods Percent of change— Commodity group Fuel and lighting__________ ____ ______ Metals and metal products--------------Building materials..... ................................ Chemicals and allied products. ........ Miscellaneous commodities------------- In last quarter In last year From From holdOPA’s the-line Gen. Max. order Price Reg. From war in Europe Dec. 1944 to Mar. 1945 Mar. 1944 to Mar. 1945 M ay 1943 » M ay 1942 to Mar. to Mar. 1945 1945 Aug. 1939 to Mar. 1945 + 0 .4 + .4 + .6 + .1 + .4 + 0 .5 + .5 + 2 .5 -. 1 + 1 .2 + 3 .2 +• 4 + 6.0 +• 1 + 2.9 + 6.9 + .3 + 6.4 -1 .7 + 4 .5 +14.9 +11.8 +30.7 +27.9 +29.1 1 The President’s hold-the-line order was issued April 8, 1943. The peak of the rise which led to this order was reached in M ay, which is, therefore, used for this comparison. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 116 8 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 METALS AND MACHINERY Prices of metals and metal products, which had been generally stable from early in 1942 to the end of 1944, increased 0.4 percent during the first quarter of 1945. Average prices for iron and steel products rose 0.9 percent, as higher prices were allowed by OPA for five basic steel products and for pig iron. Nonferrous metals rose 0.1 percent, reflecting increased military demands for mercury. Short supplies and heavy demand for other metals kept prices at ceiling levels. The impact of the price increases for iron and steel products was softened by the stability in prices for machinery and plumbing and heatingequipment. Compared with the relatively comfortable supply position which prevailed in the fourth quarter of 1944, stocks and inventories of many metals were low in the first quarter of 1945. A speed-up in the war program and manpower shortages placed a heavy burden on rolling mills, and demand for both steel and alu minum sheets far exceeded the supply. Heavy melting scrap steel was scarce in the principal steel-producing centers. Supplies of lead, zinc, and antimony became so tight that it was again necessary to place them under allocation. Effective January 11, 1945, OPA allowed interim increases at the mill level of from $2 to $5 per ton on five basic steel products: Hot rolled carbon plates; hot rolled carbon sheets; galvanized sheets, roofing and siding; nails and staples; and rails. This was the first industry-wide advance in basic steel prices since 1939 and was due to higher production costs in existence prior to the wage adjustment of December 30. These increases were of a temporary nature. Further adjustments for these products, as well as for other steel products, are under consideration. Warehouses and jobbers were permitted to pass the increase in mill prices of nails and staples on to their customers immediately, but were forced to absorb the increase on the other four products until March 1. In February, the OPA raised ceiling prices on pig iron and manganese steel castings, to absorb higher production costs and restore industry earnings to prewar levels. It was the first advance in base prices for pig iron since price control was in itiated in June 1941. Unseasonably warm weather during March permitted one of the earliest opening dates in history for Great Lakes shipping and thereby reduced the danger of an iron-ore shortage. During the first quarter of 1945, shipments of ore from Lake Superior mines were more than double those of the first quarter of 1944. Stocks of ore on April 1 at furnaces and docks, however, were reported to be the lowest since 1918. The accelerated war program after the German counteroffensive late in 1944, severe winter weather, and manpower shortages combined to reduce supplies of scrap steel, and prices again pushed against ceilings. In mid-January, OPA officials stated that the scrap shortage was as critical as at any time since the beginning of the war. Some of the smaller steel mills were fast approaching the end of their inven tories and operations in the scrap field were off as much as 50 percent of capacity. Several plans to relieve the scrap shortage were proposed. WPB suggested that scrap consumers be required to purchase scrap only in specified areas. This plan was opposed by steel mills and dealers. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis PRICES IN FIRST QUARTER OF 1 9 4 5 1169 The American Iron and Steel Institute recommended that price premiums formerly allowed be reinstated and that OPA liberalize commissions charged by brokers on sale of scrap. In order to build up inventories of No. 1 and No. 2 heavy melting scrap, the WPB industry advisory committee concurred in a scrap speed-up program which included an industry pledge that steel mills and foundries would maintain inventories of a 45-day minimum of usable prepared scrap. Increased war orders and continued manpower shortages placed most nonferrous metals again in tight supply. With the exception of mercury, prices for primary metals remained firm at ceiling levels where they became stabilized at the beginning of 1942 or earlier. Both zinc and antimony were again placed under allocation controls. Late in 1944, zinc stocks showed a decline, and substantial withdrawals of special high-grade zinc were said to have been made from Metals Reserve Corporation stocks during January. Consumers were urged to use “regular” high-grade zinc, instead of the “special” high grade, wherever possible. At the end of January the Government stock pile of lead was estimated to be 80,000 tons, or less than 1 month’s consumption. The MRC contract with Mexican producers was renewed at a higher price, equivalent to the ceiling price of 6% cents at New York. Because of the shortage, War Production Board plans to release more lead for civilian requirements were amended April 1 to permit use of lead only for end products essential to the military program and civilian economy. Accelerated arms and shell programs and the steady decrease in mine production because of manpower shortages required big cuts in the amounts of copper which had been set aside for spot authoriza tions. Copper consumption in February was at the highest level in history, and the WPB Copper Division estimated a deficit in refined copper of 208,000 tons for the year 1945. To increase copper supplies, larger imports from Canada and Rhodesia were contracted for at 11% cents per pound, delivered at New York. Near the beginning of the year, requirements for sheet aluminum jumped approximately 50 percent. Because of the extremely tight supply WPB instructed the Aluminum Co. of America to close its order books for the first 4 months of 1945, and the scheduling of aluminum sheet was taken over by the Army Air Forces. The books of all seven manufacturers were closed indefinitely for orders not specifically authorized. Soldiers were furloughed by the Army to meet manpower demands of aluminum sheet producers. Early in February WPB ordered aluminum ingot output to be increased 10 million pounds monthly at four plants where operations had been curtailed. In March the MRC completed negotiations with Aluminum Union Ltd. of Canada for an additional 250 million pounds of pig aluminum for 1945 delivery at current domestic prices. At the beginning of 1945 the price of mercury continued to advance, owing to the very short supply brought about largely by increased military use of mercury in the development of a new dry-cell battery. During February, however, favorable war news and rumors of mercury shipments from Spain caused some irregularity in the market with the average price for March below January and February averages, but $35.00 above the December 1944 average price. 64 5 8 8 6 — 45 --------- 3 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1170 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 Higher cadmium requirements for 1945, together with an indicated production drop, will keep this metal high on the critical list. Mag nesium, on the other hand is past its war production peak and it is estimated that the 1945 production will be only one-fourth that of 1944. Only 6 producers of an earlier 15 were still in operation at the end of the quarter. Tin continued in short supply and probably will remain so through out the war. At the first of the year, the Government stock pile was estimated at about 9 months’ consumption based on current rates. WPB again found it necessary to tighten up on the less-essential uses of the metal. Early in March an amended contract was signed with Bolivian producers, raising the price from 60 cents to 63% cents, effective from December 19, 1944, to June 30, 1945. Tin-can salvage continued unsatisfactory. In an effort to bring about proper can reclamation, WPB made it compulsory for refuse collectors to accept and make available for reclamation, all segre gated and prepared used tin cans offered. The MRC agreement to pay bonuses to detinning plants if the price of scrap steel should be below the OPA ceiling was extended to March 31. Nonferrous-metal scrap markets showed increased strength as bad weather interfered with shipments and manpower difficulties con tributed to the tight supply. Toward the end of the quarter, trading became quieter, reflecting the trend of the war in Europe. BUILDING MATERIALS From December 1944 to March 1945 the Bureau of Labor Sta tistics price index of building materials at the primary-market level advanced less than 1 percent. This modest rise was not indicative, however, of the underlying pressure brought upon OPA for upward adjustments in the ceiling prices of many building materials. The effect of the manpower shortage and the increased demands of the armed services brought about substantial reductions in the supply of many building materials. Lumber supplies, particularly 1- and 2-inch sizes, were critically short. According to the National Lumber Manufacturers Association, lumber shipments during the first quarter of 1945 were 8 percent above the rate of production, and orders 16 percent above. Short supplies of new lumber increased the demand for used material and OPA found it necessary in March to give its field and district offices authority to set ceilings on used lumber. Prices in some areas were reported to have exceeded the prices of new lumber. OPA also undertook a study of southern pine production costs, to determine the need for upward price adjustments. New lumber prices remained unchanged during the quarter and in March 1945 were only 2 percent above the level of March 1944. How ever, since the beginning of the war, lumber has advanced more in price than any other important building material, and in March 1945 was 71 percent above the 1939 level. In World War I the peak of lumber prices was reached in November 1918, when they were 67 percent above July 1914 prices. Six months after the close of the war they had risen to 108 percent of the prewar level. Brick and tile manufacturers in many sections of the country were unable to maintain current production without price increases, and https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis PRICES IN FIRST QUARTER OF 1 9 4 5 1171 OPA allowed advances in ceilings in an effort to prevent further closing of plants. Consequently, prices advanced—for the seventh consecu tive month—the increase for the past quarter being 5 percent. Brick prices rose 10 percent during the last year, the greatest increase shown by any group of building materials. In March 1945 bricks were 22 percent higher in price than in August 1939. The Department of Commerce estimated that at the end of 1944 there were only 50 percent as many brick producers as in 1942. Contributing to this situation were lack of manpower, inefficiency of the labor available, and the greatly decreased demand for bricks after building restrictions became effective in early 1942. Although the Nation-wide supply of masonry products is fair, acute shortages exist in some areas. • Upward revisions were made in cement prices in the North Central States, to cover adjusted total costs of production. The increase during the quarter was approximately 2 percent, as producers adjusted prices to the new ceilings permitted by OPA to compensate for the rapid decline in volume of sales and accompanying higher unit over head costs. In the past year cement prices rose 6 percent. Readymixed-concrete producers in February were allowed to pass along to their customers their increased cost of cement. The total supply of cement and concrete products is adequate. Both masonry products and cement have advanced more in price since May 1942 than in the war period preceding price control. Quotations for plumbing and heating equipment, paint and paint materials, and structural steel remained firm during the quarter. Prices of plumbing and heating equipment showed a decline of 6 per cent since May 1942, as the result of a roll-back of 5 to 12 percent in ceiling prices in November 1942. Heating equipment was in short supply, as were also fittings and trims for plumbing. Some brass fittings returned to the retail market, usually at prices slightly higher than the price of cast-iron fittings. The 6-percent gain in the prices of paint and paint materials since the General Maximum Price Regulation became effective in May 1942 has been due to advances in paint materials. Prices of ready-mixed paint have not increased since the latter part of 1941. Structural-steel prices have remained unchanged since the beginning of price control. Miscellaneous building materials rose one-half of 1 percent during the quarter, as a result of advances in millwork, prepared roofing, lime, and sand. CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS The Bureau’s price indexes for chemicals and allied products rose slightly from December 1944 to March 1945, as a net result of price advances for quebracho extract, oleic acid, sodium bichromate, and cottonseed meal, and a decrease in ergot prices. Chemicals advanced 0.2 percent and fertilizer materials 0.1 percent, but drugs and phar maceuticals declined 0.1 percent. No change occurred in the other subgroup indexes. Prices for basic chemicals and drugs and phar maceuticals in March 1945 were lower than in May 1942, the peak of the price rise from August 1939. Price increases for quebracho extract, essential in the tanning of heavy leather, reflected higher production and inland transportation costs in Argentina, where the product is principally grown and proc essed. Higher production costs, caused by increased prices for https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1172 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 chrome ore and labor, resulted in increases ranging from 25 to 75 cents a hundred pounds in maximum prices for primary chromium chemicals. Prices of other chemicals included in the Bureau’s indexes remained unchanged. However, shortages were acute at times. In addition to large Government needs for toluene, nitrogen, alcohol, and channel carbon black, heightened military requirements for organic and in organic acids limited the shipments allowed for civilians. Heavy snows and a cold winter impeded the movement of heavy chemicals, and caused further depletion of already low stocks. Prices for caustic soda in resale markets increased 15 to 20 percent. On the other hand, supplies of some chemicals increased. Ample stocks of cryolite, important as a flux in the manufacture of aluminum and as an insecticide, caused the discontinuance of the manufacture of the synthetic materials. Improved supplies of hydrofluoric acid made possible, in April, the release of freon for civilian refrigerant requirements. All requests for sulphuric acid, placed under alloca tion in November, were granted, even though many consumers had to accept spent acid from ordnance plants rather than virgin acid. Supplies of insecticidal chemicals were spotty. Increased produc tion of DDT permitted its use in this country for general agricultural experimental purposes. Supplies of calcium arsenate, copper sulphate, sulphur, and cryolite were estimated to be sufficient to meet anticipated foreign as well as domestic requirements. Supplies of rotenone, pyrethrum, and lead arsenate continued to be short, and supplies of nicotine sulphate remained critical. During March, release for sale of Government stocks of ergot caused the price to drop 10 cents, to $1.20 per pound. In the latter part of January, prices of penicillin to the Government were reported to be as low as 85 cents per 100,000 Oxford units, as compared with previous low quotations of $1.50. Supplies of this “ miracle drug” became available for the first time through retail-drug-trade channels on March 15, with prices to distributors and wholesalers established at $1.90 to $2.40 per 100,000 units, compared with prices of $2.40 to $2.60 which hospitals formerly had to pay. Price decreases were reported for bromine and bromine derivatives, owing both to lowered produc tion costs and to increased competition, and for pyridin. A price decline for natural menthol from $13 per pound in the last week of December to $10 by the end of March, caused the Brazilian Govern ment to set a floor of $19.50 per kilo ($8.86 per pound) for this material. On the other hand, prices of sulphanilimide increased from $1.05 to $1.25 per pound at the end of February, despite ample production and adequate stocks. Adequate supplies made possible the removal of atabrine from allocation control. The Bureau’s indexes for fertilizer materials rose 0.1 percent in January as the price of cottonseed meal rose slightly. Ceiling prices for Tennessee phosphate rock were advanced 10 cents a ton to com pensate for increased wage rates. Supplies of superphosphate, nitrogen and potash continued tight. Inadequate manpower con tinued to plague the mixed fertilizer industry, because of its reputation for low pay and unpleasant working conditions. During this quarter, production of fats and oils continued to decline and stocks were at their lowest levels since 1943. On January 31, WFA reduced the fats and oils quotas for manufacturers of household https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis PRICES IN FIRST QUARTER OF 1 9 4 5 1173 soaps from 90 to 85 percent of the average quantities used in the base years 1940 and 1941. Because of the extreme shortage, attempts were being made to resume shipments of copra from the Philippines. PAPER AND PULP Prices of paper and pulp rose 0.9 percent during the first quarter of 1945, to their highest levels since the attack on Pearl Harbor. Higher production costs caused OPA to advance ceiling prices for soda pulp 6 percent and paperboard 3 to 4 percent in January, and for newsprint 5 percent in March. Effective January 30, manufac turers’ ceiling prices for bleached and unbleached soda wood pulp were increased $4, to $76 and $72 per air-dry ton, respectively, with a reduction of Defense Supplies Corporation subsidy payments to domestic producers. Ceilings for paperboard made from waste paper or straw and sold east of the Rocky Mountains were raised $2 to $2.50 per ton, effective January 20. The increase for newsprint, the first since September 1, 1943, amounted to $3 per ton. Paper shortages continued, with expectations that they would be even more severe during the second quarter of 1945. Supplies of most grades of paper continued to be critical in spite of compulsory reductions in printers’ and paper merchants’ inventories, “paper holidays” in more than 480 cities, and launching of the “Double V” waste paper campaign. v The bottleneck for paper production continued to be lack of labor in the woods. Prisoners of war have become an important factor in meeting pulpwood needs, especially in the South, but increasing em phasis is being placed on farmers’ cuttings. During the first quarter of 1945, heavy snows and cold winters in the North and wet weather in the South impeded woods and mill operations. Transportation facilities were also further handicapped by truck and tire shortages and the lack of freight cars. During January and February, rail transportation embargoes in the Northeast also harassed the industry. Imports from Canada were likewise restricted because of severe weather conditions. At the end of February pulpwood inventories averaged 12.7 percent less than in February 1944, with declines in some regions as high as 22 percent. On the other hand, wood-pulp production for the first 2 months of 1945 was about 4 percent greater than that for the same 1944 period. Increasing military requirements and the shortages of raw materials, lack of manpower, and a critical transportation situation have neces sitated further civilian curtailment for the second quarter in newsprint, ground-wood printing and book papers, heavier weights of commercial printing papers, bag papers, and container board. RUBBER AND RUBBER PRODUCTS Crude rubber supplies early in 1945 were at their lowest levels s nee the attack on Pearl Harbor and below the minimum requirements established in the Baruch-Hancock Report. Production of synthetic rubber continued to increase, and production for 1945 is estimated at 1 million tons, 31 percent greater than in 1944. Tire production was currently limited by shortages in tire cord and carbon black. Because of these shortages, tire workers were released from their https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1174 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 pledge to operate on a 7-day week and adopted a 6-day schedule in March. Prices of reclaimed rubber were raised another quarter cent per pound in January, as the Office of Price Administration study ndicated that the September 1944 increase of that amount was not sufficient to cover manufacturers’ costs for scrap rubber, labor, and other items. With few civilian tires being turned in for scrap, demand for existing rubber scrap is active. The shortage of carbon black has also resulted in greater demand for scrap rubber by reclaimers, particularly for tire and tube scrap. Prices for mixed tires rose 5.6 percent during this quarter, and increased demand for auto tire peelings reversed the downward trend in prices for this commodity. However, reclaimers were continuing to make few offers for synthetic scrap. Shortages of carbon black also resulted in the issuance of a WPB directive curtailing the manufacture of Grade A camel back. Supplies of this grade were rapidly exhausted during the first quarter of 1945 and civilians are being forced once again to purchase Grades C and F for recapping. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis FGRyiCTORY BUY U N I T E D S T A T E S W AR BO N D S AND STAMPS Effects o f Cut-Backs in War Contracts on E m ploym en t and T urnover o f Selected Plants 1 Summary A STUDY was made of all plants experiencing war production cut backs during the period December 1943 through May 1944, for which complete data on labor turnover were available. Employment declined by less than 5 percent in this group of plants within the 3-month interval following the cut-backs. Total separation rates for these establishments differed only slightly from those for all manu facturing industries during the same period. The cut-back plants, however, had lower accession rates and consequently experienced somewhat greater reductions in total employment. Voluntary quits accounted for 60 percent and lay-offs for only 18 percent of the total separations. Although women were laid off in proportionately greater numbers than men, accessions of women were also at a high rate, and the ratio of women to total employees in plants covered in the study remained relatively constant. Purpose and Scope of Study Cut-backs in the production schedules of war materials were first made on a large scale toward the end of 1943, and continued well into 1944. These war-contiact changes and cancellations, termed “ production adjustments” by the armed services, varied considerably in scope, ranging from minor modifications in the rate of delivery of certain items to complete curtailment of production in plants employ ing many thousands of workmen. According to procurement officials, the cut-backs made during this period represented a realignment of production programs, rather than a reduction in total military require ments. To determine the nature of the impact of these production adjustments on employment in the establishments involved, the Bureau of Labor Statistics undertook the present study with the cooperation of the War Manpower Commission. Information on all prime contracts cut back by Government pro curement agencies during the period December 1943 through May 1944 was obtained from the Army, Navy, Maritime Commission, and the War Production Board. Statistics were collected for all establishments for which complete turnover data were available from the Reports and Analysis Service of the War Manpower Commission for the periods of the cut-backs. These covered 559 plants which employed almost 1,900,000 workers. To show the effect the cut-backs had on the work force in these plants, turnover figures were obtained for the 3-month periods following the contract cancellations. The turnover data were compiled beginning with the month in which the production adjustments occurred if the cut-backs were made before the 15th of the month; data for the month following that in which the cut-backs occurred were used if the cancellations were made after the 15th of the month. 1 Prepared in the Bureau’s Productivity and Technological Development D ivision by Carolyn Gonyo Bernhard under the supervision of James M. Silberman. The assistance of Samuel Weiss, Reports and Analysis Service, War Manpower Commission, in obtaining much of the basic statistical data is gratefully acknowledged. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1175 1176 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E J945 Nature of Cut-Backs in War Production The wave of cut-backs which started late in 1943 and continued through half of 1944 was not due to a drop in total production require ments but represented instead a shift in production needs dictated by combat experience and the changing nature of the war. Changes in military strategy and the accumulation of inventories often call for downward revisions in the production schedules of some items, while simultaneously requiring sharp increases in production schedules for others. The cut-backs made during this period were chiefly in speci fied types of equipment, such as small-arms ammunition, carbines, rifles, shells, explosives, and clothing. Cuts were also made in certain models of armored cars, half-tracks, gun mounts, aircraft engines, and fire-control apparatus. The cut-backs in war production were made by reducing the size of prime contracts or by cancelling them outright. Such adjustments, however, did not necessarily entail lay-offs. In some cases they were only “ paper cut-backs” which cancelled production still in the planning stage and, therefore, had no effect on the work force already employed. In some critical industries such as aircraft and shipbuilding, the adjustment frequently consisted of scaling down scheduled production in given plants to a level more feasible to attain. In companies pro ducing for numerous war contracts, many contract cancellations resulted merely in a shift of workers from one type of work to another, with no need for laying off more than a few employees. Frequently, unemployment resulted only during the period in which the company prepared for a new type of production; after the retooling process was completed, employment sometimes exceeded the former level. Factors Affecting Turnover Following Cut-Backs Information concerning the factors affecting turnover, following cut-backs in war contracts, is available from a cross-section survey made by the Bureau of Labor Statistics in May and June 1944.2 Bureau representatives visited 80 companies in various parts of the country, to determine the nature of the employment adjustments and the plant practices affecting the release or reassignment of em ployees following contract cancellations. Some salient points from that study are presented below. In approximately a fifth of the plants the cut-backs had only nominal effects upon the companies’ activities, since the cancelled items represented only a small portion of total production. In the remaining plants, employment adjustments of varying severity were made necessary by the cut-backs. In about three-fifths of the plants which were significantly affected by contract cancellations, lay-offs accounted for more than half of the total employment reduction. Many of the plants, however, were able to effect the adjustment with few lay-offs. In almost all of the surveyed plants which sustained substantial cut-backs, recruitment decreased sharply or stopped entirely, and voluntary separations increased. Some companies actively encour2 Effects of Cut-Backs in War Contracts on Selected Plants, in M onthly Labor Review, March 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis EFFECTS OF CUT-BACKS IN WAR CONTRACTS 1177 aged quits, in order to reduee the size of the necessary lay-offs. In such instances, workers who had other jobs in prospect were urged to take them, and other employees were allowed to take time off to look for new jobs. Most of the plants with sizable cut-backs readily issued certificates of availability to workmen requesting them and referred men to the U. S. Employment Service for other openings. In a few plants, however, the organization of production was such that significant numbers of separations could not be made until contract commitments were fulfilled. The relative importance of voluntary separations and lay-offs in the employment reductions thus depended chiefly upon management policy and the demands of the production schedule. Other factors, however, such as the prevalence of exaggerated rumors concerning the cut-back, the morale of the employees, the availability of comparable jobs in other plants in the area, the reduction-in-force provisions of the collective agreement with the union, and the wage scale of the affected plant also influenced the pattern of the employment adjust ments following the cut-backs. Since most lay-offs were based on seniority, workers with short terms of service were laid off in the largest numbers. The majority of the short-term workers in many plants were women, who conse quently were released in disproportionate numbers. In some establishments employees affected by the cut-back were given the option of lay-off, with “recall” rights, or transfer to work in another department. In other cases, however, workers who refused such transfers were released without “recall” rights or were listed as voluntary separations. In many establishments the availability of other jobs in expanding departments permitted the transfer of prac tically all of the employees affected by the cut-back, and few lay-offs were made; in such instances, certificates of availability were usually not given to workers desiring to quit. Turnover in Establishments with War-Contract Cut-Backs Widespread public discussion accompanied the cut-backs made dur ing the period covered in the present survey (December 1943-June 1944). It was generally believed that there was a substantial de cline in employment in the cut-back plants. The turnover data, however, indicate that for the plants covered, the total decrease in employment following the cut-backs was relatively small. In the 559 plants covered by the study, the number of workers declined only 85,000, or 4.6 percent, in the 3-month period following the cut-backs. Somewhat more than half of the decline occurred during the first month after the contract adjustments took place. Total separations during the 3 months after the contracts were can celled numbered 325,000, of which 60 percent were accounted for by quits and only 18 percent by lay-offs. It is noteworthy that quits constituted a smaller proportion of total separations in the cut-back plants than in manufacturing industries as a whole. In the cut-back plants the ratio of quits to total separations following the contract cancellations ranged from 40.7 to 62.5 percent during the 7 months covered by the survey, whereas in all manufacturing the range was https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1178 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 from 66.7 to 76.1 percent. Quits in the cut-back plants increased from 54.5 percent of total separations in the first month following the cut-backs to 61.6 percent in the second month and 64.4 percent in the third; during this same period the lay-off rate declined. During the first month after the cut-backs were made, 65 workers out of every thousand employed in the plants surveyed either changed jobs or left their war work. Thirty-five employees per thousand voluntarily quit their jobs, 17 were laid off, and the remaining 13 left their work because of induction into the armed forces, permanent disability, death, or retirement on pension. Monthly labor-turnover rates for all manufacturing industries for the 7 months, December 1943 to June 1944, were compared with turnover rates for sample cut-back establishments one month after cut-backs were made (table 1). Decreases in employment were most marked following cut-backs during December, May, and June. For example, in June, the 20 plants with cut-backs had a separation rate of 12.3, with accessions at a rate of only 3.2. The establishments with cut-backs had greater declines in employment than the average for all manufacturing industries in 4 of the monthly periods, and in 3 there were no significant differences. T a b l e 1.-—Monthly Labor-Turnover Rates (Per 100 Employees) in A ll Manufacturing and in Selected Plants 1 Month After Cut-Backs, December 1943—Junel944 1 Sample plants Month 1943: D e c ... 1944: Jan____ Feb___ Mar___ Apr___ M ay___ June___ Total separa tions Lay-offs Quits Other separa tions Total acces sions N um Total ber All All em All All All Sam man Sam man with ployees Sam man Sam man Sam ple ple ple ple cut at time man ple ufac ufac ufac ufac ufac backs of cut tu rin g p la n ts tu rin g p la n ts tu rin g p lan ts tu rin g plan ts turing plan ts during back m onth V 63 236, 415 6.6 7.0 4.4 3.7 1.0 2.2 1.2 1.1 5.2 4.1 70 116 140 109 41 20 256, 667 341, 313 352, 320 357,144 186,987 122, 452 6.7 6.6 7.4 6.8 7.1 7.1 7.2 5.0 6.0 5.6 6.5 12.3 4.6 4.6 5.0 4.9 5.3 5.4 3.8 2.7 3.3 3.5 3.9 5.0 .8 .8 .9 .6 .5 .5 2.1 1.3 1.0 .7 .5 7.1 1.3 1.2 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.0 1.7 1.4 2.1 .2 6.5 5.5 5.8 5.5 6.4 7.6 5.2 3.3 4.2 4.5 4.1 3.2 1 Turnover data for sample plants in each of above months cover contract cut-backs made between 16th of preceding month and 15th of given month. Data for December and June each cover period of 15 days. Turn over information for the sample plants is from the Reports and Analysis Service, War Manpower Commis sion. The figures for all manufacturing are based on monthly estimates prepared by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. In only 3 of the 7 months were total separation rates higher in the plants where production was cut back than the average for all manu facturing industries. In the plants cut back, however, lay-off rates were higher throughout the period (except for 1 month when rates were the same), while quit rates were lower. Accessions were signifi cantly lower in plants with contract cancellations than in manufactur ing as a whole, indicating that there were greater proportionate em ployment declines in the group of plants which experienced production adjustments. Classifying the cut-back plants by industry group, the greatest relative reduction in total employment Iduring the 3-month period https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1179 EFFECTS OF CUT-BACKS IN WAR CONTRACTS after cut-backs, 21 percent, occurred in chemicals and allied products plants (table 2). This was a consequence of extensive contract can cellations in the production of small-arms ammunition and explosives. Large-scale reductions in production schedules for aluminum and magnesium diminished employment in nonferrous-metals plants by 10 percent. At the other extreme, employment in the rubber-prod ucts and electrical-machinery groups dropped less than 1 percent. In these industries contract adjustments were small, and there was a continued heavy demand for rubber and electrical products. T able 2.—Employment in Selected Manufacturing Plants for 3 Months After War- Contract Cut-Backs, by Industry, December 1943-M ay 1944 1 Per cent of reduc tion in em ploy 2 months 3 months ment later later in 3month period Employment— N um ber of time plants At of cut back Industry All sample plants________________ ________ Ordnance and accessories__________ ______ Textile-mill products___ _ __________ . . . Apparel and other finished products made from fabrics and similar materials___________ Chemicals and allied products___ _ ____ .. _______ Rubber products______________ _ Leather and leather products________________ Stone, clay, and glass products..- . . _____ Iron and steel and their products__________ Transportation equipment (except automo biles)_______ _____ . . _ _________________ Nonferrous metals and their products___ Electrical machinery_______ __________ ___ Machinery (except electrical)____ ________ . . . Automobiles and automobile equipm ent-------Miscellaneous manufacturing industries___ _. 1 month later 559 1,853, 298 1,810, 691 1,785,955 1, 768,400 4. 58 142 13 364, 788 11, 521 354, 498 11,418 346,390 11,317 340, 526 11, 273 6.65 2.15 15 9 5 5 5 63 8, 272 19, 494 58, 630 6,619 12,124 97, 388 8,087 17,059 58, 520 6, 390 11, 824 94, 397 8,081 15, 758 58,382 6,407 11, 491 93,689 8,124 15, 457 58, 247 6,408 11,322 92,679 1.79 20.71 .65 3.19 6.61 4.84 98 15 66 81 16 26 687,427 20, 942 238, 645 211,119 31,693 84, 636 667,804 19, 968 237,185 209, 394 30,894 83, 253 656,854 19, 265 237,850 207,550 30, 420 82,501 648,131 18, 813 237,189 207, 718 30,463 82,050 5. 72 10.17 .61 1.61 3.88 3. 06 • See footnote 1, table 1. The spotty nature of the cut-backs becomes evident when the turn over figures are examined on an industry basis (table 3). Even in groups in which some plants were being wholly closed down, other plants were attempting to expand employment. Thus, only in chemical products, and in only 2 of the 3 months, did lay-offs exceed accessions. In only four industries (ordnance, chemicals, nonferrous metals, and automotive), were lay-offs half as numerous as accessions in even 1 month. Call-backs alone exceeded lay-offs in tiie nonfer rous-metals group during 2 of the 3 months. With the single exception of chemical products, quits in each industry were a more important factor than lay-offs in reducing em ployment during the 3-month period. There is no indication that, on an industry basis, the necessity for lay-offs had any substantial effect on quit rates. Among the four industries with above-average lay-off rates (ordnance, chemicals, nonferrous metals, and auto motive), quit rates were above average for one, below average for another, and about average for the remaining two. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1180 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 T able 3. —Labor-Turnover Rates (Per 100 Employees) in Selected Manufacturing Plants for 3 Months After Cut-Backs, by Industry, December 1943-M ay 1944 1 Separations Total Industry Quits Lay-offs First Second Third First Second Third First Second Third month month month month month month month month month 6.49 5.88 5. 63 3.53 3.62 3.63 1.65 0.93 0. 60 Ordnance and accessories_________7. 74 3.42 Textile-mill products _____________ Apparel and other finished products made from fabrics and similar ma9.09 terials - --- -_ ........ Chemicals and allied products______ 16. 23 Rubber products ________________ 5.80 Leather and leather products_______ 9. 50 2.89 Stone, clay, and glass products_____ Iron and steel and their products___ 6.14 Transportation equipment (except 6.54 au to m o b iles)------- --------- ---------Nonferrous metals and their products.. 9.04 Electrical machinery. ............................ 5.48 Machinery (except electrical)_______ 4.98 Automobiles and automobile equip7.31 ment . ---- -Miscellaneous manufacturing industries____________________________ 5.26 7.09 4.06 6.42 3.96 3. 63 2.91 3.89 2.81 3.86 3.26 2. 57 .32 1.87 .31 1.26 .49 8.19 11.01 5.76 6.63 4.83 4.72 7. 70 6.61 5.33 6. 35 3.79 5.05 7. 69 2.34 4.74 5.67 1.70 3.41 7.89 1.66 4.76 5. 70 2. 59 3.29 7.15 1.71 4.31 5.43 2.45 3.51 .71 10.24 .10 2.11 .30 1.37 .16 6.53 .08 .00 .83 .26 .15 2.91 .08 .41 .39 .44 5.89 7.61 4.88 5.30 5.85 6.59 5.24 4.79 3.53 4.40 3.52 3.10 3.61 5.34 3.40 3.51 3.71 4. 79 3.62 3.21 1.71 3.26 .69 .68 .77 1.09 .43 .59 .38 1.36 .29 .43 All sample plants---------- ------------- 7.27 5.86 3.46 3.88 3.13 2.95 2.03 1.24 4.53 4.51 3.17 2.69 2. 75 1.25 .69 .59 Separations--Con. Accessions Other Industry Total Call-backs First Second Third First Second Third First Second Third month month month month month month month month month All sample plants------ -- ----------------- 1.31 1.33 1.40 4.16 4.50 4.65 0. 39 0.47 0.46 Ordnance and accessories__________ Textile-mill products ------ ---------Apparel and other finished products made from fabrics and similar materials-------- -------------- -------- -- -Chemicals and allied products______ Rubber products ________________ Leather and leather products_______ Stone, clay, and glass products_____ Iron and steel and their products___ Transportation equipment (except automobiles)___ ____________ . . . Nonferrous metals and their productsElectrical machinery.. ___________ Machinery (except electrical)_______ Automobiles and automobile equipm en t__________________________ Miscellaneous manufacturing industries_______________ ___________ 1.54 .19 1.33 .94 1.30 .21 4.88 2.52 4.78 3.18 4. 72 3.57 .74 .25 .70 .28 .66 .32 .69 3.65 .96 1.72 .89 1.36 .14 2.82 .92 .93 1.41 1.17 .40 1.99 .94 .51 .95 1.10 6.82 2.91 5.61 5.98 1.23 3.02 8.11 3.08 5.53 6.89 1.97 3.97 8.23 4.68 5.10 6.37 2.31 3.96 .54 .10 .22 .02 .04 .39 .56 .10 .36 .63 .09 .81 .37 .04 .35 .31 .14 .58 1.30 1.38 1.27 1.20 1. 51 1.18 1.05 1.20 1.76 .44 1.33 1.15 3.64 4.28 4.87 4.16 4.23 4.03 5.16 4.42 4.51 4. 22 4.96 4.88 .23 1.42 .49 .27 .31 1.40 .62 .32 .41 1.50 .43 .30 .90 1.36 1.49 4.76 5. 73 6.00 .57 .36 .48 .84 1.15 1.17 3.61 3.62 3.96 .19 .42 .37 > See footnote 1, table 1. Effect of Cut-Backs on Turnover of Women Workers Women comprised approximately 32 percent of total employees in the plants included in the sample, but a substantially higher propor tion of both lay-offs and separations throughout the period covered (table 4). However, this should not be considered as evidence of discrimination against women workers in making reductions in em ployment. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis EFFECTS OF CUT-BACKS IN WAR CONTRACTS 1181 Substantial majorities of employees" in war plants are covered by collective-bargaining agreements, and these usually specify that seniority shall deterniine the order in which employees are laid off. The high proportion of women among accessions at the time of the study (nearly 50 percent in the sample plants) indicates that women in general would have less seniority than men and consequently would be laid off in relatively larger numbers. It is noteworthy that despite higher separation rates, the proportion of women among em ployees increased slightly in the 3 months following the cut-backs. It is clear that the constancy in the relative employment of women during the. period was due to the fact that total accessions nearly balanced total separations in the cut-back plants. If total employ ment had fallen substantially, instead of less than 5 percent, there would have been a marked reduction in the proportion of women employed. Accordingly, it is to be anticipated that, when war pro duction declines significantly, the employment of women in the affected industries will decrease both absolutely and relatively. T able 4. — Women as Percent of Employment, Separations, Lay-Offs, and Accessions in Cut-Back Plants, for 3 Months After Cut-Backs, December 1943-M ay 1944 1 First month: Women Second month: Women Third month: Women as percent of total— as percent of total— as percent of total— Industry group Em S ep Ac Em S ep A c Em S ep Ac ploy ara Lay ces ploy ara L ay ces ploy ara Lay ces ment tions offs sions ment tions offs sions ment tions offs sions All sample p la n ts-.--_________ 31.94 41. 55 39.75 46.14 31.91 42.51 50.78 49.04 32.06 41.07 49. 25 48. 43 Ordnance and accessories____ Textile-mill products_________ Apparel, etc__________________ Chemicals and allied products. _ Rubber products___________ . Leather and its products______ Stone, clay, and glass products . Iron and steel and products____ Transportation equipment (except automobiles)_________ . Nonferrous metals and products. Electrical machinery__________ Machinery (except electrical)... Automobiles and automobile equipment-________________ Miscellaneous________________ 36.22 45.02 52.93 53. 58 63. 26 78.83 89.19 70. 59 83.17 87. 06 84.48 82. 23 25.53 15. 20 7.91 64.47 34.21 39.39 50.82 26.10 45.37 77.83 98.54 60. 93 25.84 36. 59 44. 44 45. 05 19. 72 32. 77 25. 51 42.68 36.39 46.88 47.15 54.49 62.91 74.03 74. 29 63.16 82. 75 91.54 61.54 86.43 28. 54 30. 56 26.89 57.62 33.46 41.88 86. 96 28.54 43.18 69. 34 .00 61.45 25.73 35.88 61.86 37.83 19.61 35.10 64.49 43.83 36. 51 45.69 47.39 52.23 62.46 95. 30 83.64 65.26 82. 33 88. 94 16.67 88.61 29.24 23.16 2.42 48.84 32.70 39.89 89.80 28.49 42.70 60.93 57.69 69. 61 25.47 40. 51 80.00 29.66 19.84 45.44 73.67 44.87 27.00 33.38 30. 52 35. 50 25.41 18. 60 7. 50 36.23 46. 27 74.43 70. 57 62. 67 24.17 34. 59 49.06 42.16 26.89 26.51 45.52 24.40 27.01 31.04 56.97 26. 73 29.08 9.65 45.62 64.91 67.49 24.66 33.12 41.77 23. 85 26.82 32. 32 30.00 41. 78 53.84 54.10 59.89 23.93 31.30 50.24 44.42 41.80 50.07 57.92 58.18 1See footnote 1, table 1. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 36.17 57.45 42. 62 28. 53 28. 50 35. 57 62.11 62.22 63.10 36.21 48. 70 44. 33 43.81 41.72 60.40 44.92 24. 57 27.68 27. 39 36.98 42.02 52.41 64. 39 57.77 Social Progress— H ow Can W e W ork For It? 1 Problems We Face PROPOSALS on international cooperation for social progress are not so definite or complete as those for dealing with threats to the peace or with economic issues. Much is left for later consideration by the General Assembly of the United Nations Organization, the Economic and Social Council, and the special international agencies now func tioning or proposed. Some facts about social problems which will face us at the end of the war are only now coming to light. . What conditions does war created In the wake of war come threats of famine, epidemics, and civil strife. The destructive power of this war and the scorched-earth policy have laid waste millions of acres of farm land, smashed public utilities and transportation systems, destroyed millions of homes, schools, churches, stores, and public buildings. Farmers in many countries lack fertilizers, breed-stock, seed, and essential farm machinery. Fishermen lack boats, nets, and other equipment. Millions of people—workers and farmers—in both Europe and the Far East have been taken from their homes to work for the enemy in far-off places. Displaced people—estimated at more than 35,000,000—must be identified and returned to their communities. These millions and others left in towns and villages bombed and burned to rubble will face unemployment and lack of clothing, shelter, fuel, and food. What conditions existed before? Experts in social problems empha size that the war has aggravated some bad conditions which existed long before the war. Two-thirds of the people on earth have never had enough to eat—though two-thirds of the people work at produc ing food. About 75 percent of the people of Asia and 30 percent in advanced industrial countries lived on a diet below a minimum stand ard of health. In some countries 200 out of every 1,000 babies born died during the first year. Approximately 50 percent of the adults of the world were unable to read and write. The majority of factory workers in the world, including women and children, endured sweat shop conditions at substandard wages. K inds of International Action “We will fail indeed/’ said former Secretary of State Hull in April 1944, “ if we win a victory only to let the free peoples of this world, through any absence of action on our part, sink into weakness and despair.” He urged that “ we take agreed action for the improvement of labor standards and standards of health and nutrition.” WHAT HAS BEEN DONE IN THE PAST? Many international organizations for social, humanitarian, and educational advancement—both private and governmental—existed before the war. Professional organizations of doctors, teachers, social workers, labor, and business exchanged ideas and circulated informa tion through international associations. 1 Third of a series of four Foreign Affairs Outlines on “Building the Peace,” prepared by the Department of State, the first two of which were carried in the April and M ay 1945 issues of the M onthly Labor Review. 1182 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis SOCIAL PROGRESS— HOW CAN WE WORK FOR IT? 1183 The United States Government maintained membership in many international agencies for social and economic advancement. These agencies made contributions toward social progress along the following lines: 1. Organized exchange of information through reports, publications, and conferences to enable each nation to benefit from the knowledge and experience of others. Example: Control of epidemics through systematic reporting of the International Office of Public Health on cases of plague, cholera, and yellow fever and other health information. 2. Prepared model laws to raise standards and improve conditions and promoted their adoption by member nations. Also recom mended methods of cooperation among nations. Example: Model laws on the 8-liour day and the 48-hour week and on child labor formulated and urged by the International Labor Organization guided legislation in many countries. 3. Helped member nations make agreements among themselves for social improvement, especially in cases where one country has difficulty in acting by itself. Example: Agreements on the control of produc tion and traffic in narcotics and dangerous drugs, involving coordina tion of criminal laws and cooperation among police authorities. 4. Directed research and investigations on a regional or world-wide scale to provide a factual basis for cooperation among nations in solving social problems. Example: Research reports of the Inter national Labor Office on social security and unemployment insurance, providing scientific foundations on which many nations are building their programs. 5. Made available technical experts to advise and assist member nations. Example: Public-health authorities from various United Nations assisting invaded nations through UNRRA to reestablish their facilities. WHAT IS PROPOSED FOR THE FUTURE? The plans for the United Nations Organization proposed means for nations to work together for social progress. The General Assembly would have the responsibility for promoting cooperation in this field. An Economic and Social Council—under its authority—would make studies of the problems, spread information, make specific recom mendations to the General Assembly, and coordinate the work of various social, educational, and humanitarian international agencies. The Assembly, the Economic and Social Council, and the specialized agencies are created by governments, not to legislate for them or give orders to them, but to help governments do together what cannot be done as well separately. Emergency Relief and Rehabilitation Allied armies are responsible during the military period for pre venting starvation, epidemics, and social chaos. They provide minimum relief and help organize the areas under their control. Shortage of shipping and damaged transportation systems have made it difficult to meet the most pressing civilian needs in addition to the demands for military supplies. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1184 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 UNRRA was organized by 44 nations in 1943, to follow in the wake of the armies and assist the military or the national governments at their request. UNRRA was created not to do the whole job but “to help people help themselves.” Countries not directly invaded by the enemy provide supplies and assistance to peoples who have suffered occupation. Invaded nations pay for the supplies they need if they have foreign exchange. Those that cannot pay receive basic supplies and services from an international pool organized by UNRRA. Whether a nation is able to pay or not, it must clear its list of needs with UNRRA so that no country may take more than its fair share of a limited world supply. UNRRA is a temporary organization which will be disbanded when its emergency job is done. It is furthermore proposed to create a European Inland Transport Organization in which the United States would participate to reestab lish essential transport facilities in devastated Europe. Problem of Food A Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations was recommended at the Hot Springs conference in June 1943. By March 1945, 18 nations had indicated their intention to accept a constitution drafted for this organization by the Interim Commission. The Declaration of the Conference states both the problem and some proposals to meet it. This Conference * * * declares its belief that the goal of freedom from want of food, suitable and adequate for the health and strength of all peoples, can be achieved. The first cause of hunger and malnutrition is poverty. It is useless to produce more food unless men and nations provide the markets to absorb it. There must be an expansion of the whole world economy to provide the purchasing power sufficient to maintain an adequate diet for all. The primary responsibility lies with each nation for seeing that its own people have the food needed for life and health; steps to this end are for national determi nation. But each nation can fully achieve its goal only if all work together. The proposed Organization would not operate national programs or dictate actions in the economic or social fields. It would serve member governments in various ways, including the ways described on page 1183. Living and Working Standards The International Labor Organization, through the participation of representatives of workers, employers, and governments of some 50 nations, has developed during the past quarter century a pattern of cooperation to promote peace through social justice. The ILO studies working conditions and existing legislation and frames suggested standards which member nations consider for pos sible enactment. In establishing the ILO the members recognized in the constitution that “the failure of any nation to adopt humane conditions of labor is an obstacle in the way of other nations which desire to improve conditions in their own countries.” Examples of positive action are the five agreements prepared by ILO on conditions in maritime employment ratified by maritime nations, including the United States. A reasonable living wage, a maximum workweek, a https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis SOCIAL PROGRESS— HOW CAN WE WORK FOR IT? 1185 weekly rest period, freedom of association for employees as well as employers, an end to exploitation of child labor, equal pay for equal work, and an effective system, of labor inspection are among the goals toward which ILO has helped the world make progress. Educational Opportunity The increase of knowledge and the free flow of information are essential to social progress.2 The devastation of educational and cultural facilities during the war was studied by the Allied Ministers of Education in London and plans were made for rehabilitation. A delegation from the United States met with the Conference of Allied Ministers of Education in 1944. A draft constitution for a United Nations organization in the edu cational and cultural field is now under consideration by the various governments. Such an international organization would have among its tasks to—1. Encourage the development of educational and cultural programs in support of international peace and security; 2. Accelerate the free flow of ideas and information among the peoples of the world; 3. Facilitate the exchange of information on educational, scientific, and cultural developments; 4. Conduct and encourage research and studies on educational and cultural problems; 5. Assist countries that request help in developing their educational and cultural programs. These attempts to seek social progress through international or ganization in the past and the proposals to build on such successful experience in the future are an integral part of the proposed structure for peace. 2 For further information on the International Labor Organization, see Pioneers in World Order (Colum bia University Press, 1944); America’s Role in the World Economy, b y A lv in H . Hansen (New York, W. W. Norton & Co., 1945); Labor in the League System, by Francis Graham Wilson (Stamford University Press, 1934); American Federationist (Washington, D . C.), December 1944 and M ay 1945; and M onthly Labor Review, January 1932 (p. 8), December 1935 (p. 1467), February 1938 (p. 307), August 1938 (p. 284), and July 1944 (p. 2). 6 4 5 8 8 6 — 4 5 -----------4 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Occupational Outlook P ostw ar E m p loym en t O u tlook in A v ia tio n O ccupations: Parts 2 and 3 1 Summary THERE are likely to be many new jobs for pilots and other flight and technical ground personnel in air transportation and related services after the war. Nevertheless, the jobs available will be far too few to employ the tremendous numbers of veterans and others who will be seeking these types of work. An oversupply of labor is to be expected in practically all aviation occupations, but the surplus of qualified applicants will be much less, and the chances of finding work cor respondingly greater, in some types of jobs than in others. These conclusions are based on a study of postwar employment opportunities in aviation undertaken by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, to provide information needed for vocational-guidance purposes.2 For some of the occupational groups studied—flight engineers, navigators, flight radio operators, stewardesses, dispatchers—employ ment opportunities exist only with the air lines. Pilots and aircraft mechanics, on the other hand, can find jobs in a number of fields. Thousands of them are employed by the nonscheduled flying services, commonly known as “fixed-base operators,” which are active at many civilian airports. Oil and other companies using planes for business purposes also have pilots on their pay rolls. Airports, the Federal Airways System, and Government regulatory agencies need ground communications operators, traffic-control men, and other technicians. These different fields together employed more pilots and communica tions and traffic-control personnel than did the air lines before the war, and they will offer expanding job opportunities in the postwar period. The greatest number of new jobs for pilots both with the air lines and in other fields, which can be anticipated by the fifth postwar year, is only about 32,000, however, and a conservative view of future air traffic would suggest a much lower figure. In contrast, there are now some 200,000 pilots in the armed forces. This total includes a relatively small group of pilots with experience on multi-engine transport planes, who should have a good chance of finding air-line jobs if they are personally qualified and if the more optimistic traffic 1 Prepared in the Bureau’s Occupational Outlook Division by Helen Wood, with the assistance of Hilda L. Pearlman. The Bureau wishes to acknowledge the generous assistance received in the preparation of this article from many members of the staff of the Civil Aeronautics Administration, Civil Aeronautics Board, and Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration; from the Army, N avy, and Marine Corps; and from officials of a number of companies and trade-unions. 2 Part 1, covering job prospects with air lines, was given in the April 1945 issue of the M onthly Labor Review. Parts 2 and 3, here given, cover respectively job prospects in nonscheduled air transportation, and postwar labor supply and demand. Part 4, to be carried in a later issue, will present information on the duties, qualifications, training, licensing requirements, wages, and working conditions in aviation jobs. 1186 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis OCCUPATIONAL OUTLOOK 1187 forecasts prove to be correct. Nonscheduled commercial aviation services and flying schools will offer the best hope of postwar flying jobs for the enormous group of combat pilots, but the applicants for such positions are likely to outnumber the available openings several times over, despite the prospect that many pilots will want altogether different types of work. Men seeking jobs as flight engineers, navigators, flight or ground radio operators, dispatchers, or meteorologists after the war will have to contend with an even greater oversupply of labor. New jobs of these types are not likely to exceed 9,500 in all aviation industries during the first 5 postwar years, a figure only one twenty-fifth as great as the number of men with comparable duties now in the armed forces. Employment opportunities for aircraft and engine mechanics, radio technicians, and other maintenance specialists will also be small, relative to the trained labor supply, but the odds against finding work will be less in these occupations than in those listed immediately above. In the other occupations studied—air-line steward, aviation stock clerk, and airport traffic-control tower operator—there is a better chance of job opportunities for qualified and experienced applicants, but the realization of this hope will depend on many uncertain factors. Part 2.—Job Prospects in Nonscheduled Air Transportation and Related Services For some groups of aviation personnel essential to air-line operations, there are no comparable employment opportunities in other fields. Nonscheduled aviation services have of course neither need nor room for flight engineers, flight radio operators, navigators, or stewardesses, since 2- to 5-place planes are commonly used and short-distance contact flying is the general rule. The occupation of dispatcher is another included in the study which, for practical purposes, exists only with the air lines. Pilots, mechanics, communications operators, and traf fic-control personnel, on the other hand, can find employment in a number of other industries including nonscheduled commercial flying services, corporate and executive flying, airports, the airways system, and Government regulatory agencies.3 Following sections therefore briefly discuss each of these fields, as a prelude to analyzing postwar employment prospects for different groups of aviation personnel. , Postwar Job Prospects by Type of Service FIXED-BASE OPERATORS “Fixed-base operations,” as the term is used in this report, include the wide variety of commercial aviation services not conducted on a scheduled basis, including flying schools and repair shops.4 Found before the war at nearly every nonmilitary airport and seaplane base, these operations were in many instances started by veterans of the 3 Test pilots, mechanics, and other aviation technicians are of course employed also by aircraft manufac turers, but this industry is not included in the study because of the prospect that it will be a sharply con tracting field of employment after the war. 4 The term “fixed-base operator” is here used in its broadest sense. It is sometimes limited to enterprises which have facilities for storage, maintenance, and repair of planes belonging to others. See Commercial Air Transportation, by John H. Frederick (Chicago, Richard D . Irwin, Inc., 1942), p. 127. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 118 8 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 First World War who, during the twenties, flew all over the country as barnstorming “gypsy” flyers, giving exhibitions and taking passen gers for short flights, but later decided to settle down in one place. The activities of fixed-base operators include nonscheduled transport of passengers, freight, or both in charter, taxi, ferry and sightseeing flights; instruction of student pilots; and special flight services such as aerial photography and surveying, skywriting and other forms of aerial advertising, crop dusting and spraying from the air, and forest and other patrol flights. In addition, many operators offer services com parable to those of an automobile garage, renting storage space in their hangars, selling oil, gasoline, and repair parts, and doing main tenance and repair work. Before the war a considerable number also had sales agencies for light pleasure-type planes, and they will no doubt resume this arrangement after the drastic wartime restrictions on production of civilian aircraft have been lifted. Though some enterprises offer only one of these types of services— for example, transportation of passengers and cargo on a charter basis, or flight and ground instruction—the usual practice is to engage in several different activities, in order to increase and stabilize the business. This is true of the largest operators in the country, who may have 100 or more employees and branches at several airports. It holds good also for the much more numerous small operations conduct ed by individual pilots or partnerships employing few if any additional workers and owning only a few aircraft, sometimes only a single plane. In 1940, there were certainly more than 4,000 and perhaps more than 5,000 fixed-base operations, according to a questionnaire survey by the Civil Aeronautics Administration.5 Included were about 500 “charter operators” who had transported passengers or property for hire at some time during the year, along with other activities engaged in also by the more numerous and presumably smaller noncharter operations.6 Information on employment is available from that survey for 348 charter operators, who reported a total of 2,173 employees—843 pilots, 446 mechanics, and 884 unskilled “hangar boys,” office employees, and other workers. If, as seems likely, most proprietors of both charter and noncharter operations were themselves pilots, a minimum of 5,000 and perhaps as many as 6,000 or 7,000 pilots were at work in the industry in 1940. In the case of mechanics, no total employment figures can be given for fixed-base operations alone. However, an estimate for March 1940, based partly on census and partly on CAA data, puts the number of airplane mechanics and repairmen employed in all industries except scheduled air transportation and aircraft manufacturing at 6,200.7 After 1940, nonscheduled commercial aviation suffered in many respects as a result of the war. Many small operations perforce suspended activities when their proprietors went into the armed forces. Others had to give up needed equipment and were hampered by strin gent regulations governing landing areas, authorization of flights, guarding of parked planes, and related matters. Moreover, within restricted military zones and vital defense areas, which originally s U. S. Civil Aeronautics Board, Docket N o. 857: Local-Feeder-Pickup Air Services, Statement of Eco nomic Bureau, by Raymond W. Stough, September 28, 1943 (pp. 13-22, and Appendices 3-16). 6 In arriving at the figure of 500 charter operators, sightseeing flights taking off from and returning to the same base were regarded as “noncharter,” not “charter,” operations. 7 Civil Aviation and Peace,^by JkParker Van|Zandt^(pp. 117jand 118). Washington, Brookings In sti tution, 1944. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis OCCUPATIONAL OUTLOOK 1189 included zones about 150 miles wide along the entire length of the Atlantic and Pacific coasts, nonscheduled flying was for all practical purposes prohibited. In consequence, many operators on the eastern and western seaboards faced the difficult alternative of moving to other localities or suspending flying activities. The result was a sharp drop in the number of fixed-base operations— to only about 1,675 in February 1945,8 or one-third of the 1940 figure. Employment in the industry is also believed to be well below the 1940 level at present, after a brief rise owing to temporary expansion in the pilot-training activities of the larger operators.9 A renewed upward trend is already in evidence, however, at least in charter operations, which now number about 500,8 as they did in 1940. This re-expansion has been aided by the lifting or easing of many of the special wartime regulations with regard to civilian flying and by a great reduction in the size and number of the restricted military zones and defense areas. In addition, many second-hand planes formerly used in military pilot-training programs have re cently become available to civilians through sales by the Surplus War Property Administration. Several thousands of these have been bought by fixed-base operators, some for resale but most for use in the purchasers’ own commercial activities. The present rising trend in charter business is expected to continue after the war. A new and large potential source of traffic, both for established operators and for newcomers who may wish to enter the field, is the contract transportation of perishable fruits and vegetables and other cargo. Since much of the demand for air-taxi service arises from air-line passengers coming from or going to points far from air line terminals, the prospective expansion in scheduled air transport should tend to generate greater demand for taxi flights, rather than to cut into nonscheduled business, except as there may be a development of scheduled local feeder lines reaching many additional communities directly. The Chairman of the Civil Aeronautics Board has sug gested that charter operators may play an important role in providing air service in localities not yet able to support regular feeder lines. In his opinion, nonscheduled transport operations were only at the beginning of their growth before the war and may well number 2,000 or 3,000 within a few years afterward, as compared with only about 500 in 1940.10 For operators offering specialized flying services, an expansion in activities is also in sight, though the rate of growth may be less than that suggested for charter operations. The long list of prewar com mercial uses of aircraft, given in a preceding section, will no doubt be lengthened with the aid of recent improvements in photographic and mapping devices and other wartime technical developments. In addition, flight instruction is likely to have a renewed growth, espe cially if Congress authorizes a revival of the CAA Civilian Pilot Training Program. Already there has been some increase in enroll8 This estimate is based on unpublished data of the Civil Aeronautics Administration, Airports Service. 9 For almost 300 enterprises which received contracts under the CAA’s civilian pilot-training program and its successor, the War Training Service, 1943 was a peak year. The CAA program began to taper off, however, in January 1944, and was discontinued altogether by August of that year. In addition, since February 1944, the Army has gradually canceled most of its contracts with the 66 operators that had been conducting cadet flying schools. Nonscheduled Air Service. Address by L. Welch Pogue, delivered before the Fifth Annual Convention, National Aviation Trades Association, St. Louis, Mo., December 7, 1944 (p. 10). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1190 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 ments of civilians in flying schools which have ended their training of armed-force pilots,11 Operators with facilities for storing, servicing, and renting private planes and with sales agencies for light aircraft should likewise have marked gains in business. The probable size of these increases is very uncertain, however, since the answer depends on the much-debated outlook for private flying. Estimates by the CAA, which are relatively optimistic though not the highest that have been made, set the total number of civilian aircraft likely to be in service 5 years after the war at 111,000 and 10 years after, at 425,000. On the other hand, some of the forecasts of aircraft sales suggest a total of no more than 75,000 planes, and perhaps considerably less, by the fifth postwar year.12 CORPORATE AND EXECUTIVE FLYING Another field of employment for pilots and mechanics, important for its future potentialities rather than its prewar or present size, is business flying by private corporations and civilian agencies of government. Private companies use planes mainly in the transportation of executives, though also for other purposes. The big oil companies, which as a group probably own more planes than any other organiza tions not in an aviation business, have utilized aircraft in inspecting pipe lines, surveying land, flying repair parts to wells in emergencies, and transporting personnel and supplies to and from remote locations. The mining and construction industries, also characterized by scat tered and remote operations, are among the others owning considerable numbers of aircraft. Planes used in private business flying totaled 2,600 at the end of 1941, according to estimates compiled by the CAA, and since then have tended to decrease in number as a result of the war. It is doubtful whether more than a few hundred pilots have been employed in this field of work at any time, however, and the number of mechanics needed has no doubt been smaller still. Many planes used in business flying are piloted by the company officials themselves or by employees of nearby fixed-base operators, and are garaged and serviced by these operators. Ownership and use of planes for business purposes by government agencies is in its infancy. At the end of 1943, State, county, and municipal governments owned only about 60 planes, and civilian agencies of the Federal Government other than the CAA used an even smaller number. Moreover, as in the case of private companies, this use of aircraft by government agencies has not meant equivalent employment of aviation personnel. The Forest Service of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, for example, which owns a few planes for service during the summer months in patrolling forests and dropping men and supplies to fight fires, has never had more than one pilot on its regular pay roll. Instead, it has hired personnel as well as addi tional equipment, as the occasion arose, from commercial operators at airports in the vicinity of the National forests. 11 Civil Aeronautics (U. S. Department of Commerce), January 25, 1945 (pp. 2-3): CAA Estimates'.'Postwar Employment in Aviation. 12 For a summary of the varying forecasts of aircraft sales, see Aviation Predictions, A report for the Execu tives of Simonds Accessories, Inc., prepared by Aviation Research Associates, N ew York, N . Y. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis OCCUPATIONAL OU-TLOOK 1191 A moderate upward trend may be expected after the war in cor porate and executive flying. In a recent survey of petroleum pro ducing and refining companies, for example, two-tliirds of the com panies reporting (29 out of 44) said they were planning either to buy planes for the first time or to increase their fleet after the war, but one-third (15) neither owned planes currently nor anticipated buying any.13 In the immediate postwar period the Forest Service expects to have a slightly larger fleet than at present and to employ as pilots former forest rangers who have learned to fly in the armed forces. The Service does not anticipate a greatly expanded use of?.aircraft, however, until helicopters become a practicable means of transporting men and supplies to remote regions without landing fields. GOVERNMENT REGULATORY AGENCIES The only civilian government agency in which employment of pilots and other aviation technicians has yet reached sizable proportions is the Civil Aeronautics Administration, a branch of the U. S. Depart ment of Commerce. By statute, the CAA is responsible for enforcing the safety regulations promulgated by the independent Civil Aero nautics Board. It also operates the Federal Airways System, builds airports, and during the war has taken over operation of the trafficcontrol towers at most civilian airports upon request of the War Department. Another major activity of the agency, discontinued since mid-1944, has been its civilian and military pilot-training programs. As civil aviation has grown in this country, so have the service and regulatory functions of the CAA. Employment in the CAA’s Federal Airways Service, for example, leaped from 1,800 at the end of June 1936 to 3,200 in 1940 and then to 7,800 by May 1945,14 under the pressure of added wartime responsibilities for operation of trafficcontrol towers, identification of planes, and other special services to the Army. The lighted mileage of the Federal Airways rose from 22,000 to 30,000 between 1936 and 1940, and now exceeds 36,000 miles. The airways join all principal cities and are equipped with radio stations for ground-to-plane transmission, radio range stations that send out directional beams to guide pilots along their courses, intermediate fields for emergency landings, radio marker beacons and beacon lights, and a vast teletype network over which is trans mitted weather and other information essential to safe flying. In operating this highway system of the air and regulating the traffic that passes over it, the CAA employs most of the communica tions personnel in the field of aviation, including thousands of airport and airway traffic controllers and other radio operators and hundreds of radio technicians (table 1). This service also has on its staff a few pilots and mechanics to handle the planes used in airways inspec tions. Most CAA employees required to have these latter skills, however, are inspectors and examiners in the Safety Regulation Service, engaged in determining and certifying to the air-worthiness of aircraft and the competency of pilots and other licensed airmen in all branches of civil aviation. 13 Oil and Gas Journal, November 25, 1944 (p. 54): Industry Turns'to Aviation for Swifter Transportation Needs, by T. F. Smiley. 14 Unpublished data of U. S. Department of Commerce, Civil Aeronautics Administration, Information and Statistics Service. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1192 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 T able 1.—Numbers of Civil Aeronautics Administration Employees in Selected Technical Occupations, August 31, 1944 1 Total Occupation Federal Airways Service Safety Regulation Service P ilots______________________________________ Inspectors____________________ ____ ______ Others with pilot training________________ 811 239 572 595 24 2 571 216 215 1 Airplane mechanics__________________________ Inspectors----------------------------------------------Repair mechanics------------------ ------ ---------Others with mechanic training------------------ 160 93 22 45 14 137 92 Communications operators and repairmen-------Aircraft communicators 4--------------- ---------Radio repair technicians-------- ------ ----------Airport traffic controllers------------------------Others with airport traffic-control training ». Airway traffic controllers-------------------------Others with communications training «------- 5, 215 2, 740 635 900 33 730 177 5, 204 2, 740 ' 634 890 33 730 177 Washing ton National Airport 14 9 1 8 3 45 11 1 10 1 From unpublished data of the U . S. Department of Commerce, Civil Aeronautics Administrat ion. 2 Includes 542 airways engineers not required to be pilots but who frequently have had pilot experience. 3 Aircraft factory inspectors, not required to hold CAA mechanic’s licenses but only to have familiarity with the manufacture of aircraft. 4 Radio operators engaged in relaying information to aircraft m flight. 6 M ainly supervisory and administrative personnel. That there will be continued growth in these branches of CAA can hardly be questioned, in view of the expansion in scheduled, nonscheduled commercial, and private flying which is in sight. The volume of activities and employment in these agencies will, however, be determined not only by the increase in air traffic but also by the application to civilian uses of secret wartime developments in radio and radar, the future policy of the CAB with regard to the exami nation and licensing of aircraft and airmen, and other imponderable factors. In consequence, the most definite statement as to employ ment prospects which can be made is that the rate of increase is likely to be slower than in the air lines, as it has been in the past, and also slower than in fixed-base operations and other flying services. Employment of aviation personnel by other Government regulatory agencies is small and is likely to remain so after the war, though it will probably have an upward trend. The most important of these agencies, the Civil Aeronautics Board, now employs only 18 investi gators who are required to have experience as pilots and about 3 other aviation specialists. Aviation commissions of various States also provide a small field of .employment for aviation technicians, but no figures are available with regard to their personnel requirements. AIRPORTS Although airports are the base of all aviation operations, they have comparatively few technical employees of their own. Many workers stationed there are on the staffs of air lines, fixed-base operators, or concessions, and some may be employees of the CAA, the Weather Bureau, or various departments of the city government. In 1940, there were 2,331 airports and landing fields in this country, consisting mainly of municipal and commercial airports but also of CAA intermediate, military, naval, and private fields. Since then, the total number of airports has risen by more than 50 percent, but https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1193 OCCUPATIONAL OUTLOOK most of the net gain has been in Army and Navy fields, as the following figures show: 1 D e c . 81, m o F eb. 88, m s Total airports and landing fields__ ______ 2, 331 3, 505 Municipal _ Commercial CAA intermediate. Other A.rmy or N avy. Army or Navy operated2__ Civilian air patrol Miscellaneous government Private__ ______ ______ ______ ______ 1, 046 1, 100 228 1, 131 539 443 3 69 77 ---------------- ------------------------------------- 1, 031 860 289 151 (i) ( i) ( i) d) (!) 1 Information not available. 2 Municipal and commercial fields operated by the Army or N avy. These figures include all sizes of airports, from the smallest landing fields to great air terminals. More than four-fifths of the civilian fields are small, able to accommodate only private-owner or feedertype planes. The importance of airport size, for the purposes of this study, is of course its relation to personnel requirements. Figures on 1941 employment for a small sample of airports, which are given in table 2, point to this relationship. A more striking finding is, however, the very small staff employed by some of the largest airports, owing probably to low traffic loads and to the assignment of many functions about the fields to concessionaires and others not on the airports’ own pay rolls. T able 2. —Employment at 36 Airports, by Airport Size Class, 1941 1 1 Compiled from St. Paul Department of Public Utilities report: Compilation of Information Secured From Airport Questionnaire, as submitted Jan. 1, 1942. Prepared for the American Association of Airport Executives, by F. J. Geng, St. Paul, Minn. 2 The size classifications used are those of the CAA and are defined primarily in terms of length of runway. Class I airports will accommodate only small private-owner type planes; Class II, large private-owner type and feeder-transport aircraft; Class III, present-day transport planes; Class IV and Class V, the largest aircraft now in use or planned for the immediate future. 2 La Guardia Field, New York City, which had a total of 76 employees, Information on the occupational distribution of airport employees is scanty. Where there is a traffic-control tower, the largest group of technical personnel is likely to be the traffic-control staff, which averages about 8 operators per tower for 24-hour operation and about 3 or 4 for part-time operation. Some 110 to 115 airports in this • Figures for 1940'are from U. S. Department of Commerce, Civil Aeronautics Administration, Statistical Handbookjof Civil Aviation, October„15, 1944 (p. 16); those for 1945 are unpublished data of the Civil Aeronautics Administration. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1194 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 country now have towers in operation, but at the great majority of these (102 as of February 1945) CAA personnel are in charge.15 The remainder are, of course, manned by airport employees. In addi tion, some airports employ a few aircraft mechanics to service planes landing there, and all of them must have managers, unless they are owned and run by fixed-base operators as are many but by no means all commercial fields. There must also be at least one electrician if the airport is lighted, and some maintenance employees, although in the case of municipal airports many of these may be from the regu lar city repair crews. Future programs of airport construction will of course greatly in fluence postwar employment opportunities in the industry. If Con gress implements the CAA’s National Airport Plan (several bills based upon it have been introduced), this will mean the enlargement and improvement of more than half the airports now in existence and the construction of a few additional large air terminals and many smaller fields. In total, there would be 6,305 airports, most of them civilian, within 5 to 10 years after the war,16 the date of completion depending upon the amount of State appropriations against which the proposed 50-percent contribution of the Federal Government would be matched. The figure of 6,305 would be nearly 3 times the total number of air ports at the end of 1940 and about 2% times as many as are in civilian operation at present. Although the number of very large air terminals would rise to 850, several times the number now in civilian operation, much the greatest numerical gain would be in small fields designed to accommodate only private or feeder-type planes. If the figures on airport employment in 1942, given in table 1, are used as a guide, an estimate of about 50,000 to 60,000 airport em ployees upon completion of the National Airport Plan is suggested. This figure makes no allowance for increases in the amount of traffic per airport, however, and it also excludes municipal employees assigned to the airports and employees of restaurants and other establishments operated on a concession basis. Apparently including such employees and assuming a realization of their optimistic traffic forecasts, the CAA has arrived at a much larger figure—an estimated total of about 125,000 jobs at the 6,305 airports. , Postwar Employment Prospects by Occupations The great uncertainties and differences of opinion which exist as to the future of nonsclieduled commercial and private flying and related services have been illustrated in preceding sections. In view of these uncertainties, only tentative and general suggestions can be made re garding the number of new jobs likely to develop in different aviation occupations after the war. How many pilots will be needed outside the air lines will of course depend largely on the growth in fixed-base operations offering charter, instructional, or specialized flying services. Evidence already pre sented with regard to future expansion in operations of these types suggests at least a doubling, perhaps a tripling, of their activities and employment within 5 years after the war. In some segments, notably 15 Unpublished figures made available by the Civil Aeronautics Administration. is In arriving at the figure of 6,305 airports, the CAA assumed that many Army and N avy fields would be turned over to civilian operation after the war. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis OCCUPATIONAL OUTLOOK 1195 charter operations, the increase may be even greater, but probably not in the field as a whole. If 2 or 3 times as many pilots are needed out side the air lines and the aircraft factories as in 1940, there would be jobs for 15,000 to 25,000 pilots, including flight instructors and those who establish their own small flying services—a gain in employment above present levels of perhaps 12,000 to 22,000.17 Forecasts of the total number of planes that will be in operation provide the best clue to future employment opportunities for mechan ics. It is probable that at least one aircraft and engine mechanic will be needed for every 5 planes.18 On this basis, the total of 110,000 non-air-line planes forecast by the CAA for the fifth postwar year 19 would suggest the employment of about 22,000 mechanics, whereas the lower estimate of 75,000 planes cited above would mean the employment of about 15,000—possibly 13,000 to 20,000 more mechan ics’ jobs than at present.20 These figures include only aircraft and engine mechanics. In addition, there may be a few hundred opportunities for propeller, instrument, and other specialists and one or two thousand openings for radio mechanics, either with large fixed-base operators or in small specialized repair shops owned and run by the craftsmen themselves. In addition, some increase in employment of radio technicians by the Federal Airways Service may be expected—perhaps about a 50percent gain, above the high wartime figure of 635 employees in this occupation in August 1944. Such an increase would, of course, mean roughly 300 new jobs for radio technicians. If this same assumption of a 50-percent increase in Federal Airways personnel above the August 1944 level is applied to other communica tions occupations, it would mean nearly 1,400 openings for radio aircraft communicators and 350 to 400 opportunities for airway traffic controllers. These illustrative figures, like the others given in this section, represent net changes only and take no account of vacancies created by staff turnover. Among aircraft communicators especially, a large amount of turnover is anticipated after the war, since most persons now employed by CAA in this occupation are warservice appointees, many of them women, and many assigned to work in remote places and at night hours. The number of airport traffic-control tower operators employed will of course be determined, after the war as at present, both by the number of towers and by the volume of traffic. It has been roughly estimated that 2,000 control towers, including 200 in operation 24 hours a day, would be needed, given completion of the CAA’s National Airport Plan and realization of its forecast of 425,000 planes for the tenth postwar year. To staff these towers, 7,000 to 9,000 operators 17 In arriving at these figures, 1940 employment of pilots was estimated at 7,500 to 8,500. Only 9,300 pilots, in addition to those with the air lines, held commercial or air-line licenses from the OAA at the end of 1940, including some who were unemployed or had only a nominal right to the title of commercial pilot. No sta tistics on current employment of pilots outside the air lines and aircraft manufacturing are available, but this has been roughly estimated at 3,000—probably a minimum figure, although it does not represent quite as great a proportionate drop as has taken place in the number of fixed-base operations. 18 The minimum standard established by the CAA for approved flying schools is not more than 5 training planes for every licensed aircraft and engine mechanic employed. The number of planes per mechanic in the country as a whole was smaller than this—probably less than 3 to 1—in 1940. However, in view of the suggested modifications in the provisions of the Civil Air Regulations dealing with maintenance of private planes, the ratio of planes to mechanics may well be higher after than before the war. 19 The CAA estimates the maximum number of air-line planes likely to be in operation in that year at 1,000 and the total number of planes of all tynes at 111,000. »“ In the absence of statistics on current employment of aircraft mechanics outside the air lines and aircraft manufacturing, this was roughly estimated at 2,000, a minimum figure representing about the same pro portionate drop from the 1940 level as has taken place in the number of fixed-base operators. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1196 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 would be required, in view of figures on personnel requirements previously cited. In the fifth year after the war, however, the airport plan may be only one-third or one-half of the w~ay toward completion, and the number of planes in operation will be only a fraction of the 400.000 figure. It is therefore reasonable to assume that employment of traffic-control tower operators might be between 2,000 and 4,000, 5 years after the war, compared with about 1,000 at present. Whether the operators will be employed mainly by the Federal Government or by the airports themselves will depend upon the extent to which the Federal Airways Service retains operation of control towers after the war. Whatever the outcome, this should not greatly affect the total volume of job opportunities for traffic-control tower operators. Part 3.—Postw ar Labor Supply and Labor Demand One hundred thousand new jobs for flight personnel and other aviation technicians are a possibility by 5 years after the war. The highest figures on postwar employment in nonscheduled aviation services and related fields given in the preceding section add up to a possible expansion of about 50,000 in the occupations studied. Esti mates for the air lines presented in an earlier article point to another 53.000 jobs for flight crewrs and technical ground personnel, taking an optimistic view of future air traffic, although a more conservative traffic forecast suggests only about one-fourth as great a gain in em ployment in these skilled occupations. In addition, there will be a great number of new jobs of other types—mainly unskilled, semiskilled, clerical, and managerial—with air lines, airports, and related services. Also, neither the air lines nor other aviation industries are likely to approach their maximum growth within this period. The dark side of the picture is the very great oversupply of trained aviation personnel which is in prospect. The figure of 100,000 addi tional jobs for aviation technicians is an optimistic one and represents the total gain estimated for the first 5 postwar years. Even under the most favorable conditions, only a fraction of these jobs will become available within 1 or 2 years after Japan has been defeated. In con trast, armed-forces personnel with comparable specialties now total nearly 1,000,000, exclusive of men in the regular Navy and of civilian employees. This does not mean, however, that in all skilled aviation occupations trained personnel seeking work will exceed employment opportunities by over 10 to 1. The ratio of prospective jobs to armed-forces personnel with related occupational specialties is much smaller in some occupations than in others, and by no means all air forces officers and enlisted men expect to stay in the field of aviation after the war. How labor demand and labor supply will compare, occupation by occupation, becomes under these circumstances a crucial question both for men interested in postwar aviation jobs and for persons responsible for giving them vocational advice. Many factors influence an indi vidual’s chances of finding work in a particular occupation, such as his ability and personal characteristics, educational background, training and work experience, and the locality in which he lives. When appli cants are much more plentiful than jobs, however, labor supply and demand may become of great importance. The following sections https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis OCCUPATIONAL OUTLOOK 1197 therefore relate the prospective gains in employment in each occupa tion studied to the numbers of armed-forces personnel trained and ex perienced in similar types of work and, as far as possible, to estimates of the smaller numbers of men definitely planning to seek aviation jobs after they are demobilized. The likelihood that large groups of civil ians will be looking for work in the same occupations is discussed also. Sources of Data In view of the wide difference of opinion as to future trends in commercial aviation among persons equally well acquainted with the field, both the maximum and minimum figures on postwar employ ment opportunities arrived at earlier in this study are used to suggest the probable magnitude of labor demand. The data on armed-forces personnel used in measuring postwar labor supply represent the total strength of the Army Air^Forces, Naval Reserve, and Marine Corps as of a recent date, classified by primary military occupational specialty or current naval duty or rating.21 No. allowance could be made for future personnel gains and losses, but these will to a great extent offset each other. It should be noted that the figures may understate the potential labor force in particular occupations, since they exclude men who have had training and experi ence of a given type but who now have different assignments or pri mary specialties. There is, however,-an offsetting factor—the prospect that some of the men included will remain in the armed forces after the war. By omitting the regular Navy from the figures on Naval personnel, the officers and enlisted men most likely to stay in this branch of the services were excluded. No basis existed for a similar adjustment in the Army and Marine Corps figures, but the numbers of men involved will certainly be small relative to present total strength. With regard to the proportion of men planning to seek aviation jobs after demobilization, the information presented comes from question naire surveys of the postwar employment intentions of small samples of Army Air Forces personnel, conducted by the Research Branch, Information and Education Division, Army Service Forces. What may happen to these intentions when the men are face to face with the realities of the postwar labor market is a question obviously un answerable for the present. It is nevertheless significant that, in all occupational groups covered, only a minority of the men said they were planning to use their Army skills in their first postwar jobs, although the exact proportion varied considerably from one occupa tion to another, apparently depending in part on the men's opinion as to their chances of finding such work. The figures given on potential labor supply in flight occupations are limited to armed-forces personnel, since veterans will make up nearly all the trained labor force in these occupations (in addition to workers already employed in civilian aviation). Some pilots now employed by aircraft factories will be forced to look for new jobs after the industry’s postwar contraction, but these form a very small group. In addi tion, a comparatively small number of jobs for radio operators, stew21 Unpublished data made available by the Army, N avy, and Marine Corps. The figures on N avy enlisted personnel include U. S. N avy inductees as well as the Fleet and other Reserve. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1198 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 ards and stewardesses, and perhaps for pilots in the air lines’ foreign operations will go to citizens of other countries. In ground occupations also, employment of foreign workers will probably be too small relative to total job opportunities to affect appreciably labor-demand and labor-supply relationships. There are, however, two large groups of civilian workers who will presumably be competitors for jobs in certain of these occupations—namely, civilian emplo}rees of the armed forces, and inspectors and test mechanics in aircraft factories. Rough estimates of the numbers of workers in the latter group likely to lose their jobs as a result of postwar cut-backs are included in the discussion of employment prospects for mainte nance personnel. To indicate the size of the first group, estimates have been made of the numbers of civilian employees at Army, Navy, and Marine Corps air bases in this country as of a recent date, classi fied by comparable military occupational specialties. Unfortunately no official information is available as to the numbers of civilian work ers who will be retained by the air forces after the war, but these are not likely to amount to more than a small fraction of the present total figures. Labor Supply and Demand by Occupation , A IR P L A N E PIL O T S There are now about 200,000 pilots in the armed forces. This is, at least at first sight, a staggering total, since the maximum expansion in employment of civilian pilots envisaged by the fifth postwar year is only 32,000, less than one-sixth as great. It would, however, be easy to exaggerate the importance of this comparison, which lumps together all groups of armed-forces pilots without regard to their differing qualifications for civilian jobs and also takes no account of the men’s postwar employment intentions. The men best equipped for air-line jobs are, in general, the transport and other service pilots flying multi-engine aircraft with the Air Transport and Troop Carrier Commands, the NATS, and other units, many of whom are now handling military versions of present and future air-line planes. These pilots number only about 9,000. In addition, about 115,000 men are flying multi-engine combat planes, mainly bombers but in some instances 2-engine fighters. The re mainder, close to 75,000, fly mainly single-engine fighters, though a few hundred of them are single-engine service pilots and a few thousand have administrative, liaison, and other special assignments and cannot be classified by engine rating. Whether service pilots with multi-engine ratings will have a good chance of finding air-line jobs will depend on the accuracy of the more optimistic predictions of future air traffic, and also on the timing of their demobilization relative to the periods of most rapid expansion in air-line operations. It has been estimated that the carriers might need a maximum of 10,000 additional pilots by 5 years after the war. Only a fraction of these jobs would become available within the first year or two afterward, but by no means all the 9,000 multi-engine service pilots will desire or be qualified for air-line positions. On balance, the likelihood is that, should this optimistic employment figure be correct, there would be openings for most qualified appli cants with multi-engine transport experience fairly soon after their https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis OCCUPATIONAL OUTLOOK 1199 demobilization. However, the air lines place great emphasis on the personal characteristics and education of prospective copilots, as well as on the nature of their flying experience, and at present are hiring mainly bomber pilots and a few fighter pilots (in addition to some others), since comparatively few military pilots with transport expe rience are now being released. This situation will continue until greater numbers of transport pilots are available. Even for transport pilots, the hopeful picture which has'been painted is only a possibility. If the more conservative view as to future air traffic should prove to be correct, the fifth postwar year might see only about 1,700 more jobs for air-line pilots than at present. Under these circumstances, there would be few employment openings except for veterans with reinstatement rights during the first year or two after the war. Former air-line pilots now in the Army and Navy total at least 500, and some former air-line employees not previously qualified as pilots have received flight training in the armed forces. Nonscheduled commercial aviation services and flying schools offer the best chance of postwar flying jobs for the 180,000-190,000 pilots without multi-engine transport ratings. The number of men seeking such jobs is likely to be several times greater than the available oppor tunities, however, despite the prospect that many pilots will want other types of work. As indicated earlier in this article, an optimistic figure on expansion in employment of pilots outside the air lines by 5 years after the war is 22,000, including men who start their own small fixed-base operations, and these opportunities will develop gradually over the period. FL IG H T E N G IN E E R S , N A V IG A T O R S, A N D FL IG H T R A D IO O PER A TO R S Opportunities for flight engineers, navigators, and flight radio operators will be much more limited than for pilots after the war. Using a conservative forecast of air-line traffic in the fifth postwar year, it was estimated that there would be little if any net gain or an actual decrease in jobs for these groups, who are needed only in cer tain air-line operations. Even with an optimistic assumption as to future air traffic, the prospective increase in employment over the 5year period was found to be no more than about 1,200 for flight engineers, 500 for navigators, and 900 for flight radio operators. In contrast, there are now some 60,000 flight engineers and mechanics, 35.000 navigators (including navigator-bombardiers), and more than 50.000 flignt radio operators in the armed forces. It is all too obvious that in these occupations there will be a great oversupply of skilled personnel after the war, even if a large majority of the men wish other types of work. ST E W A R D S A N D S T E W A R D E SS E S Stewards and stewardesses are needed only on planes carrying a considerable number of passengers and are therefore employed only by the air lines. Expansion in employment in this occupation by the fifth postwar year has been estimated at 2,700 to 6,700 above present levels—2,400 to 5,700 in domestic air-line operations and 300 to 1,000 in the international and territorial field. These separate figures for the two branches of the industry suggest how the new jobs are likely to be distributed between women and https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1200 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 men. All but one of the domestic carriers have used women exclu sively in recent years. In international operations, on the other hand, employment of women is a wartime development still in its infancy and still limited to a few routes. It is likely that this situa tion will continue after the war, with most jobs on domestic routes going to women and most of those in international operations to men. Comparisons between labor supply and labor demand have less significance in this occupation than in others so far discussed, since the specific skills involved are less and personal qualifications and background have generally been given greater weight in hiring than experience in the particular type of work. There is, however, a small group of military and naval personnel whose duties are so similar to those performed by stewards on commercial planes that they should be able to obtain special consideration for jobs in this occupation, provided that they meet the requirements with respect to maximum weight and height and other personal characteristics. The total of about 1,700 enlisted flight clerks and orderlies with such duties is about 70 percent larger than the maximum foreseeable increase in steward positions during the first 5 years after the war. Allowing for the fact that by no means all these men will desire inter national air-line jobs and assuming that the more optimistic figures on postwar traffic and employment prove to be correct, it appears that a very substantial proportion of the qualified applicants should be able to find steward jobs within 1 or 2 years after their demobili zation. A realization of the more conservative traffic predictions would, however, mean much more limited employment opportunities. MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL Armed-forces personnel engaged in aircraft maintenance have reached even more overwhelming figures than flight personnel. There are now more than 330,000 aircraft and aircraft-engine mechanics in the Army, Naval Eeserve, and Marine Corps, not including 40,000 to 45,000 civilian employees at air bases in this country. In considering the size of the potential labor force in the occupation, nearly all the 60,000 flight engineers and mechanics should be added to this figure, since it has been shown that very few of these men will be able to find flight jobs after the war and they are in general an especially well-qualified group. Allowance should be made also for the aircraft inspectors and engine mechanics likely to lose their jobs in aircraft factories, who may number roughly 10,000 to 20,000.22 In addition, there are the following large numbers of enlisted men and civilians specializing in particular types of maintenance work: Carburetor, electrical, hydraulic, instrument, propeller, and supercharger specialists______ 1__________________ Aircraft radio technicians___________•___________________ Aviation machinists, sheet-metal workers, and welders___ Aviation carpenters, fabric and dope workers, and cable splicers_____________________________________________ Parachute riggers and packers___________________________ E n lis te d C iv ilia n e m p lo y e e s o f person n el a r m e d fo rc e s 57,000 47, 000 56, 000 13,000 1, 900 24, 000 4, 500 10, 000 4, 500 1, 700 12 This rough estimate is based on the assumption, considered by many persons familiar with the industry to be relatively optimistic, that employment in the manufacture of airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, and parts will contract to about 300,000 after the war. Occupational data used in estimating how many men in the selected occupations might be included in the total lay-offs were obtained from wage studies made by the Bureau of Labor Statistics in 1943. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis OCCUPATIONAL OUTLOOK 12 0 1 This listing is exclusive of the great numbers of radio and radar technicians handling other types of equipment and of flight radio operators, who are qualified to make minor repairs and adjustments to aircraft radios. It also excludes some maintenance workers, including aircraft painters, for whom separate figures are not available. The figures cited add up to the tremendous total of about 675,000 maintenance personnel—a force that outnumbers by about 14 to 1 the maximum expansion in employment opportunities for such per sonnel expected by the fifth year after the war. Even with an optimistic forecast of future air-line traffic and nonscheduled flying, the increase in maintenance jobs is not likely to exceed 49,000 within this period—26,000 with the air lines and the remaining 23,000 in other fields. Taking a more conservative view of future aviation activities, the new jobs created for maintenance personnel during the period .may be no more than about 21,000. Under either assump tion, openings will of course be created gradually over the 5-year period. How the new jobs for maintenance workers will be distributed among the different groups of specialists can be suggested only roughly. Outside the air lines there might be as many as 2,000-2,500 new jobs for radio technicians and a few hundred for instrument and other specialists, but most of these jobs (about 20,000 out of the esti mated total of 23,000) would go to aircraft and engine mechanics with all-round skill. In scheduled air transportation, likewise, aircraft and engine mechanics would obtain the greatest number, of new maintenance jobs (at least 16,000 out of the maximum figure of 26,000), according to an estimated distribution of maintenance personnel requirements in large air-line operations discussed in the preceding article. Opportunities would not exceed 4,000 for car buretor, electrical, hydraulic, instrument, propeller, and supercharger specialists; 1,200 for aircraft radio technicians; and 3,800 for aviation machinists, sheet-metal workers, and welders. When these figures are added to those on job openings outside the air lines and the results are compared with the numbers of enlisted and civilian personnel in the given types of specialties, the following ratios of potential new labor supply to maximum new employment openings during the first 5 years after the war are obtained: For aircraft and engine mechanics, 15 to 1; for radio technicians, 14 to 1; for carburetor, electrical, and other specialists, 17 to 1; for aviation machinists, sheet-metal workers, and welders, 21 to l.23 The oversupply of trained workers which these comparisons indicate is likely to be much reduced, but will not be eliminated, by the desire for a different type of work which many enlisted men express. Ac cording to the War Department’s sample surveys, at least 15 percent of AAF mechanics are now planning to seek aviation jobs after de mobilization, and the proportion may be twice as great among me chanics working on transport planes who know that their work qualifies them particularly well for air-line employment. Assuming that as few as 15 percent of the 570,000 enlisted men in maintenance specialties will be active candidates for postwar mechanics jobs, this segment of the potential labor force in the occupation is reduced to 85,000. Nev23 In the case of parachute riggers and of aviation carpenters, fabric and dope workers, and cable splicers, no figures on postwar job opportunities could be derived, but they would certainly have been far smaller than present military and civilian employment in the occupations. 645 8 8 6 — 45 ------------ 5 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1202 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 ertheless, this is still much greater than the greatest number of new maintenance jobs likely to develop by 5 years after the war, and it takes no account of the very considerable numbers of civilian maintenance personnel who will also be competing for jobs. STOCK A N D ST O R E S E M P L O Y E E S At least 21,000 enlisted men and 5,000 civilian workers are em ployed by the armed forces as stock clerks handling aviation supplies and equipment, not counting many tool-room clerks and other clerical employees with related duties. No more than 6 percent, or about 1,300, of the enlisted aviation supply clerks now seriously anticipate looking for postwar aviation jobs, however, according to the Army’s questionnaire surveys. There is a good chance that many though not all of these job candi dates will be able to find work in their present occupation shortly after the war. An expansion of 2,300 in employment of air-line stock and stores personnel by the fifth postwar year was estimated, using an optimistic assumption as to future air-line traffic, and there will also be a few stock-clerk jobs with the larger fixed-base operators. If one takes a pessimistic view of future air traffic, however, very few new jobs for stock clerks can be envisaged—no more than 300 with the air lines during the period studied. D IS P A T C H E R S , M ET E O R O L O G IST S, A N D A SS IS T A N T S In the broad occupational group of professional meteorologists, dis patchers (whose duties include both administrative and technical functions), and their assistants, there will be a great oversupply of trained men after the war under even the most optimistic assumption as to the rate of growth in air traffic. The greatest number of new job opportunities for the group that can be expected by the fifth postwar year is 1,400; these jobs will be with the air lines only, since workers of these types are not employed in substantial numbers in other avia tion fields. In contrast, the armed forces now have about 6,000 meteorologists and 18,000 weather observers and technicians. There are also at least 3,000 traffic- and flight-control officers and a smaller number of enlisted men with duties closely related to those of air-line dispatchers, and about 10,000 other operations officers with less directly related experience. By no means all these men will seek comparable civilian jobs. Among enlisted weather observers, for example, the proportion ex pecting to use their Army skills in their first postwar employment appears to be, at the most, 1 out of 9. Nevertheless, qualified appli cants for positions in this group of occupations will no doubt greatly exceed employment openings in aviation industries. A IR P O R T T R A F FIC -C O N T R O L T O W E R O P ER A T O R S Expansion in employment of civilian airport traffic-control tower operators was estimated in preceding sections at 1,000 to 3,000 by 5 years after the war, but only a few of these new jobs are in sight for the first postwar year. Traffic-control tower operators in the armed forces number about 8,500. Although the War Department’s studies of postwar employment intentions do not give figures for this group https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis OCCUPATIONAL OUTLOOK 1203 separately, in the most closely related group for which an estimate is available—radio operators—the proportion planning to look for com parable postwar jobs is, at the highest, about 22 percent. If this per centage is taken as a rough guide to the employment intentions of military and naval control-tower operators and a rapid extension of the country’s airport system is assumed, the suggested oversupply of labor is much reduced. Under these circumstances, a substantial fraction—though probably not a majority—of the men desiring to remain in this occupation should be able to find jobs there within 2 years after the war. R A D IO O PER A T O R S The outlook for radio operators in the field of aviation is much more unfavorable. The enlisted personnel of the AAF, Navy, and Marine Corps include about 50,000 men and women skilled in ground-to-plane communications. To these must be added the 50,000 flight radio operators, very few of whom will be able to find comparable postwar jobs. In addition, there are many thousands of air-forces personnel engaged in radio communication between different points on the ground, and still greater numbers of radio operators in the Signal Corps, Army Ground Forces, and other services. These men are omitted from the labor-supply figures, since the only job opportunities for radio operators covered by the employment estimates are those in the field of aviation. Assuming that, as suggested by the Army’s sample surveys, not more than 22 percent of the 100,000 ground-to-plane and plane-toground operators seek comparable postwar jobs, the active candidates for such jobs from among this group will not be greater than 22,000. However, maximum new job openings for airline communications operators, including teletypists as well as radio telephone operators, are not expected to exceed 3,500 by the fifth postwar year. The only other aviation field in which radio operators are employed is the Fed eral Airways System, and here also new jobs will be very few—prob ably no more than 1,800 (1,400 for radio aircraft communicators and 400 for airway traffic controllers) within the 5-year period. Alternative Employment Opportunities It is clear, from the foregoing sections that large numbers of pilots and other aviation technicians trained in the armed forces will be unable to find comparable jobs during the first year or thereabout after the war. Some men anxious to remain in the field of aviation may wish to look for employment of other types with airports, air lines, and nonscheduled flying services, where their air-force background may often give them a competitive advantage compared with applicants from other fields. The prospect of thousands of new jobs at airports was suggested earlier. There will also be many nontechnical positions with air lines—for example, as ticket and passenger agents, traffic representatives, office workers, cargo handlers, and semiskilled service men. As stated in the preceding article, at least half of all air-line jobs are in these and other occupations not studied in detail. If total employment in the air transport industry should rise from the present level of 45,000-50,000 to a figure approaching 160,000—suggested as https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1204 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 the maximum estimate for the fifth postwar year—or even to the mini mum estimate of 80,000, the result would, of course, be numerous job openings in nontechnical as well as technical occupations. It should be remembered that opportunities will become available gradually both with the air lines and in other aviation fields, and that these industries will continue to expand for many years after the war. Men who cannot find positions of the particular type they desire immediately after their demobilization may therefore wish to consider jobs in other occupations in the same industry, which might in some instances be stepping stones to their ultimate objective. There will also be a variety of emploj^ment possibilities for men with an aviation background and with training or aptitude in research or promotional work—for example, with local chambers of commerce, competitive transportation agencies wishing to follow developments in air transport, large industrial companies interested in the application of air transportation to their businesses, and university research organizations. The answer to the question, whether there are jobs outside the field of aviation in which the groups of skilled workers here considered will be able to use their Army and Navy skills, varies widely from one occupation to another. Ability to pilot an aircraft, for example, appears, by and of itself, to have little carry-over to other occupa tions. On the other hand, many aviation radio technicians and oper ators have had the same basic training required for radio-technician and operator jobs in other civilian industries and should therefore be able to qualify for such jobs with little, if any, additional training, though they will have to compete for them with great numbers of men from the Army Signal Corps and other branches of the armed forces. Aircraft maintenance specialists, like most occupational groups studied, wall be in an intermediate position with respect to the trans ferability of their skills to nonaviation jobs. There are many related occupations in other industries to which they could adapt themselves— for example, automobile mechanic, refrigeration mechanic, and machine-tool operator. For any of these types of work, however, they would need additional training. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Wartime Policies M anpow er P o licies A fter Y E-D ay FEDERAL agencies directly concerned with the manpower situation following the defeat of Germany are making known their estimates of and policies regarding the manpower problem with respect to the period covering the second phase of the war—the crushing of Japan. The following are some of the opinions and policies recently expressed by those agencies. Effect of Production Shifts on E m ploym ent 1 Regarding the effect of shifts in war production after VE-Day upon national manpower and employment, the Office of War Mobilization and Reconversion in a recent report to the President stated that the vast majority of the 52,000,000 civilian workers are in jobs which will continue during the first 6 months after the defeat of Germany. Of this number, according to that agency, “nearly 43,000,000 are in agri culture, trades and services, transportation, plants manufacturing civilian goods, in government service, or in business for themselves. About 9,000,000 are in munitions plants, a large proportion of which must continue munitions production for the war against Japan.” During the second 6-month period following VE-Day, “probably about 1% million workers will lose their jobs. A larger number than this will be out of war work, but they will continue in the same jobs, producing for civilian consumption. * * * Also, in the next year, about 2,000,000 men are expected to be demobilized from the Army. During the following 6 moiitlis, perhaps another 3 million workers will lose their jobs. * * * Unemployment, therefore, much of which will be temporary, is not expected to total more than 2.5 million at the end of the next 12 months, as compared with the present total of about 1 million.” For persons displaced from employment, the report points out, help in the form of unemployment compensation is available in all States, with maximum payments varying from $15 to $22 per week, and the period of benefit ranging from about 10 to 20 weeks. Manpower Controls in the Transition Period 2 For the transition period between VE-Day and July 1, 1945, the War Manpower Commission has announced that that agency’s policy will be as follows: 1 Office of War Mobilization and Reconversion. The War—Phase Two. Washington, M ay 10, 1945. 2 War Manpower Commission, Press release (PM-4809), Washington, M ay 11, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1205 1206 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 1. Manpower controls in group III and IV areas 3 may be lifted by area directors at any time during the transition period between now and July 1, after consulta tion with local management-labor committees. 2. Manpower programs that include employment stabilization programs, em ployment ceiling programs, priority referral for males, and the 48-hour week, will be maintained in group I and II areas.4 In these areas, the area directors will keep a close check on changing labor-market conditions and avoid allowing anything to interfere with the prompt reemployment of individuals being laid off from war production when other jobs are available. The area directors have been in structed to transmit immediately to headquarters any marked changes in man power requirements in an area with recommendations for area reclassification. 3. If unemployment is appearing during the transition in group I and II areas, area directors, pending the reclassification of areas, may make use of “blanket” or open referral cards, which permit workers to accept any job, and ceilings will be promptly adjusted or temporarily lifted. At the same time the United States Employment Service will actively solicit orders for jobs from all employers in order to alleviate any unemployment. After July 1 there will be some relaxation of manpower checks on new and expanded civilian production. Likewise, after that date, when all areas have been reclassified on the new basis, all manpower programs in group II areas will be made optional at the discretion of area manpower directors after consultation with the area management-labor committees and with the approval of regional directors. The Chairman said that after July 1, group I will be areas in which all manpower controls will be continued; group II, areas in which manpower controls will be optional; and groups III and IV, areas in which manpower controls will be completely eliminated. The group I areas wrill be those in which labor strin gency exists for meeting war production requirements. The group II areas will be those in which there is an over-all balance of labor supply and demand. Group III and IV areas will be those in which war contracts should be placed to fill current and anticipated employment needs wherever possible and encourage civilian production. If, however, these changes in any way jeopardize war pro duction, more stringent controls will be immediately restored. At the same time, the list of essential activities will be continued, but will be restricted until it includes only direct war and war-supporting production. Ex plaining the modified transitional program, the War Manpower Commission head pointed out that except in such areas where unemployment is developing, workers will be required to obtain statements of availability in group I and II areas for the transition period. After July 1, certificates of availability will con tinue to be necessary in group I areas and may also be required in group II areas at the option of the area directors. He also pointed out that in all group I and II areas, workers will continue to be referred to highest priority war pro duction jobs or to jobs of a war-production supporting character. In like manner, the 48-hour workweek will be maintained for establishments in all group I areas with, as now, appropriate exemptions for individual plants. In group II, the 48-hour workweek will be optional with area directors who have headquarters approval to institute or maintain the 48-hour workweek if this is deemed necessary to maintain labor balance or assure a sufficient labor supply. The 48-hour workweek will be maintained on an industry-wide basis only as long as it is required to meet labor shortages—such as textiles, logging and lumbering, and nonferrous-metal mining. The 48-hour workweek will be revoked in the steel industry, thereby making steel plants subject to the same workweek as other plants in the areas in which they are located. W age Policies in Converted Plants 5 To facilitate the fastest possible return to civilian production con sistent with the maximum production of war materials for the fight against Japan, the National War Labor Board issued a statement in regard to the determination of appropriate wage-rate structuies for plants converting from war production to the production of civilian 3 Group III areas are those in which labor supply substantially balances demand for essential production or a moderate labor surplus exists or is anticipated. Group IV areas are those in which a substantial labor surplus exists or is expected to develop. 4 Group I areas are those in which acute labor shortages exist, or are anticipated, which will endanger essential production. Group II areas are those in which labor shortages exist which may endanger essential production, or areas which are approaching a balanced demand-supply situation. 8 National War Labor Board, Press release (B-2082), Washington, M ay 10, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WARTIME POLICIES 1207 goods. According to the Board, this statement outlines a procedural first step in the process of modification and ultimate discontinuance of the wage-stabilization program as we move to a complete peacetime economy. The following is taken from the statement of the Board: Establishment of Wage Structures for Converted P lants Without Advance Approval of the Board II. A. The Office of Price Administration is establishing a reconversion pricing plan for products which have been entirely or largely out of production. Wage structures for converted plants which do not furnish the basis for a request for an increase in the prices set by the Office of Price Administration, and which are developed in accordance with the guides specified below, may be made effective without the advance approval of the Board, provided that on or before their effective date they are submitted directly to the appropriate regional board or industry commission for post review. Upon such review the Regional Board or Commission will determine whether the rates so established conform to the standards outlined below and to the rules of stabilization regarding wage increases and reductions. Any modifications of such rates resulting from the review will not be made retroactive except as otherwise agreed by the parties or specified by the applicant. The rates as filed must be paid until and unless a modified schedule is filed under and pursuant to this paragraph. B. Where the employees are represented by a union, agreement of the company and the union is required before the converted wage structure may be made effective. It is emphasized that the needs of conversion call for the establish ment of wage scales by the parties themselves (with the aid of the U. S. Concilia tion Service when requested by the parties) rather than by direction of a Govern ment agency. If there is disagreement over any portion of the wage-rate schedule, the parties may agree to install a schedule to facilitate the starting-up process subject to later modification upon such basis as the parties may agree. The modified schedule shall be filed as provided in paragraph II. A. above. If the parties are unable to agree upon the installation of such a schedule, they shall submit to the appropriate regional board or commission the rates upon which they are in agreement and those upon which they are in disagreement, with the respective positions of the parties upon each rate in dispute. If, with the advice of the regional board or commission, agreement on a complete schedule is not reached, the regional board or commission will notify the National Board, which will determine the appropriate procedure to be followed in finally disposing of the case. If the parties are in total disagreement as to the schedule, the dispute shall be handled under the established procedures for other types of disputes. C. Different methods of setting a wage structure may be adopted to meet different problems. 1. In the case of a complete conversion of a plant, some or all of the key jobs following conversion will normally remain substantially the same in job content as before. Upon conversion, the rates for these common jobs may not be changed. They are to be used as guide rates for the establishment of wage rates for other jobs in the plant in such a manner as to result in a balanced wage-rate structure. This will preserve the general level of wage rates existing in the plant prior to conversion. 2. The change in product or operations may be of such a sweeping nature that most of the jobs, including the key jobs, are substantially changed in job content. In such cases, or where civilian production is resumed in plants discontinued in wartime, the wage schedule should be fixed at the prevailing level of wages in the industry or area for comparable occupations. It is expected that this type of situation will be rare. 3. There will be cases where only a portion of the facilities of a plant is being converted to the production of civilian goods. In such cases where jobs on civilian production are substantially the same as those remaining on war produc tion, no change in the rates for such jobs may be made incident to the present program. Where rates must be set for new or changed jobs on civilian production, the wage rates for the unchanged jobs shall be used as guides for the establishment of a balanced wage-rate structure. In those rate [rare] instances where all or most of the jobs on civilian production, including the key jobs, are substantially changed, the rates for the jobs on civilian production are to be fixed to provide a proper balanced relationship with the rates for the jobs remaining on war pro duction. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1208 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 III. In any case in which the application of the foregoing principles would not result in a suitable or appropriate wage structure, a modified or different structure may be agreed to by the parties where the workers are represented by a union, or proposed by the employer where the workers are not represented by a union. In such cases, advance approval of the Board is required before the wage structure may be made effective. Such approval may be sought from the appropriate regional board or industry commission and may be approved only in accordance with the wage-stabilization policy in effect at the time. IV. If the proposed wage structure will furnish the basis for a request for an increase in the price fixed by the Office of Price Administration for the articles to be produced, it may not be made effective without the advance approval of the Board, and any necessary action by the Director of Economic Stabilization. In such cases, the application for approval by the Board may be filed with the appro priate regional board or commission. Regulations for Discharge from Armed Forces 6 Standards have been established by the War Department to control priority in separation of soldiers from the Army. To each enlisted man and woman will be issued an Adjusted Service Rating Card on which point credits are to be entered for each of the following four factors: 1. Service credit: 1 point for each month of Army Service since September 16, 1940. 2. Overseas credit: 1 point for each month served overseas since September 16, 1940. 3. Combat credit: 5 points for the first and each additional award of the follow ing for service performed since September 16, 1940: (а) Distinguished Service Cross, Legion of Merit, Silver Star, Distinguished Flying Cross, Soldier’s Medal, Bronze Star Medal, Air Medal, Purple Heart, and Bronze Service Stars (battle participation stars). (б) Credit will also be given for the following decorations awarded by the Navy Department: Navy Cross, Distinguished Service Medal, Legion of Merit, Silver Star Medal, Distinguished Flying Cross, Navy and Marine Corps Medal, Bronze Star Medal, Air Medal, and Purple Heart Medal. (c) Credit will be given for those awards and decorations of a foreign country which may be accepted and worn under the War Department regulations in effect when the Readjustment Regulations are placed in operation. 4. Parenthood credit: 12 points for each child under 18 years up to a limit of three children. After the Adjusted Service Rating Cards have been filled out, the number of soldiers with each point total in every theater of war will be reported to the Adjutant General’s Office in Washington and a certain point total will be established as the Critical Score. This Critical Score will represent the minimum number of points with which an enlisted man or woman can be released from the Army. There will be one Critical Score for enlisted men in the Army Ground Forces and the Army Service Forces, one for men in the Army Air Forces, and a third for members of the Women’s Army Corps. The three Critical Scores are designed to effect equality of treatment for enlisted personnel in all branches of the service. The men with the highest point totals will become eligible for release from the Army, except where considerations of military necessity make it impossible to let them go until qualified replacements can be obtained. This exception applies particularly to men possessing special skills required in the war against Japan and to men in units that will have to move into the Pacific so swiftly that no opportunity is provided for replacing men with high scores until they reach the new theater. On the other hand, the carrying out of this program will not affect the continued release of enlisted men over 42 years of age, which was started recently. Discharge 6 War Department, Bureau of Public Relations, Press release M ay 10, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WARTIME POLICIES 1209 of these men, upon application, will continue without regard to other factors. Likewise, holders of the Medal of Honor will be eligible for release upon their own request. In addition, married members of the WAC will be released, at their own request, if their husbands have been separated from the Army and returned to civilian life. According to the Secretary of War, it will take about 6 weeks before these Critical Scores can be computed and announced. However, the War Department has no intention of delaying releases until this computation is finished. An Interim Score of 85 points has been established for Army Ground, Air, and Service Forces enlisted personnel. All soldiers who have this many points or more will be considered as eligible for release in accordance with the plan, and men will start moving to separation centers for discharge * * * . For members as of the WAC, an Interim Score of 44 points has been set up. Only points scored of Saturday, May 12, 1945, will be taken into consideration in determining eligibility for release. The only credits which will be given after that date will be for decorations and battle participation stars earned prior thereto. Likewise, additional credit will be given for children born on or before May 12 but whose birth was not known to the father at the time the scores were prepared. Enlisted personnel who desire to remain in the service and have a satisfactory record will be retained. Although officers will have an adjusted service rating score based on the same multiples as for enlisted personnel, this factor will be secondary to the prime requirement of military necessity. The expression “ military necessity” as ap plied to officers means consideration must be given on an individual basis to the relative utility of an officer, need for his specialty, and the availability of assignments which will make the best use of his capabilities. Officers with lengthy overseas service and long and hazardous service in combat will be given special consideration for release. An officer’s desire to remain in the service at this time will be another factor to be given consideration. The return of officers to the United States will be controlled by theater commanders who will use the foregoing principles in making their decisions. The determination of whether or not an officer is to be released from the Army, as opposed to simply being re turned to the United States, will be made by the Commanding Generals of the Army Ground, Air, and Service Forces acting under the general supervision of the War Department. When individuals who are surplus to overseas theaters arrive in this country they will proceed from ports to a reception station close to their home area. Twenty-two of these reception stations will be placed about the country in order that the Army may bring individuals as close to their homes as possible. Seven teen of them are already in operation and the remainder will begin operations during June. Here in the reception station those individuals with scores equal to or above the Critical Score will be screened once more to determine whether they are essential to the Army as a whole or are nonessential and can therefore be returned to civilian life. An enlisted man whose score entitles him to release will be held in the Army as essential only if his skill is so important to the Army and so scarce that he cannot be spared. Individuals of this type who do have to be held will be replaced as rapidly as the Army can train and make available replacements with the proper skills. An individual who is found nonessential at the reception station is immediately transferred to a separation center located at the same post, for processing for release from the Army. The complete proc ess in a separation center will take about 48 hours, after which the individual is on his way to his home as a civilian. At the separation center, every possible assistance is given to prepare the soldier for his return to civilian life. W age P ro v isio n s and P rice A dju stm ents fo r B itu m inous-C oal Industry THE wage provisions of the bituminous-coal industry contract were approved by the National War Labor Board and by the Director of Economic Stabilization on April 23 and 30, 1945, respectively.1 In 1 National War Labor Board, National Bituminous Coal Conference and United M ine Workers of ¡America April 21, 1945 (Case No. 111—14875—13); National War Labor Board, Press release (B-2025E), April 23, 1945, Office of Price Administration, Amendment No. 137 to Maximum Price Regulation No. 120, May 1, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 12 1 0 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 line with that approval, the Office of Price Administration adjusted the prices the producer would be allowed to charge (f. o. b. mine), effective May 1. Tirage Provisions The sections of the agreement subject to War Labor Board ap proval were those dealing with (1) shift differentials, (2) job réévalu ation of a few occupations, (3) increased vacation pay allowances, and (4) the establishment of a portal-to-portal method of pay. The new contract provides a premium of 4 cents per hour for employees who work on the second shift (25 percent of the work force) and a premium of 6 cents per hour for employees who work on the third shift (8 percent of the work force). These premiums were deter mined by the Board to be within established stabilizing limits and were approved. The Board customarily approves shift premiums, because of the disadvantages of night-shift work. Also approved were increases in the basic wage rates for classifications in which less than 5 percent of all the miners are employed. Rate increases were made for drillers and shooters in mobile machine-loading units and for inside repair electricians or mechanics. The Board found that no significant increase in the total wage bill would result from such an increase, as the average rise in hourly wages would be less than half a cent per hour. Portal-to-portal pay resulting, under the new agreement, in an aver age increase of about 81 cents per day, was also approved. The Board customarily allows vacation allowances up to 1 week’s pay for 1 year’s service, and 2 weeks’ pay for 5 years’ service. Although the agreement provided, on the average, more than 1 week’s pay to employees with less than 5 years of service, it provided less than 2 weeks’ pay to those with 5 years’ service or more (55 percent of the total) and the vacation arrangement was therefore approved, as within “the stabilized limits.” 2 O P A Price Adjustments 3 To meet the increased costs entailed by the wage provisions of the bituminous-coal agreement, the Office of Price Administration allowed increases averaging 16 cents a ton in producers’ ceiling prices for bitu minous coal. As the OPA estimated that the wage increases in the agreement would increase operating costs approximately 21 cents a ton on an industry-wide basis, 5 cents of the increase must therefore be absorbed by the producers; individual adjustments will reduce this amount somewhat. The price increase allowed was based upon the principle, established in 1943, that wherever the wage increases reduce a producing district’s operating margin either below 15 cents a ton or below its 1942 margin, whichever is greater, increases in ceiling prices for coal are allowed. No increases were allowed by OPA for two producing districts (Nos. 16 and 19) and for strip mines in five other districts. In the other regions increases granted ranged from 4 cents for strip mines in Dis trict 15 to 55 cents for deep mines in District 14. 2 For account of strike preceding this settlement, see p. 1258. 3 Office of Price Administration, Press release (0PA-5544), M ay 1, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WARTIME POLICIES 1211 D irectiv e on W age A dju stm ents N o t D irectly In v o lv in g B asic R ates 1 THE Director of Economic Stabilization has authorized the National War Labor Board to approve or direct certain classes of wage adjust ments, irrespective of paragraph 2 of Executive Order 9328.2 If there is reason to believe that such adjustments will involve an increase in price ceilings or production costs they are to become effective only if approved by the Director of Economic Stabilization. The classes of wage adjustments the War Labor Board may approve are as follows: (a) Vacation provisions up to 1 week after 1 year of service and 2 weeks after 5 years of service; (b) Shift differentials in noncontinuous operations, not to exceed 4 cents per hour for the second shift, and 8 cents per hour for the third shift; (c) Meiit increases and automatic progressions on a basis no more liberal than that embodied in the Board’s present standards; (d) Reclassifications and job réévaluations, not to exceed an average increase for all employees in the plant or plants covered by the order or authorization of 1 cent per hour or 1 percent. The Board shall continue to use its present safe guards to prevent such adjustments from becoming general wage increases. In rare and unusual cases affecting the critical needs of wrar production the Board may authorize or direct reclassifications or réévaluations in excess of these amounts but such adjustments shall become effective only if approved by the Director of Economic Stabilization. (e) In industries where continuous operations are made necessary by the nature of the processes involved, and circumstances warranting shift differentials are found by the Board to exist, shift differentials not to exceed 4 cents per hour for the second shift, and 6 cents per hour for the third shift. (f) Vacation provisions and shift differentials in accordance with stabilized limits (whether higher or lower than the amounts specified in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above) in cases where the Board finds in accordance with its past practice (1) that such limits have been established in the appropriate area or industry by a clear and well-defined practice, the following of which in the par ticular case would not be unstabilizing to the area or industry, and (2) that it would be fair and equitable to employer and employee under all the circumstances to follow such practice. (g) Other nonbasic wage rate adjustments or changes in working conditions affecting earnings in cases where the Board finds (1) that such adjustments or changes are in accordance with the substantial practice in the industry or the area which it would be inequitable not to follow in the particular case and which would not be unstabilizing to the area or industry, or (2) that they are equitably required to meet a special or unique situation or problem within a company or industry and consequently are not of a precedent-making character. (h) In cases which require the Director’s approval, any adjustments made under paragraph (f) or (g) shall, when submitted to him, be accompanied, in addition to other supporting data, by special findings as to the nature and extent of the industry or area practice on which the adjustment was based. P rod u ction -A d ju stm en t Program o f W PB THE production-adjustment program recently announced by the War Production Board 3 applies to both current-production adjust1 Office of Economic Stabilization, Directives March 8 and April 24,1945. 2 Par. 2, Executive Order 9328, April 8,1943, states that the National War Labor Board and other agencies exercising wage and salary control are directed to authorize no further increases in wages or salaries except to correct substandards of living, or except in cases of promotions, reclassifications, merit increases, incentive wages, or the'like, provided that such adjustments do not increase the level of production costs appreciably or furnish the basis either to increase prices or to resist otherwise justifiable reductions in prices (Federal Register, April 10, 1943, pp. 4681-2). , " 3 War Production Board, Pressrelease (WPB-7471), March 6,1945; War Production Board, Directive No. 40, March 5, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1212 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW-— JU N E 1945 ments and to those which follow the defeat of Germany (the so-called Period I adjustments). The procurement services are required to notify manufacturing plants of work termination at least 7 days in advance of the cut-off date, if the cut-back involves more than $100,000 in any one month of the following year. Procurement agencies must continue to give as much advance notice of a termination as is feasible, but in no case may the advance period be less than 1 week if the ad justment involves more than the $100,000 limit, except in agreed-upon emergency cases. Exceptions to this procedure will be made only with the consent of the chairman of the WPB Production Readjust ment Committee. Simultaneously with notification of the contractor, WPB will notify national labor unions concerned of the production adjustment. The program emphasizes the need for channeling war production to facilities that are released by cut-backs. In each region, Production Urgency Committees will assume the responsibility for assuring most effective use of released facilities, following broad general policies established by the Director of War Mobilization and Reconversion. Each case is to be considered on its individual merits, but the following is to serve as a general guide in determining what use is to be made of released facilities and related manpower: 1. Transfer workers to other war work within the plant. 2. Put “must program” work in the plant. 3. Put other war work in the plant, (a) This will not apply in the case of communities where facilities such as housing are already overloaded if it is neces sary to bring the war work in from outside the community. But it will apply, even in crowded communities, to the transfer of war work within the community, (b) If a plant has war production that will start within the next 60 to 90 days, consideration should be given to putting stand-by work in the plant. 4. Direct released workers to other “must” work. 5. Direct released workers to other war work. 6. Handle nonmilitary production in order of urgency. Japanese L abor-M obilization Law, 1 9 4 5 THE National Labor Mobilization Ordinance for the unification of manpower control in Japan became effective on March 10, 1945, as a part of the Government’s program of raising the country’s “productive potential to the maximum” during the following year, and in April special measures were prepared for the organization of the People’s Volunteer Corps.1 All classes of labor (including students, unem ployed men and women, and older persons who had retired from active pursuits) were to be mobilized, and all unemployed males and females were to be required to register and would be liable to a labor draft. The only persons exempted were those in the armed forces, civilians employed by the military, workers in the clothing industry, veter inarians, members of ships’ crews, Government workers, members of the Japanese Diet, and workers essential to the execution of the mobilization program. Workers becoming unemployed owing to factory shut-downs could be ordered to compulsory employment, and the order must state the type of work to be performed and the place of employment. 1 I n f o r m a t io n is fro rn O ffice o f W a r I n f o r m a t io n a n d d a i ly p re s s . https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WARTIME POLICIES 1213 Employers must apply for a labor quota and must report quarterly on number of employees, pay rolls, and labor requirements. The Government undertook to classify all workers according to their ability, except those in certain categories. Persons found capable of employment were to be “ encouraged to take work assigned to them.” In the radio release on the terms of the ordinance by the Japanese Government, it was reported that the new ordinance “ calls for com posite as well as flexible operation of national labor mobilization and the adoption of efficient methods for the strategic distribution of labor.” The five previously existing ordinances, dealing with req uisitioning, labor readjustment, restrictions on the use of student labor, patriotic labor collaboration, and female volunteer labor, were unified by the new measure. An emergency measure for the organization of the people of Japan into a People’s Volunteer Corps was approved by the Cabinet in April. It was announced that the Corps would act ultimately as a third line of defense, aiding the forces of the army and navy and reservists. Until the need for defense became more “ intense,” the Corps was to reconstruct or decentralize damaged cities, transport essential mate rials, and produce lumber and food. A material addition to the labor force was also made possible by the decision of the Japanese Cabinet to close all schools, colleges, and universities for a year beginning April , 1945, with the exception of classes for first-grade children in primary schools. In order to increase production in agriculture (which has lost 50 percent of its manpower by the draft), students from universities and high schools were allocated to agriculture in 1945 rather than to industry. Communal kitchens and children’s homes were begun to free more women for work, and cooperative farming (which was practiced in 120,000 villages in 1944) was becoming more widespread. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1 Postwar Reconstruction P ostw ar P la n n in g for Labor in th e N eth erlan d s “RADICAL social changes in new directions” were predicted for the Netherlands people in a broadcast given on November 28 by Dr. J. Van den Tempel, Netherlands Minister of Social Affairs, via the free radio station “Resurgent Netherlands” of Eindhoven. Measures To Stabilize Netherlands Economy Dr. Van den Tempel said that the Netherlands Government had adopted a group of decrees designed to stabilize the economy of the nation when it is liberated. Included in the contemplated changes are the following: (1) A thorough purge of collaborationists in the State Labor Bureau, which will be placed under a new director-general; (2) Redirection of labor, in view of the deportation of hundreds of thousands of workers to Germany and the subsequent interruption of vocational training; (3) Reestablishment of State sickness and unemployment insurance, which were abolished by the Nazis; (4) Reorganization of trade-unions and Government guaranty of their smooth functioning, for which purpose the Government will provide the necessary funds; (5) Appointment of a State arbitrator to effect changes in working conditions, after consultation with employers and labor; (6) Special regulations with regard to workers who during the enemy occupa tion failed to act as good patriots. Measures Affecting Labor A far-reaching plan for postwar unemployment relief and encour agement of job-creating enterprises was announced on December 9. A series of royal decrees issued in London also included measures dealing with medical care, housing, and rehabilitation of repatriates. One of the main measures requires employers to pay a worker who cannot work, because of the temporary closing of plants or their dimin ished production capacity, up to 80 percent of his normal wages. Activities of labor unions, which had been banned by the Germans during the occupation, will be resumed, and the Dutch Nazi Labor Front- will be liquidated. A decree covering relations between em ployer and worker prohibits the dismissal of a worker without con sent of the head of the local labor bureau. This consent may not be refused, however, if the case should concern a worker who had con ducted himself in an unpatriotic manner during the occupation. To create jobs, a decree calls for the granting of State subsidies in the form of part payment of wages or other costs in certain under takings, as well as the launching of public works by the State itself. A decree regulating unemployment insurance, in anticipation of new legislation in this field, stipulates that the insured shall receive unem1214 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis POSTWAR RECONSTRUCTION 1215 ployment pay to a maximum of 156 days in a period of 12 months, provided he has paid at least 13 weekly premiums in the preceding 12 months of employment. Those in official positions and those whose services are mainly domestic or agricultural are excluded from this insurance. Unemployment pay may not exceed 70 percent of normal wages—or 85' percent if children’s allowance is included. Other social measures include provision for the continuation of the State Labor Bureau and its local branches for mediation in employ ment problems and for training or retraining workers. The functions of labor deputy and social foreman, instituted by the Dutch Nazi Party during the occupation, are abolished. In regard to repatriation, a decree provides for appointment of a Government commissioner. Repatriates, who will be largely persons returning from forced labor in Germany, must register with their labor bureau not later than 3 days after arrival, and must submit to medical examination and other measures taken in the interest of public health. Postw ar R econ stru ction in th e U n io n o f Sou th A frica VIEWS expressed by agencies of the Government of South Africa on internal or domestic reconstruction are outlined in an official memorandum published during 1944.1 This document reviews the main findings of various official investigating bodies appointed to study problems that may arise during the transition period immedi ately following the war and in the long-term program to promote permanent reconstruction. Policies affecting ex-servicemen in the transition period are described on page 1226 of this issue. The long term plans are discussed below. Broadly, the aim of reconstruction in the Union is to insure “ a healthier, better nourished, more fully educated, well-housed, usefully employed, happy, and prosperous nation, whose individuals are secured against certain social disabilities and whose land use is based on a sound system under which exploita tion is obviated and the interests of future generations are safe guarded.” The coverage of the postwar plans extends to health, social security, nutrition and food subsidy, education, agriculture and forestry, housing, public works, the need for increased productivity and employment, industrial development, and the financing of recon struction, including taxation. Planning Agencies In May 1942, the Government, acting on the recommendations of the Industrial and Agricultural Requirements Commission, appointed the Social and Economic Planning Council to investigate and make recommendations for the promotion of a balanced development of the nation’s resources and to advise on social and economic policy. The Planning Council has issued reports and recommendations and has initiated study of or commented on reconstruction problems for the Government’s information. Other bodies have been formed from time to time to make investigations in particular fields and their findings have been commented on by the Planning Council for the benefit of the Government. * Union of South Africa. Outlines of Postwar Reconstruction. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Pretoria. 1944, 1216 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 National Health Plan In August 1942, a commission was appointed to inquire into and report and advise upon a national health service which would insure adequate medical, dental, nursing, and hospital services for all sections of the population. Fundamental changes in the existing health services were recommended by the commission, which suggested that a national health law should be promulgated and a national health authority created. Such an authority, charged with responsibility for the nation’s health, should also have advisory functions in services to promote a living wage for workers, improved nutrition, recreation, industrial hygiene, etc., and in exerting pressure on local authorities to provide sanitary and related services. The national health au thority would take direct charge of supplying free medical services as a civic right to all sections of the people. The plan recommended by the commission provides for establishing approximately 400 health centers throughout the country, that is, roughly 1 to every 25,000 persons in the population. Each center should have a staff of doctors, dentists, nurses, and other technical personnel. In addition, the commission urged that emphasis should be placed on preventive work. Acting on the commission’s recommendations, the Government established a number of health centers in areas where they were most needed, and Parliament appropriated for these centers £50,000 for the first year’s operations. As for the health plan as a whole, the Prime Minister stated that it could be made effective only in a series of stages. The immediate aim was to fill gaps in the existing hospital and health services without radically changing the allocation of exist ing functions. The commission calculated that approximately 14 million pounds was being spent annually on health services, of which the Union Government bore 14.4 percent of the total cost, the Provincial coun cils 12.3 percent, local authorities 2.9 percent, employers 9.0 per cent, and the public (either as individuals or through medical-benefit societies) 61.4 percent. At the inception of the national health scheme, the Union Government would relieve the Provincial councils and local authorities and the public of their share of these costs. The first two groups would be expected to devote the amounts thus saved to improving and expanding “ promotive and nonpersonal services” ; the public, being relieved of its direct expenditures for health services, would be required to make special contributions into a national health services fund in amounts based on individual means. Social-Security Proposals The social-security committee, which was appointed in January 1943, recommended expansion of several forms of assistance and the introduction of certain new types of benefits or grants. It was pro posed that the European, colored, Asiatic, native farm, and per manently urbanized native population should be covered by one scheme (A) and the greater part of the native population by another scheme (B). Under scheme A, a wide range of benefits was advocated, including old-age, invalidity, unemployment, training-period, sickness, maternity, mothers’ or widows’, death and family allowances for large https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis POSTWAR RECONSTRUCTION 1217 families. The rates of benefit would vary according to the race of the beneficiary and the area of residence (i. e., urban or rural). Under scheme B, the coverage would be less comprehensive with respect to the contingencies provided for, and both the rates paid and the ben efits would be smaller. It was estimated that the total cost of the social-security program would be around 33 million pounds annually by 1955, when the system would be in full operation. This estimate of cost was based on the 1943 population and price levels. It was sug gested that part of the cost should be borne by the people, according to their means. The Social and Economic Planning Council favored the report of the social-security committee, but estimated that the cost would be about 40 million pounds a year by 1955 (instead of 33 million pounds). The Council recommended that some forms of assistance should be introduced in 1947-48, at an annual cost of approximately 16 million pounds, raised partly from contributions by the people. Both of the reports were given to Parliament during the 1944 session and the House of Assembly appointed a select committee to consider the recommendations. In turn, the select committee recommended that a modified social-insurance scheme should be prepared for intro duction at the 1945 session of Parliament. Accordingly, an inter departmental committee was appointed by the Government for this purpose. Nutrition and Food Subsidy As a social-security system alone would not safeguard all sections of the population against undernourishment, it was regarded as in the national interest to take measures to insure that persons with low incomes, whose purchasing power for foodstuffs is limited, should be protected. Under legislation enacted in 1940, a National Nutrition Council, established to study and report on nutrition, stated that “the high incidence of malnutrition in South Africa has been estab lished beyond question.” Attributing malnutrition primarily to inadequate income in relation to food prices, the Planning Council suggested that selected foods should be subsidized to permit their sale at reduced prices to low-income groups. An interdepartmental committee agreed with the view expressed by the Council and recom mended that certain staple foods, such as bread and corn, should be subsidized to reduce prices to all consumers, that staple and protective foods, such as butter, eggs, vegetables, and fruit, should have a special subsidy, and that subsidized distributive services should be established to insure that essential foods reach the homes of low-income consumers at or near to the basic subsidized price. At the time that the report under review was prepared, food-subsidy schemes had been placed in operation covering wheat and corn; some action had been taken in relation to the distribution of surplus fruit and chilled eggs; school meals were being furnished at a cost of about £800,000 a year; State-aided distribution of cheese and butter to low-income families was in progress; and soup kitchens were in operation. Experiments were under way to provide for the ultimate manufac ture of food yeast in the Union, on a commercial basis and at a reason able price. The National Nutrition Council expressed the view that food yeast may prove to be among|the most useful weapons in doing away with malnutrition in the Union. 6 4 5 8 8 6 — 4 5 ------------ 6 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 12 18 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 A controller of food was appointed early in 1942 to handle problems arising from the increased demand for food which was caused by the inflow of refugees at a time when production was reduced as a result of adverse weather and when importation was difficult. At first, the Minister of Agriculture and Forestry was food controller and the administration of food control was under his department; in January 1944, however, food control was placed in an independent organ ization with its own chief who was responsible to the Minister of Agriculture and Forestry. Although in the 2% years that the foodcontrol organization had functioned, periodic food shortages occurred in particular commodities, in general the food position was sound. Prices of all the chief items of food were fixed. The main complaint arose from the lack of coupon rationing to individuals. Regarding rationing, the report here reviewed states that this would have been difficult, owing to the diverse population elements, each having a different standard of living. Problems of Education A major advance in education was asked for by the Planning Coun cil which stated that the Union should not expose itself to a losing com petitive struggle against the mentally developed labor of western countries, the awakening eastern races, or the workers in other parts of Africa, by withholding education from non-Europeans. An ap prenticeship law was advocated to provide for trade training, and such legislation was passed. The Planning Council was to discuss the financial phases of giving vocational education and of raising the com pulsory education age limit to 17 years for European children with the Provincial administrations. Native education is among the func tions of Provincial agencies also but, following existing practice, ex penditures for this purpose are to be covered by appropriations from Parliament. In his discretion, the Governor General may establish a board of native education to deal with estimates of expenditure and to advise the central and local governments on matters pertaining to native education. Reconstruction of Agriculture During 1941, the industrial and agricultural requirements commis sion directed attention to the problems in agriculture, such as soil erosion and land conservation. Agricultural assistance has been granted on an increasing scale and the industry is in need of consider able adjustment to make the contribution of which it is capable. Grain production should be an auxiliary to animal husbandry, accord ing to the commission, and cropping and pasture management should be so arranged as to prevent any reduction in the productivity of the soil. These objectives can be achieved only gradually and financial assistance must be continued. Ultimately, the proportion of the population engaged in agriculture should be reduced, and the transfer of the excess workers to other productive fields of endeavor should not be prevented by artificial means. The commission recommended that every inducement should be given to the extension of both private and public afforestation on a long-term basis. The Planning Council regarded the reorganization of the Union’s farming industry as a seri ous problem, and recommended that a committee should be appointed https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis POSTWAR RECONSTRUCTION 1219 to formulate a comprehensive farming reconstruction scheme. In stead, the Government entrusted the study to a Department of Agri culture and Forestry Committee. That committee’s report was issued early in 1944, proposing (1) a policy of proper land utilization, with financial aid from the State; (2) extension of the control-board system, giving price security to producers and protection to consumers; (3) reorganization of municipal and small retail markets and the introduc tion of food depots; (4) examination of agricultural potentialities to raise the nation’s nutritional standards; (5) concrete schemes for fi nancing farms and land nationalization on a voluntary basis; and (6) a strengthening of State agricultural services to implement the meas ures recommended. An additional report made detailed proposals for the Government’s afforestation program. These reports were referred to the Planning Council for consideration. Housing and Public-Works Proposals South Africa has had a housing shortage for many years. Approxi mately 50,000 dwelling units (including flats) were erected between the war of 1914-18 and the present war as a result of State intervention and assistance, but even so the shortage became more acute. Total need was estimated at more than 440,000 units by 1955. To supply the housing required, the Government will have to take an important part and has already outlined its policy. It is intended to continue the practice of making loans available to local authorities at low rates, to enable them to build or lend money to other agencies for building pur poses. Losses incurred on national housing projects are to be borne by the Union Government and local authorities in the ratio of 2 to 1 (a ratio more favorable to local authorities was being considered). The existing central housing board is to be replaced by a permanent National Housing and Planning Commission, having powers to make policy, purchase in quantity, and construct houses in areas where the local authorities are in default. The commission would have advisory powers regarding town planning. Steps already taken to provide housing consist of enactment of enabling legislation by Parliament in the 1944 session, appointment of a commission, and completion of arrangements for the erection of houses by local authorities to the value of £6,500,000 between July 1, 1944, and June 30, 1945. A vast public-works program will be needed to carry out the plans described above, as well as to promote postwar development and ex pansion that is not included under the term ‘‘reconstruction.” The Planning Council was therefore asked to inquire into and make recom mendations for such a program. Local governments were requested to cooperate with the Council in this work. Reorganization of the Public Service The legislation governing the public services was enacted in 1923. As great changes have occurred subsequently in the relationship between the State and the people, that have expanded the responsi bilities of the public service, and as the national income of the country and standards of living have progressively improved, it is considered reasonable that the position of the public servants should be related to such improvements. Kequests for an inquiry into the public serv https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 12 2 0 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 ices led the Government to appoint a committee for this purpose. The committee commenced its duties in September 1944. Means of Financing Reconstruction Estimates of the probable annual cost of particular items of recon struction by 1955 are 116 million pounds. Of this sum, 40 million pounds would cover social security; 24 million pounds, expansion of education; 12 million pounds, nutrition and food subsidies (including school meals); 20 million pounds, national health services; 5 million pounds, reorganization of agriculture; 7 million pounds, defense (including war pensions); and 8 million pounds, increased interest and charges on capital expenditure for housing and public works. This list is not exhaustive; the indications are that an extra 100 million pounds per year will be needed to implement postwar plans. To raise sufficient revenue to meet such expenses, productivity and employment must be increased. The reconstruction program would in itself bring about a higher level of employment. In addition, other means of stimulating employment must be found, namely, in existing and newly created industries. Farming, which is the largest single permanent industry, should be reorganized on a sounder basis to insure greater efficiency. In addition, a long-range mining policy designed to develop the Union’s basic minerals would insure the best use of available supplies. Industrial Development Favorable prospects were foreseen for industrial development in South Africa. An expansionist economic policy was urged by the Planning Council, coupled with a realistic classification of labor under which wages would be commensurate with the degree of skill required for individual operations. The Council stated that indus tries having tariff protection should be of the size and efficiency to produce the best results. Similarly, the most promising branches of manufacturing should be given preference in development. Active steps should be taken by the Government to aid in the preparation of specific industry schemes. Ad hoc committees, each composed of technicians, an expert adviser on labor, and one statistician-economist, should be formed for the development of important industries. Con sultation with interested groups to determine industrial possibilities was also urged. The importance of cheapening and improving dis tribution was stressed. Rationalization of the distribution and proc essing of milk and other dairy products, wheat products and bread, meat and fish, and fresh fruits and vegetables was recommended. Government departments were instructed to go into the question of acting upon the foregoing suggestions. The prime.consideration in the Government’s long-term policy is to maintain a high level of employment and productive expenditure, both public and private. Immediately following the end of hostilities, effort is to be directed toward converting war industries to peacetime needs. Measures are under consideration whereby producers would bo assured of a market for their goods; quantitative controls of imports would insure priority for goods needed by South African industries and for those https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis POSTWAR RECONSTRUCTION 1221 consumer goods that are not produced in the Union; preference would be given to domestic products in buying for Government pur poses; price supervision would be maintained to insure reasonable profits; and necessary steps would be taken to avoid dumping and other forms of disruptive competition. The Planning Council foresaw that extra taxes would be necessary to finance the schemes that have been described. The extent of the addition to taxes will depend on the achievements in raising the nation’s productivity. An increase of 2 percent a year in per capita production is the aim between 1938 and 1955. Assuming that cer tain wartime taxes will disappear, the income tax should be arranged so as to allow a margin for future development. The Government appreciates the importance of taxation policy in relation to the stimulation of industrial development and is taking account of the issues involved in revising the normal tax system for the postwar period. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis FGBAGCTORY BUY U N I T E D S T A T E S W AR BONDS AND STAMPS Discharged Soldiers R egulation s for E d u cation or T raining o f V e te r a n s1 THE Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs stated on January 18, 1945, that under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944, any veteran of World War II is entitled to education or training (or a refresher or retraining course) in an approved educational or training institu tion for a period of 1 year, or for such lesser time as may be required for the course of instruction chosen by him. To qualify for such education or training, the applicant must have (1) been in active service on or after September 16, 1940, and prior to the termination of the present war, (2) been discharged or released “under conditions other than dishonorable,” (3) served 90 days or more, exclusive of assigned education or training periods or (if with less than 90 days’ service) been released from actual service by reason of a serviceincurred injury or disability, and (4) must make application for anc^ initiate the course of education or training within 2 years following discharge or release from active service, or from the date of termina tion of the war, whichever is later. Eligibility for education or training beyond 1 year.—In order to be entitled to education or training other than a refresher or retraining course beyond 1 year, satisfactory completion of such a course ac cording to the regularly prescribed standards and practices of the institution is required. Further, it must be shown that the person’s education or training was impeded, delayed, interrupted, or interfered with by reason of his entrance into service. Such conditions are assumed as existing in the case of a person who was not more than 25 years of age at the time he entered active service (or September 16, 1940, whichever is later), but must be proved by persons over 25 years of age at the time above specified. Refresher or retraining courses are open to any honorably dis charged veteran with the required period of active service, on request. Payment of expenses of veterans.—The regulations issued by the Administrator make provision for subsistence allowance and the pay ment of authorized expenses incurred by the veteran in his education or training under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944. Under this measure, expenses of the veteran—if he is in an educational institu tion—that will be defrayed by the Government include the “customary cost of tuition, laboratory, library, health, infirmary, and other similar fees as are customarily charged, and other necessary expenses * * * as are generally required for the successful pursuit and com pletion by other students in the institution * * * or those charges which have been approved by the Administrator of Veterans’ 1 Federal Kegister, January 30, 1945 (pp. 1239-1243). 1222 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis DISCHARGED SOLDIERS 1223 Affairs. Board, lodging, and other living expenses and travel are not to be included.’’ The Government also meets the charges for “books, supplies, equipment, and other necessary expenses customarily incurred for or by any student.” gfe If the eligible discharged serviceman selects some type of institu tion other than one of an educational character, expenses defrayed by the Government include “the charges for supplies, and other neces sary equipment customarily furnished other persons being trained by the establishment in the given trade or position.” Full-time subsistence allowances are $50 per month for men without dependents, and $75 per month for those having dependents. If the veteran is not taking a full-time course, his subsistence is measured in fractions of three-fourths, one-half, and one-fourth of the above amount according to the fraction that his course is of a full course. No such allowance is to be paid when the payment is barred because the veteran is engaged in full-time gainful employment not a part of his course of education or training. When the veteran is receiving compensation for productive labor performed as part of his apprenticeship or other training on the job, the amount of subsistence plus his current monthly salary or wage (based on the standard workweek exclusive of overtime) shall not exceed the standard beginning salary or wage (similarly based) payable to a journeyman in the trade or occupation in which training is being given. B en efits fo r B ritish E x-Service P erso n n el ANNOUNCEMENTS have been made by the British Government on the policy to be followed in the grant of gratituties to men and women returning to civil life from the armed services and also as to the proportion of vacancies in the civil service that are reserved for ex-service personnel. Gratuities to Ex-Service Personnel 1 War gratuities for ex-service men and women on their return from the armed forces to civil life, announced in the British House of Commons by the Chancellor of the Exchequer on February 6, 1945, are to vary in amount depending on the length of war service and the individual member’s rank. An estimated expenditure of £200,000,000 is foreseen to cover the gratuities, but this sum would be increased if the war were unexpectedly prolonged. Legislation was to be introduced to exempt the gratuities from income tax. When the program was presented, it was stated that the arrangements for war gratuities round out the Government’s comprehensive plan for resettling members of the armed services. Previously announced benefits, estimated to cost £500,000,000, include accumulated and terminal leave (Cmd. 6548)2 and postwar credits for service (Cmd. 6336).3 Provision has also been made for reinstatement in civil 1 Data are from Great Britain, Parliamentary Debates, House of Commons, February 6, 1945, and the Times (London), February 7, 1945. 2 For paid leave arrangement, see M onthly Labor Review, November 1944 (p. 973). 2 For ratings and other ranks, postwar credits at the rate of 6d. for men and 4d. for women have t een set aside by the Government for every day of service since January 1942. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1224 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 employment, further education and training,4 and completion of apprenticeship. Final details were being worked out, when the Chancellor made liis statement, of a scheme of resettlement grants up to £150 for ex-servicemen wishing to go back into business on their own account or for men disabled in service who may wish to start in business for the first time. Eligibility.—The war gratuities are payable to regular and ex regular officers and men. If the serviceman has died before collecting the gratuity, his estate will be eligible to receive the proportion of the gratuity that the deceased earned, provided an application is made in a prescribed written form. At least 6 months/ approved service and an honorable discharge from the forces are required for eligibility. Amount oj gratuity.—The scale of war gratuities for men, for each month of service after September 3, 1939, is given in the accompanying table by rank for the Navy, Army, and Air Force. T a b l e 1.— Scale of War Gratuities for Men in British Armed Forces RATINGS AND OTHER RANKS N avy Army Air Force Amount of gratuity for each month of service since Sept. 3, 1939 S h illin g s [AC II.......... ................ Ordinary seaman_______ _ . . . ----------- Private_____________ J IP T Able seaman__________________________ Lance corporal--------- t a n fCorporal____________ Trading SAaTnan \Lanee sergeant______ i¡•Corporal____________ Sergeant_____ _______ Petty nffi pp.p S e r g e a n t..___ _ Staff sergeant. ___ Flight sergeant______ Chief petty officer Warrant officer II . .. Warrant officer I ____ Warrant officer___ .. 1 10 12 14 16 18 20 OFFICERS Midshipman....... .................... ......... Acting sub-lieutenant_-.......... ....... Warrant officer________________ Sub-lieutenant_____ __________ Commissioned warrant officer__ Lieutenant__ ______ __________ Lieutenant commander________ Commander....................................Captain_____ ____ ____________ Commodore, first or second class. Rear admiral__________________ Vice admiral_________ ____ ____ Admiral______________________ Admiral of the fleet______ _____ Second lieutenant. Lieutenant______ Captain.................. ....... Major---------------------Lieutenant colonel___ Colonel____ _________ Brigadier____________ Major general_______ Lieutenant general___ General______. . . ____ Field marshal...... ......... Acting pilot officer___ Pilot officer_________ Flying officer________ Flight lieutenant____ Squadron leader_____ Wing commander........ Group c a p ta in ............ Air commodore........... Air vice marshal_____ Air marshal........ .......... Air chief marshal____ M a r s h a l of the R. A. F. 25 30 32H 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 The scale of gratuities, shown above, is based on service beginning on September 3, 1939, up to the date of release from a dispersal center (or from the unit, etc., for those who do not pass through such centers). For ratings and other ranks the basic amount of gratuity per month of service is 10s. for the lowest rank and the maximum is 20s. for the highest. Officers’ gratuities are from 25s. to 75s. for each month served, according to rank. If an individual has served both in the ranks and as an officer, the gratuity is calculated separately for each period of service. In general, gratuities for women in the forces and 4 For reinstatement rights and training see M onthly Labor Review, July 1944 (p. 99). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1225 DISCHARGED SOLDIERS for officer nurses are two-thirds of those for men of corresponding rank. Boys, including naval boys prior to draft for sea duty, are generally to be paid one-half the rate for privates and equivalents. Upon draft to sea duty, naval boys are entitled to the gratuity rate for ordinary seamen. Examples of total release benefits—An Army private or equivalent in Navy or Air Force (single) whose pay is 6s. per day and who has served 3 years (none of it abroad) would receive the following sums: £ s. Benefits on release_________________________________ 83 10 2 d. Release leave— 56 days-------------------------------------------Service postwar credit______________________________ Value of civilian outfit______________________________ War gratuity_____________________________ 26 27 12 18 2 7 0 0 8 6 0 0 In presenting this example, it is assumed that the man is released in his turn on June 30, 1945. The total of £83 10s. 2d. accruing to an Army private under the conditions cited includes only the financial benefits granted on release and excludes any resettlement grants and payments in connection with the education and training schemes. Also excluded is any war-service grant which may be in issue during the release leave. An Army private (single), paid 7s. daily, who has served 5 years of which 3 were spent abroad would be paid on release £121 9s. 2d., distributed as follows: £ s. d. Benefits on release__— ------------------------------------------ 121 9 2 Release leave—56 days------------------------------------------Foreign service leave—36 days-------------------Service postwar credit____ — -------------------------------Value of civilian outfit_____________________________ War gratuity_____________________________________ 18 12 18 0 0 8 0 6 0 0 28 18 31 12 30 Release leave and value of civilian outfit are the same, regardless of whether the privates have served at home or abroad and irrespective of period of service. However, the man having 5 years of service, of which 3 were spent abroad, receives a special grant for foreign-service leave of 36 days. He also is paid more in service postwar credit and war gratuity by reason of the extra 2 years spent in the Army. Preference in Civil Service 5 The Civil Service National Whitley Council in Great Britain has made recommendations for filling, during the reconstruction period, the greater part of the civil service vacancies that “have accrued by wastage and expansion.” Reservation for ex-servicemen of 75 percent of the administrative positions becoming available was suggested, 66% percent of the executive positions, and 50 percent of the clerical positions. In these and the subclerical classifications the Council favors representation of ex-servicewomen according to the proportions that their applications form of the remaining vacancies. The proposed methods of allocating positions to ex-service personnel are shown in table 2. ' Data are from Recruitment to Established Posts in the Civil Service During the Reconstruction Period: Statement of Government Policy and Civil Service National W hitley Council Report (London,f 1944). CCmd. 6567.) https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis / 1226 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 T able 2. —Proposed Methods of Allocating Civil-Service Vacancies to Ex-Service Personnel in Reconstruction Period in Great Britain Branch of service Age of applicant in 1945 i Educational requirement Method of selection Ex-service reserva tion Men Administrative.. 21-30_________ ____ Executive Clerical ______ Subclerical 18-24 25-30 16-22 23-30 (four-fifths), (one-fifth). (four-fifths), (one-fifth). 16-22 (four-fifths), 23-30 (one-fifth). 1 year at university, first or second class honors standard. To age of 17, or higher school certificate. To age of 16 , or school certificate. To age of 15_____ Written general exami nation, plus interview. ___do ___ * W ritten general exami nation. ______ . . do__ ____ Per cent 75 Women In proportion to ap plications. 66^ Do. 50 Do. Do. 1 Some exceptions from the age requirement are stipulated. In a statement on the Council’s recommendations, the Government commented that it favors generous treatment of qualified members of the armed forces in filling civil service positions. However, belief was expressed that the public endorses the conclusion that it would be unfair, at the end of a war during which total manpower has been mobilized, to reserve all vacancies for ex-service personnel. The Government added that the specific reservations of the varying per centages of the number of positions would be coupled with a pro vision that if ex-servicemen obtained, in free competition, more vacancies than would actually be reserved, they would be entitled to them. Adoption of the plan would add one more measure to the numerous Governmental proposals to facilitate the resettlement of ex-servicemen. D em o b iliza tio n and B enefits o f S ervicem en in U n io n o f S ou th A frica 1 DEMOBILIZATION of members of the armed forces in the Union of South Africa has been placed under the jurisdiction of a civilian organization which is to begin its task when the military authorities are ready to discharge men from the services. Provision for the exer cise of such powers by a nonmilitary body rather than a military agency constituted a fundamental change in policy within the Union. Ex-servicemen will be kept on the rolls of the armed forces until they obtain employment, will receive special loans and grants, have rein statement rights in pre-service employment, benefit from special training courses, and receive preference in employment. Administration / Planning for demobilization was concentrated in the Ministry of Welfare and Demobilization, which was created in August 1943 and empowered to draw up and execute plans for returning members of 1 Data are from Union of South Africa, Outlines of Post-War Reconstruction, Pretoria, 1944; and report by Ann Van W ynen, United States vice consul, Johannesburg, Union of South Africa (b o . 164, October 19, 1944). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis DISCHARGED SOLDIERS 1227 the armed forces to civilian life. By permitting the Ministry to execute the plans, the Government hoped to avoid the rigidity inherent in a program adopted by act of Parliament. Under the Ministry of Welfare and Demobilization, the Demobilization Directorate functions as a separate Government Department administered by the Director General of Demobilization who is responsible for giving effect to the Government’s demobilization and rehabilitation proposals and for the personnel of the Directorate as well as for all members of the Union defense forces when they are posted for release or discharge (that is, from the time when the Army has no further need for their services). Two branches of the Directorate were formed— (1) military and (2) liaison and rehabilitation. A deputy director is in charge of each branch. These officials work together closely and are also members of the executive board of the Directorate. The military branch deals with the serviceman from the time he is posted for release or discharge until he is actually out of the service. During this period, the liaison and rehabilitation branch is also in touch with the serviceman. After the latter severs his connection with the armed forces, the liaison and rehabilitation branch is responsible for securing the serviceman’s reinstatement in civil life and keeping in touch with him for some time. To assist the Director General in making the demobilization scheme effective, an executive board was appointed to coordinate the work of the Government departments concerned with the welfare and rehabili tation of ex-servicemen, to authorize payments under the program, and to advise the Directorate on matters referred to it. The Director General is chairman of the executive board. In addition, an advisory council on demobilization advises the Directorate and the Director General on matters of a general nature which affect the return to civilian life of ex-servicemen. Each town and city is to have its own demobilization committee, composed of representatives of bodies and organizations of good will, to work in the interests of ex-servicemen and to advise the Directorate on all problems affecting ex-servicemen in their particular areas. Specialized administrative machinery was established to deal with the reinstatement of workers in their former employment, for which provision was made by the terms of the Soldiers’ and War Workers’ Employment Act. Under this legislation, the Soldiers’ and War Workers’ Board was formed and was granted the power to appoint subcommittees to investigate special problems. The Board must also be consulted by the Minister of Labor before establishing soldiers’ and war workers’ employment committees in different regions. Appeals from decisions of such committees may be made to the Board. Demobilization Policies and Payments For the purpose of resuming civilian life, ex-servicemen are divided into five classes, as follows: (1) Those returning to farm, profession, or business; (2) those with jobs awaiting them; (3) those who were not in employment prior to enlistment; (4) those whose abilities indicate that retraining is desirable; and (5) those whose disability prevents return to pre-enlistment employment or taking up new employment. On demobilization, soldiers who have jobs to which to return may be permitted to go directly to their homes from points of disembarkation; others are transferred to dispersal depots and are aided by em https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1228 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 ployment officers, assisted by liaison committees, to find suitable employment. Military pay.—Military pay and allowances are granted to men until they are reemployed, with the exception that if a man refuses an offer that the dispersal-depot committee considers to be suitable, he is placed on a reduced scale of allowances for a maximum of 4 months from the date of refusal. Gratuities.—A person having at least 6 months of continuous service in the armed forces (or less if injured while in training, etc.) is entitled to a war gratuity varying in amount according to race and sex. For each completed month of service the payment is £ l 10s. for a European male, 15s. for a European female, 10s. for a colored person, and 5s. for a native. European members of the Essential Services Protection Corps (made up of men unfit for army services) receive 15s. for each month of such service; colored and native members of this corps are entitled to the same gratuities as are members of these groups who have served in the regular armed services. Clothing allowances.—Civilian clothing and cash allowances are the same, regardless of the kind of service (i. e., armed forces or protection corps). Each European man and woman is granted £15 in money, a colored person receives £9, and a native £2 plus a suit of civilian clothing and a hat. For members of the youth and physical training bodies composed of young boys, the allowance is £10. Civilian cloth ing and cash allowances are not pa,yable to ex-service personnel with less than 3 months’ service or to women who have bought their discharge.2 All items of uniform and necessaries, including two blankets, haversack, and pack, may be retained. Leave allowances.—On discharge, an ex-serviceman receives full pay and allowances in lieu of vacation leave earned (subject to limitations for volunteers having less than 1 year’s service), plus full pay and allowances in lieu of any “ ex-North” leave (subject to a maximum of 30 days) to which he was entitled at the time of discharge, plus full pay and allowances in lieu of ex-prisoner-of-war leave (subject to a maximum of 30 days), in addition to “ ex-North” leave at discharge which was not taken. Special assistance.—Special machinery was created to assist exservicemen for whom the general employment and training scheme is not appropriate. Such cases are to be dealt with on their merits by the executive board of the Demobilization Directorate. The mone tary value of any assistance given depends on the circumstances in each case, subject to a maximum of a £250 grant or a loan of £1,250 (interest-free for the first 5 years). Assistance of this kind may be given to those wishing to take an approved course of study; to those requiring financial assistance for reinstatement in life and readjusting themselves in their own profession or business, including farming; and to others. Reinstatement Rights Under the terms of the Soldiers’ and War Workers’ Employment Act, employees who notified their employers of their intention to en list, and who joined the armed forces or the merchant marine of the 2 Women may purchase their discharge for fees ranging from £15 (with less than 1 year of service) to £1 (with 5 years of service.) https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis DISCHARGED SOLDIERS 1229 Union or any allied force, must be reinstated in their former or similar occupations, under conditions not less favorable than those prevailing when they enlisted. They are entitled to benefit from any improve ment in conditions of employment introduced subsequently by law or wage-regulating measures. Reinstatement must take place within 6 months after discharge, unless the ex-serviceman has taken a retraining course, in which case the elapsed period between completion of the course and reinstatement may not exceed 2 months. A reinstated employee subject to a pay scale based on length of service must be credited with the length of his military service or 1 year, whichever is shorter. Job protection is insured for 12 months. Violations are punishable, and the courts are also empowered to order the employer to pay the employee the difference between wages received and the amount payable for a full year of employment. Training Vocational training and education.—Provision was made for voca tional and technical training, and for higher education of ex-service personnel. Special training facilities are to be made for the disabled, regardless of whether their disabilities were incurred in connection with war service. In general, ex-servicemen, who by reason of their military service require vocational or technical training or retraining in order to fit them for employment, will receive the special attention of the demobilization organization. For those who, in the opinion of the competent authority, are in need of training and are likely to benefit from it, arrangements will be made. The training scheme is available to all members of the defense forces who served full time, to the members of the Youth Training Brigade and Physical Training Battalion, and to Union nationals who have served with any Allied force. Ex-servicemen who were discharged without benefits (gratui ties, etc.) will not receive training, but may appeal for consideration. An ex-serviceman who takes vocational or university training may receive a grant not to exceed £250. If this sum is exhausted before completion of the course, a loan up to £600 may be made to him. Interest on the loan will commence 1 year after the course is completed. Apprenticeship.—Plans for the resumption of apprenticeship have not been completed. It is necessary to work out a program whereby the rigidities in the South African wage legislation and apprenticeship system may be modified, to permit men who received training in the armed forces to avoid a long apprenticeship. Special Provisions fo r the Disabled In addition to training facilities for disabled persons who are unable to resume their pre-enlistment employment, they are to receive med ical care and therapeutical treatment, be employed in sheltered-work shops in towns, and have small land holdings in the country. Under the land-settlement program, housing and medical attention are to be made available to medically unfit or semifit ex-volunteers and their families. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1230 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW-— JU N E 1945 Veterans' Preference Under the Soldiers’ and War Workers’ Employment Act, employers may not engage persons other than those who have rendered war service, without the written consent of the appropriate employment committee. These committees are to include an equal number of employer and employee representatives whenever possible, each side having a returned soldier among its representatives. If an employer engages a nonservice employee without complying with the require ment respecting written permission, he is guilty of an offense. In the public service of the Union, 2,000 to 3,000 vacancies have been kept open in the clerical, professional, and technical grades for ex-servicemen who have not been in the public service previously. Similar provisions have been made by other agencies, notably the Railway and Harbors Administration and the police service. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Handicapped Workers R estorin g th e C ivilian D isabled to Jobs 1 Summary UNDER an expanded program of civilian vocational rehabilitation made possible by the passage, on July 6, 1943, of the Barden-LaFollette Act (Vocational Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1943), 43,997 disabled persons in the United States were restored vocationally and placed in employment designated as suitable, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1944. Of these, 10,076, or 22.9 percent, had never worked; 39,072, or 88.8 percent, were not employed at the time the process of rehabilitation began. The average earnings of the group as a whole, after their economic restoration, reached a total of $6,482,225 a month—more than 12 times their previous earnings. This monthly sum exceeded the entire year’s expenditures (from both Federal and State sources) by the State boards of vocational education and State commissions or agencies for the blind, which are responsible for the actual work of rehabilitating the disabled under the Federal-State grant-in-aid system. The New Program Coverage.—The Barden-LaFollette Act was designed primarily as a permanent program for the civilian disabled.2 For the first time, special provision was made for the blind; for the mentally handicapped (by interpretation); for war-disabled civilians (including merchant seamen); and for civilian employees of the United States Government injured in the course of duty. Services.-—Under the new program provision was made for various types of services in order to render persons handicapped from what ever cause (accident, disease, or congenital defect) capable of engaging in remunerative employment or of being employed more advanta geously on a normal competitive basis; and for the first time Federal funds were made available for physical restoration. Physical resto ration services are expected to remove substantially or eliminate the employment handicap, which must be relatively stable, and remedial within a reasonable period. Physical examination, counseling, training, and placement are available free, a medical examination being a requirement for the de1 Data are from U . S. Federal Security Agency, Office of Vocational Rehabilitation, Annual Report for Fiscal Year 1944, and Charting the W ay in Vocational Rehabilitation, Washington, 1944; U . S. Congress, Report of the House of Representatives Subcommittee to Investigate Aid to the Physically Handicapped (H. Rept. No. 2077), Washington, 1944; Vocational Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1943 (July 6) and Disabled Veterans’ Rehabilitation Act of March 24, 1943 (U. S. Statutes.at Large, Vol. 57, Pt. 1, pp. 43 and 374); N ew Concepts of Disablement and Rehabilitation, by Tracy Copp (in Social Service Review, U ni versity of Chicago Press, September 1944); Task for Social Work in Connection with Psychiatric Rehabili tation, by Helen Witmer and Phebe Rich (in Smith College Studies in Social Work, December 1944). 2 B y interpretation of the act, a disabled veteran belongs to the general class of disabled civilians. Servicedisabled veterans are provided for under the Disabled Veterans’ Rehabilitation Act of 1943, administered by the Veterans’ Administration; amended as to date of service by P. L. 346 (78th Congress, 2d sess.), June 22,1944. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1231 1232 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 termination of eligibility. Medical treatment, including hospitaliza tion up to 90 days and prosthetic devices, transportation, mainte nance, instructional supplies, occupational tools, and equipment are provided without cost if the applicant is unable to pay for them. Administration.—The program of civilian vocational rehabilitation is administered by a Federal-State plan under the Federal Security Agency, which, in September 1943, established the Office of Voca tional Rehabilitation as a constituent unit.3 That office is responsible for the establishment of standards in the various areas of service, for technical assistance to the States, and for certification of funds for grants-in-aid to the States after approval of State plans. Immediate objectives upon the creation of the office were (1) to guide disabled manpower into war production and essential business; and (2) to pro vide a comprehensive service to enable the handicapped to prepare for and secure employment in peacetime pursuits. Eight regional offices were established, and necessary funds for program operations were made available late in December 1943. In addition, two impor tant national advisory committees were created, to bring into the program outside professional advice in matters of general policy and outside medical counsel in the work of physical restoration. Medical services.—The development of physical restoration, accord ing to the Annual Report of the Office of Vocational Rehabilitation for 1944, is of major importance, especially since State agencies have had only limited experience in providing medical and surgical care in the reconstruction of disabled persons. The Office has taken a number of steps in this area of service and is developing a staff of specialists, so that special studies can be undertaken in the States for the rehabilitation of persons with the most difficult and complex handicaps. The provision by all States of a medical examination for every case considered for service marks an advance in the rehabilitation process. This examination includes all necessary laboratory tests and examina tions by specialists and is provided free, whether or not it is anticipated that physical restoration services will be needed. Costs.-—The Federal Government assumes all State administrative costs, including those for vocational guidance and counseling. The costs for medical diagnosis and treatment, pre-vocational and voca tional training, and other similar services are shared equally by State and Federal Government, while the cost of service for war-disabled civilians is borne entirely by the Federal Government. State organization.-—State operations rest with State boards of voca tional education, each with a division of vocational rehabilitation; and in the case of the blind, with State commissions or agencies which have legal authority to render this type of service. In the 32 States where vocational rehabilitation was to be provided by the State agencies for the blind, an entirely new type of program has had to be formulated. During the fiscal year 1943-44, the States had to carry on while reorganizing. The program extends to Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico; the District of Columbia is provided for separately, under the BardenLaFollette Act, the United States Employees’ Compensation Com mission being designated as the cooperating agency for rehabilitating disabled Federal civilian employees with service-connected handicaps. 3 The program was formerly under the U . S. Office of Education of that agency. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1233 HANDICAPPED WORKERS , Rehabilitation in the States 1943-44 During the first fiscal year of operation under the 1943 amendments to the Vocational Rehabilitation Act, the number of persons voca tionally restored and placed in employment—43,997—was slightly higher than for the previous year, and was more than twice as great as for 1941-42. In the last 2 years of the program, over half as many persons were rehabilitated (86,615) as during the previous 22 years since the passage of the original act (167,507). Job opportunities created by the war accounted largely for this changed condition. More than 89 percent of the 43,997 individuals restored to the labor force in 1943-44 were rehabilitated under programs in 25 States (table 1). Seven of these States had restored more than 2,000 dis abled each: California (3,196); Georgia (2,771); New Jersey (2,640); New York and Alabama (each 2,564); Louisiana (2,179); and Ken tucky (2,131). T able 1 .—Persons Rehabilitated and Placed in Employment (Civilian Program), in the United States, Ju ly 1943-June 1944 State A1] Rfflf.ps Rehabil itated and placed 43,997 Rehabil itated and placed State North Carolina ______ T ' P|") p P$<3PP. California Opnrpia, "Maw .Torsey New York 3,196 2 771 2, 640 2, 564 2 564 2,179 2,131 1, 922 1 763 A TiOni-SiftTip TContneky nPpxfls South Carolina Illinois 1,688 Pennsylvania _______ Michigan __ ______ Virginia . . _ O h io .- ._______ ___ - _____ ____ W isconsin Oklahoma ____________ Missouri _ _ _______________ Florida _ ______ ___ Conn potion t M ississippi___ ________ 1,635 1, 530 1,428 1,375 1,285 1,042 1,030 976 969 837 836 State Arkansas_____________ West Virginia_________ Minnesota- __________ Indiana --------- -----------------------Massachusetts. .............. District of Columbia ____ Washington___ . . . Maryland ________________ __ Iowa. — . . . . -----------K a n s a s ___ . . . ---------------O ther1_________ ______ Rehabil itated and placed 733 691 611 483 477 435 415 355 330 320 1,966 S20 i Includes 17 States, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico, with less than 300 cases each. No data have been made available as to the occupations in which the persons who were vocationally rehabilitated during the fiscal year 1944 were placed, nor as to the number of men and women in this group. Types of disabilities.—The handicaps of 41,190 persons rehabili tated under the program for the fiscal year 1944 were classified in a preliminary tabulation in the annual report from special reports 4 received from the States (table 2). Mental disabilities came into the T able 2.-—Disabilities of Persons Rehabilitated, July 1943-June 1944 1 Disability Orthopedic 3__________ Cerebral palsy ---------Tuberculosis (p u lm o - N um ber D isability 3 41,190 Hernia ____________ Arthritis _ ---- --------- -Diabetes_______ _ Blind _ __ Defective vision_____ _ One eye_____ ____ -Deaf ____ . ___-Deaf m ute------------------ 15, 592 3,237 387 p a ry ) Cardiac______________ 2,668 2,158 N um ber 1,088 761 199 1,112 2,253 1,720 577 746 ' Preliminary tabulation from special reports from States. 2 Data were not available for 1944 from Colorado and New Jersey. 3 Orthopedic conditions other than poliomyelitis and cerebral palsy. 4 Data were not available for 1944 from Colorado and N ew Jersey. 6 4 5 8 8 6 — 45 -----------7 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Disability Hard of hearing_______ Speech defect------ . Other types of physical disabilities . ----------M ental cases_______ -- N um ber 2,494 309 5,129 760 1234 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 program as a new category by virtue of the Barden-LaFollette Act of 1943. Earnings.—Of those rehabilitated, 22.9 percent, or 10,076, had never worked; and 88.8 percent, or 39,072, were not working at the begin ning of the rehabilitation peridd. Earnings of the group as a whole (43,997 persons) rose after completion of the rehabilitating process to $6,482,225 a month—more than 12 times their previous earnings. Cost of rehabilitation.—The average expenditure by State agencies for completing the rehabilitation process for one person was $146.91 in the fiscal year ended June 1944. This sum is considerably under the average of $310 for the 23 years prior to the new legislation, but it is recognized that altered training conditions and more extensive physical reconstruction services will increase this cost in the future. However, the Office of Vocational Rehabilitation does not anticipate that the average cost of restoring a disabled person to employment will exceed the cost of maintenance for 1 year at public expense; vocational rehabilitation, moreover, is a nonrecurring expense. Expenditures in the States.—A total of $6,371,992 was spent by State boards of vocational education and State commissions or agencies for the blind under the Federal-State program during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1944, the Federal share being 63.6 percent. T o ta l f u n d s F ederal fu n d s All expenditures by State agencies__ $6, 371, 992 $4, 051, 551 $2, 320, 441 By State boards of vocational edu cation________________________ By State commissions or agencies for the blind__________________ 6, 259, 499 3, 971, 520 2, 287, 979 112,493 80,031 32, 462 S ta te f u n d s V eterans in the Civilian Program Although the vocational rehabilitation of civilians and that of veterans are provided for under separate laws, veterans are accepted in the civilian program (under the Barden-LaFollette Act) either because their disabilities are adjudged by the Veterans’ Administra tion not to be service-connected (and therefore not covered under the Disabled Veterans’ Rehabilitation Act of 1943), or because they have elected to come, as civilians, under the civilian program. Vet erans with psychiatric handicaps that are adjudged not to be serviceconnected may avail themselves of the opportunities offered under the civilian program, since the enlarged civilian program resulting from the 1943 amendments to the Vocational Rehabilitation Act permits care of the mentally 5 as well as the physically disabled. In spite of the newness of the mental program and its exploratory nature, 760 mental cases were rehabilitated and placed in employment during the 9 months in which this program was in effect in the fiscal year 1944. Accelerating Programs for the Disabled Because of the urgency of retraining increasing numbers of the handicapped and of accelerating the movement, and as a basis of further national policy, a number of fields for study were indicated in s The program provides for persons with mental disabilities, for persons with physical disabilities, compli cated by the presence of psychiatric disabilities, and for persons with mental retardation. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis HANDICAPPED WORKERS 1235 the report of the Committee on Labor of the House of Representa tives, December 15, 1944. These were as follows: (1) The value of a national enumeration of the physically handi capped, classified as to disability. (2) The methods and means which might be used to urge the employment of physically handicapped people in the normal indus trial, agricultural, and commercial life of the Nation; to compile as much information as possible as to the types of work which have been done successfully by handicapped workers; to study the methods for educating the public and employers as to the potentialities of physi cally handicapped workers during the war period, when they have been employed in the largest numbers, as to accidents, productivity, absenteeism, and other factors affecting their employment oppor tunities; and to determine the effect of workmen’s compensation laws upon the employment of physically handicapped persons. (3) The measures that may be needed to remove the lag in voca tional-rehabilitation work. (4) The needs of the physically handicapped for additional educa tional opportunities to meet their special needs in elementary educa tion, to provide them with adequate vocational training and with opportunities for higher education, to the end that physically handi capped children may become productive men and women. * (5) The value and merit of the suggested reforms and improvements in the Social Security Act, including the factors of incentives to work, types of disablements which should be covered, the policy of the determination of need, and the desirability of a form of national dis ability insurance. (6) The desirability of correlating and consolidating the activities of the governmental agencies dealing with the physically handicapped, and of providing for some systematic dissemination of information about their work. (7) The aids and services needed by physically handicapped rural citizens. (8) The needs which should be met in an expanded program of research and public education in the prevention of handicapping diseases and accidents. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Social Security F ederal Social Security in 1 9 4 4 Old-Age and Survivors Insurance AT THE end of 1944, benefits numbering 1.1 million and amounting to 20.4 million dollars a month were in force under Federal old-age and survivors insurance, according to preliminary figures of the Social Security Board.1 Both the number of benefits in force at that time and the total monthly amount were 26 percent higher than those at the end of 1943. Total benefit payments for the calendar year 1944 amounted to 196 million dollars, an increase of 26 percent over 1943; and awards of almost 319,000 monthly benefits were made during 1944—a 21-percent rise over the previous year, caused largely by the increase in the number of fully or currently insured workers. Partly because of wage increases, the average payment for most types of benefits rose slightly in 1944. Combined amounts received in families of retired workers at the end of 1944 ranged from an esti mated average of about $19.20 for a retired female primary worker 2 to about $43.90 for a retired person with two or more dependent children. Benefits in survivor families ranged from an estimated average of about $12.40 for an only survivor who was a child, to about $50.80 for a widow with three or more children. The estimated benefits at the end of December 1944, for the families of retired workers and of survivors, are shown in the following table: Estimated Average Family Benefit in Force, by Type of Family, October 31, 1944 1 [Estimates based on 20-percent sample] Fam ily classification of entitled bene ficiaries Retired-worker fam ilies:2 Male primary only____________ Female primary o n ly _____ Primary and w ife_________________ Primary and 1 child___ ______ Primary and 2 or more children___ Survivor families: Widow (aged 65 and over) only . . . Widow and 1 child________________ Average family benefit $23. 90 19. 20 37. 60 34.80 43. 90 20. 20 34. 50 Fam ily classification of entitled bene ficiaries Survivor families—Continued. Widow and 2 children_____ _______ Widow and 3 or more children_____ 1 child only 2 children ________________ ____ _ 3 children__________________ ____ _ 4 or more children________________ 1 parent_________________________ Average family benefit $47.30 50.80 12.40 23.26 34.50 46.40 13.20 'T h e estimated average family benefit in force at the end of December 1944, when rounded to the nearest 10 cents, was the same as at the end of October for each type of family. 3 Retirement benefits are paid to retired workers, to their wives at 65 years of age, and to dependent children under 18. 1 Social Security Bulletin (Washington), issues of December 1944 and February 1945. See also Federal Social Security and Related Programs in the United States in 1943, in M onthly Labor Review, March 1945 (p. 561). 2 A retired primary worker is one who was “fully insured” (and at least 65 years of age) at the time of retirement. 1236 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis SOCIAL SECURITY 1237 Unemployment Compensation During 1944 the States as a whole paid out more than $63,000,000 in unemployment benefits; this was 21 percent less than in 1943, although the amount disbursed in the last quarter of 1944 was con siderably more than during a similar period in the previous year, when disbursements were at a record low level. The average number of weekly beneficiaries—79,000—was nearly a third less than that for 1943, while the average duration of benefits dropped from 9.2 weeks in 1943 to 7.7 in 1944. Nevertheless, of about 523,000 persons who drew one or more benefit checks during the year (19 percent less than in 1943), nearly 1 in 5 exhausted all rights to benefits. The average weekly benefit, which had been as low as $10.56 in 1940, rose from $13.84 in 1943 to $15.90 in 1944, and during the last quarter of 1944, to $16.54 or $1.90 higher than for a comparable period in 1943. The increase in 1944 reflected, in part, higher earnings as the result of upgrading, overtime, and other wartime factors. During 1944, 1.5 million initial claims were received in local offices, 20 percent less than in 1943 and 76 percent less than in 1942; more than 5.5 million continued claims were received, 28 percent below the 1943 level and 84 percent below the 1942 level. A net amount of 1,317 million dollars was collected in contributions during the year, 0.6 percent below 1943 receipts. Funds available for benefits increased 29 percent during 1944—to 6.1 billion dollars, as of December 31st. Public Assistance Public-assistance rolls continued to decline throughout 1944, except for aid to dependent children and general assistance, in which the downward trend was halted in November. In that month, for the first time since March 1942, the number of families receiving aid to dependent children was larger than in the preceding month. Although the aged population had increased 900,000 during the preceding 4 years, the 2.1 million recipients at the end of 1944 repre sented the lowest number aided since December 1940, and a 4-percent decrease since December 1943. The number of recipients of aid to the blind also declined 4 percent. Under all assistance programs, the average payment rose gradually in 1944, in response to the wartime rise in living costs, the improve ment in the fiscal situation in some States, and other factors. Ex penditures for assistance in the continental United States in December 1944 totaled 79.7 million dollars, slightly more than in December 1943. *+ »**+ *+ 4 R ailroad R etirem en t B enefits, 1 9 4 3 - 4 4 1 RAILROAD operations, employment, and pay rolls reached new peaks during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1944. Tax collections for the railroad retirement system during the fiscal year 1943-44 continued to grow at a more rapid rate than benefit payments. How ever, the number of initial certifications for retirement increased over 1 Data are from Annual Report of Railroad Retirement Board for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1944, Washington, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1238 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 the preceding year, although still below prewar levels; this upward trend is expected to continue during the reconstruction period, since only a small proportion of those eligible applied for retirement benefits during 1943-44.2 Tax collections under the Carriers Taxing Act amounted to $267,065,000 during 1943-44, an advance of $58,270,000, or 28 percent, over the preceding year. The average number of covered workers rose from 1,544,000 in 1942-43 to 1,626,000 in 1943-44; 2,800,000 workers3 performed some service during the calendar year 1943. However, only 4,680 new employees drew benefits for periods of un employment beginning in 1943-44. Retirement tax receipts exceeded benefit payments and administrative expenses by $129,474,000—72 percent more than the excess in 1942-43. The balance in the retire ment account at the end of June 1944 was $321,195,000—$137,342,000 more than a year previous. Payments for retirement benefits averaged more than $11,400,000 a month during the last few months of 1943-44. Total payments for the fiscal year were $135,215,000—3.3 percent higher than for 1942-43. The current trend was expected to be reversed wiien tlie war—or even its European phase—ended. During 1943-44, the decline in number of initial certifications for employee annuities (more than nine-tenths of all types of retirement awards in that year), which had begun in 1941-42, was reversed, with 18,071 such annuities certified, compared with 16,114 in 1942-43. At the end of June 1944, employee annuities in force numbered 139,000 and monthly benefits averaged $66.56 ($66.10 a year earlier). Monthly benefits of all types totaled 164,100 and were being paid at a monthly rate of $10,625,000; this was an increase of 2.5 percent in number and 3.4 percent in amount over the beginning of the period. Payments for each type of benefit for the 8 fiscal years 1936-37 to 1943-44 are shown in the following table. Benefit Payments Certified Under Railroad Retirement System, by Class of Benefit, 1936-37 to 1943—44 Period All classes Employee annuities Pensions Survivor annuities Deathbenefit annuities Lump sum death benefits Cumulative through June 1944______________________ $822,861,717 $624, 266, 279 $167, 237,057 $7,052, 283 $3, 417, 674 $20, 888, 421 Fiscal years— 1936-37 ____ ___ ___ 193738___________ 193839___ 1939-40___ _____ 1940-41 . . . 194142___________ 194243___________ 194344___________ 4, 514,617 82,654, 534 107,131, 438 114,025,141 121, 799, 903 126, 656, 780 130,863, 976 135, 215, 325 4, 409,019 46, 759,441 75, 429, 661 84, 536,035 94, 306,246 100, 970,853 106,045,933 111, 809,089 34,880,960 28,886,175 25, 969, 281 23,086,813 20, 538,463 18,110, 430 15, 764, 933 36, 751 373,813 778, 234 912, 570 1,070, 684 1,180, 373 1, 293, 276 1, 406, 577 68,846 605, 300 716, 326 495,271 436,134 393, 051 363,168 339, 574 35,017 1,321,040 2,111,982 2, 900,023 3, 574,038 5, 051,167 5, 895,151 During the period of operation of the retirement system, $822,862,000 had been certified by the Board for 341,600 retirement and 2 This trend was already apparent during the second half of the calendar year 1944: more employee-annuity applications were received than in any semiannual period since the first half of 1940 (Social Security Bulletin, Federal Security Agency, Washington, February 1945). 3 1,100,000 of these employees acquired railroad wage credits for the first time since the establishment of such records in 1937. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1239 SOCIAL SECURITY survivor benefits, of which 164,100 were still in force on June 30, 1944. N u m ber c e r ti f ie d 1 9 3 6 -3 7 to A m ount c e r ti f ie d 1 9 8 6 -3 7 to ms-u All types of benefits_______________ Employee annuities________________ Pensions__________________________ Survivor annuities_________________ Death-benefit annuities____________ Lump-sum death benefits__________ 19^3-U 1 $822, 862, 000 624, 167, 7, 3, 20, 266, 237, 052, 418, 888, 000 000 000 000 000 N um ber in fo rc e J u n e 30, 19U 1341, 600 1 164, 100 195, 200 48, 600 4, 200 139, 000 20, 900 3, 700 600 8 , 200 85, 500 i Total not sum of items, because of rounding of figures. During 1943-44, applications for employment annuities were received from only a small proportion of the total number of employees eligible to retire. At the end of June 1944, about 57,000 railroad workers past the age of 65 were still in active service 4 (compared with 49,000 the year previous and 35,000 on June 30, 1941). A some what larger number were over 60 years of age and less than 65 on each of these dates, but had 30 or more years of service; these workers were therefore also eligible for retirement, although on reduced an nuities. During the same period the number of former employees who were no longer in active service but who had reached 65 grew from 16,000 on June 30, 1941, to 26,000 on June 30, 1944. Although over three-fourths of the latter were eligible for only small annuities, an estimated 6,000 had service credits prior to 1937, and most of these may be expected ultimately to apply for annuities. In addi tion, there is an unestimated number of inactive employees between the ages of 60 and 64 with 30 years of service. Several factors were cited which may influence the rate of retire ment of the above group: (1) The rate at which the railroad labor force is reduced; (2) tbe pressure on older men to retire and make room for younger employees and returning veterans; and (3) the desire of older men to remain at work as long as the cost of living remains relatively high. W ork m en ’s C om pensation in B o liv ia , 1 9 3 5 —4 4 ’ BETWEEN the middle of 1935 and the end of 1942, more than 50,000 mine workers in Bolivia received workmen’s compensation, totaling about 23,000,000 bolivianos.6 During the latter half (1939-42) of the same period, 969 workers in manufacturing also received compen sation. The Fund paid benefits with moneys derived from a 3-percent tax on pay rolls and a 1-percent tax on workers’ earnings. The scale for compensation was revised in 1942 and the rate of employer contri bution was raised in 1943. In the first half of 1944, payments on 8,241 workers’ compensation cases including payments for certain medical services totaled 11,696,722 bolivianos, and the Fund reported a deficit. The rate of employer taxation was consequently raised 4 An employee all of whose service was performed after reaching age 65 is, of course, not eligible for an annuity. 5 Data are from report of Howard Brandon, third secretary of the United States Embassy at La Paz, January 19, 1945, enclosing text of decree of November 20, 1944; Memorandum, Elementos Generales sobre las Condiciones de Trabajo, by Victor Andrade (La Paz, 1943); and Protección Social (Revista Mensual de ía Caja de Seguro y Ahorro Obrero [La Paz?], July, October, and December 1943, and July 1944. « Average exchange rate of boliviano, in 1942=46 cents; in 1943 = 43 cents. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1240 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 again in 1944. The workers’ compulsory savings system, introduced by act of January 25, 1924, and the system of workmen’s compensa tion, created by act of January 19, 1924, are administered by the Workers’ Insurance and Savings Fund (Caja de Seguro y Ahorro Obrero), established by decree of May 22, 1935. Coverage of Fund All national or foreign enterprises of either permanent or temporary character, employing more than 50 workers, in which workers are subject to hazard of industrial accidents or occupational disease come within the jurisdiction of the system. Domestic servants and workers in nonmechanized agricultural or forestry operations are not included. Earnings above 3,600 bolivianos per year are dis regarded in calculation of benefits. All workers registered with the Fund are divided into two groups—those in mining and those in other industries. Records of the Fund published in 1943 showed 56,662 mine workers from the 182 most important mineral enterprises as covered by the Fund on December 31, 1942, and an annual average coverage of about 35,000 workers from 1935 to 1942. The same records gave 2,874 workers from 37 manufacturing enterprises as covered on December 31, 1942, and an annual coverage of 2,636 from 1940 to 1942 (not including workers on railways, construction, public employees, etc.). Operations of Fund in M ining Industry Workmen’s compensation paid to 50,582 mining workers amounted to some 23,000,000 bolivianos from August 1935 to December 31, 1942. Between 1939 and the same date of 1942, workers in manu facturing who received benefits from the Fund numbered 969. Table 1 shows for the mining industry the coverage, total pay roll, contributions, and payments under the workmen’s compensation system, 1937-42. T able 1 .— Workmen’s Compensation Coverage, P ay Roll, Contributions, and Total Benefits P aid in Bolivian Mining Industry, 1 1937-42 Year 1937________________________ 1938________________________ 1939________________________ 1940________________________ 1941________________________ 1942________________________ Number of workers employed (m onthly average) 35,151 32, 415 35,404 33, 595 41, 259 47,234 Workmen’s compensation Total pay roll Bolivianos 76,056,214 108,505,376 124,259, 635 202,991,799 298,327, 213 371,468,857 Contributions Total Prom workers Prom employers Bolivianos 3,099,579 4,289, 996 4,973,887 8,134, 240 11,936, 444 14,860,240 Bolivianos 788,784 1,064, 795 1, 247,920 2, 946, 297 2, 987,943 3,715,817 Bolivianos 2, 310,795 3,225, 201 3, 725, 968 6, 087,943 8,948, 501 11,144,423 Total compensa tion paid Bolivianos 1,407,423 2,172,860 4, 709,586 5,228,953 3,845, 290 5, 524,317 1 Data include establishments with 95 percent of the mineral production of Bolivia. Table 2 shows the distribution of the number of mining workers listed as receiving benefits, by type of case, from 1935 to 1942. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1241 SOCIAL SECURITY T able 2:—Benefit Cases in Mining Industry Under Workers' Insurance and Savings Fund, Bolivia, by Type of Case, 1935—42 Types of occupational disease for which compensation was paid Workmen’s compensation cases Perm anent disa bility caused by— Year Total Total, 1935-42................... 50, 582 1935_____ _____________ 1936___________________ 1937___________________ 1938___________________ 1939___________________ 1940___________________ 1941_____________ ____ _ 1942____ _____ _____ _ 59 4, 571 6,600 6, 045 6, 622 8, 213 8,874 9,868 Accident Disease Pulmo nary tubercu losis 45,893 1,037 3,922 988 2,194 400 340 4,229 6,014 5, 503 5,651 7,218 8, 283 8,995 4 47 99 150 182 194 189 172 55 295 487 392 789 801 402 701 8 76 129 91 165 175 124 220 39 151 220 221 496 505 192 370 6 31 23 29 69 74 75 93 2 37 115 51 59 47 11 18 Tempo rary dis ability Pneu moco niosis Chronic bron Other chitis Table 3 shows compensation cases and benefits paid for the various types of injury, during the first half of 1943 and 1944. The increased benefit payments reflect the liberalized provisions adopted at the end of 1942. The sums expended monthly for compensation rose from 354,414 bolivianos in September 1943 to 1,469,070 bolivianos in November, and this rise continued during the first half of 1944. T able 3. —Number and Type of Compensation Cases and Amount of Payments in Bolivian Mining Industry, January—June 1943 and 1944 First 6 months of 1943 Types of compensation Number of workers All ty p e s ________________________________ __ i 5, 543 Accidents ________________________________ Occupational disease-------------- ---------------------Temporary disability _______________________ Medical service 1----------- ----------------------- --------- 116 438 4,989 0) Amount of payments - First 6 months of 1944 Number of workers Amount of payments Bolivianos 3, 795, 790 i 8, 241 Bolivianos 11, 696, 722 585,585 2,479, 529 594,828 135,848 107 539 7,595 0) 1,539,305 8,048,040 1,860,178 249,199 1 Number of workers represented by “medical service” not reported. In the first half of 1943, compensation payments and medical service in the mining industry, as indicated in table 3, cost the Fund 3,795,790 bolivianos. Collections from the employer and worker tax during the same time amounted to 9,425,461 bolivianos, and the Fund reported a surplus. Meanwhile new compensation rates were going into effect. In the first half of 1944 the number of compensation cases increased 48.7 percent, payments 208.2 percent, and collections 15.0 percent. A deficit was reported, amounting to 12,430,235 bolivianos for the first 8 mouths of 1944. One report suggested as possible reasons for the deficit: the practices of doctors and lawyers who certify workers’ cases and urge workers to bring suit, the classification of many diseases as occupational although they are unconnected with the work performed, the labor shortage which induces companies to hire workers without medical examination, and the calculation of benefit rates on the basis of average wages during the last 90 days rather than for the total period https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1242 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 of employment and on a 30-day month rather than on the shorter month actually worked. Administrative and Financial Features Successive changes have been made in contributions, benefits, and administration of the system. When the Fund was established in 1935, workers’ contributions were fixed at 5 percent of earnings (of which 4 percent went into the workers’ savings system) and employers’ contributions at 3 percent of pay rolls. In December 1943 the employers’ rate was raised to 5 percent and they were required to bear the total cost. A decree of November 20, 1944, provided for the revision of employers’ contribu tions on the basis of their accident experience, effective January 1, 1945. One source estimated that employers’ contributions would range from 5 to as high as 10 percent of pay roll. In December 1942, compensation for temporary disability was in creased from 50 percent to 100 percent of wages, and the compensable period was lengthened from 300 to 360 days. A decree of February 15, 1944, altered the membership of the board of directors of the Fund, providing a tripartite system with nine members—three each named by the Government, the employers, and the workers. One each of the employers’ representatives was to be named by the large mining companies, the medium-size and small mining companies, and the manufacturing companies. Two of the workers’ representatives were to be named by the mine workers and one by the factory workers. The term of office was to be 2 years. Previously, the board had consisted of two members designated by the large mining companies and one by the small companies, one member designated by the Government to represent the workers, and a chairman appointed by the Government. B en efit Schem es for Canadian Factory W o rk ers1 TOWARD the end of 1944, the Canadian Manufacturers’ Association conducted a survey of the protective measures provided by its mem bers for their workers. Of a total membership of nearly 5,000 firms, provision for at least one benefit was reported by 339 members, employing a total of 220,000 persons; in terms of labor force these plants varied in size from about 25 to many thousands of workers. Twenty-three of the 339 firms provided all of the benefits listed,2 and employed 37,500 workers. Pension or retirement schemes in effect numbered 139, and 298 systems furnished life insurance, sick ness and accident benefits, hospitalization, or surgical and medical fees. Only a few of the plans were compulsory. However, member ship of 75 percent of the eligible employees was often required for operation. 1 Data are from Industrial Canada (Toronto), July and November 1944 and February 1945. 2 W ith the exception of medical fees, which were provided in only rare instances. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis SOCIAL SECURITY 1243 Pension and Retirement Plans During the war, a tremendous increase occurred in the number of pension and retirement plans established in manufacturing plants. Over half of the schemes reported were established or revised during the war, one-fourtli of these in the 12 months immediately preceding the association’s survey. The 139 pension or retirement schemes in effect at the time of the survey covered approximately 150,000 industrial workers. Of the total, 103 plans were contributory; employees contributed from 2 to 6 percent of their wages, 3 percent being the most common rate. Employers usually paid at least half the cost of such schemes. Under the other 36 plans, the employers paid the whole cost; provisions ranged from a promise of benefits to a well-defined scheme but with no obligation for the employer to continue paying benefits if condi tions prevented. Eligibility for membership was based on length of service. Requirements ranged from 2 months to 5 years, with 1 year the most usual. Many of the schemes had a minimum age limit in addition, ranging from 18 to 35 years. The amount of the benefits paid was usually computed by multi plying 1% percent of the worker’s yearly earnings by the number of years of service duiing which he contributed, or worked. The wage figure used represented average wages during the whole period, wages received on entering the plan, or the average of wages received during the last 5 or 10 years before retiring. A number of plans took into account the employee’s years of service before the plan commenced; in such cases the percentage of wages used in computing the pension was generally slightly lower—1 percent— and the number of years required to qualify for the pension was sometimes subtracted from the period of past service. In nearly every scheme the retire ment age was 65 for males and 60 for females, with provision for earlier or later retirement under special circumstances, such as for an employee who entered the scheme at an advanced age. An employee who terminated his employment for causes other than death either was credited with his contributions or was awarded a cash payment, and, if he had worked a specified period of time for the company, he was credited with part or all of the firm’s contributions, in most cases. If the worker died before pensionable age, a named beneficiary re ceived his contributions; if he died while receiving the pension, the guaranteed benefits were continued to his widow or other beneficiary. Usually the pension was guaranteed for at least 5 years and in some instances for 10 years. A large proportion of the retirement schemes were underwritten by the Annuities Branch of the Dominion Department of Labor. The Government does-not pay annuities of more than $100 a month, and therefore such schemes were sometimes supplemented by con tracts with insurance or trust companies. Other plans were financed through insurance companies only, and smaller numbers were operated by the employing company itself. Other Benefit Provisions Approximately 190,000 employees were covered by 298 schemes, which furnished one or more of the following benefits: Nonoccupational sickness and accident benefits; life insurance or death or https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1244 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 permanent-disability benefits; hospitalization; and surgical or medical benefits. Of this total, 245 employers contributed either part of the cost of each scheme in their plants or the total cost of one, with the employees paying the remainder. The most common procedure was for the employer to pay about half the cost, but 22 employers paid the entire cost. Reports on the remaining 31 plans did not include the method of financing. Most of the schemes were available to all employees, depending on length of service. In some plants a worker became eligible as soon as he became a full-time employee, while in others he must have been employed for as long as 2 years; usually the requirement was either 3 or 6 months’ service. Sickness and accident benefits.—The weekly indemnity for time away from work owing to nonoccupational sickness or accident ranged from $5 to $40, often varying according to the salary (in such plans, contri butions also varied with salary). Benefits were payable for 13 weeks or, often, for 26 weeks. Sickness benefits became payable only after a waiting period of 3 or 7 days; usually no waiting period was required in accident cases. Almost 80 percent of these benefit plans were administered by insurance companies, and usually the policies included life insurance. An example representative of the cost to the worker was a group-insurance scheme wdiich provided for benefits of $15 a week and $1,000 life insurance, and cost the employee 35 cents weekly. A number of employees’ benefit associations made payments for absence from work on account of sickness; both the cost to the worker and the benefits were lower under the association schemes than under those of the insurance companies, and usually no life insurance was provided for by the former. Under several non contributory schemes the company paid part or full wages to employees absent for 2 or more weeks a year, with the provision that such period might be cumulative if unused. Life insurance, and death and 'permanent-disability benefits.— Although 36 plans covered life insurance only, the large majority of life-insurance provisions were coupled with the sickness or accident insurance described above. If the scheme was contributory, em ployees usually paid at the rate of 60 cents monthly per $1,000. The most common benefit was $1,000, but the amounts ranged much higher for more highly paid workers who made greater contiibutions. Benefits were provided not only for the beneficiary, following the worker’s death, but also to the worker in his lifetime, if he was perma nently and totally disabled owing to a nonoccupational sickness or accident. The schemes were generally financed through life-insurance companies, but occasionally through employees’ benefit associations. Hospitalization and surgical and medical benefits.—Hospitalization was provided by four methods: Group sickness and accident schemes, employees’ benefit associations, medical-services associations, and certain province-wide hospitalization plans. With certain exceptions in the group sickness schemes, only the last two systems provided for dependents. Under the first three plans, surgical fees were paid, but payment of medical fees was limited almost exclusively to the five establishments utilizing the medical-services associations; the provincial plans provided for neither surgical nor medical fees. Pay ment of benefits was usually limited to a period of 31 days. The group sickness schemes paid benefits of from $2.50 to $6 a day; benefits under other systems varied with the cost of the scheme. The https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis SOCIAL SECURITY 1245 cost to the workers was 15 cents weekly under the group sickness schemes, slightly less under the employees’ benefit associations, but more under the medical-services association scheme. In some instances the entire cost of the provincial schemes was paid by the employees, individual rates depending on the number of dependents covered and the type of hospital accommodation to be provided; in such cases employers merely organized and administered the plans; less frequently, the employer paid the whole cost, or contributed. The provincial plans were available only to groups, and membership of 40 percent of a plant’s employees was required. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis FQEyiCTGKY BUY U N I T E D STATES W AR BONDS A N D STAMPS Employment Conditions Labor C on d ition s in B ritish W est Indian Sugar I n d u str y ,1 1 9 4 5 FOUR recent agreements between labor unions and sugar producers’ associations in the British West Indies defined and improved labor and wage conditions for the sugar-crop season of 1945, in Jamaica, Antigua, and St. Christopher. Jamaica Conditions provided by agreement.—In Jamaica, the Bustamente Industrial Trade Union—an important union of agricultural laborers— made new gains in agreements of January 18 and 27, 1945, with the Sugar Manufacturers’ Association of the island. The association recognized the union as the “ sole bargaining agent between the workers and the sugar manufacturers,” permitted collection of union dues on factory premises, and accepted a limited form of preferential shop. It was provided that all disputes not settled by direct negotiation should be referred to the Labor Department, and, as a last resort, to an arbitration committee of three (two members representing the association and the union, and a chairman “ agreeable to both parties”). The union agreed to endeavor to prevent strikes, slowdowns, etc., and to instruct workers to give a fair day’s work. A minimum of 1 week’s vacation annually with pay and 1 week’s sick leave annually with pay was provided for. All workers in fields and factories paid by the hour or day were to receive time and a half for work on Sundays and holidays, and “ task” workers time and a quarter. The associa tion also agreed to provide a “ minimum standardized form of medical service.” Both agreements were to go into effect January 29, 1945. These agreements covered about 65 percent of the sugarcane industry in Jamaica—that part under the control of the 26 sugar factories. It is estimated that the wage increases (which will go mainly to factory workers, some of whom work 12 hours a day, 7 days a week) will cost the manufacturers about £20,000 annually.2 An agreement to cover the remainder of the sugarcane industry was made by the Bustamente Union with the All-Island Cane Farmers’ Association, to become effective February 2, 1945. This association represents 9,390 independent cane farmers, the majority of whom own less than 10 acres. The agreement granted a wage increase averaging 1 Data are from report of Paul Blanshard, senior economic analyst, United States Consulate, Kingston, Jamaica, February 1, 1945, enclosing texts of agreements of January 18 and 27, 1945; and Memorandum of Agreement between the Antigua Sugar Planters Association and the Antigua Trades and Labor Union, signed January 17, 1945. 2 Average exchange rate of pound (20 shillings) =$4,035. 1246 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1247 EMPLOYMENT CONDITIONS about 4 percent to workers on farms larger than 10 acres, although it left such workers with wages 10 or 15 percent lower than those paid on the large estates. Dues-paying membership in the Bustamente Union, which was less than 14,000 in 1942, has been increased by about 20,000 through the recent labor agreements. The union is a single unit with branches in several industries. Employment and wages.—Employment in the Jamaican sugar industry, it is estimated, rises as high as 40,000 to 45,000 during the year. According to figures of the Labor Department for 1943, the sugar factories employed some 22,000, almost 80 percent of whom were field workers. Only 17,306 of these were employed in the average week during the season. Average weekly wages of those employed by the manufacturers in 1943 were 16s. lid . for an average workweek of 4.6 days of 9 hours each during the crop season. Similar averages dropped to 14s. 4d. during the off season. The 1944 wage agreement provided for a sliding scale based on the cost of living and the price of sugar; this resulted in increases of 1% to 2d. per shilling of wages. Present wages (described in a report of February 1, 1945) were 12% percent higher than wages in 1943, the sugar worker employed by manufac turers thus averaging about 19s. per week during the season, and field workers about 17s., or $3.40 in United States currency. It should be noted, however, that some workers are assisted by children who work without pay. Antigua Leeward Islands , A memorandum of an agreement recently signed between the Antigua Trades and Labor Union and the Antigua Sugar Planters Association outlined the conditions and rates of pay for the reaping Wage Rates of Sugarcane-Harvest Workers Established by Agreement in Antigua, 1945 Occupation U nit of work W age rate Cane cutting: C e n ts 1 Plant cane (estimated 100-ft. lin e.-. 2 11-18 average yield per acre, 20-30 tons) . First ratoons (estimated ____d o _____ 26-11 average yield per acre, 10-20 tons). Other ratoons (estimated _ do 2 5-9 average yield per acre, 9-17 tons). Plowing: Cattle plows: Plowman __ 132 lines __ 40 36 Driver __ ___ ____do _ Plowman Harrowing Tractors: Diesel driver. ---Gasoline driver Forking: Cambering, new beds: 30 feet wide 25 feet wide 1 acre . do 3 40 8 8-hour day__ do 100 72 Center rod do __ 4 3 Occupation Unit of work Wage rate Forking—Continued . Furrowing___ __ 100-ft. lin e... Rod___ _ _ Trenching.. _ _ . _ . do Trenching ratoons Lining: For planting___ _ 1 acre ... ......... _ _ do _ __ For banking For trenching . . _ _ _ ____do ___ Planting: Trimming- _ . . . . - . . 1,000________ Dropping _________ ______ 1,000_______ Spacing _________ _______ _ 1,000________ Planting- _ _____ 1,000_______ Supplying: Trimming __ ______ 1,000 _____ Dropping ...... ............ l',000_______ Planting _____ _____ 1,000 _____ Various: Dropping pen m anure-.. 100-ft. lin e... Dropping pen m anure... Holes, 100 ft. Carting pen manure . . . 100 cu. f t - .. . Other carting jobs______ Load______ 11 omen . .... Day _____ Men . . ___ . . ____do. _ _ 1 Average exchange rate of British West Indian cent (l/2d.) in 1944=0.84 cent (U. S. currency). 2 Rates lower than these prevailed on 1 estate on which yield per acre was exceptionally low. 2 Assistant paid by plowman from this rate. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis C e n ts i 3 2-3 1-2 34 34 6 8 6 6 24 8 7 28 1 4 10-12 2 24 36 1248 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 of the 1945 cane crop. The majority of the rates were set by task; thus, the rate was 11 to 18 cents per 100-foot line for cutting cane, 36 to 40 cents for 132 lines of plowing with cattle plows, and 1 to 4 cents per rod for forking. Cane cutters were to receive, in addition to the wages listed in the table, a fee for “saving plants” at the rate of 18 cents 3 per 1,000 plants. The memorandum also provided that under certain con ditions commissions for cane cutters, cartmen, packers, and loaders were to be paid at the following rates: One cent for every 12 cents received by cane cutters who earned $1.60 or more daily for 5 days in 1 week, by cartmen who earned $10.66 or more weekly, by packers who earned $4.76 or more weekly, and by loaders who earned not less than two-thirds of the cartmen’s earnings when there were two loaders to a cartman, or three-fourths of the cartman’s earnings when there was one loader to a cartman. St. Christopher In St. Christopher an agreement between the St. K itt’s Nevis Trades and Labor Union and the St. Christopher Sugar Producers’ Association, of January 15, 1945, provided for (1) an increase of from 25 to 40 percent in the cost-of-living allowance, and sliding-scale increases in the lower basic wages of the sugar-factory workers, (2) a general increase of 12% percent in wages of estate labor, and (3) the referral of disputes to a committee consisting of one representative each from employers and the union, under the chairmanship of the Labor Officer. In addition to these increases, workers on estates were to receive in December one-third of the deferred payment for canes, this amount to be pooled and distributed in proportion to individual earnings. A committee of five (two each named by the employers and the union, with the Federal Labor Officer or his sub stitute as chairman) was to receive the total wages account for the year and determine the proportions to be paid to the workers. The agreement was to go into effect at the “start of the 1945 crop” and remain in effect for 1 year. Average exchange rate of the British West Indian cent (1/2 d.) in 1944=0.84 cent (TJ. S. currency). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Industrial Relations U n io n A greem ents in th e P etroleu m -R efin in g Industry in Effect in 1 9 4 4 1 Summary BETWEEN 50,000 and 60,000 wage earners, representing about 65 percent of the total employed in the petroleum-refining industry, are covered by agreements negotiated by affiliated unions. A few agree ments covering operating and maintenance workers in petroleum refineries have been signed with A. F. of L. unions, the most important being the International Union of Operating Engineers. Considerable numbers of the workers are under agreements negotiated by unions having members in only one company. However, none of the unions except the Oil Workers International Union (C. I. O.) has as many as 5 percent of the total workers under union agreement in this industry. The present discussion is based on an analysis of 21 agreements negotiated by the Oil Workers International Union, which cover almost 60 percent of the employees in the petroleum-refining industry who are working under agreements. A few of these agreements cover the operation of a company throughout one or more States, but the agreement of the Sinclair Companies is the only agreement in the industry which has been negotiated on a country-wide basis. Maintenance workers as well as operating employees are covered under the terms of most of these agreements. Supervisory employees are not covered by any of the agreements, and clerical and technically trained employees (such as chemists and engineers) are excluded from the provisions of all but one agreement. A few exclude certain types of skilled craftsmen such as electricians, brickmasons, boilermakers, etc., because separate agreements have been made with other unions to cover those employees. Six agreements specifically exclude watch men, guards, or other plant-protection employees from the terms of the agreements; one agreement has a supplement covering plantprotection men. The Sinclair agreement permits such supplements to the national agreement to be signed locally. Union Status Union membership.—Three agreements, covering almost a tenth of the workers under agreement, provide for union-shop conditions under which employees must become union members within a stated period after hiring. Nine agreements, covering over two-thirds of the workers, require “maintenance of membership” for employees who were members when the agreement was signed or who become members during the life of the agreement. Two of these agreements require the company to give preference to union members when hiring 1 Prepared by Philomena Marquardt of the Bureau’s Industrial Relations Division. A more complete report appears in Bulletin No. 823. 1249 645 8 8 6 — 45— 8 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1250 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 new employees. Sole bargaining rights were granted to the workers under the 9 remaining agreements and 2 of these also provide that union members are given preference in hiring. Collection of union dues.—Check-off by individual authorization, with the privilege of cancellation, is provided under 16 of the agree ments, while automatic check-off is specified in 1. No provision for deduction of dues is made under 4 agreements; 3 of these specifi cally forbid the collection of dues during working hours, while the fourth makes no mention of union dues. Wage Provisions Minimum, hiring, and occupational rates.—None of the 21 agree ments provides for incentive systems of wage payment. Plant-wide minimum wage rates for different job classifications are listed in only 7 agreements, which also specify beginners’ rates below the minima for stipulated periods ranging from 60 days to 6 months. The other 14 agreements include no actual wage rates, although 2 state that the rates shown on the records of the company shall be continued and 7 specifically say that each employee shall be paid the wage rate for the job classification on which he is working. The lowest minimum-wage rate specified for laborers is 74 cents per hour; most of the minimum rates are 86 cents or more; the highest is 95% cents. Interim wage adjustments— According to 18 agreements, the general wage scales may be brought up for reconsideration during the life of the agreements; usually 30 days’ written notice is required. Three agreements call for changes in wage rates whenever they fall below the rates for comparable work in other refineries in the area. One agreement requires an annual review of the rates. Most of the agree ments permitting interim wage adjustments say that changes will be considered at any time, but 2 specify that changes in wage rates will be considered if there are “ substantial economic changes.” Severance pay.—Only 3 agreements make provision for severance pay when an employee’s services are terminated through no fault of his own. One of these, the Sinclair agreement, provides for 1 week’s pay after 1 year’s service, 2 weeks after 2 years, 3 weeks after 5 years, and 4 weeks after 10 years. The second specifies $10 for each year of service since 1942, and the third gives no details. Minimum call and call-back pay.—Over three-fourths of the agree ments require payment for a minimum number of hours to employees who report at their usual hour without having been notified that no work will be provided. The reporting pay most frequently specified is 4 hours’, although a fourth of the agreements having such clauses provide for 2 hours’ and a few for 3 hours’ pay. The minimum pay guaranteed to an employee who is called back to work outside of regular hours, but finds no work available, varies from 2 hours’ pay at regular rates to 1 full day’s pay, with about twothirds providing a guaranty of 4 hours’ straight-time pay. About half of the agreements require the payment of time and a half if any work is performed, while about a third require the payment of the penalty rate only after a specified number of hours. Shift provisions.—Because it is necessary to keep refinery equip ment in continuous operation, arrangements are made in all the agreements for shift work. Provisions for premium pay for night work and for rotation of shifts, however, are not common. Under 1 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 1251 agreement, employees who work on the night shift receive a premium of 10 cents per hour, except where shifts are rotated, while another provides 3 cents per hour for repair and maintenance men on the night shift. Only 4 agreements make specific provision for the rotation of shifts, and 2 of these and 8 others allow employees to exchange shifts upon approval of the foreman. Transfer rates.—Clauses specifying rates for employees temporarily transferred to jobs paying higher or lower rates are included in all but one agreement. Employees temporarily shifted to higher-classified jobs immediately receive the higher scale under 19 agreements. When an employee is temporarily transferred to a lower-classified job, 13 agreements provide that he shall be paid the rate of his former classi fication. Four permit the immediate payment of the lower rate if the employee has received sufficient notice. Six of the 13 specify the length of time that the old rate shall be paid; they range from “the balance of the day” to 2 weeks. , , Hours Overtime and Week-End and H oliday Rates Hours and overtime.—All but 3 of the 21 agreements require the payment of time and a half after 8 hours per day or 40 hours per week. One stipulates that overtime shall be paid after 6 hours per day for all employees, another that daily overtime shall be paid after 8 hours for all employees, but weekly overtime after 36 hours for day men and after 72 hours in 2 weeks for shift men. The third agreement provides overtime after 8 hours for day men only, and after 40 hours for all employees. Double time is paid to shift men after 12 hours of con tinuous work, under 1 agreement. The customary 36-hour week in petroleum refining has been ex tended for the duration to 40 hours under 11 agreements, to 44 hours under 1, and to 48 hours under 9. Participation by the union in any change in hours is required under the terms of 11 agreements, while 10 specify that the company and the union shall negotiate shorter hours when the critical labor shortage ends. Week ends.—Prior to Executive Order 9240 it was not customary in this industry to pay penalty rates for work done on Saturday or the sixth day. Although 11 of the agreements require payment of time and a half to day men for Sunday work, these provisions have been superseded by Executive Order 9240. Holidays.—Pay for holidays on which no work is done, although they are part of the regular work schedule, is not general in the petroleum refining industry. Five agreements, covering about two-fifths of the workers, provide pay for Christmas Day. Four of them provide for additional paid holidays—2 for two holidays, 1 for four, and 1 for five holidays for day men only. Although some of the 21 agreements provide premium rates at double time for holidays worked and some specify time and a half for more or less than 6 holidays, these provisions are all superseded by Executive Order 9240 which requires the payment of time and a half for 6 specified holidays. Paid Vacations and Sick Leave Vacations.—Annual paid vacations are provided under all the agreements. A single vacation period, after a qualifying period of https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1252 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 service, is specified by 2 agreements; graduated plans, under which more extended vacations are allowed to employees with additional service, are provided in the remaining 19. Both the single-period vacation clauses and all the graduated plans allow 1 week’s vacation, after 1 year’s service. Six of the graduated plans provide a maximum of 2 weeks’ vacation after 2 years’ service; 4 require more service for 2 weeks’ vacation (3 years in 2 plans, 4 years in 1 plan, and 5 years in 1 plan). The remaining 9 graduated plans provide 2 weeks after 2 years’ service but have longer vacations for those with greater service; 2 of these provide a maximum of 3 weeks after 15 years’ service and 1 provides for 3 weeks after 25 years. The 6 remaining graduated plans have an unusual arrangement which adds (to the 2 weeks after 2 years) 1 or more weeks of vacation every fifth year, during the anniversary year only; the addition begins in 1 plan after the 10th year of employment, in 4 plans after the 20th, and in 1 plan after the 25th year. The maximum vacation is 6 weeks in the 35th year and each fifth year thereafter. In addition to service requirements for vacation eligibility, only one of the agreements provides that an employee must have actually worked a specified minimum time (1,404 hours) during the preceding year, to be eligible for a week’s paid vacation. Vacation pay is usually based on average earnings over a specified period of time. Sick leave.—Specific provisions for paid sick leave are included in 12 agreements, covering about one-third of the workers under the 21 agreements, although 2 of them contain no details of eligibility require ments or length of leave. Three agreements allow for a single period of sick leave, regardless of the number of years of service. One provides for 1 week after a year’s service, which may be accumulated for 8 years, the second per mits 3 weeks at two-thirds of full-time pay, and accumulation for 4 years. A third provides 12 days after 1 year, with no accumulation. The 7 remaining agreements contain detailed outlines of the grad uated sick-leave plans, providing additional leave for employees with longer service. The period of paid sick leave ranges from 1 week to 6 months, and there is no uniform pattern in the increase of benefits with years of service. Benefits of half pay are provided under 1 agreement and of full pay under 1; 5 specify 100 percent, 70 percent, or 50 percent of full pay before workmen’s compensation payments or those received from the company’s Employee Mutual Benefit Association are deducted. The minimum service requirement in one agreement is 60 days for half the benefit. Six months’ service is required for full benefits under 2 plans and the other 5 restrict benefits to those who have at least 1 year of service. One agreement requires a minimum of 13 weeks’ employment immediately before sick leave. The maximum paid sick leave provided is 6 months after 10 years. Seniority Rules Lay-off, rehiring, and 'promotion.—Seniority provisions granting preferential treatment in promotion, lay-off, and rehiring, based on length of service, are found in all of the agreements, although such rights are not acquired until a probationary period (usually 6 months) has been served. All but 2 of the agreements contain clauses, follow ing the wording of the Selective Service Act, protecting the seniority rights of employees who leave for military service. It is customary in petroleum refining for a new man to start in the https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 1253 labor pool or yard gang. As he acquires seniority, he is upgraded into the lowest classified job in a department and then to the more skilled jobs. While progressing from one classified job to another, and from one department to another, an employee acquires seniority in the different classifications or departments and also retains his seniority in the labor pool. His department seniority dates from his transfer to the department, while his company or plant seniority dates from his employment by the company. If he is laid off from his classified job in one of the departments, he may displace any junior employee in any department in which he has previously acquired seniority, or in the labor pool. Lay-offs are normally made from the labor pool, and the employee is laid off from the higher classification only when there are no junior men in the labor pool. Rehiring is the reverse of the lay-off procedure. Health and Safety Clauses relating to health, safety, and sanitation are contained in all the 21 agreements. Provision is made for protective clothing, for frequent inspection of equipment in order to prevent fires and explo sions, and for physical examinations. Adjustment of Disputes Strikes and lockouts are banned completely by 14 agreements, all of which have arbitration machinery; 3 others forbid strikes until after a 90-day period of negotiation. Formal machinery for the adjustment of disputes and for their final settlement through arbitration is established under all of the agreements. The employee is granted the option, under threefourths of the agreements, of presenting the grievance to the foreman alone or of being accompanied by a union representative; about half provide that grievances not adjusted satisfactorily with the foreman shall be presented, usually in writing, to the union shop committee to see if they have merit before anything further is done. Most of the agreements provide that the union committee shall take up grievances with the company superintendent or other local representative of management, and, if they fail to settle the dispute, the presidents of the national union and the company try to do so. Arbitration.—All of the agreements establish machinery for the selection of an arbitrator when the dispute requires one. The most common arrangement is a tripartite arbitration board consisting of one representative of each side, with a jointly selected impartial chairman to act only in a particular dispute. Several agreements name an outside agency to choose the neutral person in case of a deadlock. Discharges.—Appeal of discharge is specifically provided in 17 agreements, and under the other 4 it is assumed that discharge cases may be submitted to the regular grievance machinery, since any dis pute may be appealed. If the employee’s discharge is found to be unjust, 9 agreements require that he be reinstated and paid for all time lost. Two agreements provide that, before an employee can be discharged, he must be notified that a repetition of his offense will bring discharge. Five agreements forbid discharge because of an acci dent if the employee is physically capable of continuing his duties, unless it was caused by “negligence, carelessness, or malicious intent.,, https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Labor Organizations M eeting of C onfederation o f Latin A m erican W orkers, 1944 THE second regular meeting of the Confederation of Latin American Workers (Confederación de Trabajadores de América Latina) since its founding in 1938, was held at Cali, Colombia, December 10-15, 1944, and was attended by representatives of several million organized workers in 17 Latin American countries.1 Also present were fraternal delegates from the Congress of Industrial Organizations of the United States, the Trades Union Congress of England, and the Canadian trade-union movement, as well as observers from the International Labor Organization and various Governmental and political bodies of Colombia. The meeting at Cali changed the basic structure of the Confedera tion, substituting a president and 11 counselors for the president, 2 vice presidents, a general secretary, and 2 regional secretaries that had been provided for in the constitution of 1938. Representatives elected by the meeting as counselors included 2 from Argentina, 2 from Chile, and 1 each from Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Ecuador, Mexico, Peru, and Uruguay. Three of the counselors are to live in Mexico, where the president lives. The Mexican national labor organization affiliated with the Confederation has a membership of about 1,300,000, the largest in Latin America. The Cali meeting did not particularly emphasize trade-union matters, but rather placed its principal emphasis on questions of continental development and solidarity, policies to be followed at the World Labor Conference at London, and Latin America’s postwar program. Among points stressed in the Confederation’s program were the intentions— 1. To break up the residue of feudalism which still hampers many Latin American countries; 2. To prevent the forces of imperialism from hindering progress; 3. To open the ports of Latin America to foreign capital on condition that it contribute to the progress of the people and not to their detriment; 4. To initiate the industrial revolution of Latin America; 5. To pursue with new vigor the task of raising the economic and cultural level of the great masses of the people; 6. To coordinate the legitimate interests and rights of the Latin American countries with the constant development and the legitimate rights of the great industrial countries of America and of the other continents; 7. To work toward insuring that the peace which will come after the military and political rout of fascism may be a long one, sincerely adhered to by the great powers which have carried the burden of the struggle against the Axis countries, in order that the ideals of democratic national and international progress can be realized. 1 Sources: Mexican Labor News (Mexico, D . F., Workers University of Mexico), September 8, 1938 November 28,1941, September 1, 1943, January 5,1944, and November 30,1944; El Popular (Mexico, D . F ) JL ym ber.12, I f 17, 23, and 27,1944, and January 10, 1945; C. T. M. 1936-37 (Mexico, D . F„ 1938) and 1936i941 (Mexico, D . F., 1942?); International Labor Review (Montreal) February 1942; and report of H. The odore Hoffman, economic analyst at United States Embassy, Bogota, Colombia, December 18, 1944. 1254 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1255 LABOR ORGANIZATIONS T rade-U nion G row th in E g y p t1 TRADE-UNION organization in Egypt was authorized by legisla tion late in 1942,2 and, by December 31, 1943, recognized tradeunions numbered 311, with a total membership of 111,545. In Febru ary 1945 the number of unions bad increased 50.0 percent, to 465, and the number of members 3.4 percent, to 115,380. Evidence of an interest in labor was seen in social legislation, in postwar planning, and in cooperation with international labor groups. In 1943 more than half of all Egyptian labor-union members were in Cairo and Alexandria. Two of the Provinces (Giza and Assiut) bad only 2 unions each, and 2 (Assuan and Qena) had 1 each. Considerably more than half of the 311 unions registered in 1943 bad less than 200 members; 28 ranged in membership from 500 to 999, and 19 had more than 1,000 members. The distribution of union membership by industry group in Febru ary 1945 is given in the accompanying table. Trade-Unions and Membership in Egypt, by Industry, in February 1945 Number of— Number of— Industry Industry Unions Members Unions Members All industries________________ 465 115, 380 Transport (by road, sea, and Industry____________________ Building _______________ Chemical _______________ Food . . _ ____ _____ Manufacturing___________ Mines, quarries, saline-- ___ Textile _ - ----- _______ T obacco-.. _ ______ 279 26 8 60 128 3 48 6 87,674 2,501 1,942 8,486 36; 530 521 35, 632 2,062 Personal services (domestic, cafes, theatres, etc.) - _____ Commerce ____ Dock industry State and municipal institutio n s-. ____ _ ________ 59 13, 234 70 37 13 8,148 4’ 139 1, 648 7 53/ A growing interest in the Egyptian labor movement lias recently been apparent from the enactment of labor legislation and the con sideration of measures to provide social security. Labor problems have also been included as factors in postwar planning, and the pos sibility of bolding a regional labor conference in the Middle East in 1945 or 1946 has been suggested by labor delegates of Egypt and other Middle Eastern countries. T rade-U nion M em bership in Great B ritain , 1 9 4 3 3 STATISTICS released by the Bntish Government show that the members of trade-unions in Great Britain numbered 8,100,000 at the end of 1943 as compared with 7,781,000 at the close of 1942. The unions affiliated to the Trades Union Congress represented approxi mately four-fifths of the trade-union total for 1943. Membership of trade-unions affiliated to the T. U. C. and total trade-union member ship at the end of each year, 1937 through 1943, are shown in the accompanying statement. 1 Data are frorrrreport of Ruth C. Sloan, economic analyst. United States Legation at Cairo, April 3,1945. 2 For the terms of the legislation, see M onthly Labor Review, September 1943 (p. 534). 3 Great Britain. British Information Services. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis New York, 1945. Press release ID H 581. 1256 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 ____________________ ____________________ ____________ _______ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ __________ _________ 1945 Trade-unions affiliated to T. U. C. Total trade-unions 4, 460, 617 4, 669, 186 4,866,711 5, 079, 094 5, 432, 644 6, 024, 000 6,642,317 5, 842, 000 6, 053, 000 6,231,000 6, 542, 000 7, 093, 000 7, 781, 000 8,100,000 Of the T. U. C. affiliates, the Transport and General Workers Union was the largest, haying 1,089,000 members in December 1943. The three next largest affiliated labor organizations at that time were the Amalgamated Engineering Union (825,418), the National Union of General and Municipal Workers (726,487), and the Mineworkers Federation of Great Britain (602,863). Among the nonaffiliated bodies, the National Union of Teachers had 154,000 members, the Union of Postal Workers 128,000, the National Association of Local Government Officers 100,000, and the Civil Service Clerical Associa tion 65,000, according to the latest figures issued. L abor-U nion M em bership in L iberated I ta ly 1 ABOUT 6 percent of the population of those parts of Italy which had been liberated by March 1, 1945, were reported to be members of the free trade-unions represented in the Italian General Confed eration of Labor (C. G. I. L.). The proportion of the population registered with the labor unions varied from region to region, being low in regions where the fascist labor associations were abolished and high in regions such as Apulia and Sardinia, where the present labor unions took over the complete memberships of the fascist associations. Labor-union members rep resented from 9 to 10 percent of the population in Apulia and Sar dinia, and from 5 to 7 percent in Campania and Latium (including the cities of Naples and Rome, respectively). The table below shows the number of workers who were registered with the C. G. I. L. in the Province of Rome as of December 31, 1944, by industry and occupational group. 1 Data are from report of John Clarke Adams, labor attaché, United States Embassy at Rome, April 12, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis LABOR ORGANIZATIONS 1257 Number of Workers, by Industry or Occupation, Registered with Italian General Federation of Labor in Province of Rome, December 31, 1944 Industry or occupation Number of tradeunion members All groups___________________________ 121,113 Industry _ _ ___ Air crews and groundmen_________ Automobile drivers_____________ . Carpenters __________ - ______ nhomioal workers Clerical employees. . . . . ------ --------Electrical communication workers.— Electricians _ _ _ _______ ____ Food-industry workers Garment workers.................... ............. Gas-works and water-main employees ______ . . ____ Glass and earthenware workers____ Hospital employees TiOngshonvm en Masons ____________ ________ Mechanicians _ _____________ Mine and quarry workers Paper and printing em ployees... . . . 51,395 144 1,104 736 3,054 71 1,996 1,644 1,775 473 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1,236 199 2, 635 44 6,885 5,363 71 2,079 Industry or occupation Number of tradeunion members Industry—Continued. Postal and telegraph employees____ Stone breakers. . _ _______ Theatrical employees____ _____ . . . Transportation (busses, street railways, etc.)__________ _______ All other ...... ........ ................... ....... 11,333 77 Agriculture__________________________ Commerce___________________________ Banking and insurance_______________ 18, 623 9,255 8,953 Government____________________ ____ State employees------- -----------------Employees of semigovernmental enterprises (welfare, etc.)________ Teachers.. ________ ____________ Employees of Provinces___________ Employees of communes__________ Railroad workers___ _____________ Garbage collectors__________ ______ .32,887 11,900 5,386 76 5,014 3,167 3,393 396 5,507 7,500 1,024 Industrial Disputes Strikes and L ock outs in A p ril 1 9 4 5 PRELIMINARY estimates of the Bureau of Labor Statistics indi cate 450 strikes and lockouts in April 1945, involving 285,000 workers and 1,330,000 man-days of idleness. Idleness in April was 0.18 per cent of the available working time. Approximately 56 percent of the total idleness during April was accounted for by the large strikes of coal miners, rubber and automobile workers, and freight handlers described below. Figures presented in the following table include all known work stoppages owing to industrial disputes which involved six or more workers and lasted as long as a full day or shift. They include all workers in any plant who were made idle because of a strike or lockout in that plant, regardless of whether or not they were all directly involved in the dispute. Strikes and Lockouts in A pril 1945, with Comparable Figures for Earlier Periods Strikes and lockouts beginning in month Man-days idle in month Month Number Workers involved Number Percent of available working time April 1945 »_________________________________ March 1945 1----------------- ----------------------------- 450 400 285,000 210, 000 1,330,000 860, 000 0.18 .11 April April April April 453 384 277 403 165, 498 219,186 56,038 511, 570 614,430 661, 738 367,400 7,112.742 .08 .09 .06 1.13 1944__ - - - ----------------------1943 - - - - - - - - -1942-------- ------ ----------------------------- 1941.. ------ -------------------- --------------- 1 Preliminary estimates. Bituminous-coal-mining dispute.—Stoppages, involving approxi mately 75,000 workers and about a half million man-days of idleness, resulted when negotiations between officials of the United Aline Workers of America and bituminous-coal operators failed to bring agreement on a new wage contract to replace the 2-year agreement expiring on March 31, 1945. Principal demands o*f the union included a royalty of 10 cents for each ton of coal mined, to provide medical and surgical service, hospitalization, insurance, etc.; differential pay of 10 cents per hour for the second shift and 15 cents for the third shift; vacation payment of $100; full portal-to-portal pay; and inclusion under terms of the contract of all persons employed except the superintendent and one foreman at each mine. On March 30 the union agreed to a compromise proposal submitted by the Secretary of Labor, which excluded demands for the royalty and the extension of contract coverage and modified those for shift 1258 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES 1259 differentials. When the operators failed to reply on the proposal, the case was referred to the National War Labor Board which ordered an extension of the old contract, giving the parties until April 7 to negotiate a new agreement. Although an overwhelming number of miners had voted in favor of a strike in a ballot conducted under the terms of the War Labor Disputes Act, union officials recommended a continuation of work for 30 days beyond the expiration of the contract. Nevertheless, intermittent stoppages developed at many mines in several of the coal-producing States, and diminished coal output shut down a number of steel operations. On April 10 the Federal Govern ment took over 235 mines for operation under direction of the Solid Fuels Administrator. On April 11 the operators and union signed a new agreement, with wage provisions subject to approval by the National War Labor Board and price adjustments to approval by the Director of Economic Stabilization.1 Principal terms of the agree ment provide for a basic 9-liour day, of which “7 hours shall be paid for at straight rate, the eighth hour shall be paid for at time and onehalf, and the ninth hour shall be paid for at a flat rate of $1.50 ($1 at time and a half)” ; differentials of 4 cents and 6 cents per hour for workers on the second and third shifts, respectively; increases in the basic wage rates for a few classifications, to remove inequities; $75 annual vacation pay; and full portal-to-portal pay. A majority of the miners still on strike returned to work after the agreement was signed; others remained idle pending approval by the National War Labor Board. This approval was given on April 23, and the necessary price adjustments were approved later. The mines taken over April 10, and an additional 33 seized on May 4 where idleness continued in spite of contract approval, were still under Government operation at the end of May. Stoppages oj workers, Akron, Ohio.—Four stoppages of rubber workers in Akron—two at the B. F. Goodrich Rubber Co. and two at the Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co.—involved large numbers of work ers during April. At the Goodrich Co., approximately 16,000 workers were involved in a 2-day strike when a few hundred foremen, members of the Foreman’s Association of America, stopped work April 5 in protest against the dismissal of one of their number. The union also alleged that the company had failed to settle an accumulation of grievances and refused to recognize the association as bargaining agent for the foremen. With the help of the U. S. Conciliation Service, a settlement was reached (April 6) under which the discharged foreman was to leave the company, unsettled grievances were to be negotiated, and the union was to petition the National Labor Relations Board for an election. A second stoppage at the Goodrich Co., involving about 16,000 workers at its peak, began April 19 over the questions of guaranteed piece rates in one department and a 3-day suspension of a worker in another. Work was resumed April 24 with the understanding that the U. S. Department of Labor should conduct a time study to adjust the disputed rates and the suspended worker should return to work. At the Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co., about 300 employees stopped work April 4 in protest against the discharge of a union committee man who refused to accept a new wage rate on an experimental opera1 For price adjustments allowed, see p. 1210. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1260 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 tion. Negotiations with the company were successful only in getting the dismissal changed to a 1-week lay-off, and on April 8 the plant was practically shut down, with about 6,000 workers idle. The Federal conciliator and union officials persuaded the workers to return to work on April 10 and later to negotiate the grievances with the company. The other strike at the Goodyear Co. involved only 400 workers when it began April 23, but spread to include about 7,000 workers in three plants by the time it ended on April 29. Here the two principal issues were (1) the inconvenient location of the welding machine in one department, causing the loss of time and piece-work earnings of employees, and (2) delay in announcing an arbitration panel’s decision on a wage rate in another department and plant. The case was cer tified to the National War Labor Board on April 26 and the workers were ordered back to work. Work was actually resumed April 30, after the workers voted to petition the National Labor Relations Board for a formal strike vote under the War Labor Disputes Act. r7 'Stoppage at Packard Motor Car Co.—Approximately 16,000 workers were idle April 25-29 at the Packard Motor Car Co. in Detroit in a dispute over the work load for certain inspectors. The dispute arose earlier in April when about 2,000 workers were idle for a day or two until, at a show-cause hearing, the Regional War Labor Board ar ranged an agreement whereby five inspectors should test two engines each, as suggested by the company, for 2 or 3 days to see if they could handle the work, the results to be reported back to the Board. The stoppage was resumed April 25 on a larger scale when the company claimed it was unable to find five volunteers and had, therefore, requested all inspectors to test two engines each. Upon refusal, the inspectors were sent home and the plant was closed. After another show-cause hearing, the Regional War Labor Board directed the company to reopen the plant, the employees to return to work, and both the company and the union to follow the previously outlined plan for a time study. The men returned to work on April 30. Stoppage at Kelsey-Hayes Wheel Co.—About 5,000 workers were in volved in a stoppage at three plants of the Kelsey-Hayes Wheel Co. in Detroit and Plymouth, Mich., which began April 9 over the dis charge of union stewards and committeemen. Work was resumed April 19 after the Regional War Labor Board had ordered reinstate ment of the 6 men involved, on the ground that the company had not followed regular grievance procedure in making the dismissals. The strike was resumed, however, on April 24 when these men and 7 others were discharged. Work was not again resumed until April 30, after the regional board had ordered reinstatement of the discharged men on a temporary basis, the company to file a bill of particulars and the men to file their answers to the charges within 5 days, after which the regional board would make final disposition of the case. Stoppage oj Railway Express Agency employees, New York, N. F.—On April 18 over 9,000 freight handlers and terminal employees of the Railway Express Agency in the New York City metropolitan area struck 'in protest against the company’s policy of hiring “dual job” employees for part-time work, claiming that these men were working at straight-time rates and thus depriving the regular employees of overtime work and pay. The strikers, members of the Brotherhood of Railway and Steamship Clerks, Freight Handlers, Express and https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1261 INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES Station Employees (A. F. of L.), also charged that in February the company had placed an embargo on intracity shipments, explaining that this action was necessary because of the manpower shortage. The union claimed this had cost 400 men their jobs and threatened the jobs of others. A meeting had been called by the union for the afternoon of April 18, to discuss these and other grievances, but the men took matters into their own hands and did not report to work at all that day. At the meeting they were instructed to return to work the next day, but action was taken to authorize a later strike if the grievances were not adjusted satisfactorily. A ctiv ities o f U . S. C on ciliation Service, M arch 1 9 4 5 DURING the month of March 1945, the United States Conciliation Service disposed of 2,161 situations, as compared^with 1,867 in Feb ruary 1945, and 2,043 in March 1944. Of the 290 strikes and lockouts handled, 263 were settled successfully; 27 cases were certified to the National War Labor Board in which strikes occurred during negotiations, but in 23 cases a Commissioner of Conciliation had effected a return-to-work agreement prior to certification of the case. The records indicate that 174 situations were threatened strikes and 1,446 were controversies in which the employer, employees or other interested parties asked for the assign ment of a conciliator to assist in the adjustment of disputes. During the month 410 disputes were certified to the National War Labor Board. The remaining 251 situations included 101 arbitrations, 20 technical services, 26 investigations and 104 requests for information, consultations and special services. Cases Closed by U. S. Conciliation Service, March 1945, by Type of Situation and Method of Handling Method of handling Total Strike and lock outs Threat ened strikes Contro versies All methods________ __________ ______ ___________ 2,161 290 174 1,446 Settled by conciliation____ ____ _________________ Certified to National War Labor Board ____________ Decisions rendered in arbitration__________________ _ Technical services completed_______ _______________ Investigations, special services _ ___________________ 1,500 410 101 20 130 263 l 27 158 16 1,079 367 1 Of these, 23 were settled prior to referral. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Other situa tions 251 101 20 130 Labor Laws and Decisions R ecen t D ecisio n s of In terest to L a b o r1 Decisions on National Labor Relations Act COMPANY rules limiting union activity held unfair labor practice — The Supreme Court of thé United States supported the position of the National Labor Relations Board as to company rules which prohibited union activities in general on company property, in Republic Aviation Corporation v. National Labor Relations Board.2 To the extent that the prohibition applied outside working hours, the Court found that the Board correctly regarded the rule to be an unfair labor practice in the absence of unusual circumstances making it a necessity for main taining production or discipline. Such a rule, applying to working hours only, was presumed to be a proper exercise of the employer’s disciplinary powers in obtaining work from employees, unless there were special circumstances, such as proof of its adoption for an anti union purpose. The presumption was described as merely a reason able inference from proved facts which the Board had indicated might be overcome by certain types of proof. Accordingly, the Court held that the Board might not only order the practices discontinued but might also revoke the rule against solicitation as to nonworking hours even though it found no evidence of actual anti-unionism. A similar order of the Board was reinstated in the case of National Labor Relations Board v. Le Tourneau Co? in which a general rule against posting and circulating handbills on company property without special permission was enforced against distribution of union literature during nonworking hours on company property, even though the rule was adopted long before unionization began and was intended to con trol littering and petty pilfering. The Court decided that a discharge or lay-off for violation of these invalid rules was discriminatory as a matter of course. Employer officiousness in representation election held unfair—An employer who volunteered information as to the conditions connected with an election and encouraged his employees generally to vote at the election was held by the National Labor Relations Board guilty of an unfair labor practice because, having showed hostility to the union, his conduct amounted to representing himself as the source of “ official” information and was coupled with delay in displaying the Board’s official notices. By usurping or appearing to the employees to usurp 1 Prepared in the Office of the Solicitor, Department of Labor. The cases covered in this article represent a selection of the significant decisions believed to bo of special interest. No attempt has been made to reflect all recent judicial and administrative developments in the field of labor law nor to indicate the eflect of particular decisions in jurisdictions in which contrary results may be reached, based upon local statutory provisions, the existence of local precedents, or a different approach by the courts to the issue presented. 2 U. S.— (affirming C. C. A. 2), Apr. 23, 1945. 3 u . S. (reversing C. C. A. 5), Apr. 23, 1945. 1262 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis LABOR LAWS AND DECISIONS 1263 the responsibility of running the election, the employer destroyed the unique value of the guaranty of secrecy of ballot which rests upon the exclusive control of the election by a disinterested Government agency (May Department Stores, 61 N. L. R. B. No. 32,M ar.31,1945). Local arbitration law not controlling in consent election.-—An em ployer defended his refusal to bargain with a union which won a con sent election, on the ground that the “ consent” was not expressed in accordance with the Massachusetts law governing arbitration agree ments 4 and was therefore not binding. The Board decided it was not limited to local forms in carrying out a national policy and ordered the employer to cease and desist from refusing to bargain with the union {A. J. Tower Co., 60 N. L. R. B. No. 248). Veterans’’ Rights Veteran to be reinstated, not rehired.—An employer was directed by the National War Labor Board not to require a new employment application or a new bond application before replacing an honorably discharged veteran in his job. Such a requirement, the Board held, improperly limits the right of restoration to a position of “like senior ity, status, and pay.” Placing the employee on a temporary pay roll would also fall short of granting his rights (In re Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co. case No. 111-10081-D, Feb. 13, 1945). Decisions Relating to Fair Labor Standards Act Employee's release of unpaid overtime and liquidated damages in valid.—The Supreme Court of the United States recently decided, in Brooklyn Savings Bank v. O’Neil,5 that an employee’s release of fur ther claims, signed when his employer voluntarily paid him arrears of overtime compensation admittedly due under the Fair Labor Standards Act, was no defense to a later claim for unpaid liquidated damages, based on section 16 (b) of the act.6 Much less was such a release, given for a sum which both parties knew was less than the required amount of statutory overtime, a defense against a suit for the balance of the wages and for liquidated damages equal to the entire statutory overtime originally unpaid (Dize v. Maddrix 7). In reaching these conclusions, the Court found that the remedy in section 16 (b) was intended to compensate employees for losses re sulting from the delay in payment and to serve as a supplemental enforcement method; that the public has an interest in uniform com pliance with the act; and that this public interest prevents a waiver or a release of statutory wages or of liquidated damages in situations like the above. At the same time, the Supreme Court did not decide what would be its attitude as to the compromise of a bona fide dispute associated with the minimum-wage and overtime provisions of the act. 4 See Sun Ship Employees Assn. Inc. v. Industrial Union, discussed in M onthly Labor Review for March 1945 (p. 596). «----- U. S . ----- , Apr. 9, 1945. * Sec. 16 (b): “ Any employer who violates the provisions of sec. 6 or sec. 7 of this act shall be liable to the employee or employees affected in the amount of their unpaid minimum wages, or their unpaid overtime compensation, as the case may be, and an additional equal amount as liquidated damages. Action to recover such liability may be maintained in any court of competent jurisdiction. * * * The court in such action shall, in addition to any judgment awarded to the plaintiff or plaintiffs, allow a reasonable attorney’s fee to be paid by the defendant, and costs of the action.” 1----- U. S.------ Apr. 9, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1264 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 y in a third case, in which the court below had entered judgment for unpaid minimum wages and liquidated damages in an employee suit and had also added ¿interest under ia^New York State lawgwhich it called applicable, the Supreme Court decided that the Federal law controlled the decision on this question; that the provision for liqui dated damages was included as compensation for the uncertain re sults of delay in payment of sums due under the act; and that interest, which is compensation for delayed payment, is therefore not re coverable in such judgments. Three justices dissented in regard to the validity of the release of liquidated damages in Brooklyn Savings Bank v. O’Neil. Because the statute did not make it a crime not to pay the liquidated damages, as it did the failure to pay the required minimum wage and overtime, the view of the minority was that the failure to pay liquidated damages was not a public wrong and that the employee had a right to release some or all of these damages. Oral change of written union contract ineffective.—An employee suing his employer recovered straight time and overtime pay on the basis of a written union contract and of the F air Labor Standards Act, although his employer claimed that authorized union officials had agreed, at the time of signing the contract and thereafter, to a con tinuation of the lower rates actually paid. Overtime under the Fair Labor Standards Act is one and a half times the “regular hourly rate” of pay. The District Court for the Eastern District of Ken tucky, in Cox v. Oatliff Coal Co.,8 made its decision as to what should be considered the regular hourly rate by applying the Fair Labor Standards Act and using the rate of the written contract as the “regular” rate and by following an earlier interpretation of the National Labor Relations Act. The Supreme Court of the United States, in H. J . Heinz Co. v. National Labor Relations Board had said9 that the act in question contemplated a signed agreement as the final step in collective bargaining. Therefore no attempt to change the agreement in some other way could be effective. Further, the Court decided that acceptance of inadequate payments by the em ployee in this situation did not bar his later claim foi the balance due. Supplying sand for steel making not covered under Fair Labor Stand ards Act.—Employees whose work is the preparation of “cast sheet” sand at a sand pit and its delivery from pit to steel furnaces in the same State are not engaged in work necessary to the production of steel for commerce, according to a United States District Court in Colorado in the case of Walling v. Amidon.10 This decision was reached after it was proved that the sand was used as a lining for troughs to prevent molten metal from sticking and that the sand was consumed or converted into slag and discarded during the process of steel making. The court said the sand was not necessary^to pro duction for commerce because it was not a constituent part of the steel, it was not delivered to an ultimate consumer after interstate transportation, and it did not itself move in interstate commerce. The participation of employees of the sand company in supplying the sand was held to be very remote from production for commerce. Activities of contractors’ employees as related to Fair Labor Standards Act.—Workmen employed by a highway contractor who were working 8------ K y.----- , Apr. 6, 1945. » 311 U. S. 514, 525. 105 9 Fed. Supp. 294, Mar. 10, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis LABOR LAWS AND DECISIONS 1265 under his contracts with the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the City of Pittsburgh, and various boroughs in Allegheny County were held entitled to the benefits of the Fair Labor Standards Act because of their work (Walling v. McCrady Construction Co.11). The work done under the contracts consisted of maintenance, repair, recon struction and relocation of public roads, highways, and bridges. The employees involved were those engaged in common labor, oper ators of power equipment and users of hand tools, foremen, time keepers, flagmen, water boys, watchmen, and service drivers. The district court applied the practical test of the function of the work and decided that the work of such employees in keeping roads, highways, and bridges open to interstate movement of persons and goods was so closely related to the movement over these instru mentalities of interstate commerce that the workers themselves were “engaged in commerce” within the act. Independent of this ground, the court found that the work described was also “production for commerce” because of the industrial character of the Pittsburgh area and “the extent to which its streets and highways are used in carrying persons, raw materials and goods in process of fabrication” to factories producing for commerce, a use which the court found indispensable to the continuance of production for commerce. The employer contractor also undertook extensive foundation work for an interstate railroad and other work for interstate telegraph and telephone companies. This work also placed the employees “in commerce” since the construction was maintenance, improvement, or facilitation of the flow of interstate commerce. As to a variety of contracts carried out by the employer’s workmen in and about the grounds of industrial plants, upon evidence that the products of those plants move in interstate commerce, the court found all the work covered as “necessary to production.” A part of it was repair, reconstruction, and modification of existing facilities; the remainder was the construction of new units designed for the manufacture of particular goods. The court considered all the work, including the new units, as integral parts of existing plants, constructed to enlarge or replace buildings or machinery of the plants and thus to continue the operation of the plants as a whole.12 Seamen’s exemption inapplicable to lighter captains.—The Second Circuit Court of Appeals, in Anderson v. Manhattan Lighterage Co.,13 reversed the summary judgment of the district court which had held that persons working as “captains” of non-self-propelled lighters which transfer cargo in New York Harbor were exempt from the Fair Labor Standards Act as “seamen.” 14 The facts proved that 95 percent of their duties resembled the work of longshoremen. The court decided that the proportion of nautical to nonnautical duties, the Adminis trator’s interpetation,15 the legislative history, and the rule of narrow construction for exemptions from remedial legislation, all indicated that lighter “captains” were not exempt from the Wage and Hour Law. No compensation due for secret, prohibited overtime work.—An oil pumper, ordered to work no more than 42 hours 16 per week, who iiFed. Supp. •— - (D. O. Western Pa.), Mar. 28, 1945. 12 The full scope of the court’s decision can be understood only by reading the descriptions of the varying types of work performed, as given in the opinion, and the court’s analyses of their character, as related to the employer’s arguments and to the meaning of the act. is----- Fed. (2 d )------ - Apr. 16, 1945. i« 29 U. S. O. sec. 213 (a) (3). u Interpretative Bulletin No. 11 on the Fair Labor Standards Act. is Overtime was then payable after 42 hours. 6 4 5 8 8 6 — 45 ----------9 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1266 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 testified he worked longer because the work could not be accomplished in that time, was denied recovery of unpaid overtime under the Fair Labor Standards Act in Mabee Oil de Gas Co. v. Thomas}1 It appeared that the worker during his employment made no claim for overtime pay and that, on the record, the employer did not know that the job required overtime or that any overtime work was done. The Supreme Court of Oklahoma read into the words “suffer and permit to work” the qualification, “with the knowledge of the em ployer,” and hence inferred that the pumper was not “employed” for any overtime hours so as to come within the requirement of that section of the act 18 which stipulates overtime pay for excess hours for which an employee is “employed.” National War Labor Board Decisions No rehiring to evade effect of maintenance clause.—The National War Labor Board held it to be a breach of a maintenance-of-membership clause to rehire an employee whose discharge was required by the union because of his failure to pay dues (Lamson <&Sessions Co., case No. 2538-CS-D, March 21, 1945). Group insurance and sick leave part of wage structure.—In a case in which an initial contract was the subject of dispute (in Edison Sault Electric Co., case No. 111-7549-D, Mar. 6, 1945), the National War Labor Board directed the inclusion of a clause prohibiting a change in existing sick-leave and group-insurance provisions other than by consent. Since these provisions were in effect, they were held to be part of the wage structure for stabilization purposes. Escalator clause retained"for future use.—Although under the “Little Steel” formula an escalator (or sliding-scale) clause in a union con tract is not at present effective, the National War Labor Board reversed a regional board which ordered arbitration of wage rates in case a dispute followed any future revision of the “Little Steel” formula (Coolerator Co., case No. 111-4241-D, Feb. 2, 1945). The Board held that it would not require arbitration in a situation in which the parties' own contract might operate to dispose of the question. Antidiscrimination clause held redundant.—In affirming a directive of a regional war labor board {In re Montgomery Ward & Co., case No. 11-5443-D, Mar. 21, 1945), the National Board refused the union’s request that a clause be inserted in its contract prohibiting discrimination because of color, creed, or nationality. The Board pointed out that the Committee on Fair Employment Practice provides the desired protection. Preferential hiring order in seasonal industry revised.—A regional board’s direction to insert preferential-hiring and compulsory check off provisions in a labor agreement in a seasonal industry (to which employers had objected as being equivalent to ordering the closed shop) was revised by the National War Labor Board in GrowerShipper Vegetable Assn, of Central Calif, (case No. 111-7377-D, Mar. 6, 1945). By the revision, first preference was given to em ployees who had seniority status with a particular employer, irrespec tive of whether or not they were union members. ----- Pac. (2d )------ (S. Ct. Okla.), Apr. 17, 1945. « 29 U. S. C.. sec. 207. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis LABOR LAWS AND DECISIONS 1267 Decision on State Law Regulating Labor Unions Texas union-control law tested for constitutionality.—The Texas Court of Civil Appeals in American Federation of Labor v. Mann 19 dealt with the Union Control Act of 1943 as follows: It noted that neither party questioned the decision of the lower court holding unconstitutional section 4, which regulated election of union officers; section 7, which regulated fees, dues, funds, and assess ments; and section 10 (a). It held unconstitutional clause 3 (d), requiring annual financial statements, which was based on the invalid section 7 and which had no other reasonable ground; section 6, requiring unions to file copies of contracts with check-off clauses, because Texas has not regulated such clauses; and section 10 in part. The provision forbidding a labor union to refuse to allow “a person desiring membership” a reasonable time, after obtaining the promise of employment, in which to decide whether to join or not was considered indefinite and unworkable. The court held valid the registration requirements within the limits established by the Supreme Court of the United States.20 It considered reasonable (as needed for regulatory purposes) the provi sions requiring identification of the union, its affiliation, and its local officers, and approved (on the basis of protecting the public from fraud) the provisions requiring receipts for dues and initiation fees contained in section 8. The requirement of books of accounts, subject to in spection by union members and certain public officers, was valid for the same reason. Section 4 (b), which prohibited political contributions, was held valid as limited to the union as a “separate functioning institution,” but was not to be read as limiting the union’s education of its members on political issues. The prohibition in section 8 against collection of fees for work permits (interpreted as not including apprenticeship fees) was held valid (even though the closed shop is lawful in the State), since it does not destroy the closed shop but tends to prevent unions from operat ing with treasuries contributed by nonmembers who have no voice in union affairs. No change in law was effected by the provision of section 10, which prevents expulsion of a union member except for cause and after notice and hearing and confirms the power of a court to reinstate him when these safeguards are not afforded. This provision was also held valid. N ew Sou th W ales V acations W ith Pay A ct, 1 9 4 4 A LAW enacted in New South Wales in 1944 provides for a paid vacation of 2 weeks annually for employees in general.21 Full pay is required for the vacation period and must be granted for each year of employment, calculated from January 1, 1945, when the law became effective. A vacation of 2 consecutive weeks is required unless the employer and employee agree that it shall be taken in two periods. i» ----- S. W. (2d )------ , April 4, 1945; so See Thomas v. C ollins,----- U. S . ------ , discussed in M onthly Labor Review, February 1945 (p. 332). 51 Information is from Employers’ Review (Employers’ Federation of N ew South Wales) December 30, 1944. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1268 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 The vacation must be granted within 6 months from the date when earned, unless the industrial registrar approves of a further post ponement. Employees covered by awards of the Commonwealth Court of Conciliation and Arbitration are not covered by this Annual Holidays Act, but are entitled only to the annual leave prescribed in awards of the Court. All other employees, whether or not they are covered by an award, were made subject to the 1944 legislation. However, it was provided that if the period of leave granted by an award other than that of the Commonwealth Court was longer than that fixed by the 1944 law, the terms of the award should be fulfilled. For 7-day-shift workers engaged on continuous processes, most awards provide a longer vacation than for day workers. Under the act, this excess, which is usually 1 week, is to be added to the generally authorized vacation period. In effect, most shift workers are thereby granted 3 instead of 2 weeks. Paid vacations accruing to employees under an award, for service prior to January 1, 1945, are not affected by the adoption of the legislation here summarized, and must be granted in addition to the allotted vacation period prescribed by the 1944 law. If an employee’s services are terminated before the completion of 12 months of service, a payment must be made to him in the amount of one twenty-fifth of the ordinary wages lie received during the period of his employment. Employees who receive either board or lodging or both from their employers are to be paid 15s. for board, and 5s. for lodging, in lieu thereof, weekly, unless the award provides otherwise. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Women in Industry E m ployers’ Postw ar Plans for W om en W orkers IN New York State in 1940, women workers numbered 1,500,000; at the beginning of 1944 this number had increased by half a million. To obtain some light on the postwar employment prospects for these workers, a survey was made by the New York State Division of Women, Child Labor, and Minimum Wage.1 This survey of the policies and plans of 304 New York State war plants in the summer of 1944 shows that although many firms had not yet formulated definite plans regarding lay-offs or postwar employment of women, about half of the 304 plants anticipated no significant drop in women’s employment or looked forward to an increase in women’s employment with the return to peacetime production. At the same time, however, the survey showed a clear tendency on the part of em ployers to lay off women workers first as war contracts are terminated and to favor the reemployment of men. Nearly a third of the executives interviewed definitely plan for a drastic cut in women’s employment after the war. More than one-fourth of the companies interviewed had not yet faced the problem of lay-offs in June and July 1944. Most executives interviewed reported that seniority, regardless of sex, is the criterion applied as lay-offs become neces sary. However, since women are usually the last to be hired they tend to be the first discharged, except in industries which rely largely on women workers. Moreover, one-fifth of the women included in the study were employed in plants in which seniority is applied on a departmental rather than plant-wide basis. In these plants, women who were transferred from “ women’s jobs” to “ men’s jobs” often receive no seniority credit on these jobs for their previous experience with the firm. In addition 16 large firms employing one-fifth of the 75,000 women covered in the survey frankly declared that their lay-off policies favor men workers regardless of seniority or ability. One hundred and twenty-six firms employing one-fifth of the women included in the survey were plants which have always had a high proportion of women workers. In this group no significant replacement of women by men is antici pated in the employers’ postwar plans for peacetime production. An additional 33 executives, employing 5,500 women factory workers, or nearly 8 percent of the total number of women covered, stated that they look forward to retaining or increasing their staff, both men and women, because of the backlog of civilian orders, or because of expectation of increased demands for consumer goods. On the other hand, 91 plants, employing 40 percent of the total number of women in the survey, stated that their postwar plans provide for the replacement of women workers by men, in whole or to a considerable extent, even where the women have proven their ability during the war. A majority of these firms are in munitions industries— iron and steel, electrical machinery, aircraft, and professional and scientific instruments. W om en in Labor U n ion s GREAT increases in women’s membership in labor unions are reported for the war years. In 1939 such membership was about 800,000. The Annual Report of the Secretary of Labor for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1944, estimated the number as 3,000,000. The same report announced the expansion of the United States Women’s Bureau pro gram in cooperation with unions. This program was entered into with 1 Employers’ Postwar Plans for Women Workers. Women, Child Labor, and Minimum Wage, 1945. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis New York, Department of Labor, Division of 1269 1270 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 the United Electrical Workers in St. Louis, and in several localities in New York State, with the objective of promoting a better under standing between the women union members and other organizations of women, in order that more satisfactory solutions to community problems concerning women workers might be reached. An educa tional drive among the unions of the' American Federation of Labor and the Congress of Industrial Organizations was inaugurated by the Women’s Bureau to obtain the incorporation in union contracts of provisions “not discriminatory against women.” The Bureau reported that it had under way a study of women’s union activities and the measures being taken by union groups “to secure equal treatment, equal pay and equal seniority rights for their women members.” In consultation with a committee composed of union women, the Women’s Bureau has issued an initial leaflet giving technical help in formulating provisions in union contracts in such language as will best protect women wage earners. It also has aided unions in the preparation of wage data for briefs to be presented to the War Labor Board. W o m e n ’s E arnings in N ew Y ork F a cto ries, Septem ber 19441 IN THE manufacturing industries in New York State, the average weekly earnings of women, in September 1944, were $34.82, as com pared to $31.23 in September 1943—an increase of 11.5 percent. The average weekly earnings of men in the same periods were respectively $57.39 and $53.51—an increase of 7.3 percent. The highest average weekly earnings of women in September 1944 were $55.88, in the women’s and misses’ suits, coats, and skirts industry; the maximum for men in the same lines of manufacturing was $83.98. The canning and preserving industry—also a seasonal industry—yielded average weekly earnings of $22.05 to women and $35.50 to men, in September 1944; a year previously they were $19.62 and $33.14, respectively. In September 1944 women constituted 37.7 percent of all wage earners in the manufacturing industries in New York State, and 40.7 percent in New York City. The accompanying table gives the average weekly earnings of women and men in the manufacturing industries for the State and for New York City, for September 1944 and for the same month in the previous year. 1 Data are from Industrial Bulletin and Employment Review (Albany, D ivision of Research, Statistics, and Publications, N ew York Department of Labor), August-October 1944. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1271 WOMEN IN INDUSTRY Average Weekly Earnings of Men and Women in Manufacturing Industries of New York State and New York City, September 1943 and 1944 N ew York State M en N ew York City Women M en Women Industry Sep tem ber 1944 Sep tem ber 1943 Sep tem ber 1944 Sep tem ber 1943 Sep tem ber 1944 Sep tem ber 1943 Sep tem ber 1944 All manufacturing industries______________ $57. 39 $53. 51 $34.82 $31. 23 $61. 03 $56. 07 $35.80 Sep tem ber 1943 $30. 68 Food, kindred products__ ________________ M eat products_____________ _____ ____ Dairy products______ _______________ Canning, preserving__________ ________ Grain-mill products . Bakery products___ ________ _________ Sugar__________ ____ ____ ______. . . Confectionery, related products_______ Beverage industries___________________ Miscellaneous food products__________ 47. 75 53. CO 43. 75 35. 50 56. 62 45. 92 50. 67 48.11 55. 60 45. 73 42. 77 44. 80 38. 52 33.14 51.11 41.88 49. 24 42. 65 48. 38 41.84 26.01 24. 83 22.84 22. 05 30. 85 27. 00 32.12 29. 44 31.49 24.03 23.68 23.20 20.17 19. 62 31.70 25. 44 32. 80 25. 87 25. 45 23. 51 50. 80 55. 97 52.21 51.88 44.32 45. 56 45. 80 35. 49 28.41 29. 39 25. 65 35. 62 25. 03 25. 07 20. 43 22.09 46. 67 50.67 48. 67 57. 57 43. 57 42.10 49.24 41.34 48. 65 40. 86 26. 85 32.12 28. 77 0) 23.17 25. 30 32. 80 24.81 0) 23. 08 Tobacco manufactures____________________ 32. 72 29. 58 26.58 23. 47 33. 25 29. 08 27. 38 24.13 Textile-mill products________ ____________ Cotton textile mills___________________ Rayon, silk textile m ills.. . ________ W oolen, worsted textile mills Knitting m ills... ............................ ......... Dyeing, finishing textiles_____________ Carpets, rugs, other floor coverings Hat's (except cloth), millinery__________ Miscellaneous textiles......................... ......... 41.89 38.85 40.08 44.08 40.11 38. 67 44.93 42.63 43.26 38. 53 37.51 36. 94 38.99 35.64 38. 80 41.59 39. 07 40.44 27. 52 29.57 26. 26 29.13 25.15 23. 65 34. 54 27.57 29. 66 25. 90 29. 46 23. 61 26. 66 24.45 22.44 31.31 25.24 25.48 46. 09 (>) 44. 58 42. 61 (0 40.45 27. 86 25. 39 26. 56 23.91 21.60 21.51 51.69 41.59 46. 26 47. 91 29.35 22.58 25. 52 23. 55 42.67 47.45 42. 02 39. 32 27.84 27. 72 26.26 22.09 Apparel, other finished fabric p r o d u cts____ M en’s, boys’ suits, coats, overcoats_____ M en’s, boys’ furnishings: Work clothing, etc__________ ______ Shirts, nightwear, un derw ear_____ Women’s, misses’ outerwear___________ W omen’s, misses’ dresses____. . . . W omen’s, misses’ suits, coats, skirts. Women’s undergarments, accessories___ W omen’s underwear, nightwear____ Corsets, allied garments _________ M illinery___ _ _______ _______ ____ Children’s, infants’ outerw ear............... . Fur goods_________ _________________ Miscellaneous apparel, accessories______ Miscellaneous fabricated textiles_______ 67.12 50.90 56. 30 44.12 37.94 32. 66 31.11 27.19 69. 87 51.68 58. 55 45.44 41.23 33.03 33. 85 28. 43 46. 00 42. 38 77. 89 71.95 83. 98 45. 48 48. 51 40. 87 82. 43 59.90 72. 70 48. 75 43. 54 40.35 37. 54 62. 72 61.09 64. 97 43. 73 45. 98 40.35 66. 96 56. 30 68. 89 43. 42 38.17 27. 39 25. 62 44.96 44.36 55. 88 28. 62 28. 73 28. 53 44.01 31.89 55. 86 28.19 27.49 23.27 21.06 36. 59 37. 26 40.68 25. 35 24. 43 26. 69 35.90 27. 08 48. 57 23.47 23.54 51.52 47. 44 78. 07 72. 03 84.00 46. 97 49. 32 42. 30 83. 02 60. 38 72. 70 50.08 44.48 44.97 43. 70 62. 90 61.15 65. 08 45.89 47. 98 42. 08 67. 27 56. 64 68. 89 44. 42 38.28 31.46 28.14 46.54 45.19 56. 55 30. 29 29. 38 32.24 44. 91 32. 02 55.86 29.16 27.53 26.30 24.10 37.93 38. 07 41.41 27.15 25. 84 29. 47 36. 35 27. 37 48. 57 23.23 23. 63 Lumber, timber basic products____________ 42.23 36.91 22. 55 21.12 46. 34 40. 50 (0 Furniture, finished lumber products_______ Furniture___________________________ Other finished lumber products ______ 49. 50 50. 62 47. 00 44.19 45.46 41.33 33.08 36. 69 26.34 27. 03 29.18 23.28 48.99 47.80 49. 52 43. 60 45.18 42. 74 29.04 32. 25 27.99 25. 67 27.69 24.91 Paper, allied products Pulp, paper Paperboard containers, boxes__________ Other paper products________ _______ _ 46.97 46. 71 47. 52 46. 80 43. 04 43.18 42. 55 43.40 26. 26 28.31 25. 95 25.82 23.94 27. 64 23.41 23.14 49. 21 26.29 22.98 48. 90 49. 52 43.14 45.49 25. 96 26.61 22. 62 23. 32 Printing, publishing, allied industries.. ----- 59. 52 Newspapers, periodicals ______________ 55. 26 Printing, book, job, etc________________ 61.34 54.46 52. 06 55. 53 27. 87 34.14 27. 69 24. 80 33.14 24. 59 61.29 58.13 62. 61 55. 42 55.00 55.60 27. 55 41.92 27. 21 23. 82 36. 70 23.53 Chemicals, allied produ cts_______________ Paints, varnishes, colors_______ _____ Drugs, toilet preparations, insecticides... "Rayon other synthetic textile fibers Industrial chemicals.. . _______ _______ Other chemical products______________ 52.14 47.43 45. 07 58. 22 55. 80 50. 60 50. 46 45.49 43. 59 57.14 54.33 47.30 27. 98 26.36 24. 25 39. 60 37. 20 29. 37 26. 56 25.69 23. 60 33. 61 35. 08 26. 60 48.18 46. 32 45.18 46. 38 44.23 45.88 26. 66 26.15 24. 98 25. 26 25. 50 24. 50 45.07 52. 77 44. 49 49.01 (>) 30.52 0) 27. 50 Products of petroleum, coal_______________ 56. 38 52. 94 27. 04 25. 22 54.66 51.91 26. 43 24. 57 Rubber products.......... .................. ....................- 54.48 49. 52 32.73 30.92 52.03 41.61 24.97 23.74 Leather, leather products________ ____ ____ 46. 08 "Leather* tanned curried, finished 47. 26 Footwear (except rubber)________ _____ 45. 89 "Leather gloves, mittens 44. 77 48. 02 Handbags, small leather goods________ Other leather products________________ 46. 55 1 N ot computed because the number of employees 39.90 39.37 40.16 36. 70 40.91 39.94 reported 48. 76 44. 74 28. 35 24.56 48.91 44. 62 30. 62 26.19 50.67 49. 95 46. 66 40.43 be significant. 26.59 28.03 23.13 24.71 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 28.29 24. 89 27.31 23.12 30.61 26.33 24.86 21.18 23. 50 23.39 27.73 24. 51 is too small to (0 1272 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 Average Weekly Earnings of Men and Women in Manufacturing Industries of New York State and New York City, September 1943 and 1944— Continued N ew York State M en N ew York City W omen Men Women Industry Sep tem ber 1944 Stone, clay, glass products________________ Glass, glass products__ _______ ________ Cement__________ . . ___ Structural clay products______________ Pottery, related products- ____________ Concrete, gypsum, plaster products___ Miscellaneous nonmetallic mineral products____________________________ _ Sep tem ber 1943 Sep tem ber 1944 Sep tem ber 1943 Sep tem ber 1944 Sep tem ber 1943 Sep tem ber 1944 $53. 86 $49. 20 $32. 77 $29. 50 $50. 44 $45. 05 $30. 29 51.06 45. 62 30. 38 27. 84 50. 66 44.16 25. 20 45.19 40. 80 (') 0) 40. 83 36. 32 23.44 23.14 43.13 39. 67 29.64 26.14 46. 60 45.48 53.31 45. 27 (9 (9 (9 Sep tem ber 1943 $27. 81 25.28 (9 62. 44 56. 81 35. 67 31.10 48.12 45.91 31.05 28.10 Metals, machinery . _________ _________ Blast furnaces, steel works, rolling m ills. Iron, steel foundry products___________ Tin cans, other tinware-- ____________ Hand tools, cutlery, general hardware-.Heating apparatus, etc_______________ M etal stamping, coating— ____________ Fabricated structural metal products___ Other iron, steel products_____________ Nonferrous metals and their products__ Jewelry, silverware, watches, etc___ Machinery (including electrical) _ _____ Agricultural machinery, tra cto rs.__ Office, store machines, devices______ Transportation equipment____________ 60. 35 59. 66 57. 92 49. 34 50.43 50. 82 53. 09 57.10 67.66 57.11 58. 02 56. 99 58.17 63.47 64. 59 57.89 57. 88 53. 39 44.12 45. 52 49.89 48.19 56.17 63.23 54.60 49. 35 54.71 51. 59 60. 36 62. 05 40.35 39. 90 36. 39 26. 28 30. 67 29. 88 30. 92 30. 05 42. 99 38. 92 35. 03 37. 62 47.19 42. 49 44. 72 37.11 36. 42 38.26 24. 47 26. 01 29. 47 27. 99 27.48 42. 33 33. 73 29. 23 34. 56 31.08 40. 70 40. 57 62. 55 61. 65 33.81 30. 20 56. 65 53.48 54. 75 50. 92 44. 79 59.37 51.93 54.93 62.19 58. 34 50. 41 47.14 47. 92 56. 00 40. 07 58. 62 54.18 49. 28 51.26 55. 23 27. 83 31.42 25.59 24. 76 50.68 67. 72 Miscellaneous manufacturing industries. . . . 58. 65 55.24 33. 39 33.09 61.71 (9 25.98 26. 92 37.11 33. 00 33. 60 34.94 24. 77 24.12 33.97 27. 93 28. 01 29. 98 48. 29 67.41 29.26 34. 20 25.87 35. 36 58.35 33. 32 33.49 N ot computed because the number of employees reported is too small to be significant. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis (9 Wage and Hour Statistics H o u rly E arnings in th e P ock et-C u tlery and SteelFlatw are Indu stry, January 1 9 4 5 1 Summary IN January 1945 straight-time hourly earnings for selected occupa tions in the pocket-cutlery and steel-flatware industry in representa tive plants in the Northeastern States averaged 70 cents. The average for all male workers was 78 cents, earnings among occupations ranging from 55 cents for watchmen to $1.27 for class A tool and die makers. Women in the industry earned an average of 60 cents an hour; their occupational earnings ranged from 50 cents for parkerizers to 87 cents an hour for class A hand polishers, buffers and glazers. These averages are based on the earnings of approximately 2,500 workers, who constitute 69 percent of the workers in the 16 plants surveyed by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Men and women worked, on an average, 51.4 and 50.2 hours a week, respectively. Rough comparisons with the results of an earlier survey 2 of the pocket-cutlery industry in July 1942 indicate an average increase of about 30 percent in earnings in the occupations studied in both years. This increase was due in part to the extension of incentive payment. Scope and Method of Survey This survey of the cutlery industry was made by the Bureau of Labor Statistics for a pay-roll period in January 1945, to provide a factual basis for collective bargaining on wages and for assisting in the eventual reconversion of the industry. All wage and hour data used in this study were obtained directly by trained field reprefsentatives of the Bureau from pay-roll and other pertinent records of the companies visited. Sixteen plants which manufactured pocket cutlery and steel flatware during peacetime were included. These plants normally em ployed more than half the workers in the industry and are believed to be reasonably representative of the industry as a whole. Twelve of the plants, however, are currently engaged in the manufacture of bayonets and fighting knives for the armed forces. Two plants are engaged in the manufacture of professional flatware (such as butcher knives and slicing knives) for both civilian and military use, and only one plant is primarily engaged in the manufacture of flatware for civilian use. One additional plant, although primarily engaged ill 1 Prepared in the Bureau’s New York Regional Office by Edith M . Bergstrom, under the general super vision of Margaret L. Plunkett. ■ , r ,, , T . T, -vt V 2 Earnings and Hours in the Pocket-Cutlery Industry, July 1942, in M onthly Labor Review, November 1942 (p. 1015). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1273 1274 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 the manufacture of pliers and scissors, maintains a large knife depart ment which was included in the survey. Two of the 16 plants manu facture secondary products which are also directly connected with the war effort. Although these plants do not show important basic differences in organization, varying types of subsidiary departments were found in some cases. One company maintained a forge shop chiefly for forging pliers and scissors, three establishments had shops for making handles from bone purchased directly from slaughter houses, one plant manu factured plastic handles by an injection molding process, and two companies manufactured unrelated war products and maintained production machine shops, utilizing machinery not ordinarily used in the cutlery industry. Nature of the Industry The pocket-cutlery and steel-flatware industry in the United States is concentrated largely in New York, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island, although there are a few plants in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Colorado, and Ohio. In the 16 plants surveyed by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, 3,600 workers were employed. These plants are in New York, New Jersey, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Pennsyl vania, and constitute a majority of the plants in the industry. The 16 plants studied ranged in size from 5 to 650 employees. One plant, which had over 600 workers in January 1945, was converted to the production of knives only within the last 2% years. Analysis of employment in 11 plants that were also surveyed by the Bureau in July 1942 indicates a total increase of only 250 workers. This increase took place in the larger companies, while employment had decreased in the smaller ones. These small plants are in a criticallabor-shortage area and have not been able to compete with the higher wage levels in the locally important shipbuilding industry. Although the older plants in the cutlery industry were built along streams or rivers to utilize water power, all the cutlery plants studied now operate with electric power. The plants along streams, however, still have the advantage of a nearby water supply for the wet-grinding operations. Few cutlery plants have been planned and built as complete units. The present establishments were usually started as home workshops or as small, single-building plants where a few men made the complete knives. As the knife-making process was sub divided into specialized operations, additions were made to the original factory, or separate buildings were constructed for these specialized operations. “ Building on” is still a common practice. Plant operations.—Although there are some differences in processes . among the various plants, the fundamental operations involved in knife making were found to be generally the same. All the plants studied had departments for such operations as stamping, heat treat ing, grinding, polishing, assembling, inspection, wrapping, and packing. Although the majority of plants make limited use of machine grinding and polishing, practically all the operations in one plant were per formed by hand, and each blade was stamped, forged, heat treated, and polished individually. At the other extreme was a plant which had mechanized practically all its grinding and polishing operations with the use of specially constructed fixtures. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WAGE AND HOUR STATISTICS 1275 The differences in the quality and appearance of knives depend partly on the number of grinding and polishing operations performed and on whether or not the blades are forged. The forged, hand-made knife is the most expensive and is conceded to be of high quality. Up to the time of the first World War, it was the practice to let contracts to foremen who hired their own workers to make complete knives. This practice, however, was generally discontinued many years ago. Current production schedules have encouraged standardi zation of product and a rather fine subdivision of processing operations. Workers are now assigned to punch presses, forges, drilling and milling machines, grinding wheels, polishing wheels or machines, and to inspecting, wrapping, and packing operations. The assembly work is almost always subdivided into highly specialized operations, although it may be performed entirely by one person. This specialization permits great speed, particularly if the worker is paid on an incentive basis and the style of knife to be assembled does not vary. By specialization, too, the unskilled or semiskilled work has been separated from the functions of the skilled cutler. The advantages of making fewer types of knife and the use of mass-production techniques have become so evident during the war that many firms have expressed an intention of using similar methods in the postwar period. The production of flatware (such as butcher and slicing knives) does not require so many grinding operations as do the fighting knives and pocket cutlery, but a great deal more polishing is necessary. Hence, there are proportionately more polishers in the flatware plants and more grinders in the plants that manufacture pocket cutlery and fighting knives. The survey showed that polishers receive slightly higher rates in the flatware plants than in the plants manufacturing pocket cutlery and fighting knives, whereas the opposite was true in the case of grinders. In general, however, there was little difference in occupational wage levels between the pocket-cutlery and flatware branches of the industry. THE LABOR FORCE Women composed almost half of the labor force in January 1945, although in 1942 almost two-thirds of the workers were males. At the time of the earlier survey only two Negroes were employed in the plants surveyed. Although no actual count was taken in 1945, observation indicated that several hundred Negro workers were employed at the time of the survey. The industry also employs a large number of handicapped workers, minors, and elderly persons, who are able to perform the light machine and assembly work. The majority of the cutlery plants have employed many of their present workers for long periods of years. Unionization has increased in the cutlery industry during the war period. Eight of the plants included in the survey, which employed 2,700 workers, were entirely or partially organized. Seven of these had contracts with unions affiliated with the American Federation of Labor and one had an agreement with a union affiliated with the Congress of Industrial Organizations. At the time of the 1942 survey only three plants, employing about three-tenths of the workers studied, were unionized. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1276 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 194 5 WAGE-PAYMENT PRACTICES The Bureau’s 1942 study showed that over four-fifths of the workers in the plants surveyed were paid on a time basis. In January 1945, however, from a third to a half of all workers were paid on an incentive basis, most of these receiving individual piece rates. All the incentive workers had a guaranteed hourly minimum rate. The introduction of piecework has increased both production and the straight-time earnings of the workers. Of the 16 plants studied 12 operated one shift; 2 operated two shifts, and 2, three shifts. In one plant no shift differential was paid to the workers. Three establishments paid premiums of 3 cents an hour, 5 percent, and 10 percent, respectively, over the day rate. Ten of the plants surveyed paid yearly nonproduction bonuses (usually at Christmas time) ranging from $10 to 5 percent of the individual’s gross annual earnings. Male employees in 14 plants and female employees in 13 plants were scheduled to work 48 or more hours a week. One plant had a sched uled workweek of 47.5 hours and another of 44 hours, for both males and females, and a third plant had a 40-hour week for females. Actual hours worked, however, averaged 51.4 hours a week for males and 50.2 hours a week for females; these figures, of course, reflect a sub stantial amount of overtime. Eight companies gave paid vacations to plant employees, and 15 companies to office employees. A week’s vacation (or extra pay in lieu of vacation) after 1 year’s service was usual for both plant and office employees. Office employees were allowed sick leave with pay in 8 plants; no such provision was found for production employees in any of the establishments surveyed. Six plants had accident, sickness, and life-insurance policies that were wholly or partially paid by the employer. Two other plants had group hospital and health-insurance policies to which the employee might voluntarily subscribe; no payments were made by the company. Occupational Hourly Earnings Straight-time average hourly earnings 3 for all male workers ranged from 55 cents an hour for watchmen to $1.27 an hour for class A maintenance tool and die makers (table 1). The weighted average for all occupations studied was 70 cents an hour. Over 70 percent of all male workers received 70 cents an hour or more. The range for pro duction workers was from 58 cents an hour for milling-machine opera tors to 93 cents an hour for class A hand polishers, buffers, and glazers. Skilled hand-wheel workers, who averaged 88 cents an hour as a group, and cutlers, repairmen, and sample makers, who received 84 cents an hour, are generally conceded to be the most skilled of the processing workers. Machine polishers, who are most important numerically among the processing jobs, received 71 cents an hour. This occupation is a subdivision of the large group of machine polishers and semiskilled wheel workers, who averaged 73 cents an hour. The wage rates for women ranged from 50 cents an hour for parkerizersTo 87 cents an hour for class A hand polishers, buffers, and glazers. Excludes premium pay for overtime and night-shift work, but includes incentive earnings. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1277 WAGE AND HOUR STATISTICS T able 1.— Straight-Time Average Hourly Earnings 1 in Selected Occupations in PocketCutlery and Steel-Flatware Industry, January 1945 Occupation Male? Maintenance: Carpenters, maintenance, class B Electricians, maintenance, class B . . Machinists, maintenance, class A . . . Machinists, maintenance, class B Maintenance men, general utility, class B Maintenance helpers___ ... Mechanics, maintenance, class B _____ . Millwrights, class B ___________ . Tool and die makers, class A .. . . _ Tool and die makers, class B _____ _ . . W heelm en____ _______ Supervision: Working foremen, processing departments. _________ Processing: Assemblers______________ Cutlers, repairmen, and sample makers . D iasetters___ _____. . Drill-press operators, class C . .. Drop-hammer operators... . _____ . Grinding-machine operators, class B _________ Grinding-machine operators, class C . Handle cutters_____ . ______ Heat treaters, class B _____ _ Laborers . . . _ ______ _____ Machine polishers and wheel workers, semiskilled . Double headers_____________________ ______ Polishers, buffers, glazers, hand, class B . . . Machine polishers (mirror polishers, machine buffers, and glazers) _ . Milling-machine operators, class C __________ Packers_____ . . . . . . Parkerizers ____ Punch-press operators (set-up)___ . . . ____ Punch-press operators (no set-up)_________________ Riveters_______ _ . __________ _______ Set-up men, machine to o ls ___________ Sharpeners (edge setters)___ _ . _ _____. . _________________ . Straighteners. . . . Tumblers .. .. Wheel workers, hand, skilled____. . . . . . . Grinders, hand, class A _______ ____ _ Grinders, hand, class B ___ .. Hafters____________ . . . _ ___ Polishers, buffers, and glazers, hand, class A _ . . . Inspection and testing: Inspectors, class C_________________________ ______ Recording and control: Shipping clerks___ . . . _____ ____ . . ___ Stock clerks______ ____ ____ _____ . . . . Material movement: Truckers, hand.. ___________________ Custodial: Janitors____________________ __________________ W atchmen__________________ _____. . . Females Processing: Assemblers. . . _____ ___________ _ Bunchers (stringers).. . . . _____ ________ ___ Drill-press operators, class C ___________________________ Drop-hammer operators............. . . . ________ _____ Etchers ____ _____________________ Grinding-machine operators, class C____________________ Handle groovers_______________________ _____. . . Knife openers____ _ ._ . . _________ . . . . . . . . _. Machine polishers and wheel workers, sem isk illed ___ Double headers__________ _____ _____________ _ Handle polishers__________ _________________ ____ Polishers, buffers, glazers, class B ________ _ _ . . . Machine polishers (mirror polishers, machine buffers, and glazers)__________________ ____________ ____ https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis um Aver N um N age Lowest High ber of hourly est ber of employ plant plant plants earn average ees average ings 3 4 5 10 2 8 4 4 20 19 4 11 3 4 32 7 8 $0. 79 .79 1.09 .87 . 78 .78 .77 .64 1.27 .96 . 68 14 118 9 12 2 4 9 5 10 7 13 2 15 12 7 39 79 4 7 20 . 15 41 16 46 11 a 268 61 72 10 3 4 3 5 13 5 4 4 9 7 16 13 4 11 10 $0.60 . 57 .91 . 66 (?> (2) . 68 (2) 1.00 . 74 . 60 $0.90 1. 00 1 20 1 03 (2) (2) 82 (2) 1 40 1. 11 . 80 .91 .60 1.16 . 65 .84 .85 .67 .68 .79 .65 . 66 . 70 .62 . 73 .80 .64 . 50 .62 (2) .56 .50 . 62 .54 . 57 . 55 (2) . 56 .60 .54 . 74 1. 28 (2) 1.05 .79 .97 1.06 . 73 .91 (2) ' 1.00 1.12 1.00 96 3 10 5 7 52 12 16 5 30 12 3 254 80 10 72 70 .71 . 58 .66 .74 .78 .68 .65 .84 .80 .68 .64 .88 .85 .75 .84 .93 . 55 . 53 . 63 .55 .62 . 50 .55 . 74 . 72 . 50 . 50 . 57 . 59 . 64 . 56 .60 .93 . 65 . 72 .85 .95 .82 . 72 . 95 .87 .84 .75 1. 22 1.12 1.16 1.27 1.19 5 12 .65 . 55 .75 3 6 5 8 .68 .62 .60 .45 .90 .71 9 26 .62 .45 . 70 8 12 27 27 .60 .55 .50 .40 .75 .70 15 4 11 3 8 12 2 4 9 2 2 4 207 30 79 14 22 120 8 14 3 136 22 27 52 . 60 .61 - .63 .64 .55 .63 .52 .53 .61 .62 .59 .61 4K .52 .45 .50 .46 .52 (2) .52 .48 (2) (2) .50 S3 .63 .88 .66 .80 .78 .55 .70 (2) (2) .68 5 25 .60 .52 .70 3 2 8 (2) 1278 M ONTHLY LABOR R E V IE W — J U N E 1945 T able 1.— Straight-Time Average Hourly Earnings 1 in Selected Occupations in Pocket Cutlery and Steel-Flatware Industry, January 1945— C on tin u ed Occupation High um Aver Lowest N um N age est ber of hourly plant plant ber of employ earn average average plants ees ings Females—C ontinued Processing—Continued. Milling-machine operators, class C . ............. .......... Packers ___ __ ...... ... ......................................... ..... . Parkerizers _____ - _ -______ Punch-press operators (no set-up). . . __________ _____ Riveters -- - _______ ____ Sharpeners (edge setters) __________ . . __ ______ Straighteners _____ - ___ - __ ___ __ Wheel workers, hand, skilled _ __ __________ ___ _ Polishers, buffers, glazers, hand, class A ___ . ___ _______ _____ - _____ Wipers and cleaners________ Inspection and testing: Inspectors, class C ______________ _ _________________ Recording and control: Factory clerk s____________________ _____- ___ _____ Custodial: Janitresses_______________________________ __________ Office: Bookkeepers, hand ________ ______ ____ ______ Clerks, accounting___ _ _ __ __________ ___________ Clerks, general________________________________________ Clerks, order __________________ ______ _______ Clerks, pay roll ____________ ______- __________ Clerks—tvpists - _______________________ ___________ Stenographers, class B _ . __ __ _______________ Switchboard operators and receptionists________________ 5 7 3 11 8 9 2 4 2 13 23 62 7 100 53 54 4 3 18 15 122 $0.83 .61 .50 .60 .58 .60 .55 .84 .87 .53 12 97 .59 2 17 .55 $0.45 .52 .48 .52 .44 .49 (2) .64 (2) .41 [ $1.10 .70 .57 .69 .75 .71 (2) .87 (2) .84 .68 .45 (2) (a) 5 7 .55 .50 .58 8 3 6 4 8 8 .80 .68 .63 .62 .61 .64 .65 .62 .62 .60 .60 .55 .50 .50 .52 .50 .94 .76 .67 .71 .86 .71 .72 .71 7 6 6 7 27 5 19 8 9 6 1 Excludes premium pay for overtime and night-shift work, but includes incentive earnings. 2 Low- and high-plant averages omitted to avoid disclosure of identity of individual establishments. 3 Includes some workers whose duties could not be subclassified. Ninety-seven percent, however, received less than 65 cents an hour. The greater part of the female workers were found in such occupations as assemblers, punch-press operators, class C grinding-machine opera tors, drill-press operators, wipers and cleaners, and inspectors. The higher earnings of the male workers are due in part to the preponderance of men in the skilled occupations such as hand grinders, hand polishers, hafters, cutlers, and the maintenance occupations. Women, with the exception of a few skilled hand polishers, are in the occupations requiring less skill. All set-ups on the machines that are operated by women are made by male operators, who receive a wage differential for their added duties. Straight-time average hourly earnings are also shown in table 1 for women office employees. So few male office workers were found that it was not possible to present wage information for comparable jobs. The rates for female office occupations ranged from 61 cents an hour for pay-roll clerks to 80 cents an hour for hand bookkeepers. Rate Variations by Method of Wage Paym ent and Unionization Several factors have caused the wide ranges found in many of the occupations shown in table 1. The survey included plants which paid their workers on an incentive basis as well as those which paid on a time basis. Seven of the 16 plants were union, in 1 plant only the tool room was unionized, and 8 establishments were nonunion. Plant size ranged from 5 to 650 employees. In addition, the plants were scattered throughout the States of New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, and New Jersey. All these factors influenced https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1279 WAGE AND HOUR STATISTICS the wage rates of the occupations shown in table 1 and led to varia tions in rates for similar occupations. Method oj wage 'payment.—The payment of incentive wages is the most important factor in explaining the ranges in earnings within individual occupational groups. The straight-time average hourly earnings for 14 male and 13 female occupations which can be compared for both incentive and nonincentive workers, are shown in table 2. Comparisons are made on the basis of the individual job classifications rather than among the broader categories of jobs. Workers paid on an incentive basis received higher rates in all cases. The differences for male occupations ranged from 1 cent an hour for handle cutters to 33 cents an hour for skilled hand polishers, buffers, and glazers; for female occupations the range was from 2 cents an hour.for knife open ers, and for machine polishers and semiskilled wheel workers as a group, to 26 cents an hour for class C drill-press operators. * T able 2.— Straight-Time Average Hourly Earnings 1 in Selected Occupations in Pocket- Cutlery and Steel-Flatware Industry, by Method of Wage Payment, January 1945 Time payment N um ber of plants Occupation * Males Supervision: Working foremen_____________________________________ Processing: Assemblers........ - _____ ______ _________________________ Cutlers, repairmen, and sample makers________________ Drop-hammer operators_______________________________ Grinding-machine operators, class B _____ . ___________ Grinding-machine operators, class 0 _________ _________ Handle-cutters.......... . . . ______ ___________________ _ Machine polishers and wheel workers, sem iskilled... ____ Double headers_____________________________ ______ Machine polishers (mirror polishers, machine buffers, and glazers)_________________________ ____ _______ Punch-press operators (no set-up)______________________ Straighteners------------- ----------------------------------------------Wheel workers, hand, skilled__________________________ Grinders, hand, class A ____________________________ H a fters__________________________________________ Polishers, buffers, glazers, hand, class A ______ ___ Females Processing: Assemblers------------------ ------ --------------------------------------Bunchers (stringers)___________________________________ Drill-press operators, class 0 ___________________________ E tc h e rs.. ___________________________________________ Grinding-machine operators, class C.... ................................. Kniie openers____ _ . . --------------------------- . ------------Machine polishers and wheelworkers, semiskilled________ Packers... _____ . . . ________________________________ Punch-press operators (no set-up)______________________ Riveters____________ . ___________________________ . . . Sharpeners (edge setters)______________________________ Wipers and cleaners___________________________________ Inspection and testing: Inspectors, class C ------------ ---------------- ------ ------------------- Incentive pay ment Aver Aver N um N um age age ber of hourly ber of hourly workers earn workers earn ings ings * 14 108 $0.91 10 $0.99 9 12 9 5 10 7 15 12 25 58 16 6 28 10 174 34 .62 .76 .67 .63 .59 .66 .65 .73 14 21 4 9 13 6 94 27 .71 1.03 .72 .90 .79 .67 .88 .88 10 13 9 16 13 11 10 64 41 26 168 65 46 41 .63 .67 .66 .79 .82 .76 .82 32 11 4 86 15 26 29 .87 .74 .80 1.05 .98 .98 1.15 15 4 11 8 12 4 9 7 11 8 9 13 141 5 56 14 73 10 124 33 66 31 37 78 .54 .55 .55 .50 .61 .52 .61 .58 .58 .55 .55 .50 66 25 23 8 47 4 12 29 34 22 17 44 .72 .62 .81 .64 .67 .54 .63 .66 .64 .63 .69 .59 12 65 .58 32 .61 t Excludes premium pay for overtime and night-shift work. Unionization.—On the basis of 26 individual male occupations and 11 individual female occupations, which appeared in both union and nonunion plants, unionization appeared not to be an important over https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1280 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 all factor influencing average earnings (table 3). Thirteen male occu pations had higher wage rates in union plants, with variations ranging from 2 cents an hour for double headers, riveters, and class A tool and die makers to 9 cents an hour for class B heat treaters and straighteners. Nonunion establishments also paid higher wage rates in 13 male occupations, the differences ranging from 1 cent an hour for class B polishers, buffers, and glazers to 14 cents an hour for machine polishers. Three individual female occupations were paid equal rates in union and nonunion plants. Union plants paid 1 cent an T able 3. —Average Straight-Time Hourly Earnings 1 in Selected Occupations in Union and Nonunion Plants, Pocket-Cutlery and Steel-Flatware Industry, January 1945 Union plants Occupation Males Maintenance: Machinists, maintenance, class A __ . . ----------- - . . . Machinists, maintenance, class B ------------ ----------------Tool and die makers, class A ____ . . Wheelmen....... . __ ___ __ ...... .............. ...... Supervision: Working foremen, processing departments____ ^ -----------Processing: Assemblers_________ __________ - -- ------------- --------Cutlers repairm en, and sample makers.................................. Drop-hammer operators_____ ________________________ Grinding-machine operators, class B___ ________________ Grinding-machine operators, class C_______ ____ ________ Handle-cutters_________________ _____________ ______ Heat treaters, class B _ ___________________________ . . Machine polishers and wheel workers, semiskilled____ . Double headers_______________________________ ____ Polishers, buffers, glazers, hand, class B _____________ Machine polishers (mirror polishers, machine buffers, and glazers)__________________ ______ ________ Punch-press operators (no set-up)_____________________ _ Riveters___ _____________ _________________ ________ Straighteners__________ _________________ ________ _ Tumblers_____ _____________________ . . . __ _________ Wheel workers, hand, skilled_______________ __________ Grinders, hand, class A _______ ___________________ Hafters________ ______________________ Polishers, buffers, glazers, hand, class A ____ ____ ____ Recording and control: Stock clerks____________________________________ _____ Material movement: Truckers, han d.. _________________ __ _ ___ Custodial: Janitors________ _______________ _____ _______ ______ W atchmen___ ______ ____________ ______ . . Females Processing: Assemblers___________ ___________ ____________ Drill-press operators, class C ________ _______ _________ Etchers______ _______ ________ ______ ____ Grinding-machine operators, class C____ . Machine polishers and wheel workers, semiskilled_______ Machine polishers (mirror polishers, machine bufiers, and glazers)______ _ _________________ Packers_______ _ . . . _________. . Punch-press operators (no set-up)___ _________ . _ _ Riveters____ _____ ___________ Sharpeners (edge setters)_________ __________ Wipers and cleaners.-. ________ _______________ Inspection and testing: Inspectors, class C _______________________ ____ _______ N um ber of plants Nonunion plants 2 Aver Aver N um N um age age ber of hourly ber of hourly workers earn workers earn ings ings 5 10 8 8 10 13 24 4 $1.08 .88 1.27 .66 10 6 8 4 $1.10 .84 1.25 .70 14 9 12 9 5 10 7 13 15 12 7 21 .94 97 .91 16 45 10 6 23 9 32 117 22 13 .64 .82 .71 .77 .62 .70 .73 .74 .81 .63 23 34 10 9 18 7 14 151 39 59 .66 .85 .65 .80 .69 .62 .64 .73 .79 .64 10 13 5 9 7 16 13 11 10 43 35 9 23 5 152 58 36 39 .63 .68 .66 .70 .66 .87 .83 .81 .88 53 17 3 7 7 102 22 36 31 .77 .70 .64 .61 .61 .88 .90 .87 1.00 6 5 .64 3 .60 9 14 .66 12 .58 8 12 23 9 .61 .53 4 18 .53 . 56 15 11 8 12 9 126 70 7 67 83 .59 .63 .55 .63 .61 81 9 15 53 53 .60 .62 .55 .63 .61 5 7 11 8 9 13 15 35 48 31 39 47 .56 .58 .58 .57 .58 .52 10 27 52 22 15 75 .66 .66 .61 .60 .64 .54 12 75 .59 22 .59 1 Excludes premium pay for overtime and night-shift work, but includes incentive earnings. 2 Includes one plant whose tool room is organized; tool-room workers are included in union column. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis W AGE A N D HOUR ST A T IS T IC S 1281 hour more to class C women drill-press operators. The other 7 female occupations had higher wage rates in the nonunion plants, the differences ranging from 1 cent an hour for assemblers to 10 cents an hour for machine polishers. Comparison between union and nonunion plants, with particular reference to method of wage payment, showed in general that occupa tions which were paid on a time basis had higher earnings in union plants and occupations paid on an incentive basis had higher earnings in nonunion plants. Regardless of unionization, the larger plants almost invariably paid higher wages than the smaller ones. Changes in wage rates in selected occupations, 1942 to 1945.—Because of changes in the plants and occupations studied, it is possible to make only a rough comparison between the rates found in the Bureau’s 1942 study and those found in the current survey. At the time of the earlier survey the occupational averages for male workers ranged from 42 cents for watchmen, janitors, and sweepers combined, to 74 cents for working foremen; those for female workers ranged from 39 cents for etchers to 46 cents for sharpeners and hem ming grinding-machine operators. The general average straighttime earnings, for all comparable occupations studied in both periods, weighted by the number of workers studied in 1945, rose from 53 cents to 69 cents, or by 30 percent. On the same basis, all male workers in comparable occupations averaged 61 cents an hour in 1942 as com pared with a 1945 average of 77 cents. Female workers averaged 44 cents an hour in July 1942 and 60 cents in January 1945. These in creases have resulted in part, of course, from the extension of incen tive-payment plans and do not constitute a measure of the rate of change in basic rates. T rend o f F actory E arnings, 1 9 3 9 to M arch 1 9 4 5 THE published average earnings of factory workers are summarized in the accompanying table for selected months from January 1939 to March 1945.1 The earnings shown in this table are on a gross basis (i. e., before deductions for social security, income and victory taxes, bond purchases, etc.). Weekly earnings in all manufacturing averaged $47.51 in March 1945—104.9 percent above the average in January 1939, 78.3 percent above January 1941, and 22.2 percent above October 1942. Such factors as longer hours of work, merit increases for individual workers, premium pay for overtime worked, changing composition of the labor force within plants, shifts in the distribution of workers among plants and among industries, as well as wage-rate increases, account for the rise in earnings. Gross hourly earnings in all manufacturing averaged 104.5 cents in March 1945-—65.3 percent above the average in January 1939, 53.0 percent above January 1941, and 17.0 percent above October 1942. 1 Compare Trends in Factory Wages, 1939-43, in M onthly Labor Review, November 1943 (pp. 869-994), especially table 4 (p. 879). For detailed data regarding weekly earnings, see Detailed Reports for Industrial and Business Employment, March 1946, table 6 (p. 1331), in this issue. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1282 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 Straight-time average hourly earnings, as shown in columns 7 to 9, are estimated to exclude premium pay at time and a half for work in excess of 40 hours. The effect of extra pay for work on supplementary shifts and on holidays is included. For all manufacturing, the straighttime average in March 1945 was 96.9 ceuts per hour; this was 55.5 percent higher than in January 1939, 45.9 percent above January 1941, and 15.5 percent above October 1942. The shift of workers from relatively low-wage to relatively highwage industries since 1939 would have raised the average earnings of factory workers, even if no other influences had been present. The effects of such interindustry shifts have been eliminated from the averages shown in columns 10 to 12 of the table. If employment had been distributed between industries as it was in January 1939, the straight-time hourly earnings of factory workers would have averaged 89.6 cents in March 1945, or 43.8 percent above the corresponding average in January 1939, 38.3 percent above January 1941, and 14.6 percent above October 1942. Between February and March 1945 the increase in straight-time hourly earnings, after eliminating the influence of shifting employment, amounted to 0.6 percent. Even this latter series of averages exaggerates the rise in wage rates, because it includes the influence of interplant shifts of employment, merit increases for individual workers, and premium rates for work on extra shifts and on holidays. Earnings of Factory Workers in Selected Months, 1939 to March 1945 Average weekly earnings M onth and year Jan____ Jan____ Jan____ Jan ___ July___ Oct____ 1943: JanApr____ July----Oct-----D ec____ 1944: Jan ___ Apr____ July___ Oct_ D ec____ 1945: Jan____ Feb.3 . Mar.3. . . Estimated straighttime average hourly earnings 1 Estimated straighttime average hourly earnings weighted by January 1939 em ploym ent3 All Non Non All N on All N on All dura manu Dura dura dura manu Dura dura manu Dura manu Dura ble ble ble factur ble factur goods ble ble ble factur goods ble factur goods goods goods goods ing goods goods ing ing ing (1) 1939: 1940: 1941: 1942: Average hourly earnings (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (ID $23.19 $25.33 $21. 57 $0.632 $0.696 $0. 583 $0.623 $0.688 $0. 574 $0.623 $0. 688 .717 .703 .589 .697 24. 56 27.39 22. 01 .655 .598 -.644 .635 .749 .683 .722 .711 26. 64 30.48 22. 75 .610 .664 .601 .648 33. 40 38.98 26. 97 .890 .762 .835 .729 .801 .688 .670 .810 .949 .725 .809 .885 .759 .846 36. 43 42. 51 28.94 .856 .701 .893 .919 .723 .782 .869 38.89 45.31 30. 66 .990 .751 .839 .919 1.017 .768 .859 .941 .733 .794 .886 40. 62 46.68 32.10 .897 .878 .959 .751 .808 42.48 48.67 33.58 .944 1.040 .790 .963 1.060 .899 .981 .823 .919 42. 76 48. 76 34.01 .806 .766 .997 .836 .929 44.86 51.26 35.18 .988 1.086 .824 .916 .781 .942 .927 1.011 .846 .995 1.093 .832 .788 44.58 50. 50 35.61 .931 1.013 .793 .945 45. 29 51. 21 36.03 1.002 1.099 .838 .850 .862 .955 45.55 51.67 36.16 1.013 1.110 .942 1.023 .806 .850 .973 .815 .874 45. 43 51.07 37. 05 1.018 1.116 .862 .950 1.035 .969 .829 .881 46. 94 53.18 37. 97 1.031 1.129 .878 .956 1.038 47. 44 53.68 38.39 1.040 1.140 .883 .963 1.046 .832 .886 .975 .891 .894 .984 47.50 53.54 38.66 1. 046 1.144 .970 1.053 .840 .977 47.43 53. 39 38. 73 1. 043 1.138 .893 .842 .891 .968 1.047 .846 .896 47.51 53.38 39.00 1.045 1.139 .969 1.048 .981 .897 (12) $0.574 .589 .600 .667 .694 .716 .724 .741 .750 .765 .773 .778 .792 .799 .815 .818 .825 .827 .831 1 Average hourly earnings, excluding the effect of premium pay for overtime. 3 Average hourly earnings, excluding premium pay for overtime, weighted by man-hours of employment in the major divisions of the manufacturing industry for January 1939. 3 Preliminary. 6 4 5 8 8 6 — 45 - https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis -10 1283 WAGE AND HOUR STATISTICS E arnings o f Office W orkers in N ew Y ork State F actories, O ctober 1 9 4 4 1 EARNINGS of office workers in nonsupervisory positions in manu facturing plants in New York State averaged $42.99 per week in October 1944, based on data for 65,208 employees in 2,815 establish ments reporting to the New York State Department of Labor in its annual investigation of office workers’ earnings. The survey covered only employees working in offices connected with factories; those working in administrative or sales offices were excluded. Supervisory employees were represented, for the first time, in the October 1944 survey. Weekly earnings of the 39,371 persons in this group, in 2,329 reporting establishments, averaged $88.24. Earnings varied considerably among the different industries, usually being highest in those composed of large plants. Leather products had the lowest average weekly earnings for both nonsupervisory ($28.22) and supervisory ($67.82) employees, while metals and machinery had the highest average for nonsupervisory employees ($47.08), and stone, clay, and glass the highest for supervisory em ployees ($99.64), among the major industry groups. For miscel laneous manufacturing, the combined average for nonsupervisory employees was $47.80 and for supervisory employees, $110.43. Earn ings were higher in New York City than in the rest of the State in most of the individual industry groups, for both nonsupervisory and supervisory employees. Table 1 gives average weekly earnings in October 1944 of non supervisory and supervisory office workers in New York State and New York City, by industry. The nonsupervisory employees included clerks, stenographers, bookkeepers, timekeepers, and technical and professional employees working under supervision. The supervisory group included office managers, superintendents, other supervisory employees, and “responsible” professional and technical employees. Of the 65,208 nonsupervisory office employees covered in the survey, 65.2 percent were women, and of the 39,371 supervisory employees, 9 T able 1.—Average Weekly Earnings of Office Workers in Manufacturing Plants in New York State and New York City, October 1944 N ew York State Industry All manufacturing __________ Super visory workers _____ _ ________ Food, tobacco products___________________ __ - ____ Textile-mill products _________________________ ____ Apparel, etc _____ _____ ________________________ Furniture, lumber products________________________ Paper, etc _______________________________________ Printing, etc___________ ____ ____________________ Chemicals, petroleum products__________ _________ Rubber products___________ _____________________ Leather products ________________________________ Stone, clay, and g la s s .____________________________ Metals and’ machinery ___ _____________ Miscellaneous manufacturing industries_____________ Nonsuper visory workers New York City Super visory workers Nonsuper visory workers $88. 24 $42.99 $95. 54 $40. 59 87. 89 75.13 73.91 72.45 76.97 90.86 82.11 71.17 67.82 99.64 87.27 110.43 35. 62 31.25 32.10 35.60 35.15 38. 58 37. 52 38. 39 28. 22 36. 63 47.08 47.80 95. 47 70.08 75.54 74. 80 78. 77 92. 39 84. 86 64.95 82.17 (') 92.24 142. 26 37.12 34. 32 33.42 36. 58 34. 73 40. 61 34.95 35.08 29.96 0) 44. 53 49.45 1 N ot computed; representation too small to be significant. 1 New York. Department of Labor. Industrial Bulletin and Employment Review (Albany), NovemberDecember 1944 (p. 336). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1284 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 19 45 percent; in New York City alone, women constituted 66.9 percent of the 19,191 nonsupervisory employees and 11.7 percent of the 10,682 supervisory employees. Earnings of women are still much lower than those of men. For all industries combined, in the State as a whole, women office workers averaged $34.68 per week in October 1944 as compared with $58.56 for men; corresponding figures for New York City were $34.46 and $55.19 and for the remainder of the State, $34.80 and $59.84. Weekly earnings of women office workers and women production workers, all industries combined, averaged prac tically the same, $34.68 for the former and $34.45 for the latter. Earn ings of the office workers increased 7.5 percent from October 1943 to October 1944 and of the production workers, 9.4 percent, as shown in table 2. T able 2.—Average Weekly Earnings of Nonsupervisory Women Office and Production Workers in New York State Manufacturing Plants, October 1943 and 1944 Office workers Production workers Industry October 1944 All manufacturing_________________ . . Food, tobacco products____ ______ ____ Textile-mill products . _ . Apparel, etc. _______ _ _ . . . ___ _____ Furniture, lumber products_____ _ Paper, etc. _ _______ ______ . Printing, etc_______________ Chemicals, petroleum products. _ Rubber produ cts... Leather products___________ . Stone, clay, and glass__ . . . . . . ___ Metals and m achin ery___ _ Miscellaneous manufacturing industries. _ October Percent of October 1943 change 1944 October Percent of 1943 change $34. 68 $32. 27 + 7.5 $34. 45 $31. 50 + 9 .4 30.68 27. 56 30. 95 29. 79 29.41 31.77 33.11 31. 90 26.42 30. 62 37. 08 39.43 28. 97 26. 28 28.88 28. 03 27. 99 29. 79 30.90 29. 73 25.71 30.34 33. 98 37.14 + 5.9 + 4.9 + 7 .2 + 6.3 + 5.1 + 6 .6 + 7 .2 + 7.3 + 2 .8 26. 72 27.70 37. 06 30. 76 26. 39 27. 57 27. 93 34. 47 28.63 32.48 39. 77 33.85 24. 53 25. 99 30.30 28.01 24. 25 25. 39 26.97 31.96 25.03 29. 57 38.13 33. 70 + 8 .9 + 6.6 +22.3 + 9 .8 + 8 .8 + 8 .6 + 3.6 + 7.9 +14.4 +13.7 + 4.3 + .4 +9.1 + 6 .2 W ages and Cost o f L ivin g in R om e, N ovem ber 1 9 4 0 and 1 9 4 4 THE average industrial worker’s basic daily wage in Rome increased from 29.00 lire 1 to 37.65 lire (about 30 percent) from November 1940 to December 1943, according to a radio broadcast by the secretary of the Rome Chamber of Labor. In November 1944 the basic wage was 49.35 lire, which indicated an increase of 70 percent over Novem ber 1940. The basic wage for a worker with wife and 3 children, plus family, cost-of-living, and other allowances, advanced from 35 lire in November 1940 to 140 lire in November 1944, an increase of 300 per cent. It was stated, however, that “ the majority of workers have much lower wages.” The standard of living of the workers had already deteriorated in 1940. According to statistics collected by the Rome Chamber of Labor, quoted in the broadcast, it has fallen still lower since then, for during the last 4 years the cost of living has increased by 750 per cent. An average family which spent 194 lire per week in November 1940, would have had to spend over 1,000 lire weekly for the same articles in November 1944. 1 Average exchange rate of lira in November 1940 was 5.04 cents. The Allied Military Government estab lished in July 1943 for the liberated portion of Italy as exchange rate 1 lira for 1 cent; this became effective in the Rome area about the middle of 1944. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Wage and Hour Regulation M inim um W ages in L uxem bou rg, 1 9 4 5 1 MINIMUM wages for all workers except domestic, agricultural, and home workers in Luxembourg were fixed by a grand-ducal decree of December 30, 1944. The decree, effective January 1, 1945, provided that the minimum hourly rate, based on the legal maximum workweek, should be from 9 to 10 francs2 for unskilled labor and from 11 to 12 francs for skilled labor. Adult male employees paid on a monthly basis were to receive not less than 1,750 francs. Minimum wages of young workers were graduated from 50 percent of these rates for persons 16 years of age to 90 percent for persons 20 years of age. Women’s wages were fixed at from 80 to 90 percent of those applicable to men. The law author ized employment of handicapped persons, by special permit, at lower rates than those fixed by the decree. Penalties for infractions were provided. M inim um W ages and Labor C onditions in Paraguay in 1 9 4 4 3 NOTEWORTHY developments affecting Paraguayan labor in 1944 included wage increases, the establishment of minimum-wage scales throughout the country, and a rise in cost of subsistence of a worker’s family to a figure that was more than 44 percent above the highest minimum wage adopted. M inimum Wage Rates Wages in the capital zone, chiefly in the city of Asunción, increased from 10 to 47 percent for different trades and occupations in 1944, according to the National Labor Bureau of Paraguay, and the general wage increase throughout the remainder of the country amounted to approximately 30 percent. These wage changes occurred largely in conformity with decisions and resolutions issued by the National Labor Bureau in accordance with decree law No. 620 of October 2, 1943. Thus, on January 25, 1944, the Bureau established in final form minimum wages for the capital zone, and divided labor employed in industry and commerce into specific classifications. Payments to labor were based upon those classifications, and varied in amount from 1 Information is from report of George Platt Waller, Charge d’Affaires ad interim, Luxembourg, Feb ruary 17,1945, enclosing translation of text of decree. 2 The exchange rate of the franc = 2.28 cents. 3 Data are from reports by Wesley Frost, United States Ambassador, Asunción, dated January 27, 1944 (No. 1771), Harry L. Hamlette, junior economic analyst, and Frederick J. Cunningham, second secretary, U nited States Embassy at Asunción, dated October 23,1944 (No. 115), and March 17,1945 (No. 41). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1285 1286 M ONTHLY LABOR R E V IE W — J U N E 194 5 1.00 to 2.56 guaranies. Subsequently, on October 6, 1944, the Bureau established permanent wages for workers in industry and commerce in the interior zones. These rates, for men, ranged from 1.40 to 2.56 guaranies. In the meantime, on April 8, 1944, permanent minimum wages were fixed for cattle-ranch workers. The daily rates were 1.00 guarani and 0.70 guarani, respectively, for males and females over 18 years of age. For workers under 18, the minimum daily wage was set at 0.40 Minimum D aily Wages Set for Certain Workers in Capital and Interior Zones of Paraguay, 1944 [Rates apply to wage earners, unless otherwise specified] M inimum rate (in guaranies) 1 Industry Capital Industry Interior Minimum rate (in guaranies) 1 Capital Interior • M a n u f a c t u r i n g —Con. M a n u fa c tu r in g Construction materials: Brick kilns..................... . 1.76 Lime kilns Marble works 2. 50 2. 50 Tile and mosaic St.oneeiit.t.ing 2. 00 Foodstuffs: 2. 50 Bakeries - __________ Cane-syrup factories "Distilleries: Distillers __ Laborers Processing raw7 materials: 2.00 Corn mills____________ 2. 40 Flour mills__________ Rice mills: 2.00 M en ....................... Women ________ 1.60 2. 50 Starch mills ________ Sugar plants Oil miils and cotton gins: Cotton gins _________ 2.50 2.24 Oil mills __________ Soap factories: 2.00 M en __________ 1.60 Women ________ Woodworking and furniture: Carpentry and furni2.40 ture________________ Sawmills: Men _______ _ Women Paper and printing: Cardboard and paper: Men 1. 50 Women 1.00 Printing: M en _______ -- 1. 50-2.00 1.60 Women ________ Leather: Hides and skins (tan2.00 ning) - _ Saddlery_____________ Textiles: Regular workers: M en_____________ 2.00-2.56 ■Women _________ 1.60-1.80 Coarse-cloth w eavers... 1.40 1.75 1.40 1.60 1.60 1.40 1.60 1.80 1.70 1.30 1.60 2.00 1.60 1.20 1.80 1.60-1.80 1.20 1. 40-1.80 J21.60-2.00 l « 1.40 2.00-2.56 1.60-1.80 1.20 1 Average exchange rate of guarani=32 cents. * Men. 3 Women. * Skilled workers. * Tile masons. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Clothing: Hats and caps: M en_____________ W omen. ________ Shoes: Men__ _________ W omen. ________ Tailor shops ________ Metallurgy: Foundries_________ . . Machine shops_______ Shipyards. ______ T in shops____________ 1. 50 } 1.00 2. 56 1.76 2. 50 1.20 4 1.80 1.40 1. 20-41.60 1. 40-4 2.00 1. 30-1.80 2.00 2.00 1.30-1. 70 N o n m a n u fa c tu r in g Building and construction: Carpenters___________ Masons ____________ Painters______________ Pavers _____________ Transportation, land: Railroads. ...................... Street railways_______ Trucks and busses____ Wagons and carts_____ Transportation, river: Crew________________ Stevedores______ _____ Hotels, restaurants, etc: Waiters ______ ____ _ Other workers: Men __________ W omen __________ Laundries: Men _____________ Women _____________ Beauty parlors __ _ __ C o m m ercia l e sta b lis h ments: Salaried employees: M en ____________ W omen __________ Wage earners, m en____ Commercial agencies: Men ______________ Women _____ ___ Banks and insurance: Salaried employees____ Wage earners_________ 1.80 1.70 1.80 «2. 50 2. 50 2.40 1.70 2.50 2.00 1.60 1.40-2.00 1.60 2. 40 2.50 2.00 1.80 2.50 1.60 2.00 1. 60 1.60 1.20 2.00 1. 50 1.50 1.60 1.20 2.00 1. 50 1.80 1.40 1.60 2.00 2.40 1.76 f \ 2.00 1.60 W AGE A N D H O U R R EG U L A T IO N 1287 guarani. In addition, it was specified that the employer was to furnish shelter and food, that workers who provided their own tools or equipment were to be paid higher wages, and that no existing wages could be lowered because of the minima thus established. Other wage increases granted by the National Labor Bureau were in accordance with agreements reached between workers and their employers, under the auspices and control of the Bureau. A report edly typical case was that pertaining to workers in the printing industry, 65 percent of whom had had a monthly rate of pay of less than 80 guaranies. These workers received a 20-percent increase; on the other hand those employees whose monthly wage had been more than 80 guaranies, received a 15-percent increase. Employment By far the greatest number of Paraguayans (approximately 700,000) were engaged in agricultural or pastoral pursuits, and many of the remainder (about 300,000) received only part of their income from industry and commerce. According to the National Labor Bureau, 12,105 persons were reported to be employed in industrial and 1,066 in commercial activities. Cost of Living The National Labor Bureau made a survey of the cost of subsistence of a worker’s family in the Asunción zone. The study was based on a family of 4, including the worker, his wife, and 2 minor children. Estimates were made of the cost to such a family of food, shelter, hygiene, transportation, culture, recreation, and clothing. This study indicated that the cost of subsistence of such a family, as of October 1, 1943, was 3.06 guaranies per day. Between that date and the end of 1944, the subsistence cost rose 21 percent, to 3.70 guaranies. It appears therefore that the highest minimum wage established in 1944 (2.56 guaranies) was approximately 31 percent below the esti mated cost of subsistence by the end of that year. Trade-Union Membership Membership in legally constituted trade-unions, at the beginning of 1945, was said to number 10,699. Of that total, unions in Asunción claimed 7,458 members, and those in the rest of the country were reported to have 2,027 in unions of “ white collar” workers. In Asunción, the workers’ organizations totaled 65, with the greatest number of unions in the transport and communications category. Outside the capital area, there were 13 labor organizations. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Cost o f Living and Retail Prices Cost o f L ivin g in Large C ities, A p ril 1 9 4 5 CONTINUED shortages of meats, of some cotton clothing, and of certain low-priced cost-of-living items were the most important fac tors in the retail situation in mid-April. The increases that occurred during the month were mostly seasonal and resulted in a small total increase of 0.2 percent as compared with mid-March. Since the outbreak of the war in Europe, prices of living essentials have risen 28.9 percent, not including an allowance of 3 to 4 points for quality deterioration and uptrading (not included in the Bureau of Labor Statistics index). On April 15, 1945, the index stood at 127.1 percent of the 1935-39 average, and was 2.0 percent above the level of the same date in 1944. During the latter half of March and the first half of April, average food costs rose 0.5 percent and were 1.5 percent higher than in midApril 1944. Fresh fruits and vegetables rose 2.6 percent during the month, primarily because of advances (mostly seasonal) for oranges, apples, lettuce, potatoes, cabbage, and carrots. There was little change in quoted prices of meat, but it was practically unobtainable in many cities. About 80 percent of the retailers surveyed by the Bureau early in the week of April 17 had no pork or veal for sale, and over 50 percent had no beef or lamb (see p. 1298). It was reported that many markets were holding their limited supplies for sale, to regular customers, on Fridays or Saturdays. All prices col lected by the Bureau are obtained from established retailers, without inquiry as to the sources of supplies. Overceiling prices are included but “ under the counter” or “ back door” sales are not represented. Clothing costs advanced 0.2 percent during the month, to a level 5.0 percent above that of mid-April 1944, reflecting the continuing shortage of low-cost clothing items. Scattered increases in costs of women’s rayon underwear and men’s white broadcloth shirts occurred. The average cost of cotton house dresses continued to advance, although prices in a few cities declined as directive garments produced under WPB-OPA programs became available. Prices of men’s work clothing showed minor price changes. Prices of housefurnishings and miscellaneous goods and services rose slightly (0.1 percent), reflecting small scattered advances, and by April 15 were respectively 8.9 and 2.3 percent above 1944 levels. Fuel, electricity, and ice costs declined 0.2 percent during the month ending April 15, 1945. This resulted from discontinuing the extra charges for one-ton deliveries for anthracite, bituminous coal, and coke, temporarily allowed by the OPA in several cities. Rents were not surveyed in April. In connection with the tables here given it should be borne in mind that the Bureau of Labor Statistics index indicates average changes 12 8 8 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis COST OF L IV IN G A N D R ETA IL PR IC ES 1289 in retail prices of selected goods, rents, and services, bought by families of wage earners and lower-salaried workers in large cities. The items covered represented 70 percent of the expenditures of families who had incomes ranging from $1,250 to $2,000 in 1934-36. The index does not show the full wartime effect on the cost of living of such factors as lowered quality, disappearance of low-priced goods and forced changes in housing and eating away from home. It does not measure changes in total “ living costs”—that is, in the total amount families spend for living. Income taxes and bond subscriptions are not included.1 The indexes here given are based on time-to-time changes in the cost of goods and services purchased by wage earners and lowersalaried workers in large cities. They do not indicate whether it costs more to live in one city than in another. The data relate to the 15th of each month, except those for January 1941, in tables 1 and 2. For that month they were estimated for January 1 (the date used in the “Little Steel” wage formula of the National War Labor Board), by assuming an even rate of change from December 15, 1940, to the next pricing date. The President’s “hold-the-line” order was issued April 8, 1943. The peak of the rise which led to that order was reached in May, which is, therefore, used for this comparison. Food prices are collected monthly in 56 cities during the first four days of the week which includes the Tuesday nearest the 15th of the month. Aggregate costs of foods in each city, weighted to represent food purchases of families of wage earners and lower-salaried workers have been combined for the United States with the use of population weights. In March 1943, the number of cities included in the food index was increased from 51 to 56, and the number of foods from 54 to 61. Prices of clothing, housefurnishings, and miscellaneous goods and services are obtained in 34 large cities in March, June, September, and December. In intervening months, prices are collected in 21 of the 34 cities for a shorter list of goods and services. Rents are surveyed semiannually in most of the 34 cities (in March and September, or in June and December). In computing the all-items indexes for individ ual cities and the rent index for the average of large cities, because of the general stability of average rents at the present time, the indexes are held constant in cities not surveyed during the current quarter. Prices for fuel, electricity, and ice are collected monthly in 34 large cities. r Ij For a description of the methods used in computing the index, see Description of the Oost-of-Living Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics. An appraisal of the factors enumerated above was given in the report of the President’s Committee on the Cost of Living, November 17, 1944. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1290 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 T able 1.— Cost of Living in Large Cities as of A pril 1945 and Earlier Dates Apr. 1945 Apr. 1944 Mar. 1945 M ay 1943 Group This Last month month M ay 1942 HoldMax. the-line Gen. order Price Reg. Last year Jan. 1941 Aug. 1939 “ Little Steel” decision M onth be fore war in Europe Indexes (1935-39=100) All items___ ____ ______ ______ Food ___________ _______ Clothing__________________ Rent _ _ ___________ Fuel, electricity and ice_____ Gas and electricity______ Other fuels and ice______ Housefurnishings. ________ M iscellaneous_____________ 126.8 135.9 143. 7 108. 3 110.0 95.5 124.1 144. 5 123.6 127.1 136.6 144.0 109.8 95.5 123. 7 144.7 123.7 124.6 134.6 137.1 108.1 109.9 96.0 123.5 132.9 120.9 125.1 143.0 127.9 108.0 107.6 96.1 118.7 125.1 115.3 116.0 121.6 126.2 109.9 104.9 96.6 112. 9 122. 2 110.9 100.8 97.6 101.2 105. 0 100.8 97. 5 104.0 100.2 101.8 98.6 93.5 100.3 104.3 97. 5 99.0 96.3 100.6 100.4 Percent of change to April 1945 + 0 .2 + .5 + .2 All items Food _________________. . . . Clothing__________________ R e n t1 Fuel, electricity and ice_____ Gas and electricity______ Other fuels and i c e .......... Housefurnishings___________ Miscellaneous______________ + 2 .0 + 1 .5 + 5 .0 + .2 -.1 -. 5 + .2 + 8 .9 + 2 .3 - .2 0 - .3 +. 1 + .1 + 1 .6 -4 .5 +12.6 + .3 + 2 .0 - .6 + 4 .2 +15.7 + 7 .3 + 9 .6 +12.3 +14.1 -1 . 5 + 4 .7 - 1 .1 + 9 .6 +18.4 +11.5 +26.1 +40.0 +42.3 + 3.1 + 8 .9 - 2 .1 +18.9 +44.4 +21.5 +28.9 +46.1 +43.6 + 3.8 +12.6 - 3 .5 +28.5 +43. 8 +23.2 1 Percent of change to March 1945. T able 2. —Percent of Change, to A pril 1945, in Cost of Living From Specified Dates, by Cities Mar. 1945 Apr. 1944 M ay 1943 M ay 1942 Jan. 1941 Aug. 1939 Last month Last year Holdthe-line order Gen. Max. Price Reg. “ Little Steel” decision M onth be fore war in Europe City A vera g e.._______________________ + 0 .2 + 2 .0 + 1 .6 + 9 .6 +26.1 +28.9 Baltimore, M d ___________________ Birmingham, Ala________________ Boston, M ass____________________ Buffalo, N . Y ____________________ Chicago, 111. _ . ________________ Cincinnati, Ohio______ ______ ____ Cleveland, Ohio________ _____ Denver, Colo____________________ Detroit, M ich____________________ Houston, Tex _________________ Kansas City, M o_________________ Los Angeles, Calif________________ Minneapolis, M inn________ ______ N ew York, N*. Y _________________ Philadelphia, Pa___________ ______ Pittsburgh, Pa_______ _ . ______ St. Louis, M o____________________ San Francisco, Calif.1_____________ Savannah, Ga____________________ Seattle, W ash. . . . . _________ Washington, D . C________________ +• 2 + .3 0 -.1 + .4 + .4 + .3 + .4 + .4 + .6 + .3 + .6 + .1 + .2 -. 1 + .5 + .2 + .6 0 0 + .2 + 2 .6 + 2 .4 + 1 .4 + 1 .8 + 2 .0 + 1 .4 + 1 .0 + 2 .1 + 2.1 + 1 .9 + 2 .1 + 3 .2 + 1 .2 + 1 .6 + 1 .9 + 2 .2 + 1 .3 4-3. 4 + 1 .4 + 2 .7 + 2 .4 + 1 .4 + 3 .9 + .5 - 1 .3 + 1 .6 + 2 .6 + 1 .6 + 1 .7 + .4 +. 9 + 2 .4 + 3 .3 + 1.1 + 2 .5 +• 9 + 2.6 + 1 .0 + 3 .5 + 2 .6 + 1 .5 + 2 .1 +10.0 +10.1 + 8 .4 + 5 .5 + 8 .6 + 9 .6 + 9 .5 + 9 .4 + 7 .6 + 8.0 +10.0 +10.1 + 6 .3 +12.4 + 9 .8 +10.7 + 8.3 +12.8 +11.9 + 8 .4 +10.1 +29.1 +28.6 +24.0 +24.7 +25.0 +27.5 +27.5 +26.5 +26.5 +23.0 +27.5 +26.8 +21.0 +26.0 +26.9 +26.7 +24.0 +30.3 +33.4 +28.7 +26.4 +31.7 +32.7 +26.6 +29.0 +28.2 +30.5 +30.1 +28.3 +29.7 +24.6 +27.3 +29.4 +23.6 +28.6 +28.7 +30.3 +27.6 +33.5 +36.3 +31.0 +28.1 1 Index for Mar. 15, 1945, revised: All items 131.8. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1291 COST OF LIVING AND RETAIL PRICES T able 3. —Percent of Change in Cost of Living, March 1945 to A pril 1945, by Cities City All items Average _________ _______ _______ Atlanta, Qa_______________ ______ Baltimore, M d ______ _ . Birmingham, Ala________________ Boston, Mass_____________ _______ Buffalo, N . Y _________________ _ Chicaeo, 11!______________________ Cincinnati, Ohio............... .................... Cleveland, Ohio___________ ______ Denver, Colo________ ______ _____ Detroit, M ich________________ . Houston, Tex______________ _____ Indianapolis, Ind ___________ Jacksonville, Fla_______ Kansas City, M o .____________ Los Angeles, Calif________________ Manchester, N . H __________ ___ Memphis, Tenn Milwaukee, W is_____ Minneapolis, M inn____ Mobile, Ala______________ New Orleans, L a_____________ New York, N . Y ________ Norfolk, V a ............. . . . . Philadelphia, P a___ ____ _ Pittsburgh, Pa___ _____________ Portland, Maine...... ................ Portland, Oreg_________________ Richmond, Va_____ . St. Louis, M o____________ . . San Francisco, C alif1_____________ Savannah, G a______________ . . Scranton, P a____________ Seattle, Wash_____________ Washington, D . C ________________ Clothing Food + 0 .2 + 0 .5 + 0 .2 + 0 .3 + .6 + .9 + .2 -.4 + .9 + .7 + .8 + .7 + .5 + 1 .4 + .9 + 1 .9 + .9 + 1 .2 0 + .6 + .4 + .2 + .7 + 1 .0 + .3 -.9 -. 1 + 1 .2 -. 1 + 1 .1 -.2 + .7 + 1 .5 + .1 + .4 0 + .7 + .2 + .3 0 -.1 + .4 + .4 + .3 + .4 + .4 + .6 + .3 + .6 + .1 + .2 -. 1 + .5 + .2 + .6 0 0 + .2 Fuel, elec tricity, and ice Housefurnishings - 0 .2 0 -.5 0 -.4 -.3 0 0 0 0 - .3 0 0 0 0 0 -. 1 0 0 0 0 +. 1 0 0 - 1 .0 0 0 + .4 0 0 0 0 0 0 - .5 -.4 -.1 0 + .4 + .3 + .3 + .1 + .1 +1.1 + .2 -.1 + .4 0 + .1 + .3 -.2 + .2 -.1 + .1 + .5 + .3 Miscella neous + 0.1 + 0.1 + .1 - .3 + .4 -.1 0 0 + .1 -.2 + .4 + .1 + .1 0 0 0 +. 1 0 0 + .3 + .1 + .1 + .1 + .3 -.1 + .3 0 + .3 + .1 +. 1 + .3 + .1 + .2 + .1 + .1 0 + .8 0 0 -.1 0 -.4 0 + .1 1 Indexes for March 1945 revised: All items, 131.8; miscellaneous, 132.3. T able 4. — Indexes of Cost of Living in Large Cities, 1935 to A pril 1945 Indexes 1 (1935-39=100) of cost of— Year and month All items 1935_________________________ 1936_________________________ 1937_________________________ 1938_________________________ 1939_________________________ 1940_________________________ 1941_________________________ 1942____________________ ____ 1943_________________________ 1944_________________________ Jan. 15___ . . . . . . . . . F e b .15__________________ Mar. 15__________________ Apr. 15__________________ M ay 1 5 _________________ June 15__________________ July 15_____ ___________ Aug. 15__________________ Sept. 15__________________ Oct. 15__________________ N ov. 15_______________ . Dec. 15__________________ 1945: Jan. 15. _________________ Feb. 15__________________ Mar. 15__________________ Apr. 15--------------------------- Food Clothing Rent 98.1 99.1 102.7 100.8 99.4 100.2 105.2 116.5 123.6 125.5 124. 2 123.8 123.8 124.6 125.1 125.4 126.1 126.4 126.5 126.5 126.6 127.0 100.4 101.3 105.3 97.8 95.2 96.6 105.5 123.9 138.0 136.1 136.1 134.5 134.1 134.6 135.5 135.7 137.4 137.7 137.0 136.4 136.5 137.4 96.8 97.6 102.8 102.2 100.5 101.7 106.3 124.2 129.7 138.8 134. 7 135.2 136.7 137.1 137.4 138.0 138.3 139.4 141.4 141.9 142.1 142.8 94.2 96.4 100.9 104.1 104.3 104.6 106.2 108.5 108.0 108.2 108. 1 108.1 108.1 108.1 108.1 108.1 108.2 108.2 108.2 (2) (2) 108.3 127.1 126.9 126.8 127.1 137.3 136.5 135.9 136.6 143.0 143.3 143.7 144.0 (2) (2) 108.3 (2) Fuel, electric ity, and ice Housefurnish ings 100.7 100.2 100.2 99.9 99.0 99.7 102.2 105.4 107.7 109.8 109.5 110.3 109.9 109.9 109.8 109.6 109.7 109.8 109.8 109.8 109.9 109.4 94.8 96.3 104.3 103.3 101.3 100.5 107.3 122.2 125.6 136.4 128.3 128.7 129.0 132.9 135.0 138.4 138.7 139.3 140.7 141.4 141.7 143.0 98.1 98.7 101.0 101.5 100.7 101.1 104.0 110.9 115.8 121.3 118.4 118.7 119.1 120.9 121.3 121.7 122.0 122.3 122.4 122.8 122.9 123.1 109.7 110.0 110.0 109.8 143.6 144.0 144.5 144.7 123.3 123.4 123.6 123.7 . 1 Based on changes in cost of goods purchased by wage earners and lower-salaried workers. 1Rents not surveyed in this month. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Miscel laneous 1292 M ONTHLY LABOR R E V IE W — J U N E 1945 R eta il P rices of F ood in March 1 9 4 5 PERCENTAGE changes in retail food costs on March 13, 1945, as compared with costs in the previous month and in March 1944, are shown in table 1. T able 1.—Percent of Change in Retail Costs of Food in 56 Large Cities Combined,1 by Commodity Groups, in Specified Periods Commodity group All foods__ __ ______ ______ M ay 18, 1943, to Mar. 13, 1945 Jan. 14, 1941, to Mar. 13, 1945 + 1 .3 - 5 .0 +39.0 +45.3 + .6 + •2 - .6 + •1 + 1.3 + 2 .3 - 2 .6 -, 1 + 3 .8 + 4 .1 + 4 .7 + 1.0 - 5 .4 - 9 .8 -1 0 .4 - 4 .0 + 4 .1 + 6 .9 - 2 .5 -1 .0 -1 1 .2 -13. 2 -.9 + 5 .9 0 - 2 .1 -.9 +14.5 +29.4 + 8 .2 +30.5 +37.7 +58.0 +80. 6 +27.0 +44.5 +81.7 +91.2 +42.1 +68.1 +37.0 +54.0 +32.7 +16.4 +36.7 + 18.9 +27.7 +37.6 +62.4 +115.3 +43.4 +55.1 +83.4 +92.5 +41.8 +85.4 +31.2 +46.4 +32.3 Feb. 13, 1945, to Mar. 13, 1945 Mar. 14, 1944, to Mar. 13, 1945 - 0 .4 0 + .1 0 -, 1 + .3 + .5 - .4 0 - 8 .2 +■4 + •4 + •1 + .2 0 + •2 + .2 __ __________ Cereals and bakery products___ ________ _- --M eats_________________________ ___ __________ Beef and veal--- - _________ _ ____ _______ P o rk ._______ ____________ _ . . . __________ Lam b_______ __________ ____ ______________ Chickens . . . ... . . . . _______________ .. Fish, fresh and canned______ _________________ Dairy products____ _______ ___ ________ . . . Eggs---------------------------------------------------------------Fruits and vegetables_______ _ _____ ______ _ .. Fresh_________ ____________________________ Canned______________________ _ ____________ Dried___ __ _________________ _____________ Beverages_________ __________ ________________ Fats and oils__________________ ______ _ _ ______ Sugar and sweets_____________________ _________ + 2 .6 + .1 + .2 0 Aug. 15, 1939, to Mar. 13, 1945 ■ The number of cities included in the index was changed from 51 to 56 in March 1943, with the neces sary adjustments for maintaining comparability. At the same time the number of foods in the index was increased from 54 to 61. T able 2. — Indexes of Retail Costs of Food in 56 1 Large Cities Combined,2 by Commodity Groups, on Specified Dates [1935-39 = 100] 1945 1944 1943 1941 1939 Mar. 14 M ay 18 Jan. 14 Aug. 15 Commodity group Mar. 13 Feb. 13 _____- 135.9 136.5 134.1 143.0 97.8 93.5 Cereals and bakery products___ __ _ -. M eats___ _____________________ ______ Beef and veal____ _____ ____________ Pork________ _____ _________ Lamb-- ____ Chickens___ ___________ Fish, fresh and canned- _ _ __ _____ ___ _ ______ Dairy products_____ Eggs--------------------------------------------------Fruits and vegetables__________ - ______ Fresh_____________________________ Canned__ _ . ___ D ried.. _ _________ _ _ ___ ___ __ Beverages----------------------------------- _ Fats and oils.-____________________ Sugar and sweets_________ _ - ____ . . 108.7 130.8 118.4 112.4 135.9 153.6 214.4 133.5 140.7 169.5 178.6 129.9 167.4 124. 5 123.7 126.5 108.7 130.7 118.4 112.5 135.5 152.9 215. 2 133.5 153.2 168.9 177.8 129.8 167.0 124.5 123.5 126.3 108.0 130.6 119.1 112.3 134.1 150.2 220.2 133.6 135. 5 162. 9 170.6 129.6 163.2 124.4 123.5 126.5 107.6 138.3 131.2 125.5 141.6 147.6 200. 5 136.9 142.1 190.8 205. 8 131.1 158.0 124.5 126. 3 127.0 94.9 101.1 109.4 86.1 98.7 97.2 118.7 105. 1 97.4 93.3 93.4 91.4 99.6 90.9 80.3 95.3 93.4 95.7 99.6 88.0 98.8 94.6 99.6 93.1 90.7 92.4 92.8 91.6 90.3 94.9 84.5 95.6 All foods____________ ____ 1 Indexes based on 51 cities combined prior to March 1943. 2 Aggregate costs of 61 foods (54 foods prior to March 1943) in each city, weighted to represent total pur chases of families of wage earners and lower-salaried workers, have been combined with the use of popu lation weights. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis RETAIL PRICES OF FOOD TO CITY WORKERS AVERAGE INDEX LARGE CITIES 1 9 3 5 - 3 9 = 100 COST OF L IV IN G A N D R ETA IL PR IC ES 1293 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis FOR 1294 M ONTHLY LABOR R E V IE W — J U N E 1945 RETAIL PRICES FOR GROUPS OF FOOD AVERAGE FOR LARGE CITIES 1 9 3 5 -3 9 = 100 index ) Ai RY P =Ì0D JOTS A DODS W .— ------ 0 * 1 ^ 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS_______ https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1935 1936 1937 5 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1295 COST OF LIVING AND RETAIL PRICES T able 3. —Average Retail Prices of 78 Foods in 56 Large Cities Combined,l March 1945, Compared With Earlier Months 1945 1944 1941 1939 Aug. 15 Article Cereals and bakery products: Cereals: Flour, w heat___________ _____ 10 pounds.. Macaroni______________ ________ pound.. Wheat cereal2_________ ______28 ounces.. Cora flakes____________ _____ .8 ounces. Cora meal____ _________ ________ pound.. Rice 2_____________ ____ __________ do___ Rolled oats____________ __________ do___ Flour, pancake 2. ______ _____20 ounces.. Bakery products: Bread, white____________ ________ pound.. Bread, w hole-w heat____ __ ________ do___ Bread, rye_________ . . . _________ do___ Vanilla cookies__________ __________ do___ Soda crackers________ __ __________ do___ Meats: Beef: Round steak____________ _____ __do___ Rib roast. _____________ __________ do___ Chuck roast____ ________ __________ do___ Stew m e a t2_____________ ________ _do____ Liver___ ______ ________ __________ do___ Hamburger........ .................. ----------------do___ Veal: Cutlets ____ _____ ______ --------------- do___ Roast, boned and rolled 2___________ do___ Pork: C h o p s.________________ ------ 1_____ do___ Bacon, sliced____________ __________ do___ Ham, sliced_____________ ______ ___do___ Ham, whole____________ __________ do___ Salt pork______ ________ _________ do___ L iver2_________________ __________ do___ Sausage2_______ . . . . . . __________ do___ Bologna, big 2_________ __________ do___ Lamb: Leg------------------------------- __________ do___ Rib chops______ ________ ______ ____ do___ Poultry: Roasting chickens. —..................... do___ Fish: Fish (fresh, frozen).......... ______ -_do___ Salmon, pink___________ ___ 16-ounce can.. Salmon, red 2.......... ............ ............. .......do___ Dairy products: Butter........................................... ________ pound.. Cheese_____________________ _____ _____ do___ Milk, fresh (d elivered)........... _________ quart.. M ilk, fresh (store)__________ __________ do___ M ilk, evaporated___________ --14J4-ounce can.. Eggs: Eggs, fresh_______________ ...... ............dozen.. Fruits and vegetables: Fresh fruits: A p p les................................. ............. .pound .. B an an as.............................. _____ _____ do___ Oranges_____________ _ _________ dozen . Grapefruit2_____________ __________ each. Fresh vegetables: Beans, green____________ ................pound . Cabbage . . . ...... ................ __________ do___ Carrots__________ ______ ________ bunch.. Lettuce________________ ............. .......head.. O nions.............................. . ________ pound.. Potatoes_______________ _____15 pounds.. Spinach________________ ________ pound.. Sweet.potatoes....... .............. __________ do___ Beets 2______________ . . . ________ bunch.. Canned fruits: Peaches....... ........................ ____No. 2 ^ can.. Pineapple......... .................... __________ d o ___ Grapefruit juice_________ _____ No. 2 can.. Canned vegetables: Beans, green................. ....... __________ do___ Corn_________ ____ _____ ................... _do___ Peas....................................... .....................do----Tomatoes.............................. __________ d o ___ S o u p , v e g e t a b l e 2________ ___ 11 -o u n ce c a n . . See fo o tn o te s at e n d o f table. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Mar. 13 Feb. 13 Mar. 14 J a n .14 Cents 64.2 15.7 23.1 6.5 6.4 12.8 10.3 12.3 Cents 64.2 15.7 23.1 6.5 6.4 12.8 10.2 12.3 Cents 65.2 15.7 23.3 6.5 5.9 12.8 8.7 12.0 Cents 41.4 13.8 23.5 7.1 4.2 7.9 7.1 0 Cents 35.8 14.0 24.2 7.0 4.0 7.5 7.1 0 8.8 9.6 9.9 28.9 18.9 8.8 9.6 9.9 28.8 18.9 8.8 9.7 9.9 28.6 18.8 7.8 8.7 9.0 25.1 15.0 7.8 8.8 9.2 40.4 32.7 27.9 29.3 37.2 27.5 40.5 32.8 28.0 29.9 37.3 27.5 41.9 33.9 29.2 31.7 37.5 28.6 38.6 31.5 25.2 (3) 0 0 0 0 0 43.7 34.9 44.2 35*3 45.7 35.4 45.2 0 0 37.0 40.9 50.0 34.9 22.0 22.1 38.5 33.6 37.2 41.0 49.9 35.2 22.3 22.0 38.3 33.9 37.4 41.2 51.4 35.4 22.5 22.2 38.5 34.5 29.1 30.1 45.1 26.2 16.7 (3) (3) (3) 39.7 45.3 46.2 39.8 45.2 45.6 40.1 45.4 44.9 27.8 35.0 31.1 23.6 40.3 0 23.5 40.5 49.9 35.8 15.6 14.5 10.0 49.9 49.9 35.5 15.6 14.5 10.0 54.4 50.2 35.9 15.6 14.5 10.0 47.8 38.0 27.0 13.0 11.9 7.1 34.9 30.7 24.7 12.0 11.0 6.7 32.0 11.4 10.3 44.4 9.0 11.2 10.3 43.9 8.8 11.6 11.3 41.9 7.5 5.2 6.6 27.3 4.4 6.1 31.5 20.2 5.5 7.8 12.1 5.4 77.4 11.6 9.4 9.4 20.5 6.4 8.7 10.6 5.9 75.3 12.7 9.0 9.3 18.9 5.1 8.6 10.5 8.2 63.6 10.3 11.0 8.8 0 0 27.9 26.8 14.4 27.7 26.4 14.4 27.1 27.5 14.4 16.5 20.9 0 0 13.1 14.8 13.3 12.1 13.1 14.8 13.3 12.0 13.4 14.5 13.5 12.0 10.0 10.7 13.2 8.4 13.4 13.4 13.4 0 0 24.2 43.1 0 15.7 26.4 0 0 36.4 28.9 22.5 42.5 30.9 30.4 46.4 27.4 15.4 0 0 0 27.6 36.7 30.9 0 12.8 23.1 0 14.0 3.4 6.0 8.4 3.6 29.2 7.3 5.0 0 14.8 7.2 3.9 4.6 8.4 3.6 34.4 7.8 5.5 17.1 21.0 10.0 10.4 13.6 8 .6 0 1296 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 T able 3. —Average Retail Prices of 78 Foods in 56 Large Cities Combined,1 March 1945, Compared W ith Earlier Months-—Continued 1945 1944 1941 1939 Aug. 15 Article Mar. 13 Feb. 13 Mar. 14 J a n .14 Cents 17.5 Cents 17.2 Cents 16.8 Cents 9.6 11.3 3.7 11.2 3.7 10.6 3.7 6.5 (3) 30.3 24.1 10.4 30.3 24.1 10.3 29.9 23.8 9.9 20.7 17.6 9.1 Fruits and vegetables—Continued. Dried frufts: Prunes.. ____ ______ _..p o u n d .. Dried vegetables: N avy beans____ . ___________ ____do___ Soup, dehydrated, chicken noodle 2..o u n ce.. Beverages: Coffee______ ______ . ------------- . ..p o u n d .. T ea______ __________________ ____ ]4 pound. _ pound.. Cocoa 2________________ _________ Fats and oils: Lard______ __ ______ — . . . . . . . ...p o u n d .. Shortening other than lard— In cartons.-. . . . . ________ . ____do___ In other containers_____________ ___ -do___ Salad dressing. _____ . . . . _______ ____p in t.. Oleomargarine______ . _____ ..p o u n d .. Peanut butter_________________ . . _____do___ Oil, cooking or salad 2______________ ____p in t.. Sugar and sweets: . .p o u n d ._ Sugar___ ___________ ________ Corn sirup__________________ _____ 24 ounces.. Molasses 2_____________ ______ . . . 18 ounces.. Apple butter 2____ ____ ___________ 16 ounces.. Cents 8.8 5.8 (3) 22.3 17.2 8.6 18.8 18.8 18.8 9.3 9.9 20.0 24.6 25.6 24. 1 28.3 30.7 20.1 24.7 25.6 24. 1 28.3 30.7 20.0 24.8 25.6 24.1 28.6 30.6 11.3 18.3 20. 1 15.6 17.9 (9 11.7 20.2 (9 ' 16.5 17.9 (9 6.7 15.8 15.7 13.6 6.7 15.8 15.8 13.5 6.8 15.8 15.9 13.2 5.1 13.6 13.4 (3) 5.2 13.7 13.6 (3) 1 Data are based on 51 cities combined prior to January 1943. 2 N ot included in index. „ 3 First priced, February 1943. 4 N ot priced. 3 Composite price not computed. 6 First priced, October 1941. T able 4.— Indexes of Average Retail Costs of A ll Foods, by Cities,1 on Specified Dates [1935-39 = 100] 1945 1944 1941 1939 Mar. 14 Jan. 14 Aug. 15 City Mar. 13 United States. _____ . . . . _ ___ _ .. New England: Boston_____ _______________ _____ B ridgeport... ______ _____________ Fall River______________ _________ Manchester________________ ______ N ew Haven . . . ____ ... Portland, M ain e.. . . . . . ______ . . . Providence_____________ _____ ______ M iddle Atlantic: Buffalo____________ _ _____________ Newark------ ----------------------------------New York_________________________ Philadelphia_______________________ Pittsburgh___________ . . . . . _. _ ._ Rochester............ .................................. Scranton_______ __ _ ____ _____ East North Central: Chicago____ _____________________ Cincinnati____________ _____ _______ Cleveland_________________________ Columbus, Ohio____________________ Detroit______ ____________________ Indianapolis_____ _____________ _ . Milwaukee____. . _ ________ . _. Peoria__________ . . . . ____ . . . .. Springfield, 111...___________________ West North Central: Cedar R apids2______ . _. . ____ . Kansas C ity___ _________________ Minneapolis___ _ ________________ Omaha.. . . . _____ ________________ St. Louis_____________ ____________ St. Paul_______ _ ______ _ . Wichita 2_________________________ See footnotes at end of table. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Feb. 13 135.9 136.5 134.1 97.8 93.5 130.6 132.8 130.6 132.7 133.5 131.4 134.8 132.1 133.5 131.9 133.5 134.7 132.5 134.5 128.6 132.6 128.7 132.0 133.0 131.6 131.8 95.2 96.5 97.5 96.6 95.7 95.3 96.3 93.5 93.2 95.4 94.9 93.7 95.9 93.7 135.2 137.5 136.4 134.3 133.8 132.6 135.9 136.3 138.3 137.3 135.9 135.6 134.0 136.9 133.3 137.6 135.7 131.9 132.9 128.2 132.4 100.2 98.8 99.5 95.0 98.0 99.9 97.5 94.5 95.6 95.8 93.0 92.5 92.3 92.1 135.0 134.1 139.6 128.1 131.4 132.1 133.8 139.7 140.8 134.5 134.6 140.1 128.8 131.7 132.7 133.8 140.1 141.8 131.6 132.9 140.3 126.9 130.8 131.0 131.9 138.0 138.9 98.2 96.5 99.2 93.4 97.0 98.2 95.9 99.0 96.2 92.3 90.4 93.6 88.1 90.6 90.7 91.1 93.4 94.1 139.0 130.3 129.3 129.6 138.1 128.2 147.5 139.4 130.6 129.7 129.7 139.1 128.8 147.2 136. 6 129.8 128.7 131.3 135.9 127.1 145.4 95.9 92.4 99.0 97.9 99.2 98.6 97.2 91.5 95.0 92.3 93.8 94.3 1297 COST OF LIVING AND RETAIL PRICES T able 4. — Indexes of Average Retail Costs of A ll Foods, by Cities,1 on Specified Dates— Continued [1935-39=100] 1945 1944 1941 1939 Mar. 14 J a n .14 Aug. 15 City Mar. 13 South Atlantic: A tlanta................ . Baltimore_______ Charleston, S. C ... Jacksonville_____ Norfolk 3...... .......... Richmond............... S a v a n n a h ....____ Washington, D . C Winston-Salem 3... E ast South Central: Birmingham........... Jackson 2__............. Knoxville 3............. Louisville............... M em phis................ M obile__________ West South Central: Dallas....................... H ouston............. Little Rock............. N ew Orleans.......... Mountain: B utte........................ D enver................... Salt Lake C ity___ Pacific: Los Angeles___ Portland, Oreg. San Francisco.. Seattle............... Feb. 13. 136.9 144.1 134.0 142.8 141.4 133.5 150.7 136.8 137.1 137.8 145.2 133.9 144.9 144.0 135.0 150.9 137.4 138.1 133.0 139.3 131.5 139.6 143.7 131.8 147.2 131.7 133.4 94.3 97.9 95.9 98.8 95.8 93.7 100.5 97.7 93.7 92.5 94.7 95.1 95.8 93.6 92.2 96.7 94.1 139.8 147.1 156.3 130.2 144.4 143.9 140.6 150.2 158.3 130.1 145.4 143.8 136.2 142.1 151.7 129.7 141.0 142.7 96.0 105.3 97.1 95.5 94.2 97.9 90.7 92.1 89.7 95.5 133.8 134.8 136.1 151.0 132.9 135.4 136.5 150.0 131.6 134.9 133.2 147.2 92.6 102.6 95.6 101.9 91.7 97.8 94.0 97.6 133.2 136.9 139.0 133.2 136.9 139.7 133.0 135.7 138.9 98.7 94.8 «7.5 94.1 92.7 94.6 142.7 145.8 146.2 143.0 141.8 146.4 145.3 142.2 140.9 143.3 142.2 140.5 101.8 101.7 99.6 101.0 94.6 96.1 93.8 94.5 1 Aggregate costs of 61 foods in each city (54 foods prior to March 1943), weighted to represent total purchases of wage earners and lower-salaried workers, have been combined for the United States with the use of popu lation weights. Primary use is for time-to-time comparisons, rather than place-to-place comparisons. 2 June 1940=100. 3 Includes Portsmouth and Newport News. T able 5. —Indexes of Retail Food Costs in 56 Large Cities Combined,11913 to March 1945 [1935-39 = 100] Year All-foods index Year All-foods index 1913______________ 1914______________ 1915:_____________ 1916______________ 1917___________ 1918______________ 1919______________ 1920______________ 79.9 81.8 80.9 90.8 116.9 134.4 149.8 168.8 1929_____________ 1930_______ _____ 1931_____________ 1932_____________ 1933_____________ 1934_____________ 1935_____ _____ 1936_____________ 132.5 126.0 103.9 86.5 84.1 93.7 100.4 101.3 1921______________ 1922______________ 1923______________ 1924______________ 1925______________ 1926________ _____ 1927______________ 1928________ _____ 128.3 119.9 124.0 122.8 132.9 137.4 132.3 130.8 1937_____________ 1938_____________ 1939_____________ 1940_____________ 1941_____________ 1942_____ _______ 1943_____________ 1944_____________ 105.3 97.8 95.2 96.6 105.5 123.9 138.0 136.1 1 Indexes based on 51 cities combined prior to March 1943. 6 4 5 8 8 6 — 45- 11 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Year and month All-foods index 19U January ................... February. ______ March__________ April............ .......... M ay____________ June........................ July____________ A u g u st____ September_______ October______ _ November_______ December............... 136.1 134.5 134.1 134.6 135.5 135.7 137.4 137.7 137.0 136.4 136.5 137.4 1946 January................ February .............. M arch__________ 137.3 136.5 135.9 1298 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 Su p p lies o f F ood s in In d ep en d en t R eta il Stores, A p ril 1 9 4 5 THE meat counters of the nation were not so well-stocked in midApril as in mid-AIarch, but supplies of butter, shortening, and some canned fruits were larger than in previous months, according to reports of field representatives of the Bureau of Labor Statistics who visited independent grocery stores 1 in 56 large cities. Supplies of many staple foods continued to be generally adequate. All cuts and grades of beef, veal, lamb, mutton, and pork were found less frequently during the first part of the week of April 17 than in the same period in March. More than one-half of the inde pendent retailers had no beef or lamb chops and roasts; veal, pork loins and hams, or bacon was available in about one-fifth of the stores; and about 7 out of every 10 stores had no mutton and unrationed lamb. Stores without mutton or any unrationed cuts of lamb in creased from 53 percent in mid-March to 69 percent in mid-April; those without beef steaks and roasts from 44 percent to 55 percent. Bacon and the less choice cuts of beef and veal were also considerably more difficult to obtain than in the previous month. Frankfurters and bologna, however, could be purchased in most independent stores in large cities. In April of last year, 9 out of every 10 stores had beef, 7 out of 10 had veal, 8 out of 10 had lamb, and pork was abundant. As the shortage of meat has become more severe, the variation in the percent of grocers without stocks in the several parts of the country has decreased. More grocers in the Rocky Mountain and Pacific Coast regions again had more beef, pork, lamb, and mutton than in other sections of the country, but in those areas, also, the number of retailers without stocks of fresh meats has increased considerably since the first of the year. The Southeastern, the Mid western (Chicago), and the New England regions had the smallest supplies of meats in mid-April. Approximately 90 percent of the independent stores interviewed in the Southern regions and more than 80 percent in the Midwest (Chicago) had no beef, veal, lamb, or pork on April 17. Butter supplies continued to improve, with stocks available in 94 percent of the stores on April 17 and over 80 percent of the grocers reporting that they had some butter for sale on each day during the preceding week. Butter was difficult to obtain only in the South eastern region. Shortening was also easier to find. More retailers had canned peaches, mixed fruits, and pears in midApril than in mid-March. Canned apricots were not quite so plentiful as in February, when supplies were last checked. Almost threefourths of the grocers were still unable to supply their customers with pineapple. In April of last year, 85 percent of the independent re tailers had canned peaches, 88 percent had supplies of mixed fruits, and 79 percent had pineapple. Canned tomatoes were available in 94 percent of the independent stores, and more than 80 percent had canned asparagus during the entire week preceding the April survey. There was no shortage of evaporated milk except in Atlanta and Richmond, where about half of the grocers had no stocks. i Chain stores not included. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1299 COST OF LIVING AND RETAIL PRICES Independent Retail Stores Without Supplies of Specified Foods on Mar. 13 and Apr. 17, 1945, in 56 Large Cities Percent of stores without supplies of specified foods 1 Commodity Meats: Beef, steaks and roasts_________ Beef, all other. . . . . . . ----------Veal, steaks, chops, and roasts__ Veal, all other_________________ Lamb, chops and roasts.. . ---M utton and all other lamb_____ Pork, loins and hams_____ Pork, bacon_________ Frankfurters and bologna______ Fats and oils: B utter_________ ___ . . . .. Margarine----------------------Shortening __________ ___ . Lard.. ------ ---------. . . -- Cooking and salad oils_________ Processed foods: Peaches, canned_____ _ --------Mixed fruits, canned.. ------------Pears, canned. . ------Pineapple, canned ------ ----------Apricots, canned... . . . . . ---- ----Grape juice_______ Asparagus, canned_______ Tomatoes, canned .. . ------ .. M ilk, evaporated, canned . . . . Mar. 13, 1945 Apr. 17, 1945 Region 2 56 large cities 56 large cities 44 48 74 71 53 53 78 68 4 55 56 79 83 57 69 80 78 7 73 64 87 89 68 70 3 90 78 1 44 44 71 76 44 59 80 78 6 47 46 75 75 69 73 81 71 10 88 90 3 90 s 90 3 90 84 3 90 3 90 8 9 11 35 15 7 6 17 30 26 8 7 12 18 12 6 7 21 38 34 9 40 3 28 30 7 47 45 61 45 38 50 72 14 16 19 6 2 49 37 46 67 5 10 14 6 40 63 42 59 62 15 29 21 7 40 48 62 51 81 29 11 19 5 2 5 72 s 11 (•) 78 6 81 I II III IV V VI VII 52 58 78 77 70 77 77 78 4 80 81 89 3 90 77 88 83 78 14 19 33 76 3 90 13 48 49 68 40 36 45 83 84 10 49 65 75 5 34 4 5 6 7 5 1 13 21 6 40 25 39 18 8 2 30 4 41 40 2 29 31 30 24 51 60 63 3 90 24 6 19 1 19 11 20 52 75 3 3 17 1 40 39 57 40 80 12 12 15 4 2 40 40 26 3 90 2 18 15 5 5 4 7 16 72 5 3 22 10 40 VIII i Data are weighted by the number of independent food stores in each city to derive regional and all-region p6rcGnt&§G S» » Regions "consist of the following cities: Region /.—Boston, Bridgeport, Fall River, Manchester, New Haven, Portland, Maine, Providence. Region / / . —Baltimore, Buffalo, Newark, New York, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Rochester, Scranton, Washington, D . C. Region / / / . —Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Detroit, Indianapolis, Louisville, Region IV .—Atlanta, Birmingham, Charleston, S. C., Jackson, Miss., Jacksonville, Knoxville, Memphis, Mobile, Norfolk, Richmond, Savannah, Winston-Salem. Region V — Dallas, Houston, Kansas City, M o., Little Rock, N ew Orleans, St. Louis, Wichita. Region V I —Cedar Rapids, Chicago, Milwaukee, Minneapolis, Omaha, Peoria, St. Paul, Springfield, 111. Region VII.— Butte, Denver, Salt Lake City. Region V I I I —Los Angeles, Portland, Oreg., San Francisco, Seattle. 3 Over 90 percent out of stock. 4 Same size, quality, or variety of the commodity was available in all stores surveyed. s Feb. 13.1945, was last date surveyed. e N ot included in the survey this month. List of foods covered is changed from time to time. »Jan. 16,1945, was last date surveyed. s N ov. 14, 1944, was last date surveyed. Cost o f L ivin g o f W orker’s F am ily in M on tevid eo, U ruguay, 1 9 3 7 - 4 4 1 THE general cost-of-living index (1929=100) for a worker’s family of 4 in Montevideo, Uruguay, advanced from 98.3 in 1937, when the model budget still in use in 1944 was established, to 121.0 in August 1944. Though both the food index and the general index were higher (by 6.02 and 4.58 percent, respectively) in August 1944 than the average for 1943, the rate of increase for all parts of the index except clothing was less than in the early years of World War II. i Data are from report of Richard H. Post, United States vice consul, Montevideo, June 29, 1943 (No. 435): from cost-of-living publications of the Board of Economic Affairs in the Uruguayan Ministry of In dustries and Labor, enclosed with reports of John T . Fishburn, senior economic analyst, October 2b, and December 5, 1944; and Commercial Pan America, Part III, 1941, Pan American Union. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1300 T able MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 1.—Indexes of Cost of Living, of Worker's Family (4 Persons) in Montevideo, Uruguay, 1937-44 Indexes (1929=100) of cost of— Year and month All items 1937 _______________________________ 1938 ___________________ _____ _________ 1939 ___ ___ _________________ 1940-. - _____ _______________________ 1941__________________________________ 1942 ____________ ___________________ 1943__________________________ ____ ___ 1944: April - _____ August _November___ - ------ _ ___ . - ______ _____ _ ____ Food House hold items Lodging, General expenses rent Clothing 98.3 97.8 103.2 107.8 107.1 110.3 115.7 95.5 91.6 97.5 102. 5 102.2 105.6 112.9 99.4 103.7 115.2 118.1 120.2 120.2 130.9 90.0 93.0 101.9 104.1 104.1 104.1 104.0 108.3 110.4 110.6 110.6 110.6 110.6 110.6 108.1 108.5 108.5 120.3 125.3 138.4 149.7 113.4 115.9 119.5 121.0 125.0 108.7 108.9 116.5 119.7 126.3 126.3 126.3 126.3 104.0 104.0 104.0 104.0 110.6 110.6 110.6 110.6 150.6 171.9 171.9 171.9 0 ) (0 (') « 0 ) 1 No data. After rising steadily from 1938 to 1941, as is shown in the table, both the general and the food indexes dropped slightly in 1941. This was due, in part, to a fall in the prices of corn, barley, oats, and flour. Meat prices, however, did not decrease, and (since the Uruguayan Government had had price-fixing powers since 1939) sales of beef and veal were made subject to a special tax. In October 1941 a National Subsistence Law was passed, which gave the Government broad authority over the supply and prices of many articles of prime neces sity. Under this authority decrees were issued in 1943 setting prices of charcoal (June 14), rice (June 15), and potatoes (April 17, May 7). Gasoline, kerosene, gas, oil, and fuel oil were rationed but, of these, kerosene was the only commodity used in workers’ households. The cost-of-living index in the table above was prepared by the Board of Economic Affairs {Dirección General ele Asuntos Económicos) of the Ministry of Industries and Labor. It is based on a model bud get for a worker’s family of four, which was developed from a survey of monthly expenditures of more than 4,000 Montevideo workers’ families, in 1937. The monthly expenditure required for the original model budget amounted to 60 pesos. The index is computed from averages derived from inspectors’ reports of prices prevailing in var ious workers’ districts. The number of reports made annually and the weights assigned in the index are as folows: Weight in Number of price index number reports per year Food__________ Household itemsClothing_______ Rent________ _ General expenses 47 12 0) 12 — 0) 1 1 --- ... 15 17 2 1 No data. Fifty-five percent of the food index is reported to be allotted to ex penditures for meat, milk, and bread. Within this food group, pota toes and eggs have been, according to one account, the only commodi ties considerably affected by seasonal price fluctuations. The figures used for compiling the rent index are based on inspectors’ records of https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1301 COST OF LIVING AND RETAIL PRICES rents in workers’ districts, and a check of bank records for the rents of workers’ houses. The clothing index represents 15 percent of the entire index, and, as has been mentioned, is the only part in which recent increases have outstripped those which occurred in the earlier years of the World War II period. The Board of Economic Affairs also publishes an index of cost of living for the other coastal centers and the interior of Uruguay (based on the family budget that is used in the Montevideo index), in which certain modifications are introduced to meet different conditions in the interior. This index is compiled from questionnaires sent to some 50 establishments in the 18 departmental capitals, on the same frequency schedule as was shown above for the Montevideo inspections. Table 2 gives the actual prices and quantities for August and Sep tember 1944 and indexes for the various items included in the work ingman’s family budget. T able 2. —Prices and Indexes of Items in Worker's Family Budget, Montevideo, Uruguay, August and September 1944 Price per unit Amount Item Total _ 2 liters 2____ 0.82 .22 2 kilos 3____ 15 kilos___ .05 30 kilos......... .30 .20 4 kilos___ .29 1 kilo........... 2 kilos _________ .13 3 dozen__ _ .31 .13 45 liters____ 35 kilos____ . 16 .14 15 kilos........ .20 5. 7 k ilo s __ .17 2 kilos ______ . 0.5 kilo ________ .95 10 liters___ .21 0.82 .22 .04 .30 .20 .29 . 12 .29 .13 .16 .10 .20 . 17 .95 .21 .32 4.0 kilos. . . 0.60 kilo. . . .94 0.45 kilo____ 3.10 .42 2.5 kilos ______ .32 .98 3.10 .40 25 kilos _______ 10 liters___ 5 kilos_____ .09 .11 .27 .09 .11 .27 48 trips____ 10 copies___ 4 services__ .05 .04 .30 .05 .04 .30 1 Average exchange rate of peso In August 1944=52.6 cents 2 Liter = 1.0567 quarts. 8 K ilo=2.2046 pounds. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Sep tem ber Au gust Indexes (1929=100) Sep tem ber Pesos1 Pesos1Pesos1 Pesos1 79.15 78.26 122. 37 _ ______________ F o o d _____ ___ __________________________ Oil (sunflow er)_______________________ Rice _ _____ _______ Sweetpotatoes ___________________ ___ B e e f_________________________________ Fruit...................... ...... _ _____ ______ ___ Suet Flour (wheat) - _. _ ________ Eggs. _ ____________ _ ___________ MUk______________ _________________ ____________ Bread.. _ _____________________ Potatoes* ______ ______ _____ __ _____ Macaroni .. ______ ___________ ________ Fish . . . _ ..................... .. ....... ................. ... Cheese - .......... .... ....................... W in e ________ ______ - - - - - ........ Miscellaneous _ . __ Sugar (imported)__ ____________ ____ Coflee (imported) __________ _______ ____ Tobacco (imported) Yerba maté (imported) ______________ Household item s_______ - - ....... .............. ........ Charcoal_______________________________ - ________ Kerosene__________________ - - ______________ Soap_____ ___________________ __________ Rent (or lodging) ___________________________ - R ent ______________________________________________________ Electricity____________________________ Clothing___________________________ _____ General expenses__________________________ Transportation__ ___________________ Newspapers___________________ _____ Barber_______________________________ Other_________ ______ _________ Sep Au tem gust ber Cost 38.04 1.64 .44 .75 9.00 .80 .29 .26 .93 5.85 5.60 2.10 1.14 .34 .48 2.10 1.81 1.28 .56 1.40 1.05 4.70 2.25 1.10 1.35 14. 62 13.53 1.09 11.95 9.84 2.40 .40 1.20 5.84 37.15 1.64 .44 .60 9.00 .80 .29 .24 .87 5.85 5.60 1.50 1.14 .34 .48 2.10 1.77 1.28 .59 1.40 1.00 4. 70 2.25 1.10 1.35 14.62 13. 53 1.09 11.95 9.84 2.40 .40 1.20 5. 84 Au gust 121.00 122. 51 110. 81 100.00 62.50 150.00 181.82 100.00 144.44 112. 90 108.33 123.08 114.00 111. 11 141.67 153. 23 100.00 119. 65 110. 81 100.00 50.00 150.00 181.82 100.00 133.33 82. 86 108.33 123.08 100.00 111.11 141. 67 153.23 . 00 152.38 120.51 139. 64 110. 53 126. 34 120. 57 191.67 175.32 103.98 104. 32 100.00 171.94 110. 56 100.00 133.33 120.00 112.31 152.38 125.64 139.64 105. 26 126. 34 120. 57 191. 67 175. 32 103.98 104. 32 100.00 171. 94 110. 56 100.00 133.33 120.00 1 1 2 .31 1 0 0 Wholesale Prices W h olesale Prices in A p ril 1 9 4 5 SUBSTANTIALLY higher prices for agricultural products brought the Bureau of Labor Statistics index of commodity prices at the pri mary m arket1 level up 0.4 percent during April to a World War II peak of 105.7 percent of the 1926 average. Very few changes occurred in industrial commodity markets during the month. In the past 12 months, average prices for the commodities included in the all commodity index rose 1.7 percent to a point nearly 41 percent higher than their relatively low level of the summer of 1939. In addition to increases of 1.4 percent for farm products and 1.1 percent for foods, average prices for miscellaneous commodities rose 0.2 percent and hides and leather products and fuel and lighting materials advanced 0.1 percent. Textile products, on the contrary, declined 0.1 percent, while the indexes for the metals and metal prod ucts, building materials, chemicals and allied products, and housefurnishing goods groups remained unchanged at the level for March. The increase in prices for agricultural products was reflected in the index for raw materials by an advance of 1 percent. Average prices for semimanufactured articles were the same as for March, while prices for manufactured products rose 0.2 percent. Prices for farm products in primary markets advanced 1.4 percent in April to the highest point since the inflationary period following World War I. The increase was the result of seasonally higher prices for fresh fruits, OPA action in granting higher ceilings for potatoes at country shipping points, stronger grain and cotton markets, and higher prices for livestock, poultry, and eggs. The increases for grains ranged from 0.4 percent for wheat to 1 percent or over for rye and corn. Cotton advanced 2 percent to the highest point m nearly 20 years. Quotations for steers were up nearly 3 percent and for calves over 4 percent. In addition, eggs were fractionally higher in most markets and lemons, oranges, onions, and potatoes were substantially higher than in March. Prices were lower for a few important farm products, such as barley, hay, cows, sheep, sweetpotatoes, and fresh milk at Chicago. The increase in prices for fresh fruits and vegetables (6.5 percent) largely accounted for the advance in food prices m primary markets during April. However, prices were also somewhat higher for pork and dressed poultry, eggs, and cereals. Continued advances in prices for sheepskins brought the index for hides and leather products up 0.1 percent. Prices for leather and leather products, includmg shoes, gloves, harness, and belting, re mained steady. 1 The Bure au of Labor Statistics wholesale price data for the most part represent prices prevailing in the “ first comm ercial transaction.” They are prices quoted in primary markets, at principal distribution points. 1302 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis WHOLESALE PRICES 1303 The OPA roll-back of 1 cent per pound in prices for print cloth, effective April 14, caused the index for the textile products group to drop 0.1 percent. No other changes were reported in prices for textiles. In the fuel and lighting materials group higher sales realizations for gas and electricity more than offset lower prices for Oklahoma natural gasoline. The index for the group advanced 0.1 percent during April. Reports that supplies of mercury from Spain would shortly be available in the United States depressed the domestic market, and prices for this metal dropped nearly 4 percent. This decrease, how ever, was not large enough to affect the index for the metals and metal products group and it remained unchanged at 104.2 percent of the 1926 average. Very slight variations were reported in prices for building materials in April. Ceiling prices for extra-strength clay sewer pipe wete in creased by OPA in 21 W estern States and higher prices were reported for sand, lime, butyl acetate, and Ponderosa pine. Minor decreases occurred in prices for common building brick in certain areas, for Idaho pine lumber, and for turpentine. Realized prices for maple flooring declined nearly 1 percent. The chemicals, drugs, fertilizer, and industrial fats and oils markets were firm during April. No changes were reported in prices for furniture or furnishings, and the index for the housefurnishing goods group remained unchanged at 104.5 percent of the 1926 average. The index for the miscellaneous commodities group rose 0.2 percent because of a further increase of $3 per ton in prices for newsprint, the third since it was put under price control in the spring of 1942. Although average prices for commodities at the primary market level have moved steadily upward since last August, the increase on the whole during the past 12 months has been moderate. Since April 1944 prices for farm products have advanced 4.7 percent, led by an increase of over 10 percent for livestock and poultry. Grains were less than 1 percent higher than in April of last year. During the year period, foods rose nearly 1 percent, largely because of higher prices for meats and dairy products. Fruits and vegetables, on the contrary, declined 2.5 percent. An increase of nearly 1 percent in the hides and leather products index resulted from a rise of more than 20 percent in prices for sheepskins. Increased ceiling prices for cotton textiles contributed in a large measure to an advance of almost 2 percent in average prices for textile products. Other important price increases during the year were: brick and tile, over 10 percent; cement, nearly 6 percent; paint and paint materials, and paper and pulp, nearly 2 percent. Prices for a few industrial commodities were lower in April 1945 than in April 1944. These commodities include rayon yarns, anthracite, and certain chemicals and drugs. In contrast with the sharp price rise in metals and metal products during World War I-—over 125 percent from July 1914 to July 1917— the index for this group rose less than 12 percent after August 1939. Average prices for raw materials advanced 76 percent from August 1939, while semimanufactured articles and manufactured; products rose approximately 28 percent. Percentage comparisons of the April 1945 level of wholesale prices with March 1945, April 1944, and August 1939, with correspondingindex numbers, are given in table 1. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1304 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 T able 1.— Indexes of Wholesale Prices by Groups and Subgroups of Commoditios, A pril 1945, Compared With March 1945, A pril 1944, and August 1939 Percent of change to April 1945 from— Indexes (1926=100) Group and subgroup April 1945 March 1945 April 1944 August March 1939 1945 April 1944 August 1939 All commodities___________ 105.7 105.3 103.9 75.0 + 0 .4 + 1.7 +40.9 Farm products_______________ Grains___ _____________ Livestock and poultry________ Other farm products______ 129.0 130.5 136.4 123.2 127.2 129.8 135. 6 120.5 123.2 129.6 123.6 120.3 61.0 51.5 66.0 60.1 + 1 .4 + .5 + .6 + 2 .2 + 4.7 + .7 +10.4 + 2 .4 +111.5 +153.4 +106.7 +105.0 Foods___________ ____ _______ Dairy products_______ . Cereal products__________ Fruits and vegetables_____ M eats__ ____________ Other foods______ ________ 105.8 110.7 95.4 123.4 108.2 94.7 104.6 110.8 95.1 115.9 107.7 94.7 104.9 110.2 95.2 126. 5 106.2 92.2 67.2 67.9 71.9 58.5 73.7 60.3 +1.1 -.1 + .3 + 6.5 + .5 0 + .9 + .5 + .2 - 2 .5 + 1.9 + 2.7 +57.4 +63.0 +32.7 +110. 9 +46.8 +57.0 Hides and leather products___ Shoes________ . _ Hides and skins__________ Leather_____ . _____ Other leather products._ __ _ 117.9 126.3 117.0 101.3 115.2 117.8 126.3 116.4 101.3 115.2 116.9 126.3 111.2 101.3 115.2 92.7 100.8 77.2 84.0 97.1 + .1 0 + .5 0 0 + .9 0 -{-5. 2 0 0 +27.2 +25. 3 +51. 6 +20. 6 +18.6 Textile products.......................... Clothing. ______ ._ Cotton goods___________ . Hosiery and underwear___ Rayon_______ _ ______ Silk________ Woolen and worsted goods. Other textile products_____ 99.6 107.4 119.7 71.5 30.2 99.7 107.4 119.9 71.5 30.2 + 1.8 + .4 +5.1 + 1.4 -.3 +46.9 +31.8 +82.7 +16.3 + 6 .0 112.7 100.9 67.8 81.5 65.5 61.5 28.5 44. 3 75.5 63.7 -.1 0 - .2 0 0 112.7 100.9 97.8 107.0 113.9 70.5 30.3 (!) 112.5 100.5 0 0 + .2 + .4 +49.3 +58.4 Fuel and lighting materials___ A nthracite.. _________ Bituminous coal__________ Coke . ______ _ Electricity__________ ____ Gas_____________ _______ Petroleum and products____ 83.5 95.3 120.6 130.7 (>) (!) 64.2 83.4 95.3 120.6 130.7 (') 77.7 64.3 83.0 95.8 120.3 130.7 59.9 77.1 64.0 72.6 72.1 96.0 104.2 75. 8 86. 7 51.7 + .1 0 0 0 + .6 -.5 + .2 0 +15.0 +32.2 +25.6 +25.4 - .2 + .3 +24.2 Metals and metal products_____ Agricultural implements________ Farm m achin ery_______ Iron and steel______ Motor vehicles.. Nonferrous metals_______ Plumbing and heating____ 104.2 97.5 98.7 98.1 112.8 85.9 92.4 104.2 97.5 98.7 98.1 112.8 85.9 92.4 103.7 97.2 98.3 97.1 112.8 85.8 91.8 93.2 93.5 94.7 95.1 92.5 74.6 79.3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + .5 + .3 + •4 + 1.0 0 +• 1 + .7 +11.8 + 4 .3 + 4.2 + 3 .2 +21.9 +15.1 +16.5 Building materials___________ Brick and tile_______ Cement__________ Lumber___ _____ Paint and paint materials______ Plumbing and heating. Structural steel____ Other building materials___________ 117.1 110.6 99.4 153.9 106. 3 92.4 107.3 103.8 117.1 110.7 99.4 153. 8 106.3 92.4 107.3 103.8 115.2 100. 3 93.9 153.4 104.4 91.8 107.3 102.8 89.6 90.5 91.3 90.1 82.1 79.3 107.3 89.5 0 -.1 0 + .1 0 0 0 0 + 1 .6 10.3 + 5 .9 + 1.8 + .7 0 + 1 .0 +30.7 +22.2 + 8.9 +70.8 +29.5 +16.5 0 +16.0 Chemicals and allied products___ Chemicals___________ Drugs and pharmaceuticals__ Fertilizer materials____ Mixed fertilizers........... Oils and fats________ 94.9 95.8 106.8 81.9 86.6 102.0 94.9 95.8 106.8 81.9 86.6 102.0 95.5 96.3 112.0 81.4 86.3 102.0 74.2 83.8 77.1 65.5 73.1 40.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 -.6 -.5 - 4 .6 + .6 + .3 0 +27.9 +14.3 +38.5 +25.0 +18.5 +151.2 H ousefurnishing goods. . . . Furnishings".__________ Furniture_________ 104,5 107. 5 101.5 104.5 107.5 101.5 104.3 107. 2 101.4 85.6 90.0 81.1 0 0 0 + .2 + .3 + .1 +22.1 +19.4 +25.2 Miscellaneous____________ Automobile tires and tubes_____ Cattle feed. ______ Paper and pulp_______ Rubber, crude__ Other miscellaneous____ . 94.8 73.0 159.6 109.0 46.2 98.9 94.6 73.0 159.6 108.0 46.2 98.9 93.5 73.0 159.6 107.2 46.2 96.7 73.3 60.5 68.4 80.0 34.9 81.3 + .2 0 0 + .9 0 0 + 1 .4 0 0 + 1.7 0 + 2 .3 +29.3 +20.7 +133.3 + 36.2 +32.4 +21.6 Raw materials______ _ Semimanufactured articles... Manufactured products.. All commodities other than farm products _ All commodities other than farm products and foods_____________ 116.8 95.0 101.8 100.5 115.7 95.0 101.6 100.4 113.2 93.6 100.8 99.6 66.5 74.5 79.1 77.9 + 1 .0 0 + .2 + .1 + 3.2 + 1.5 + 1.0 + .9 +75.6 +27. 5 +28.7 +29.0 99.3 99.2 98.4 80.1 + .1 + .9 +24.0 1 Data not available. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis _ (I) (i) + + .3 1305 WHOLESALE PRICES , Index Numbers by Commodity Groups 1926 to A pril 1945 INDEX numbers of wholesale prices by commodity groups for selected years from 1926 to 1944, and by months from April 1944 to April 1945, are shown in table 2. T able 2.— Index Numbers of Wholesale Prices by Groups of Commodities [1926 = 100] Year and month 1926........................... . 1929________________ 1932________________ 1933________________ 1936________________ 1937________________ Chem Hides Tex Fuel and Metals icals HouseMisFarm and and Build furtile and light ing celprod Foods leather metal ing mate allied nishlaneucts prod prod prod ing rials ucts mate prod ous ucts ucts rials ucts goods All com modi ties 100.0 104.9 48.2 51.4 80.9 86.4 100.0 99.9 61.0 00.5 82.1 85.5 100.0 109.1 72.9 80.9 95.4 104.6 100.0 90.4 54.9 64.8 71.5 76.3 100.0 83.0 70.3 66.3 76.2 77.6 100.0 100.5 80.2 79.8 87.0 95.7 100.0 95.4 71.4 77.0 86.7 95.2 100.0 94.0 73.9 72.1 78.7 82.6 100.0 94.3 75.1 75.8 81.7 89.7 100.0 82.6 64.4 62.5 70.5 77.8 100.0 95.3 64.8 65.9 80.8 86.3 1938.............................. 68.5 1939________________ 65.3 1940________________ 67.7 1941________________ 82.4 1942 ______ ________ 105.9 1943________________ 122.6 1944 _______________ 123.3 73.6 70.4 71.3 82.7 99.6 106.6 104.9 92.8 95.6 100.8 108.3 117.7 117.5 116.7 66.7 69.7 73.8 84.8 96.9 97.4 98.4 76.5 73.1 71.7 76.2 78.5 80.8 83.0 95.7 94.4 95.8 99.4 103.8 103.8 103.8 90.3 90.5 94.8 103.2 110.2 111.4 115. 5 77.0 76.0 77.0 84.4 95.5 94.9 95.2 86.8 86.3 88.5 94.3 102.4 102.7 104.3 73.3 74.8 77.3 82.0 89.7 92.2 93.6 78.6 77.1 78.6 87.3 98.8 103.1 104.0 19U April_______________ M ay ......................... June________ _______ Ju ly ............................... August________ ____ 123.2 122.9 125.0 124.1 122.6 104.9 105.0 106.5 105.8 104.8 116.9 117.0 116.4 116.2 116.0 97.8 97.8 97.8 98.0 98.4 83.0 83.2 83.3 83.2 83.2 103.7 103.7 103.7 103.7 103.8 115. 2 115.7 115.9 115.9 116.0 95.5 95.5 95.3 95.5 95.5 104.3 104.3 104.3 104.3 104.4 93.5 93.5 93.5 93.6 93.6 103.9 104.0 104.3 104.1 103.9 September _________ October __________ November_________ D ecem ber.......... ......... 122.7 123.4 124.4 125.5 104.2 104.2 105.1 105.5 116.0 116. 2 116.2 117.4 99.2 99.4 99.4 99.5 83.0 82.9 83.1 83.1 103.8 103.7 103.7 103.8 116.0 116.3 116.4 116.4 94.9 95.0 94.8 94.8 104.4 104.4 104.4 104.4 93.6 93.6 94.0 94.2 104.0 104.1 104.4 104.7 1946 January____________ 126.2 February___________ 127.0 March_________ ____ 127.2 April_______________ 129.0 104.7 104.7 104.6 105.8 117.5 117.6 117.8 117.9 99.6 99.7 99.7 99.6 83.3 83.3 83.4 83.5 104.0 104.2 104.2 104.2 116.8 117.0 117. 1 117.1 94.9 94.9 94.9 94.9 104.5 104.5 104.5 104.5 94.2 94.6 94.6 94.8 104.9 105.2 105.3 105.7 The price trend for specified years and months since 1926 is shown in table 3 for the following groups of commodities: Raw materials, semimanufactured articles, manufactured products, commodities other than farm products, and commodities other than farm products and foods. The list of commodities included under the classifications “Raw materials,” “Semimanufactured articles,” and “Manufactured products” was shown on pages 10 and 11 of Wholesale Prices, July to December and Year 1943 (Bulletin No. 785). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1306 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 T able 3.—Index Numbers of Wholesale Prices by Special Groups of Commodities [1926=100] Year \ N SemiRaw manufacmate tured rials arti cles All com All com modi M an modi ties other ufac ties tured other than prod than farm farm prod ucts prod ucts and ucts foods 100.0 93.9 59.3 65.4 75.9 100.0 94.5 70.3 70.5 82.0 100.0 93.3 68.3 69.0 80.7 100.0 91.6 70.2 71.2 79.6 84.8 72.0 70.2 71.9 85.3 75.4 77.0 79.1 87.2 82.2 80.4 81.6 86.2 80.6 79.5 80.8 85.3 81.7 81.3 83.0 83.5 1941________ 1942________ 100.6 1943................. 112.1 1944________ 113.2 86.9 92.6 92.9 94.1 89.1 98.6 100.1 100.8 88.3 97.0 98.7 99.6 89.0 95. 5, 96.9 98.5 1926................. 100.0 97.5 1929________ 55.1 1932________ 1933________ 56.5 79.9 1936________ 1937________ 1938________ 1939....... ......... 1940________ Year and month All Semi Man com modi anRaw ni ties ufac- ufac other mate tured tured than prod rials arti farm ucts cles prod ucts All com modi ties other than farm prod ucts and foods 19U April_______ M ay_______ June_______ July__........... August_____ September__ October_____ N o v em b er... December___ 113.2 113.0 114.2 113.6 112.7 112.8 113.2 113.8 114.6 93.6 93.7 93.8 93.9 94.1 94.7 94.8 94.8 94.8 100.8 99.6 99.7 100.9 100.9 99.6 100.9 99.6 100.9 « 99.7 99.7 100.9 99.8 101.0 99.9 101.1 101.1 100.0 98.4 98.5 98.5 98.5 98.6 98.6 98.7 98.8 98.9 19J,5 January____ February___ March______ A p ril........... . 115.1 115.6 115.7 116.8J 94.9 95.0 95.0 95.0 101.3 101.5 101.6 101.8 99.1 99.2 99.2 99.3 100.1 100.2 100.4 100.5 Weekly Fluctuations Weekly changes in wholesale prices by groups of commodities during March and April 1945 are shown by the index numbers in table 4. These indexes are not averaged to obtain an index for the month but are computed only to indicate the fluctuations from week to week. T able 4. — Weekly Index Numbers of Wholesale Prices by Commodity Groups, March and A pril 1945 [1926=100] Commodity group Apr. 28 Apr. 21 Apr. 14 Apr. 7 Mar. 31 Mar. 24 All commodities__________________ Mar. 17 Mar. 10 Mar. 3 105.7 105.6 105.5 105.1 105.1 105.1 105.1 105.1 105.0 Farm products____________________ 130.5 Foods_______________ ____ ________ 106.5 Hides and leather products_________ 118.3 Textile products__________________ 99.1 Fuel and lighting materials________ 83.9 129.5 105.7 118.3 99.1 83.9 128.9 105.5 118.3 99.1 84.0 127.2 104.9 118.3 99.2 84.0 127.3 104.8 118.3 99.2 83.9 127.0 104.5 118.2 99.2 83.9 127.4 104.6 118.2 99.2 83.9 127.1 104.5 118.1 99.2 83.8 127.2 104.5 118.1 99.2 83.8 Metals and metal products:________ 104.3 Building materials________ ______ 117.0 Chemicals and allied products_____ 94.9 Housefurnishing goods_____________ 106.2 Miscellaneous_____________________ 94.6 104.3 117.0 94.9 106.2 94.6 104.3 117.0 94.9 106.2 94.6 104.3 117.0 94.9 106.2 94.6 104.3 116.9 94.9 106.2 94.4 104.3 116.9 94.9 106.2 94.4 104.3 116.9 94.9 106.2 94.4 104.3 116.9 94.9 106.2 94.4 104.3 116.9 94.9 106.2 94.3 Raw materials____________________ 118.2 Semimanufactured articles_________ 94.8 Manufactured products________ ___ 101.9 All commodities other than farm products_________________ . . . . . 100.3 All commodities other than farm products and foods______________ 99.5 117.7 94.8 101.9 117.3 94.8 102.0 116.1 94.9 101.9 116.2 94.9 101.9 116.0 94.9 101.8 116.3 94.9 101.8 116.2 94.9 101.8 116.2 94.9 101.6 100.3 100.4 100.3 100.3 100.3 100.3 100.3 100.1 99.5 99.5 99.5 99.4 99.4 99.4 99.4 99.4 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Labor Turnover Labor T urnover in M anufacturing, M inin g, and P u b lic U tilitie s, M arch 1 9 4 5 OF EVERY 1,000 workers on factory pay rolls in March 1945, 50 quit, 7 were discharged, 7 were laid off, and 4 left to enter the armed services. For the first time since 1940, the March accession rate, 48 per 1,000, was below that of the relatively short month of February. The hiring rate for all manufacturing reached the lowest level since December 1941. In the munitions group of manufacturing indus tries, the accession rate of 43 per 1,000 was considerably below the nonmunitions rate of 54. Of the 10 munitions groups, only the chemicals group reported an increased rate of hires, and this was primarily due to expanded production requirements in the explosives and small-arms ammunition industries. The rate of quits for manufacturing as a whole, 50 per 1,000, was exactly the same as that in March 1944. It was considerably above the rate of February 1945; as in previous years, there was the usual exodus, this March, of transient workers from factories to farms for the spring planting. All major groups, with the exception of food, showed an increase in the quit rate. The highest rates, 81 and 80 per 1,000, were in the lumber and tobacco groups, respectively. The high rate of quits in the lumber group reflects quits in anticipation of seasonal lay-offs in addition to the migration of farm workers. In manufacturing as a whole, as well as in both the munitions and nonmunitions groups, the rate of lay-offs remained unchanged in March. The highest rates, 17 and 15 per 1,000, occurred in the transportation equipment and lumber groups. In the former, lay-offs were due to continued cut-backs in new ship construction. The usual difficulty in transporting logs at this time of the year accounted for the high rate of lay-offs in the lumber group. For the third consecutive month, the discharge rate for all indus tries combined remained the same. However, about half of the major groups comprising the munitions total showed slight increases in the discharge rate, effecting a rise in the rate for the munitions group from 8 to 9 per 1,000 employees. The military separation rate showed a slight increase for the first time since March 1944. The nonmunitions group, as a whole, showed no change while the rate for the munitions group increased from 3 to 4 per 1,000. The total separation rates for the metal-mining group as well as for both coal-mining industries, like those for all manufacturing, increased between February and March. There was a marked in crease in the quit rates in bituminous-coal mining—from 28 to 34 per 1,000. Labor unrest, pending the coal-contract settlement, was probably mainly responsible for this rise. 1307 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1308 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 Total accession rates for both men and women in all manufacturing were insufficient to offset their quit rates. This was most noticeable in the transportation equipment group. Although women quit at a much greater rate than men, involuntary separations were slightly higher for men. T able 1.—Monthly Labor-Turnover Rates (per 100 Employees) in Manufacturing 1 Class of turnover and year Total: Separation: 1045 1944____________ 1943____________ 1939____________ Quit: 1945 1944____________ 1943____________ 1939.___________ Discharge: 1945 ................... 1944___ ________ 1943____________ 1939____________ Lav-off:3 1945 1944____________ 1943____________ 1939____________ Military and miscellaneous:< 1945 1944____________ 1943____________ Accession: 1945 1944............. ......... 1943____________ . 1939___ ________ Janu Feb March April M ay June ary ruary July Au gust N o D e Sep cem tem Octo ber vem ber ber ber 6. 2 6.7 7.1 3.2 6. 0 6. 6 7.1 2.6 2 6.8 7.4 7.7 3.1 6.8 7.5 3.5 7.1 6.7 3.5 7.1 7.1 3.3 6.6 7.6 3.3 7.8 8.3 3.0 7.6 8.1 2.8 6.4 7.0 2.9 6.0 6.4 3.0 5.7 6.6 3.5 4 6 4.6 4.5 .9 4.3 4.6 4.7 .6 2 5.0 5.0 5.4 .8 4.9 5.4 .8 5.3 4.8 .7 5.4 5.2 .7 5.0 5.6 .7 6.2 6.3 .8 6.1 6.3 1.1 5.0 5.2 .9 4.6 4.5 .8 4.3 4.4 .7 .7 .7 .5 .1 .7 .6 .5 .1 2.7 .7 .6 .1 .6 .5 .1 .6 .6 .1 .7 .6 .1 .7 .7 .1 .7 .7 .1 .6 .6 .1 .6 .6 .2 .6 .6 .2 .6 .6 .1 .6 .8 .7 2.2 .7 .8 .5 1.9 2.7 .9 .5 2.2 .6 .6 2.6 .5 .5 2.7 .5 .5 2.5 .5 .5 2.5 .5 .5 2.1 .6 .5 1.6 .5 .5 1.8 .5 .7 2.0 .5 1.0 2.7 .3 .6 1.4 .3 .6 1.4 2. 4 .8 1.2 .7 1.0 .7 .8 .5 .8 .4 .8 .4 .8 .3 .7 .3 .7 .3 .6 .3 .6 7. 0 6.5 8.3 4.1 5.0 5.5 7.9 3.1 2 4.8 5.8 8.3 3.3 5.5 7.4 2.9 6.4 7.2 3.3 7.6 8.4 3.9 6.3 7.8 4.2 6.3 7.6 5.1 6.1 7.7 6.2 6.0 7.2 5.9 6.1 6.6 4.1 4.9 5.2 2.8 1 Month-to-month employment changes as indicated by labor-turnover rates are not precisely comparable to those shown by the Bureau’s employment and pay-roll reports, as the former are based on data for the entire month while the latter refer, for the most part, to a 1-week period ending nearest the middle of the month. In addition, labor-turnover data, beginning in January 1943, refer to all employees, whereas the employment and pay-roll reports relate only to wage earners. The labor-turnover sample is not so exten sive as that of the employment and pay-roll survey, proportionately fewer small plants are included; print ing and publishing and certain seasonal industries, such as canning and preserving, are not covered. 2 Preliminary. 3 Including temporary, indeterminate, and permanent lay-offs. * Miscellaneous separations comprise not over 0.1; in 1939 they were included with quits. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1309 LABOR TURNOVER T able 2.—Monthly Labor-Turnover Rates (per 100 Employees) in Selected Groups and Industries,1 March 1945 2 Group and industry Total separa tion Quit D is charge Lay-off Military and mis cellane ous Total accession Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Manufacturing 0.8 .5 0.4 .3 0.3 .3 4.3 5.4 4.5 5.8 .7 .5 .4 .3 6.5 6.8 .9 1.1 .4 .3 5.8 5.2 1.3 1.3 .6 1.3 .4 .6 .4 .4 .3 .3 6.8 8.3 7.5 7.2 .3 3.3 M unitions 3_____ _________________ 6.4 Nonmunitions 3......... ................. ............ 7.2 5.4 6.8 4.3 6.0 3.5 5.6 0.9 .4 0.8 .4 0.8 .5 8.3 6.7 6.0 4.8 1.2 1.1 5.8 5.4 3.6 3.3 .9 .7 9.2 8.2 7.5 6.4 6.9 5.3 5.5 4.2 1.3 1.2 Ordnance________________________ _ Guns, howitzers, mortars, and related equipment___________ •— Ammunition, except for small arm s.___ _____________ ______ Tanks____ _____________________ Sighting and fire-control equipm ent______ ________ ____ Iron and steel and their products-----Blast furnaces, steel works, and rolling mills_____ ____ ___ ____ Gray-iron castings______________ Malleable-iron castings....... ...........Steel castings__________________ Cast-iron pipe and fittings_____ T in cans and other tinware______ Wire products_______ _____ ____ Cutlery and edge tools__________ Tools (except edge tools, machine tools, files, and saws)__________ Hardware______________________ Stoves, oil burners, and heating equipment___________________ Steam and hot-water heating apparatus and steam fittings------Stamped and enameled ware and galvanizin g... -------------------Fabricated structural-metal products___________ _____________ Bolts, nuts, washers, and r iv e ts... Forgings, iron and steel_________ Firearms (60 caliber and under)... Electrical machinery.---------------------Electrical equipment for industrial use________ ____ _________ Radios, radio equipment, and phonographs_________________ Communication equipment, except radios...................................... Machinery, except electrical________ Engines and turbines___________ Agricultural machinery and tractors.. ------ ---------- ------------Machine tools__________________ Machine-tool accessories........ ......... Metalworking machinery and equipment, not elsewhere classified _______________________ General industrial machinery, except pumps________________ Pumps and pumping equipm ent.. Transportation equipment, jexeept automobiles___________ _______ Aircraft__ . . . . ____________ Aircraft parts, including engines.. Shipbuilding and repairs________ Automobiles___________ ____ _______ Motor vehicles, bodies, and trailers_____ ___________________ Motor-vehicle parts and accessories__............................................. See footnotes at end of table. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 3.6 3.0 2.2 1.9 .4 .7 .6 .3 .2 2.6 4.7 4.1 3.4 2.9 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 3.6 3.7 3.1 6.9 6.6 6.7 5.0 10.9 3.6 5.1 2.7 7.2 5.1 5.8 4.3 8.1 2.9 4.2 2.3 5.6 5.3 5.2 3.9 7.5 2.6 4.1 2.0 5.5 4.0 4.4 3.1 6.1 2.1 3.0 .2 .6 .7 .9 .5 2.8 .3 .8 .3 1.0 .6 .8 .4 1.6 .3 .9 .2 .2 .1 .2 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .4 .1 .2 .5 .2 .1 .1 .4 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .5 .1 .3 2.6 .3 5.4 .4 3.9 .4 5.3 .3 4.7 .2 11.0 .4 2.9 .2 4.0 2.6 6.8 4. 5 5.4 4. 2 10.6 2.5 5.8 5.4 4.2 5.2 4.2 4.5 3.5 3.8 3.4 .5 .3 .6 .3 0) .2 .4 .2 .4 .2 .4 .3 4. 4 4.6 4. 6 4.4 10.4 8.1 6.2 5.2 1.2 2.1 2.5 .2 .5 .6 4.9 6.6 5.1 3.8 4.2 2.9 .4 .5 .2 (') .3 .4 5.3 4.9 7.0 6.3 5.7 5.1 .8 .7 0) .1 .5 .4 6. 4 6. 4 7.1 4.8 4.6 7.9 7.7 3.7 3.8 6.3 4.6 2.7 3.4 3.3 4.0 2.7 2.9 2.6 .8 1.0 .6 .7 .9 .4 .4 .7 1.2 .8 .2 3.6 2.4 .4 .2 2.7 .5 .3 .4 .3 .4 .2 .3 .3 4.7 3.4 3.5 3.2 5.3 3.0 3.6 3.0 4.8 4.1 3.5 3.0 .6 .5 .4 .3 .3 .3 3.9 3.9 4.1 3.3 3.0 2.5 .4 .4 .3 .1 .4 .3 3.1 3.3 5.3 4.5 3.9 3.3 .6 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 4. 6 4.3 4.3 3.7 3.2 2.9 .7 .4 .1 .2 .3 .2 3.3 4.1 3.8 3.3 4.7 5.5 4.0 4.2 3.4 3.7 2.8 2.9 .6 .7 .6 .7 .3 .6 .3 .3 .4 .5 .3 .3 3.4 3.4 5.5 3.4 4.5 4.3 3.0 4.0 4.5 2.3 2.6 3.4 1.8 2.4 .4 .6 .9 .4 .5 .6 .2 .1 .6 .1 .4 .8 .4 .4 .4 .4 .3 .2 3.1 2.4 3.5 3.7 2.8 3.4 4.4 3.2 3.0 2.2 .8 .6 .2 .1 .4 .3 3.6 3.6 4.9 4.0 4.1 3.9 3.4 3.0 2.9 2.7 .7 .4 .6 .7 .4 (9 .3 .1 .4 .6 .3 .4 3.8 3.8 4.2 3.7 8.2 7.3 6.0 4.8 4.8 4.5 12.4 11.0 4.8 4.5 2.9 6.4 4.1 3.5 2.4 5.6 1.3 .7 .6 2.2 1.2 .6 .6 2.0 1.7 .4 1.0 3.3 1.7 .4 1.3 3.0 .4 .4 .3 .5 .3 .3 .2 .4 4.1 3.6 3.4 4.9 4. 5 4.3 3.9 5.1 5.7 5.2 4.0 3.6 .9 .9 .4 .4 .4 .3 4.3 5.0 5.2 4.4 3.4 2.9 .8 .8 .7 .4 .3 .3 3.7 4. 5 6.9 5.8 5.2 4.2 1.0 1.0 .3 .3 .4 .3 6.6 5.4 1310 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 T able 2. —Monthly Labor-Turnover Rates (per 100 Employees) in Selected Groups and Industries,1 March 1945 2—Continued Group and industry Total separa tion Quit Dis charge Lay-off M ilitary and mis cellane ous Total accession Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Manufacturing—Continued Nonferrous metals and their productsPrimary smelting and refining, except aluminum and magnesiu m __________________________ Aluminum and magnesium smelting and refining______________ Rolling and drawing of copper and copper alloys_________________ Aluminum and magnesium products______________ _____ _____ Lighting equipment____________ Nonferrous-metal foundries, except aluminum and magnesium- 6.3 4.9 4.8 3.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 3.4 3.2 2.8 2.4 .3 .2 7.8 7.3 6.6 5.9 .4 .6 4.5 3.5 3.4 2.8 .7 7.5 6.4 5.6 5.1 5.5 5.2 4.3 4.1 0.2 0.4 0.3 6.2 6.3 (4) .3 .3 .3 3.3 2.7 .4 .4 .4 .4 9.6 8.0 .4 .1 .1 .3 .2 4.3 4.4 .8 .5 .7 .7 .7 .3 .2 .2 .5 .4 .4 .1 7.4 4.0 7.9 4.7 5.9 5.0 4.5 3.7 .7 .7 .3 .3 .4 .3 4.6 5.4 Lumber and timber basic products___ 10.5 Sawmills______________________ 10.1 Planing and plywood m ills _____ 7.1 8.7 8.6 6.0 8.1 7.9 5.6 7.2 7.2 4.8 .4 .3 .6 .4 .3 .4 1.5 1.4 .4 .7 .7 .4 .5 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 7.7 7.6 5.4 8.0 8.3 5.5 Furniture and finished lumber products_____________________________ 8.8 Furniture, including mattresses and bedsprings................ ..................... 8.8 8.0 7.6 7.0 .5 .5 .4 .2 .3 .3 7.3 8.0 8.6 7.7 7.5 .5 .6 .3 .2 .3 .3 7.3 8.3 Stone, clay, and glass products______ Glass and glass products________ Cement______ Brick, tile, and terra cotta_______ Pottery and related products ___ 5.4 6.0 4.4 6.0 5. 4 4.8 4.6 4.8 5.7 5. 4 4.1 4.3 3.0 4.4 4.7 3.6 3.2 3.3 4.4 4.7 .4 .5 .3 .4 .2 .4 .5 .3 .6 .2 .4 .5 .6 .7 .2 .3 .4 .9 .3 .5 .7 .5 .5 3 .5 .5 .3 .4 4.5 4.9 4.9 4.3 4 4 4.5 4.5 3.1 5.7 54 Textile-mill products_______________ Cotton________________________ Silk and rayon goods____________ Woolen and worsted, except dyeing and finishing__________ Hosiery, full-fashioned__________ Hosiery, seamless_______________ Knitted underwear______ ______ Dyeing and finishing textiles, ineluding woolen and worsted___ 6.6 7.9 6.9 5.9 6.9 5.6 5.7 6.9 5.8 4.9 5.9 4.6 .4 .5 .5 .4 .5 .4 .2 .2 .2 .3 .2 .3 .3 .3 .4 .3 .3 .3 5.1 6.1 5.5 5.2 6.3 5.0 4.3 4.7 6.0 5. 5 3.2 4.8 6.0 5.1 3.5 4.2 5.4 5.0 2.4 4.2 5.3 4.6 .2 .2 .3 .2 .2 .2 .2 .3 .4 .1 .2 .2 .4 .1 .3 .1 .2 .2 .1 .1 .2 .3 .2 .1 3.3 2.9 5.1 4.5 2.7 3.2 5.5 4.8 3.0 2.8 .5 .5 .2 .1 .4 .4 3.5 3.5 ( 4) 4.1 3.8 Apparel and other finished textile products______________________ __ 5.7 M en’s and boys’ suits, coats, and overcoats____________________ 4.5 M en’s and boys’ furnishings, work clothing, and allied garments__________________ ____ _ 5. 5 5.1 5.1 4.5 .2 .2 .3 .3 .1 .1 4.6 5.0 3.6 4.1 3.4 .1 .1 .2 .1 .1 (4) 3.7 4.4 5.1 5.1 4.7 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1 .1 4.3 5.0 Leather and leather products............ __ 5.6 Leather________________________ 4.1 Boots and shoes.............................. . 6.0 5.0 3.7 5.3 4.9 3.1 5.3 4.3 2.9 4.6 .3 .5 .3 .3 .3 .3 .1 .1 .1 .2 .3 .2 .3 .4 .3 .2 .2 .2 4.9 3.0 5,3 4.6 3.2 4.9 Food and kindred products_________ 9.4 10.4 7.8 M eat products_________________ .10.2 11.8 8.1 Grain-mill products_____________ 11.9 7.8 10.6 8.0 8.6 6.6 .5 .5 .9 .7 .8 .6 .7 1.1 .1 1.3 1.9 .3 .4 .5 .3 .4 .5 .3 5.9 4.4 8.5 6.9 5.9 8.2 Tobacco manufactures______________ 9.1 8.2 8.0 6.7 .4 .4 .6 1.0 .1 .1 7.4 7.0 Paper and allied produ cts.................. 6.0 Paper and pulp________________ 6.2 Paper boxes......................................... 8.2 6.5 5.9 6.9 5.5 5.1 7.0 5.3 5.0 5.8 .5 .4 .7 .5 .4 .6 .2 '.2 ' .2 .3 .1 .2 .4 .5 .3 .4 .4 .3 5.4 4.9 7.1 5.9 5.6 6.6 Chemicals and allied products_______ Paints, varnishes, and colors_____ Rayon and allied p r o d u cts._____ Industrial chemicals, except exp lo siv e s...________________ Explosives____________ ____ ____ Small-arms ammunition________ 5.7 3.8 4.6 4.6 3.4 3.9 4.4 2.7 3.8 3.4 2.6 2.8 .7 .5 .3 .6 .4 .3 .2 .4 .1 .2 .1 .4 .4 .2 .4 .4 .3 .4 5.6 2.6 3.8 5.1 2.8 3.6 4.3 7.2 7.2 3.6 5.9 5.1 3.1 5.9 5.6 2.7 4.4 3.8 .6 .8 1.0 .5 .8 .9 .2 (4) .3 .1 .1 .2 .4 .5 .3 .3 .6 .2 3.5 8.8 7.7 3.4 7.1 7.1 Products of petroleum and coal______ 3.0 Petroleum refining______________ 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 .3 .3 .3 .3 ,4 .4 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 3.1 3.2 3.1 3.1 See footnotes at end of table. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1311 LABOR TURNOVER T able 2. —Monthly Labor-Turnover Rates {per 100 Employees) in Selected Groups and Industries,1 March 1945 2—Continued Croup and industry Total separa tion Quit D is charge Lay-off Military and mis cellane ous Total accession Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Mar. Feb. Manufacturing—Continued 5.9 5.6 5.1 4.7 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 0.5 .6 0.5 .6 0.2 .2 0.3 .1 0.4 .4 0.3 .4 4.6 4. 5 5.4 5.2 7.6 6.0 5.5 6.1 6.9 5.1 4.8 4.5 .4 .5 .4 .5 (4) .1 (4) .8 .3 .3 .3 .3 5.8 4.7 6.5 5.5 Miscellaneous industries.-..................... 3.8 3.6 2.7 2.5 .5 .5 .3 .4 .3 .2 3.2 3. 5 4.3 1.9 4.9 5.8 3.8 2.1 4.5 4.9 3.5 1.4 3.9 4.8 2.8 1.3 3.4 3.9 .3 .1 .4 .4 .3 .1 .4 .3 .1 .1 .1 .1 .2 .3 .2 .2 .4 .3 .5 .5 .5 .4 .5 .5 3.8 2.7 3. 5 4.6 3.5 2.0 3.8 4.4 5.7 4.6 4.2 3.0 .8 .8 .4 .3 .3 .5 5.8 4.2 Coal mining: Anthracite_____________________ 1.7 Bituminous-coal______ __________ 4.2 1.5 3.4 1.0 3.4 1.0 2.8 (4) .2 (4) .2 .5 .2 .3 .1 .2 .4 .2 .3 1.0 2.8 1.8 2.7 Public utilities: 2.8 Telephone.............................. . Telegraph......................................... . 3.5 2.5 3.3 2.5 3.1 2.2 2.9 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .2 .1 .2 .1 .1 .1 .1 3.1 2.7 3.0 2.4 Rubber products___________________ Rubber tires and inner tubes___ Rubber footwear and related prod ucts________________ _______ Miscellaneous rubber industries.. Nonmanufacturing M etal mining______________________ Iron-ore___________ ____________ Copper-ore______________ ______ Lead- and zinc-ore______________ M etal mining, not elsewhere clas sified, including aluminum-ore.. 1 Since January 1943 manufacturing firms reporting labor turnover have been assigned industry codes on the basis of current products. M ost plants in the employment and pay-roll sample, comprising those which were in operation in 1939, are classified according to their major activity at that time, regardless of any subsequent change in major products. 2 Preliminary figures. 3 The munitions division, which replaces the selected war industries group, includesthefollowingmajor industry groups: Ordnance; iron and steel; electrical machinery; machinery, except electrical; automobiles; transportation equipment, except automobiles; nonferrous metals; chemicals; products of petroleum and coal; rubber. The nonmunitions division includes lumber; furniture and finished lumber products; stone, clay, and glass; textile-mill products; apparel and finished textile products; leather; food and kindred prod ucts; tobacco; paper and pulp; miscellaneous industries. Comparable data for 1943 and 1944 w ill appear in a forthcoming issue of the M onthly Labor Review. 4 Less than 0.05. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1312 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 T able 3. —Monthly Labor-Turnover Rates {per 100 Employees)1for Men and Women in Selected Industries Engaged in War Production, March 1945 2 Total separation Quit Total accession Industry Men Women Men Women Men Women All manufacturing______ ____ ____ ______ _________ 6.2 7.6 4.4 6.1 4.2 5.9 Ordnance____________________ __ _________ Guns, howitzers, mortars, and related equipment. Ammunition, except for small arms____________ T a n k s.. __________________________ Sighting and fire-control equipment_____________ 7.6 S.3 8.8 8.1 2.3 9.3 7.3 9.8 9.9 6.1 5.2 2.9 6.3 4.5 1.4 7.2 5.6 7.7 8.1 3.8 5.7 5.2 6.2 8.0 1.8 7.6 7.9 7.8 13.2 4.0 Iron and steel and their products____ ______ ____ ___ Blast furnaces, steel works, and rolling mills_____ Gray-iron castings_________________________ Malleable-iron castings____ _______ _____ . Steel castings.-____________________________ Cast-iron pipe and fittings_____________ . Firearms (60 caliber and under)_______________ 4.2 2.8 6.9 6.7 6.7 4.8 6.3 7.5 6.3 6.6 6.0 6.5 7.2 13.2 3.0 2. 1 5.6 5.4 5.2 3.8 2.9 5.5 4.6 5.2 4.8 5. 1 5.0 4.9 3.2 2.4 5.3 3.9 5.1 4.4 3.0 6.1 5.1 6.8 4.4 7.0 7.2 3.8 Electrical machinery__ _________ ________ Electrical equipment for industrial use_______ . Radios, radio equipment, and phonographs _ Communicaton equipment, except radios_______ 3.5 2.9 3.8 3.3 6.2 6.0 6.4 5.1 2.4 1.9 2.8 2. 1 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.3 2.6 2.1 3.0 2.6 5.3 4.6 5.9 3.9 Machinery, except electrical__________________ . . . Engines and turbines_________________ . Machine tools______________ _______ Machine-tool accessories___________ _ Metalworking machinery and equipment, not else ________ _____ ________ where classified____ General industrial machinery, except pumps____ Pumps and pumping equipment_____________ ._ 4.4 5.1 3. 1 4.1 6.2 7.0 5.4 5.5 3.0 3.2 2.0 2.2 4.8 5.2 4.2 3.8 2.9 2.8 2.1 2.8 5.3 5.2 4.2 5.4 4.3 4.3 3.7 5.6 6 .3 ' 5.3 2.8 2.9 2.5 4. 1 4.8 4.8 3.2 3. 1 2.7 6.0 5.6 7.5 Transportation equinment, except automobiles_____ Aircraft_____________ ___________ _________ Aircraft parts, including engines_________ _____ Shipbuilding and repairs______ ____ ______ _ 8.1 5.1 3.9 12.8 8.9 7.6 6.6 15.9 4.4 3.5 2.4 6.3 6.1 6.2 3.9 9.2 3.8 2.9 2.8 5.0 5.1 4.8 5.1 5.8 Nonferrous metals and their products___ . . Primary smelting and refining, except aluminum and magnesium_________ ______ _____ Aluminum and magnesium smelting and refining. Rolling and drawing of copper and copper alloys.. Aluminum and magnesium products______ ___ Nonferrous-metal foundries, except aluminum and v magnesium___________________ _____________ 6.2 6.6 4.6 5.3 5.8 7.6 3.4 7.8 4.2 7.5 5.2 7.2 6.5 7.2 2.8 6.7 3.2 5.5 4.1 4.8 5.2 5.5 3.3 9.7 3.9 6.8 4.2 7.8 6.7 9.9 5.7 6.0 4.1 5.4 4.3 5.4 Chemicals and allied products_________ . ___ Industrial chemicals, except explosives__________ Explosives___ __________ . Small-arms ammunition__________________ 5.2 4.2 6.9 7.0 6.7 5.2 8.0 7.5 3.8 2.9 5.5 5.0 5.6 4.1 7.0 6.2 4.8 3.2 7.8 6.6 7.6 4.6 11.4 8.9 1 These figures are presented to show comparative turnover rates and should not he used to estimate employment. 2 These figures are based on a slightly smaller sample than that for all employees, inasmuch as some firms do not report separate data for women. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Building Operations B u ild in g C onstruction in U rban A reas, A p ril 1 9 4 5 THE 117 million dollars worth of building construction started in urban areas of tlie United States during April was only slightly more than in the previous month. Non-Federally financed work, which constituted over seven-tenths of the total valuation, showed a gain of 15 percent, whereas Federal contract awards declined one-fifth. Both new residential construction and additions, alterations, and repair work increased considerably, 47 percent and 19 percent, re spectively. On the other hand, the value of new nonresidential building declined noticeably, principally because Federally financed work dropped from 39. million to 24 million dollars. The volume of construction started in April 1945 was nearly onethird higher than in April 1944, owing chiefly to substantial gains in T able 1.—Summary of Building Construction in All Urban Areas, April 1945 Valuation Number of buildings Percent of change from— Class of construction April 1945 March 1945 April 1944 April 1945 (in thous ands of dollars) Percent of change from— March 1945 April 1944 All building construction__________ 65, 348 +17.8 +22.3 116,917 + 2 .4 +32.5 N ew residential____________________ N ew nonresidential_ __________ Additions, alterations, and repairs___ 10, 672 9,925 44, 751 +53. 0 +16.1 +12.0 +30.1 +40.1 +17.3 40,027 40,747 36,143 +46.9 -2 8 .1 +19.3 +35.9 +15.6 +53.5 T able 2.—Number and Valuation of New Dwelling Units in All Urban Areas, by Source of Funds and Type of Dwelling, April 1945 Valuation Number of dwelling units Source of funds and type of dwelling Percent of change from— April 1945 March 1945 April 1944 April 1945 (in thou sands of dollars) Percent of change from— March 1945 April 1944 +51.1 +36.6 32, 722 +25.1 +11.7 9, 530 +19.6 Privately financed__________________ 25, 767 +19.6 7,062 ...................... +11.2 +11.1 1family................................ ...................... ...................... + 2 .0 864 -1 3 .9 2,546 - 3 .9 2family 1___ _________ +37.6 4,409 +107.2 1,604 +123. 4 M ultifamily 2........ ................. .......... 7,080 +3,727.0 2,959 +4,009. 7 +178.1 Federally financed............................ . +21.5 +27.9 -2 7 .3 +34.1 +220. 2 All dwellings_______ _______________ 12,489 +55.4 +30.2 39,802 1 Includes 1- and 2-family dwellings with stores. 2 Includes multifamily dwellings with stores. 645886- 45 - https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis -12 1313 1314 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 two types of non-Federally financed activity—new nonresidential construction (51 percent) and additions, alterations, and repair work (48 percent). There was an increase, too, in both Federal and nonFederal residential building. A sharp upturn in Federal residential construction accounted for much of the 55-percent increase in the number of new dwelling units begun during the month. Federal contracts were let for 2,959 of the 12,489 units started, while in March only 72 out of 8,039 units were financed from Federal funds. Comparison of first 4 month s of 1944 and 1945 The cumulative value of urban building construction begun during the first 4 months of 1945 was 377 million dollars, over one-tenth more than the aggregate for the same period in 1944. There were increases in both Federal and non-Federal work, 14 percent and 9 percent, respectively. New nonresidential building and alterations, additions, and repair work, both Federally and non-Federally financed, were higher in value by the end of April 1945 than in 1944. On the other hand, new residential construction fell off by one-fifth, chiefly because of the curtailment of Federal housing during the first 3 months of the year. Private residential construction also declined from the 1944 level. T able 3.— Valuation of Building Construction in A ll Urban Areas, by Class of Con struction, First 4 Months of 1944 and 1945 Valuation (in thousands of dollars) Federal construction Total construction Class of construction First 4 months of— First 4 months of— Percent of change 1945 1944 All construction--------------------------------- 376,689 339,972 N ew residential.. ____________ _______ New nonresidential-------Additions, alterations, and repairs------- 102, 361 162,295 112,033 127,002 125, 312 87,658 Percent of change 1945 1944 +10.8 123,869 108,783 +13.9 -1 9 .4 +29.5 +27.8 11,410 101,313 11,146 19,352 84,212 5,219 -4 1 .0 +20.3 +113.6 T able 4. —Number and Valuation of New Dwelling Units in A ll Urban Areas, by Source of Funds and Type of Dwelling, First 4 Months of 1944 and 1945 Number of dwelling units Source of funds and type of dwelling First 4 months of— 1945 1944 All dwellings------ ------------------------------ 31,742 42,017 Privately financed___________ _____ fam ily.—...............- ........... family A ----------- --------M ultifam ily2—......................... - ........... Federally financed....................................... 27,871 21,835 2, 344 3,692 3,871 33,630 25,697 3, 554 4,379 8,387 1 2 1 Includes 1- and 2-family dwellings with stores. 2 Includes multifamily dwellings with stores. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Valuation (in thousands of dollars) First 4 months of— Percent of change Percent of change 1945 1944 -2 4 .5 100,340 125,967 -2 0 .3 -1 7 .1 -1 5 .0 -3 4 .0 -1 5 .7 -5 3 .8 89,955 72,475 , 628 10,852 10,385 107,133 81, 861 -1 6 .0 -1 1 .5 -4 5 .3 -1 7 .5 -4 4 .9 6 12,120 13,152 18,834 1315 BUILDING OPERATIONS , Construction from, Public Funds A pril 1945 The value of contracts awarded and force-account work started during April and March 1945 and April 1944 on all construction projects, excluding shipbuilding, financed wholly or partially from Federal funds and reported to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, is shown in table 5. This table includes construction both inside and outside the corporate limits of cities. T able 5. — Value of Contracts Awarded and Force-Account Work Started on Construc tion Projects Financed From Federal Funds, A pril 1945 Value (in thousands of dollars) of contracts awarded and force-account work started Source of funds April 1945 1 March 1945 3 April 1944 3 All Federal sources.. _______________________ ____ 53,910 80, 362 95, 203 War public works_____________ _____ _____ _________ Regular Federal appropriations 3 ________ __________ Federal Public Housing Authority_______ __________ 2,095 41,902 9,913 2,853 73, 553 3, 956 2,683 89,138 3,382 1 Preliminary; subject to revision. 2 Revised. 3 Excludes the following amounts (in thousands of dollars) for ship construction: April 1945, 141,954; March 1945, 122,937; April 1944, 471,302. Coverage and Method Figures on building construction in this report cover the entire urban area of the United States which by Census definition includes all incorporated places with a 1940 population of 2,500 or more and,' by special rule, a small number of unincorporated civil divisions. Valua tion figures, the basis for statements concerning value, are derived from estimates of construction cost made by prospective private builders when applying for permits to build, and the value of contracts awarded by Federal and State governments. No land costs are included. Unless otherwise indicated, only building construction within the corporate limits of cities in urban areas is included in the tabulations. Reports of building permits which were received in April 1945 for cities containing between 80 and 85 percent of the urban population of the country provide the basis for estimating the total number of buildings and dwelling units and the valuation of private urban build ing construction. Similar data for Federally financed urban building construction are compiled directly from notifications of construction contract's awarded, as furnished by Federal agencies. The contracts awarded and force-account work started on Federally financed building construction inside the corporate limits of cities in urban areas were valued at $33,748,000 in April 1945, $42,115,000 in March 1945, and $27,459,000 in April 1944. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Trend o f Employment, Earnings, and Hours Sum m ary o f E m p loym en t R eports fo r A p ril 1 9 4 5 EMPLOYEES in nonagricultural establishments numbered 37,750,000 in April—939,000 or almost 2% percent less than in April 1944. The net growth in the armed forces over the year was slightly more than a million. The decline over the month of approximately 275,000 workers re flected primarily the downward movement of manufacturing and, to a lesser degree, the post-Easter decreases in trade. The only sizable increase was a seasonal expansion in the finance, service, and miscel laneous division. Industrial and Business Employment Each of the major manufacturing groups reported declines. That in the durable-goods group amounted to 190,000 and in the non durable group to 76,000. Employment in all manufacturing plants combined was 266,000 less than in March, and 1,140,000 (or 8 per cent) less than in April 1944. Among the durable-goods groups, net monthly decreases of more than 10,000 wage earners were reported by each of the following groups: Transportation equipment, iron and steel, machinery, auto mobiles, and electrical machinery. Comments from firms in each of these groups primarily engaged in the manufacture of munitions, indicated that the declines were caused by completion and cancella tion of war contracts. Declining employment in transportation equipment reflects, pri marily, completion of shipbuilding contracts and, to a lesser degree, contract cancellations in aircraft and aircraft-engine production. This group employed 95,000 fewer workers than in March and 567,000 or almost one-fourth fewer workers than in April 1944. Employment was 1,875,000 in April 1945 as compared with a peak of 2,626,000 in November 1943. Although each of the 11 nondurable-goods groups reported some declines, only in textiles and apparels did the decrease amount to more than 10,000. In both, seasonal decreases are to be expected in April; but shortages of material and the return of farm workers to farms also contributed to these declines. Bituminous-coal mines, operating without a new contract^ reported an employment decline of 22,000 between March and April. Bitu minous-coal miners numbered only 312,000 as compared with 360,000 in April 1944. 1316 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS 1317 T able 1.—Estimated Number of Wage Earners and Indexes of Wage-Earner Employment in Manufacturing Industries, by Major Industry Group 1 Estimated number of wage earners (in thousands) Wage earner in dexes (1939=100) Industry group April 1945 2 March Febru ary 1945 1945 April 1944 April 1945 2 All manufacturing________________________ _______ Durable goods_________ _ _ _________________ N ondurable goods____ ______________________ . 12, 674 7, 471 5,203 12, 940 7, 661 5, 279 13,081 7,770 5,311 13, 814 8, 421 5, 393 154. 7 206. 9 113.0 158.0 212.2 115.2 Iron and steel and their products- ___________ - . . . Electrical machinery_______ ____________ _________ Machinery, except electrical____ __________ _____ . Transportation equipment, except automobiles_____ Automobiles____ ____________________ _______ Nonferrous metals and their products_______________ Lumber and timber basic products____ ____________ Furniture and finished lumber products____________ Stone, clay, and glass products_____________________ 1, 628 683 1,128 1,875 656 404 445 330 322 1,658 693 1,152 1, 970 668 407 448 338 327 1, 666 696 1,165 2,042 680 403 450 341 327 1,680 755 1,227 2, 442 724 432 475 347 339 164.2 263.5 213. 5 1181.1 163.1 176.4 105. 9 100.7 109.9 167.3 267.5 218.0 1240.9 166.0 177.6 106.5 102.9 111.4 Textile-mill products and other fiber manufactures.. Apparel and other finished textile products_______ . . Leather and leather products______ ____ ____ ____ _ Food______ _ . . . ___________________ __________ Tobacco manufactures. . . ________________________ Paper and allied products_________________________ Printing, publishing, and allied industries__________ Chemicals and allied products.. . . _______________ Products of petroleum and coal____________________ Rubber products_______________ ___________ _____ Miscellaneous industries__________________________ 1,045 819 305 972 81 301 324 635 133 192 396 1,067 836 309 979 82 307 329 639 134 197 400 1,075 838 310 997 82 310 330 638 134 198 399 1,128 879 315 1,002 83 314 332 601 128 197 414 91.4 103.7 88.0 113.7 86.4 113.3 99.0 220.2 126.1 158.4 161.8 93.2 105.9 88.9 114.6 87.6 115.7 100.2 221.6 126.2 162.9 163.4 March 1945 1 The estimates and indexes presented in this table have been adjusted to levels indicated by final 1942 and preliminary 1943 data made available by the Bureau of Employment Security of the Federal Security Agency. 2 Preliminary. Public Employment As a result of increased hiring of workers for the quinquennial census of agriculture, increased employment in the Veterans Adminis tration, and a seasonal increase in the Department of Agriculture, employment in Federal agencies other than war agencies reached 880,000 in April 1945. This was the highest point ever attained in a month (other than December) and represented a gain of approxi mately 60,000 over April 1944 and of 10,000 over March 1945. Although the April 1945 employment figure was only 2,000 above the previous non-December peak of July 1942, many changes in composition had occurred. For instance, there were increases in the Treasury Department of 28,000, in the Post Office Department of 31,000, in the Commerce Department of 32,000, and in the Veterans Administration of 14,000. On the other hand, employment decreased in the Department of Agriculture by 18,000, in the Department of the Interior by 7,000, in the Federal Security Agency by 44,000, in the Federal Works Agency by. 15,000, and in the Tennessee Valley Au thority by 28,000. Aside from a shift of the youth training program and the employment offices from FSA to the War Manpower Com mission, and the opening of the agriculture survey mentioned above, these changes reflected different program emphases attributable in large part to the war Employment in Federal war agencies increased 2,000 in April 1945, as the result of offsetting changes of approximately 10,000 in employ- https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1318 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 ment of the War Department within and without continental United States and of minor increases in a number of the other war agencies. The April 1945 total war-agency employment of 2,646,000 includes 590.000 outside continental United States, of whom approximately 10.000 were prisoners of war. Of the war-agency gain of 254,000 over the past year, only 23,000 was within continental United States. Federal services other than the executive showed little employment change during the month. Employment in regular Federal services and Government corporations totaled 3,569,000 in April 1945, as compared with 3,256,000 a year ago. Source oj data.—Data for the Federal executive service are reported through the Civil Service Commission, whereas data for the legislative and judicial services and Government corporations are reported to T a b ie 2. —Employment in Regular Federal Services and in Government Corporations, in Selected Months E xecutive1 Legislative Total Year and month Judicial Govern ment cor porations 2 1939.. __________________________ 1940. ________ _________________ 1941 _ ------------------------------ -1942______________________________ 1943_____ ________________________ 1944_____________ ______ _________ 928,467 1,003, 682 1,286,094 1,992,037 3,188,126 3, 256,494 896,128 969,155 1,248, 662 1,951, 686 3,144,683 3, 211,583 5,292 5,860 6, 033 6,339 6,119 6,147 2,317 2,379 2, 509 2,606 2,583 2,675 24, 730 26, 288 28,890 31,406 34, 741 36,089 January 1945. ----------- -------------------------February 1945 3_______ ____ _______ March 1945 3___________ ______ ______ April 1945 3__________ - ................ ................ 3,449,802 3, 500, 519 3,557,534 3,569,490 3,406,672 3,457,249 3, 514,820 3, 526,401 6,160 6, 561 6, 281 6,346 2,638 2,643 2,640 2,626 34,332 34,066 33, 793 34,117 April April April April April April 1 Includes employees in United States navy yards who are also included under shipbuilding (table 4) and employees on force-account construction who are also included under construction projects (table 5). Includes employees stationed outside continental United States. 2 Data are for employees of the Panama Railroad Co., the Federal Reserve Banks, and banks of the Farm Credit Administration, who are paid out of operating revenues and not out of Federal appropriations. Data for other Government corporations are included under the executive service. 3Preliminary. T able 3.—Employment in the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, by War and Other Agencies, in Selected Months 1 War agencies2 Year and month Total Other agencies Continen All areas tal United States Outside conti nental All areas United States3 Conti nental United States Outside conti nental United States3 1939_________________ 1940_________________ 1941______ _______ _ 1942______ __________ 1943_________________ 1944...______ _______ 896,128 969,155 1, 248, 662 1,951,686 3,144,683 3, 211,583 190,106 246,861 479,297 1,102,428 2,335,763 2,392,207 162,362 205,804 410,304 947,119 2,074,686 2,033,498 27,744 41,057 68,993 155, 309 ¿261,077 358,709 706,022 722, 294 769,365 849, 258 808,920 819, 376 697,345 710,996 756,447 835,233 793,947 803,994 8,677 11,298 12,918 14,025 14,973 15,382 January 1945........ ................... February 1945 4........................ March 1945 4______________ April 1945 4________ ____ _ 3,406,672 3,457,249 3,514,820 3,526,401 2, 561,118 2,609,505 2, 644,184 2, 646,257 2,030,351 2,057,409 2,064,778 2,056,697 530,767 552,096 579,406 589, 560 845,554 847,744 870,636 880,144 829,327 831,432 854,090 863,656 16, 227 16,312 16, 546 16, 488 April April April April April April 1 Includes employees in United States navy yards who are also included under shipbuilding (table 4) and employees on force-account construction who are also included under construction projects (table 5). 2 Covers War and N avy Departments, Maritime Commission, National Advisory Committee for Aero nautics, The Panama Canal, and the emergency war agencies. 3 Includes Alaska and the Panama Canal Zone. 4 Preliminary. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS 1319 the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Force-account employment is also included in construction employment (table 5), and navy-yard employ ment is also included in employment on shipbuilding and repair projects (table 4). Data for pay rolls are now being revised, and the revised series will be available shortly. Employment on Shipbuilding and Repair Employment on the Federal shipbuilding and repair program de clined sharply in April 1945, from 1,344,000 to 1,227,000 workers. The drop of 77,000 was the greatest in a single month since the indus try’s peak of 1,723,000 in December 1943. All regions were affected; the Pacific Region had the greatest aggregate decline (27,000) and the Inland Region the greatest relative decline (16 percent). In spite of the sharp employment drop, pay rolls were maintained at approximately the same level as in March. The fact that the average number of hours worked increased by 15 during April 1945 indicates that there were probably a number of yards with five weekly pay periods ending during April which would account for the stable pay-roll figure. T able 4. — Total Employment and P ay Rolls in United States Navy Yards and Private Shipyards Within Continental United States, by Shipbuilding Region, A pril 1945 Employment (in thousands) Shipbuilding region Payrolls (thousands of dollars) April 1945 ‘ March 1945 April 1944 April 1945 i. March 1945 April 1944 All regions____________________________ United States navy yards 2 ... _____ Private shipyards__________________ 1, 267.0 322.0 945.0 1,344. 0 327.0 1, 017.0 1, 628. 0 331.0 1, 297.0 371, 516 96, 528 274,988 372,450 98, 045 274,405 442, 204 90,717 351,487 North Atlantic. ______________________ South Atlantic------------ ----------------------Gulf___________________________ ____ Pacific. - _____________ _________ --Great Lakes___________________________ Inland________________________________ 486.1 114.8 152.5 439.4 42.2 32.0 505.9 120.0 165.1 466.4 48.3 38.3 594.9 146.1 219.7 543.0 63.6 60.7 149, 392 30,867 40,198 127,679 13, 730 9, 650 148,980 32,244 43, 503 125,495 12, 768 9,459 (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) 1 Preliminary. 2Includes all navy yards constructing or repairing ships, including the Curtis Bay (Md.) Coast Guard yard. 2 Break-down not available. Data on employment and pay rolls on shipbuilding and repair proj ects are received monthly by the Bureau of Labor Statistics directly from all shipyards within continental United States. Employees in the navy yards are also included in data for the Federal executive service (tables 2 and 3). Construction Employment The continued increase of employment on the construction of facilities for the manufacture of rockets and other ordnance matériel, partially offset by declines on most of the other types of projects, re sulted in a net gain of 11,300 in site employment on Federally financed construction in April 1945. A slight gain also was evident on elec trification projects, which was attributable to a gradually expandingprogram of the Rural Electrification Administration. The contra https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1320 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 194 5 seasonal declines occurring on river, harbor, and flood-control projects, streets and highways, and water and sewer systems, are evidence of the gradual closing of war construction projects and the absence of a new Federal public works program such as was characteristic of the prewar years. Site employment on non-Federal construction projects showed a substantial increase in April 1945. Not quite half of the 41,000 gain was in residential building construction, which was beginning to feel an impetus from orders for homes from returning veterans. All other types of non-Federal projects also showed employment gains during the month of April. This is not an unusual trend at this time of year during peacetime, but this is the first time since the beginning of the war construction program that it has been evident. Employment away from the construction site and at secret Federal projects showed an increase of 6,100 in April 1945 which can be at tributed to seasonal hiring. The completion of many of the secret projects and the gradual conclusion of others account for the 40,300 drop over the year period. T able 5.—Estimated Employment and P ay Rolls on Construction Within Continental United States, A pril 1945 Employm ent (in thou sands) Pay rolls (in thousands of dollars) Type of project April 1945 i March 1945 N ew construction, to ta l2 _________________________ At the construction site__________ _____ . -. Federal projects 4__________________________ Airports_______. . . - ________ _______ Buildings_______ __________ _____ . . . Residential__________________ ____ - - _____ Nonresidential5__ _ Electrification____ - - - - - - - _ ______ R eclam ation___ . _ . .. . . River, harbor, and flood control. --------Streets and highways____ - __________ Water and sewer system s. . ___________ Miscellaneous______________ _____ _____ Non-Federal projects __________ ---Buildings_____________________ _ ____ Residential____________ ___________ Nonresidential_____________________ Farm dwellings and service b u ild in g s___ Public utilities_________________ ______ Streets and highways__________________ State. __ _ . . . ________________ . . County and municipal______________ M iscellaneous___ _______ . . ______ Other e._ ________ _____ _____________________ 799.4 678.2 213.4 5.7 165.7 10.8 154.9 .5 6.7 14.4 6.3 3.4 10.9 464.8 262.8 85.6 177.2 67.7 102.7 17.4 6.5 10.9 14.2 121.2 741.0 625.9 202.1 6.4 151.0 11.2 139.8 .3 6.7 14.8 6.6 3.6 12.7 423.8 235.0 68.1 166.9 59.9 100.7 14.4 5.3 9.1 13.8 115.1 Maintenance of State roads 7 _____________________ 80.0 79.1 April 19451 March 1945 April 1944 759.1 597.6 250.1 24.1 160.8 30.2 130.6 .5 14.4 17.4 13.5 6.3 13.1 347.5 188.0 110.6 77.4 43.8 85.3 18.6 8.1 10.5 11.8 161.5 0 0 47, 930 985 38, 538 2,545 35, 993 94 1,508 2, 764 1,165 585 2,291 (3) 63, 072 (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) 0 0 43, 594 980 33, 492 2,621 30,871 33 1,561 2,904 1,216 578 2,830 0 55,930 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 '0 47, 764 3, 725 32, 593 6,122 26,471 114 3,057 3, 343 1,983 956 1,993 0 41,172 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81.3 (3) 0 April 1944 0 1 Preliminary. 8 Data are for all construction workers (contract and force-account) engaged on new construction, addi tions, and alterations, and on repair work of the type usually covered by building permits. (Force-account employees are workers hired directly by the owner and utilized as a separate work force to perform con struction work of the type usually chargeable to capital account.) The construction figure included in the Bureau’s nonagricultural employment series covers only employees of construction contractors and on Federal force-account and excludes force-account workers of State and local governments, public utilities, and private firms. s Data not available. * Includes the following force-account employees, hired directly by the Federal Government, and their pay rolls: April 1944, 27,964, $5,428,300; March 1945, 18,768, $3,678,100; April 1945, 19,556, $3,695,100. These employees are also included under the Federal executive service (tables 2 and 3); all other workers were employed by contractors and subcontractors. { Includes the following employees and pay rolls for Defense Plant Corporation (R FC) projects: April 1944, 51,500, $12,942,000; March 1945, 13,900, $3,085,000; April 1945, 14,500, $3,562,000. _ 6 Includes central office force of construction contractors, shop employees of special trades constructors, such as bench sheet-metal workers, etc., and site employees engaged on projects which, for security reasons, cannot be shown above. * Data for other types of maintenance not available. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS 1321 Altogether, all types of employment on new construction stood at 799,400 in April 1945, or 58,400 above the previous month, and 40,300 above last year. The gain over April 1944 was entirely in nonFederal projects, Federal projects having shown a drop of 36,700. Source of data.—For construction projects financed wholly or par tially from Federal funds, the Bureau of Labor Statistics receives monthly reports on employment and pay rolls at the construction site, directly from the contractors or from the Federal agency sponsor ing the project. Force-account employees hired directly by the Federal Government are also included in tables 2 and 3 under Federal executive service. Estimates of employment on non-Federal construction projects (except State roads) are obtained by converting the value of work started (compiled from reports on building permits issued, priorities granted, and from certain special reports) into monthly expenditures and employment by means of factors which have been developed from special studies and adjusted to current conditions. For State roads projects, data represent estimates of the Public Roads Administration. D etailed R eports for In d u strial and B u sin ess E m p loym en t, March 1 9 4 5 Nonagricultural Employment ESTIMATES of employment in nonagricultural establishments are shown in table 1. The estimates are based on reports of employers to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, on unemployment-compensation data made available by the Bureau of Employment Security of the Federal Security Agency, and on information supplied by other Government agencies, such as the Interstate Commerce Commission, Civil Service Commission, Bureau of the Census, and the Bureau of T able 1.—Estimated Number of Employees in Nonagricultural Establishments, by Industry Division Estimated number of employees (in thousands) Industry division March 1945 February January 1945 1945 March 1944 Total estimated em ploym ent1_____ ______ __________________ 38,026 37,957 37,952 38,725 Manufacturing 2__ ____. __ _______ __ __ ____________ M ining______________ _______ __________ ______ __ _____ Contract construction and Federal force-account construction.. Transportation and public utilities________________ _______ _ Trade _________ . Finance, service, and miscellaneous____________ _ ___ Federal, State and local government, excluding Federal forceaccount construction____________________ ______________ 15,375 796 619 3,788 7,078 4,377 15, 517 798 588 3, 771 6,985 4,360 15, 555 801 582 3,740 7,030 4,350 5,993 5,938 5,894 16, 559 852 678 3,723 6,919 4,123 f 5,871 1 Estimates include all full- and part-time wage and salary workers in nonagricultural establishments who are employed during the pay period ending nearest the 15th of the month. Proprietors, self-employed persons, domestic servants, and personnel of the armed forces are excluded. 2 Estimates for manufacturing have been adjusted to levels indicated by final 1942 data made available by the Bureau of Employment Security of the Federal Security Agency. Since the estimated number of wage earners in manufacturing industries have been further adjusted to preliminary 1943 data, the two sets of estimates are not comparable subsequent to December 1942. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1322 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 Old-Age and Survivors Insurance. The estimates include all wage and salaried workers in nonagricultural establishments but exclude military personnel, proprietors, self-employed persons, and domestic servants. Estimates of employees in nonagricultural establishments, by States, are published each month in a detailed report on employment and pay rolls. Industrial and Business Employment Monthly reports on employment and pay rolls are available for 154 manufacturing industries and for 27 nonmanufacturing industries, including water transportation and class I steam railroads. The reports for the first 2 of these groups—manufacturing and nonmanu facturing—are based on sample surveys by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. The figures on water transportation are based on esti mates prepared by the Maritime Commission, and those on class I steam railroads are compiled by the Interstate Commerce Commission. The employment, pay roll, hours, and earnings figures for manu facturing, mining, laundries, and cleaning and dyeing, cover wage earners only; but the figures for public utilities, brokerage, insurance, and hotels relate to all employees except corporation officers and executives, while for trade they relate to all employees except cor poration officers, executives, and other employees whose duties are mainly supervisory. For crude-petroleum production they coyer wage earners and clerical field force. The coverage of the reporting samples for the various nonmanufacturing industries ranges from about 25 percent for wholesale and retail trade, cleaning and dyeing, and insurance, to about 80 percent for public utilities and 90 percent for mining. The general manufacturing indexes are computed from reports supplied by representative establishments in the 154 manufacturing industries surveyed. These reports cover more than 65 percent of the total wage earners in all manufacturing industries of the country and about 80 percent of the wage earners in the 154 industries covered. Data for both manufacturing and nonmanufacturing industries are based on reports of the number of employees and the amount of pay rolls for the period ending nearest the 15th of the month. INDEXES OF EMPLOYMENT AND PAY ROLLS Employment and pay-roll indexes, for both manufacturing and nonmanufacturing industries, for January, Februarj^ and March 1945, and for March 1944, are presented in tables 3 and 5. The figures relating to all manufacturing industries combined, to the durable- and nondurable-goods divisions, and to the major in dustry groups, have been adjusted to levels indicated by final data for 1942 and preliminary data for 1943 made available by the Bureau of Employment Security of the Federal Security Agency. The Bureau of Employment Security data referred to are (a) employment totals reported by employers under State unemployment-compensation programs and (b) estimates of the number of employees not reported under the programs of some of these States, which do not cover small establishments. The latter estimates were obtained from tabulations prepared by the Bureau of Old-Age and Survivors Insurance, which obtains reports]from all employers, regardless of size of establishment. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS 1 9 3 9 = IOO WAGE EARNERS AND WAGE EARNER PAY ROLL 1323 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis EMPLOYMENT AND PAY ROLLS ALL MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES 1324 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 Not all industries in each major industry group are represented in the tables since minor industries are not canvassed by the Bureau. Furthermore, no attempt has been made to allocate among the separate industries the adjustments to unemployment-compensation data. Hence, the estimates for individual industries within a group do not in general add to the total for that group. T able 2.—Estimated Number of Wage Earners in Manufacturing Industries 1 Estimated number of employees (in thousands) industry March 1945 All manufacturing . „ __________________ - -------------------- 12,940 7,661 ------------- -------------------------------Durable goods Nondurable goods-------------- ---------- - -------------------- - 5, 279 February January 1945 1945 13,081 7, 770 5,311 13,117 7,797 5,320 March 1944 14,056 8, 570 5,486 Durable goods Iron and steel and their products-,- ------------------------ - - - Blast furnaces, steel works, and rolling mills---------------- Gray-iron and semisteel castings ----------------- . . --------Malleable-iron castings___ - _ ------------- -------------- - Steel castings______ _ ---------------- ---------------------------Cast-iron pipe and fittings--------------------------------------------Tin cans and other tinware --- ............... . --- ----------Wire drawn from purchased rods— ---------------------- -----Wirework _ ______. . . _ - . ------ -- - - - - - - ------Cutlery and edge tools. ------- ----------- -----------Tools (except edge tools, machine tools, files, and saw s)---Hardware____________ ____ _ ------ ------ -----------------------Plumbers’ supplies------- ------------------ --- ------------Stoves, oil burners, and heating equipment, not elsewhere classified____________________________________________ Steam and hot-water heating apparatus and steam fittings. Stamped and enameled ware and galvanizing, - -------------Fabricated structural and ornamental metalwork , ---------M etal doors, sash, frames, molding, and trim . _ ----------Bolts, nuts, washers, and rivets_________________ . -----Forgings, iron and ste el-.- . _ --------------------- ----------Wrought pipe, welded and heavy riveted----------------- -----Screw-machine products and wood screws------- ---------Steel barrels, kegs, and drums______________________ -Firearms____________ ________ ________ ___________ 1,658 478.5 74.6 25.4 71.8 15.7 41.9 32.7 34.7 24.4 27.5 46.8 23.2 1,666 478.4 75.3 26.0 72.4 15.7 41.1 32.6 35.1 24.2 27.4 46.7 22.7 1,657 474.8 75.7 25.9 72.1 15.8 39.8 32.8 34.6 24.3 27.6 46.2 22.5 1,704 491.1 76.2 25.4 78.6 15.4 35.7 34.2 33.6 22.7 28.4 47.2 23.6 63.6 55.2 86.9 70.0 10.9 23.9 35.4 24.4 43.0 8.5 30.7 64.0 55.6 87.9 73.2 11.1 24.0 35.7 23.6 43.0 8.4 32.3 63.3 55.6 87.3 73.2 10.7 23.9 35.6 23.8 42.7 8.2 35.0 61.7 57.5 90.5 75.4 13.4 28.5 39.5 26.5 48.0 7.4 54.3 Electrical machinery----------------- --------------------------------- --Electrical equipment--------------- ------------------ -------------Radios and phonographs. ___________ . . ------------------Communication equipment. .- ------------------ --------------- 693 426.4 116.7 105.0 696 429.0 117.5 104.5 698 429.3 118.0 104.9 767 463.8 132.3 120. 2 Machinery, except electrical________________________________ Machinery and machine-shop products------------------ -----Engines and turbines . ........................ - - - - - - - . . . Tractors ---------- ------------------------- ------------------------------Agricultural machinery, excluding tractors------ . . . --------Machine tools . - ----------- _ .. Machine-tool accessories . _________ Textile machinery------------------------------------------------Pumps and pumping equipment. _ ----------- ----------Typewriters _ . - ---------------------------Cash registers, adding and calculating machine_______ Washing machines, wringers and driers, domestic_______ Sewing machines, domestic and industrial- ____________ Refrigerators and refrigeration equipment--------- ----------- 1,152 449.9 66.5 56.5 43.9 74.6 64.4 26.4 71.5 13.1 30.0 12.8 11. 1 51.1 1,165 454.2 67.5 57.2 44.8 74.8 65.2 26.4 72.6 13.0 30.6 12.6 11.2 52.4 1,163 451.8 68.1 57.5 44.6 74.3 65.0 26.7 73.8 12.8 30.6 12.0 11.1 52.5 1,251 484.0 72.4 59.9 46.1 83.2 73.8 28.1 83.7 12.0 34.0 14.0 9.4 54.1 Transportation equipment, except automobiles-------- -Locomotives______________ ---------------------------- -Cars, electric- and steam-railroad — ______ ______________ Aircraft and parts, excluding aircraft engines 2— -- _ Aircraft engines 2______________ - --- -------------- --------Shipbuilding and boatbuilding-------------- -------------------Motorcycles, bicycles, and parts---------- ------------------------ 1,970 34.0 58.6 637.6 210.6 917.1 9.5 2,042 34.1 59.2 646.4 213.7 973.0 9.6 2,082 33.9 57.8 639.8 212.9 1,020.8 9.4 2,486 35.4 59.7 783.7 259.2 1,213.4 9.5 Automob iles______ _____ ___________________-------- -------------- 668 680 682 739 Nonferrous metals and their products _ --_ ------Smelting and refining, primary, of nonferrous metals. . ........ Alloying and rolling and drawing of nonferrous metals, except aluminum___ _______ . . ------------------------------- 407 39.5 403 39.7 398 39.5 444 54.2 72 .6 71 .9 70 .6 72.8 See footnotes at end of table. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS 1325 T able 2. —Estimated Number of Wage Earners in Manufacturing Industries 1— Con. Estimated number of employees (in thousands) Industry March 1945 February January 1945 1945 March 1944 Durable goods—Continued Nonferrous metals and their products—Continued. Clocks and watches___________________________ ____ . . . Jewelry (precious metals) and jewelers’ fin d in g s................... Silverware and plated ware. __________________________ Lighting equipment____ _______________________________ Aluminum manufactures____________ - .......... ................ . . Sheet-metal work, not elsewhere classified-..................... . . 26.3 13.2 11.0 26.2 70.5 32.0 26.2 13.2 10.9 26.2 68.8 32.2 25.7 13.3 11.0 26.4 66.8 31.8 25.2 14.4 10.7 25.3 82.1 32.6 Lumber and timber basic products_____ ____ _______ ________ Sawmills and logging camps________ ____________________ Planing and plywood mill’s_______ _____ _______ __ _____ ■148 218.4 69.7 450 218.9 70.5 450 218.5 70.5 482 234.0 76.1 Furniture and finished lumber products_____________________ Mattresses and bedsprings.___________________ ______ ____________________ _____ ______ Furniture________ Wooden boxes, other than cigar______________ ________ Caskets and other morticians’ goods_______________ ____ Wood preserving . . . . . __________________ ___________ Wood, turned and sh a p ed __________________ . . . _____ 338 17.6 152.5 27.1 12.2 9.9 21.4 341 17.8 154.1 27.2 12.3 10.0 21.5 339 17.7 153.0 27.5 11.9 10.0 21.6 354 15.8 164.2 28.2 12. 5 9.9 21.6 Stone, clay, and glass p ro d u cts..._________ ____ ____________ Glass and glassware. _____ ___ . . . _____ __________ Glass products made from purchased glass_______________ Cement. _ _ . . . . . . _________ . . . ... . . . ___ Brick, tile, and terra cotta______________________________ Pottery and related products___________________________ Gypsum______________________________________________ Wallboard, plaster (except gypsum), and mineral w o o l___ Lime__________ _ _______________ ________ _________ Marble, granite, slate, and other products_____ _______ . Abrasives____ _ ____________________________________ . Asbestos products____________________ ____ ____________ 327 88.3 11.1 16.1 40.9 38.9 4.0 9.4 7.7 13.9 21.6 19.9 327 87.6 11.0 16.1 41.2 39.3 4.0 9.6 7.7 14.0 21.5 19.8 328 88.0 10.7 16.5 41.3 39.5 4.0 9.6 7.7 14.0 21.3 20.1 343 92.6 10.7 17.1 44.1 42.1 4.5 9.7 8.5 12.3 22.1 21.7 Textile-mill products and other fiber manufactures__________ Cotton manufactures, except smallwares_________________ Cotton smallwares___ _____ ____ ____ _________ ________ Silk and rayon goods.. . ___________ ______ . . . . . . ____ Woolen and worsted manufactures, except dyeing and finishing____________________________________________ Hosiery___ ___________ ______ _____________________ Knitted cloth________ ____________________________ Knitted outerwear and knitted gloves___________________ Knitted underwear_____________ ________ __ ____ _ Dyeing and finishing textiles, including woolen and w orsted.. . . . ____ ______________ _______________ . . Carpets and rugs, wool_______ _________________ ______ Hats, fur-felt_________________________________________ Jute goods, except felts_________________________________ Cordage and twine___________________________ ____ ____ 1,067 424.2 13.5 88.0 1,075 428.5 13.3 88.8 1,083 432.7 13.5 88.8 1,151 455.3 14.3 92.9 145.2 98.6 10.3 28.6 34.1 146.0 99.6 10.2 28.7 34.3 146. 6 100.7 10.3 28.5 34.4 157.8 109.4 11.3 30. 7 37.7 58.8 20.0 9.3 3.2 i4 .9 59.0 20.1 9.3 3.2 15.0 59.9 20.3 9.4 3.2 15.1 63.9 20.7 9.8 3.4 16.6 Apparel and other finished textile products.._______ _________ M en’s clothing, not elsewhere classified___ _____ _______ Shirts, collars, and nightwear___________________________ Underwear and neckwear, men’s______ _____ _______ _ Work shirts_____________________________ _____________ Women’s clothing, not elsewhere classified_______________ Corsets and allied garments____________________________ M illinery______ __________________ _____ _______________ Handkerchiefs___ _____ _________ _______ ______ ______ Curtains, draperies, and bedspreads... _______ _________ Housefurnishings, other than curtains, etc_______________ Textile bags_____________________________________ ____ : 836 201.4 49.4 12.1 14.4 212.7 14.4 20.4 2.6 10.3 11.2 14.7 838 202.3 49.4 12.0 14.4 213.6 14.6 20.1 2.6 10.2 11.5 14.4 837 201. 2 49.6 12.0 14.1 214. 6 14.6 19.4 2.6 10.9 11.5 14.0 906 216.9 54.8 12.7 16.7 230.7 15.6 20.8 3.3 13.8 10.1 15.5 Leather and leather products________________ _____ ________ Leather. ____________________________________ ______ Boot and shoe cut stock and findings_____ ______ ________ Boots and s h o e s .___ ________________________________ Leather gloves and mittens________ ____________________ Trunks and suitcases...................................................................... 309 39.3 16.1 172.3 11.9 12.6 310 39.5 16.0 172.6 11.9 12.9 311 39.5 16.1 173.1 12.3 12.9 318 41.1 16.7 176.2 13.4 12.5 Food._____ ______________________________ _______________ Slaughtering and meat packing_________________________ B u tter............................................ .................. ............................... Condensed and evaporated m ilk............................... ......... . . . 979 136.2 22.6 13.9 997 144.9 21.6 13.5 1,013 154.7 20.7 13.1 1,002 161.5 21.4 13.0 Nondurable goods See footnotes at end of tabla. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1326 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 T able 2. —Estimated Number of Wage Earners in Manufacturing Industries 1— Con. Estimated number of employees (in thousands) industry March 1945 February January 1945 1945 March 1944 Nondurable goods—Continued Food—Continued. Icecream .____ _______________ . ------- --------------- -----Flour ______________ _________ _____________ Feeds, prepared__________ . . . ______ ------------Cereal preparations____________ . ------------------------Baking. ________________________ . . . --------------------Sugar refining, cane_____ _________ . . . . . . ---------Sugar, beet__________________ ___________ ________ Confectionery____________________________________ . . -Beverages, nonalcoholic______________________________ M alt liquors. _____ _________________________________ Canning and preserving_______________________________ 14.1 29.0 21.2 9.3 256.8 15.0 3.9 58.1 25.8 49.8 95.8 13.5 29.6 2j. 5 9.3 257.2 15.3 4.2 58.3 25.6 50.1 101.2 13.3 29.5 21.3 8.9 257.0 i4 .8 5.2 58.8 25.8 49.6 105. 3 13.8 29.0 20.8 9.5 257. 3 14.2 3.6 59.0 26.6 47.8 90.1 Tobacco manufactures____ _____ __________ ______ _______ Cigarettes________________________________ . . ------------Cigars____ . . ___ _____________ ____________ . ----Tobacco (chewing and smoking) and snuff__________ . . 82 34.8 33.2 8.6 82 35.2 33.2 8.6 82 35.2 33.3 8.6 83 32.4 38.0 7.8 Paper and allied produ cts------------------ --------------------------Paper and pulp_____ _______________________________ . . Paper goods, other---------------- ------------- . . ------------Envelopes_____________________________________ _______ Paper bags______ _____ _______________________________ Paper boxes___________________________________________ 307 146.1 44.8 9.4 12.9 77.4 310 147.5 44.9 9.5 13.1 77.9 309 147.3 44.8 9.5 13.1 77.7 318 147.6 47.9 10.0 13.6 82.0 Printing, publishing, and allied ind ustries___________ ____ . . Newspapers and periodicals . . ____________ . . . ------Printing, book and job____________________________ . . . Lithographing_____________ . . . ___________ . ---------Bookbinding.. ________ __________________ _______ 329 109.3 132.4 24.5 27.6 330 108.8 133.9 24.3 28.0 331 109.6 134.2 24.4 27.9 336 110.3 134.9 25.0 30.2 Chemicals and allied products____ _ __________ _________ Paints, varnishes, and colors___ __________ ________ ____ Drugs, medicines, and insecticides.____ _________________ Perfumes and cosmetics________________________________ Soap . .. . . . . __ . . . ______________ . . Rayon and allied products_____________________________ Chemicals, not elsewhere classified______________________ Explosives and safety fuses_______________ ____________ Compressed and liquefied gases_________________________ Ammunition, small-arms_____________________ ________ Fireworks_____________________ __________ __________ Cottonseed oil____________ ______ ____ ______ _________ Fertilizers_____________________________ _______________ 639 29.4 49.9 12.1 13. 4 54.6 115.3 98.7 5.9 67.2 23.8 16.1 26.9 638 29.5 49.4 12.2 13.4 54.7 115.3 97.9 6.0 65.9 25.0 18.3 25.1 628 29.7 49.2 12.2 13. 4 54.1 115.2 95.1 5.9 61.0 25.9 19.8 23.1 624 29.8 52.0 11.6 13.6 52.3 120.0 72.3 6.0 70.1 30.0 17.2 27.8 Products of petroleum and coal_____________________________ Petroleum refining.. ______ . . . ______ ____ _______. Coke and byproducts______. . . ________________________ Paving m aterials3_____________________________________ Roofing materials___________ _______ ___________________ 134 91.8 22.1 1.5 9.5 134 91.5 22.1 1.5 9.5 133 91.4 22.2 1.4 9.5 127 84.6 23.0 1.4 9.9 Rubber products__________________________________________ Rubber tires and inner tubes___________ _______________ Rubber boots and shoes________________________________ Rubber goods, other____ ______________________________ 197 95.7 17.4 72.6 198 96.4 17.5 72.5 197 96.7 17.9 71.5 202 93.6 21.3 75.9 Miscellaneous industries____ ____ _______________ ______ _ . . Instruments (professional and scientific) and fire-control equipment- ______________ . _____ ___________ _ Photographic apparatus________________________________ Optical instruments and ophthalmic goods____________ .. Pianos, organs, and parts_______ ___________ _____ ______ Games, toys, and dolls_______________________ ____ _____ B uttons__ _______________ _________________________ Fire extinguishers_____________________________________ 400 399 396 419 59.9 28.0 23.6 7.4 15.9 9.7 4.7 59.6 28.0 23.5 7.3 16.3 9.6 4.7 58.8 28.0 23.6 7.3 16.5 9.2 4.8 64.5 29.3 25.8 9.1 15.8 10.2 6.7 1 Estimates for the major industry groups have been adjusted to levels indicated by final 1042 and pre liminary 1943 data made available by the Bureau of Employment Security of the Federal Security Agency. Estimates for individual industries have been adjusted to levels indicated by the 1939 Censusof Manufac tures, but not to Federal Security Agency data. For this reason, together with the fact that this Bureau has not prepared estimates for certain industries, the sum of the individual industry estimates will not agree with totals shown for the major industry groups. 2 Comparable data from January 1939 available upon request. 2 Revisions have been made as follows in the data for earlier months: Paving materials.—September through December 1944 wage earners to 1.6, 1.6, 1.6, and 1.5. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1327 TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS T able 3. — Indexes of Wage-Earner Employment and of Wage-Earner P a y Roll in Manufacturing Industries 1 [1939 average = 100J Wage-earner employment Wage-earner pay roll Industry Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 Jan. 1945 Mar. Mar. Feb. 1944 1945 1945 Jan. 1945 Mar. 1944 All manufacturing___________ ____ _______________ 158.0 159.7 160.1 171.6 325.7 329.0 330.5 341.3 Durable goods_______ ______________ ____ ____ 212.2 215.2 215.9 237.3 444.3 451.1 454.3 481.0 Nondurable goods______________ ____ _________ 115.2 115.9 116.1 119.8 209.7 209.6 209.4 204.1 Durable goods Iron and steel and their products_________________ Blast furnaces, steel works, and rolling mills____ Gray-iron and semisteel castings,. ____________ Malleable-iron castings_______________________ Steel castings________________________________ Cast-iron pipe and fittings........................................ Tin cans and other tinware. _________________ Wire drawn from purchased rods______________ Wire w ork.. ______________________________ Cutlery and edge tools_______________________ Tools (except edge tools, machine tools, files, and saws)________________ _______________ Hardware__________ . . . , ___________________ Plumbers’ supplies_____________________ _____ Stoves, oil burners, and heating equipment, not elsewhere classified _______ __________ . Steam and hot-water heating apparatus and steam fittings__________________ ____ ______ Stamped and enameled ware and galvanizing___ Fabricated structural and ornamental metal __________ work____ ____ ________ M etal doors, sash, frames, molding, and trim___ Bolts, nuts, washers, and rivets.._____________ Forgings, iron and steel.. . _____________ ______ Wrought pipe, welded and heavy riveted______ Screw-machine products and wood screws______ Steel barrels, kegs, and drums________________ Firearms.......... ......................... ................................... 197.2 140.7 166.8 230.0 291.1 253.9 140.3 614.4 206.1 143.9 167.5 232.1 281.6 253.8 138.6 645.2 206.1 338.2 167.4 231.5 284.5 252. 2 135.6 699.7 212.2 172.8 198.9 257.1 317.0 283.4 121.2 1086.8 368.7 280.8 344.8 472.1 609.3 515.3 268.6 1404.6 Electrical m a ch in ery ............................ .................... Electrical equipment_________________________ Radios and phonographs.......................................... Communication equipment..... ................................ 267.5 235.9 268.3 327.0 268.6 237.3 270.0 325.4 269.2 237.5 271.2 326.5 295.9 256.6 304.1 374.2 504.7 452.5 528.7 556.7 505.0 451.9 535.1 555.5 504.8 454.4 539.9 541.3 524.7 465.9 570.4 579.8 Machinery, except electrical________ ____ ____ ____ Machinery and machine-shop products__ Engines and turbines___ _____ _____ _________ Tractors__________ ________________________ Agricultural machinery, excluding tractors_____ Machine tools______________________________ Machine-tool accessories______________________ Textile machinery__________________ _ . Pumps and pumping equipment______________ * Typewriters___ ___________ . . . . . . Cash registers, adding and calculating machines. Washing machines, wringers and driers, do mestic_______________________ ____ _ _ Sewing machines, domestic and industrial_____ Refrigerators and refrigeration equipment ___ 218.0 222.3 356.2 180.5 157.7 203.8 255.8 120. 6 295.0 80.6 152.3 220.4 224. 5 361.8 182.8 161.0 204.3 259.1 120.6 299.7 79.9 155.4 220.0 223.3 365.0 183.7 160.4 202.8 258.3 122.0 304.5 79.1 155.6 236.7 239.2 387.9 191.5 165.7 227.1 293.2 128.5 345.2 74.2 172.6 419.2 419.8 767.1 286.4 324.6 382.0 456.9 236.4 630.4 165.9 299.0 424.6 423.7 790.8 290.8 328.3 381.9 465.8 233.6 645.9 164.5 301.3 421.9 421.3 790.2 295.0 322.1 378.6 458.3 235.1 648.7 162.0 305.1 443.4 441.1 824.8 300.5 330.8 400.5 503.1 233.3 732.3 150.2 343.1 Transportation equipment, except automobiles_____ Locomotives_______________ _________ Cars, electric- and steam-railroad______________ Aircraft and parts, excluding aircraft engines 2. . . Aircraft engines 2.. ___________________ Shipbuilding and boatbuilding________________ Motorcycles, bicycles, and parts______________ 167.3 123.2 127.7 140.8 238.7 94.8 131.8 148.6 114.1 158.1 168.0 123.1 128.8 144.0 240.5 94.9 129.3 148.6 115.5 157.0 167.1 122.2 129.5 143.6 239.7 95.9 125.2 149.4 113.9 157.4 171.9 126.4 130.4 140.9 261.4 93.1 112.3 155.6 110.5 147.5 319.1 229.1 269.4 298.7 457.7 190.1 231.2 257.5 235.9 332.4 318.0 223.6 267.5 305.8 453.5 196.8 227.4 255.7 236.9 333.3 316.3 224.4 267.0 305.1 457.3 195.9 219.3 260.8 236.4 336.6 316.5 222.2 254.8 286.1 478.1 173.9 185.7 256.1 218.5 299.2 179.7 179.1 180.5 185.4 352.1 352.0 353.7 352.8 131.4 131.0 129.5 132.4 280.7 277.7 273.6 270.8 94.2 92.1 91.4 95.9 180.4 176.6 173.4 174.2 137.8 138.8 137.2 133.7 269.7 273.9 267.2 254.3 182.1 183. 5 183.4 189.8 349.7 355.3 358.0 357.0 156.4 158.2 157.2 162.9 331.4 338.1 336.7 325.6 396.0 395.1 285.1 266.0 335.3 331.0 479.8 477.0 566.5 571.7 514.6 509.2 274.6 262.5 1457. 7 1538.1 423.9 318.6 389.6 520.5 615.0 550.0 242.4 2525.1 171.4 168.3 160.9 187.7 315.4 314.5 290.7 330.3 142.1 142.5 141.1 120.4 304.7 305.6 302.6 261.5 145.3 149.0 149.3 153.8 266.0 276.6 271.1 275.8 1240.9 1286.6 1311.7 1566. 5 2945.4 2757.3 2852. 5 3171.9 525.7 526.6 523.3 546.6 1233. 2 1218. 0 1168. 3 1280.4 239.1 241.4 235.9 243.4 506.4 504.2 485.9 493.4 1607. 0 1629.1 1612. 7 1975. 3 3190. 3 3234.6 3257.1 3728.4 2368.1 2403. 5 2394.8 2915. 5 4257.8 4368.4 4334. 5 5194. 0 1324. 5 1405. 2 1474. 2 1752.4 2906. 6 3107. 6 3313.4 3599. 2 136.8 138.4 135.4 135.9 263.3 268.8 258.2 229.7 Automobiles................................................................... 166.0 169.1 169.4 183.7 312.7 319.2 319.3 342.1 Nonferrous metals and their products__ Smelting and refining, primary, of nonferrous m etals.. ______ __________ ____ _____ Alloying and rolling and drawing of nonferrous metals, except aluminum___________ _______ Clocks and watches. _________ ______ Jewelry (precious metals) and jewelers’ findings. Silverware and plated ware___________________ Lighting equipment__________________ Aluminum manufactures........ ................... Sheet-metal work, not elsewhere classified.......... See footnotes at end of tab le. 177.6 176.0 173.6 193.5 348.1 343.0 337.7 362.9 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 143.0 143.5 142.9 196.1 265.4 263.7 264.2 355.6 187.1 129.5 91.4 90.4 127.7 299.2 185.2 129.0 91.4 89.9 128.2 292.3 181.9 126.5 92.1 90.8 128.7 283.9 187.6 124.3 99.8 88.5 123.6 348.5 367.0 287.5 167.9 169.5 233.2 556.0 361.7 283.7 162.5 165.6 233.6 542.2 354.5 272.5 160.5 163.0 239.1 529.6 351.6 253.4 161.6 158.1 223.3 614.9 170.8 171.5 169.5 173.7 335.4 335.2 334.0 333.0 1328 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 T able 3.— Indexes of Wage-Earnar Employment and of Wage-Earner P ay Roll in Manufacturing Industries 1—Continued [1939 average=100] Wage-earner employment Industry Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 Jan. 1945 Wage-earner pay roll Mar. Mar. Feb. 1944 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. 1945 1944 Durable goods—Continued Lumber and timber basic products------- ------------- 106.5 107.0 107.1 114.7 195.9 196.5 192.9 204.0 Sawmills and logging camps----------------- ----------- 75.8 76.0 75.9 81.2 140.4 140.4 137.9 146.7 95.9 97.1 97.1 104. 7 168.0 170.0 167.2 173.5 Planing and plywood m ills..-------------------------Furniture and finished lumber products..................... 102.9 103.9 103.3 107.9 195.8 196.9 194.0 191.5 Mattresses and bedsprings................ ......................- 95.7 97.2 96.4 86.0 172.4 176.1 178.0 147.7 Furniture------ ------ --------------------- - .............. ....... 95.8 96.8 96.1 103.1 182.3 184.0 180.4 183.4 Wooden boxes, other than cigar . . . . ------------- 107.0 107.2 108.3 111.4 214.7 211.4 211.3 209.6 97.9 98.5 95.7 100.2 176. 5 179.1 170.9 166.6 Caskets and other morticians’ goods_________ _ 88.1 89.3 88.9 88.1 195. 8 190.6 190.6 174.1 Wood preserving------------------------------------------Wood, turned and shaped------------------------------- 97.2 97.9 98.1 98.1 180.3 180.0 17S.9 169.2 Stone, clav, and glass products........................... ............ Glass and glassware_______________________ _ Glass products made from purchased glass_____ Cement_______________________ _____ ________ Brick, tile, and terra co tta ..----------- ---------------Pottery and related products_________________ G y p s u m ____ _____________________ _______ Wallboard, plaster (except gypsum), and mineral wool__________________________ _____ ______ L im e.______________________________________ Marble, granite, slate, and other products--------Abrasives........................ ............................................. Asbestos pro d u cts...________________________ 116.8 132.6 106.6 71.7 77.7 127.2 92.0 193.2 207.1 192.8 108.3 121.0 191.3 144.6 189.6 202.0 188.4 106.0 119.4 186.7 141.2 189.0 201.8 185.3 107.3 117.2 184.5 142.6 191.5 211.0 170.6 103.8 121.2 192.9 153.9 115.8 117.9 118.5 119.4 81.7 81.1 81.0 89.5 75.2 75.4 75.7 66.6 279.7 277.8 275.2 286.1 125.4 124.8 126.4 136.4 214.0 162.2 116.1 495.0 262.9 222.1 158.1 115.3 486.6 260.4 218.6 153.4 117.8 482.8 262.6 216.7 166.4 95.5 467.5 268.7 93.2 94.0 94.7 100.6 173.0 173.1 173.9 107.1 108.2 109.3 115.0 206.5 207.3 210.3 101.4 100.1 101.1 107.6 201.2 195.1 193.7 73.5 74.1 74.1 77.5 139.3 140.0 138.4 173.7 202.2 188.6 138.2 111.4 126.5 111.1 67.6 72.0 117.6 82.4 111.3 125.5 109.6 67.6 72.5 118.7 81.8 111.6 126.1 106. 7 69.1 72.8 119.3 81.2 Nondurable goods Textile-mill Droducts and other fiber manufactures.. Cotton manufactures, except smalhvares______ Cotton smallwares_________________ __________ Silk and rayon goods_________________________ Woolen and worsted manufactures, except dye ing and finishing._____ ___________ ______ _ Hosiery__________ __________ ________ ______ Knitted cloth_______ _____ ______ __________ . Knitted outerwear and knitted gloves_________ Knitted underwear__________________________ Dyeing and finishing textiles, including woolen and worsted...................... ...................................... Carpets and rugs, wool________ ____ __________ Hats, fur-felt___________ ________ _______ _____ Jute goods, except felts_________ ____ _________ Cordage and twine__________________________ 97.3 97.8 98.3 105.8 193.4 193.1 193.5 199.6 62.0 62.6 63.3 68.8 101.2 102.4 102.9 108.8 94.1 93.9 94.2 103.4 172.1 166.9 169.4 173.6 101.6 102.0 101.4 109.2 195.2 191.8 185.9 188.9 88.5 89.1 89.2 97.8 169.1 167.8 164.7 173. 7 87.9 88.3 89.6 95.6 78.0 78.7 79.4 80.9 63.7 64.0 64.4 67.4 90.1 90.0 90.4 95.4 123.3 123.8 125.1 136.9 151.3 140.0 128.2 178.9 236.1 151.3 138.3 126.8 178.5 235.2 152.2 138.6 125.3 179.3 235.3 154.9 134.8 124.2 180.2 241.1 Apparel and other finished textile products_______ 105.9 106.1 106.0 114.7 M en’s clothing, not elsewhere classified._______ 92.1 92.5 92.0 99.2 Shirts, collars, and nightw ear________________ 70.1 70.2 70.4 77.8 Underwear and neckwear, men’s . ___________ 75.0 74.2 74.1 78.5 Work shirts_________________ ____ ___________ 106.9 106.8 104. 6 123.8 W omen’s clothing, not elsewhere classified_____ 78.3 78.6 79.0 84.9 Corsets and allied garments . ___________ . . . 76. £ 77.5 77.8 83.0 M illinery. _______________ ________________ 84. 1 82.8 79.6 85.7 Handkerchiefs______________________________ 52.7 53.5 54. 5 67.5 Curtains, draperies, and bedspreads___________ 60.6 60.5 64.5 81.4 Housefurnishings, other than curtains, etc___ . . 105.6 108.1 108.7 95.0 Textile bags____________ ________________ ____ 122.9 120.1 117.1 128.9 206.2 174.4 132.9 158. 3 213.2 157. 2 136. 7 158. 4 99.8 125.2 199.1 214.1 202.6 170.7 131. 5 154. 5 213. 2 154.3 137.2 154. 5 101.1 120.2 209.1 208.3 195. 2 165.3 126.1 146.7 204.1 149.1 135. 5 131. 0 100.6 129.2 204. C 206.2 200.2 167:3 136.6 153. 6 222.3 152.9 141.3 141.2 121.4 146.1 165.2 204.4 Leather and leather products________ ____________ Leather______________________________ Boot and shoe cut stock and findings__________ t Boots and shoes_________ _____ __________ . . . F r Leather gloves and m ittens___________________ [ Trunks and suitcases_______________ ________ 88.9 89.2 89.5 91.7 167.7 83.2 83.7 83.7 87.0 150.1 85.2 84.8 85.2 88.4 150.1 79.0 79.2 79.4 80.8 153.6 118.7 119.4 122.8 134.2 212.6 151.8 155.4 154.7 150.0 254.8 164.3 148.7 145.1 149.9 205.7 257.8 162.5 147.0 147.3 147. £ 211.6 252.4 155.8 144.9 144.3 139.0 229.2 242.3 Food. _________________________________________ Slaughtering and meat packing_______________ B utter___________ ____________________ ____ Condensed and evaporated milk ____________ Ice crea m __________ _________ ____________ F lo u r ___ _______ ____ ______________________ 114.6 113.1 125.1 143.6 89.5 117.0 189.1 188.1 190.1 227.8 125.7 204.3 195.8 221.9 181. C 218. £ 122. C 206.0 185.7 212.3 178.4 207.1 120.2 184.4 See footnotes at end of table. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 116.7 120.3 120.1 139. ] 86. ' 119.4 118.6 128.4 115.5 134. £ 84.5 119.2 117.3 134.0 119. 5 133.5 88.0 117.0 187.3 178.2 196. c 241.1 131.5 201.0 ! TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS 1329 T able 3. — Indexes of Wage-Earner Employment and of Wage-Earner P ay Roll in Manufacturing Industries 1—Continued [1939 average=100] Wage-earner employment Wage-earner pay roll Industry M ar. Feb. 1945 1945 Jan. 1945 137.5 124.5 111.3 106. 2 37.6 116.7 138.1 119.6 111.4 104.4 49.6 118.3 Mar. M ar. Feb. 1944 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. 1945 1944 Nondurable goods—Continued Food—Continued. Feeds, prepared_____________________ ______ Cereal preparations__________ . _____________ B a k in g ... _ _______ . . . ________ Sugar refining, cane_____ ________ . . . Sugar, beet_____________________ ____ Confectionery.. . _______________ ____ _ Beverages, nonalcoholic___________ _________ Malt liquors___ _ _ ____ _ . . . . __________ Canning and preserving______________________ 139.8 124. 6 111.5 107.8 40.2 117.1 135.2 128.0 111.5 100.3 34.9 118. 5 1 2 1 .2 12 0 .2 1 2 1 .2 124.9 138.1 138.7 137. 4 132.3 71.2 75.2 78.3 67.0 235.6 232.6 170.2 181.3 58.1 198. 5 159. 7 200.5 142.6 241.6 227.3 168. 6 175.6 60.4 198.6 157.0 230.5 215.9 168.2 176.1 66.6 198. 0 157.3 200.6 194.9 149.0 153.9 220.0 220.7 163.0 161.6 51.8 191.2 156.0 185.8 126.8 Tobacco manufactures. _______ _____ _ _ . . . _____ 87.6 88.1 8 8 .1 89.5 165.2 165. 3 Cigarettes.. . . . . ..._______ _________________ 126.8 128.3 128.3 118.2 207.4 207.6 C igars... ._ ... . . . ________________ 65.3 65.3 65.3 74.7 135.3 135.4 Tobacco (chewing and smoking) and snuff......... . 93.8 94.0 93.9 85.6 155.5 155.9 2 1 1 .1 Paper and allied products____ ____________________ Paper and pulp____________________ ________ Paper goods, other. ________________________ Envelopes. . . . _____________________ ______ Paper b ags.. . . . ________________ _____. . . Paper boxes. . . . ______ ___________________ 115.7 106.3 119.0 108. 2 116. 7 111.9 194.9 183.3 198.2 175.5 206.7 181.9 190. 5 176.4 198.1 176.3 199.8 183.0 Printing, publishing, and allied industries_________ Newspapers and periodicals________________ . Printing, book and jo b .. _ _ . . . . .. . .. .. Eithographing_______________________________ B o o k b in d in g__ _____________________________ 10 0 .2 100.5 100 . 8 102.4 142.4 141.1 142.8 92.1 91.7 92.3 92.9 120 . 2 118.3 118. 4 104.8 106.0 106.2 106.7 157. 2 156. 5 159.9 94.2 93.6 93.7 96.2 136. 9 134.1 135. 5 107.2 108.6 108.1 117. 2 186.2 186.4 187.7 135.1 114.1 146. 5 132.6 189.3 Chemicals and allied products......................................... Paints, varnishes, and colors__________________ Drugs, medicines, and insecticides . ________ Perfumes and co sm etics_____ ___ __________ Soap_______________________ _ _ _ . . . ___ Rayon and allied produ cts_________ ____ _____ Chemicals, not elsewhere classified____________ Explosives and safety fuses. _________________ Compressed and liquefied gases___ _. _ Ammunition, small-arms . _____________ . . . Fireworks. ... _ _ . ________________ . Cottonseed o il._. ______________ . ._ _ Fertilizers.. _____ _ ________ ____ . . ___ 116.7 107. 3 119.3 109.3 118.0 116.5 107.2 119.0 109.7 118.3 1 1 2 .6 112.4 119.9 107.3 127.2 115.1 122.9 118.6 195.2 183 4 199.1 171.5 208.3 182.3 195.3 182.8 199.0 174.2 205.8 183.7 166.4 146.5 159.6 134.2 142.8 159.0 1 2 0 .1 221.3 217.8 216.6 394. 1 389.9 384.2 372.1 104.4 105. 0 105.4 105.7 169. 5 170.1 169.4 163.6 182.0 180.1 ■179.4 189.7 280.2 277.3 273.4 276.1 116.8 117.4 118.0 1 1 2 .2 167.1 169. 6 164.3 156.9 98.3 98.4 98.6 100.5 170.7 169. 7 168. 2 165.0 113.1 113.4 1 1 2 . 1 108. 4 181.8 180.2 182.0 172.0 165.7 165.7 165. 5 172.5 296.7 295.3 293.2 294.1 1361.1 1349.1 1311.3 996. 7 2091. 6 2019.9 1999.1 1508.6 149. 7 151.3 149. 4 151.9 270.7 273.2 267.4 263.1 1576. 2 1544.3 1431.4 1643.9 3167.0 3070. 0 2914. 7 3202. 9 2059. 2 2156. 6 2234. 6 2591. 9 5759. 0 6093. 5 6280. 7 7723. 5 105. 9 120 . 2 130.4 113.0 22 2.6 254.5 275. 5 214. 5 143.4 133.6 122.9 148.0 340.5 301.9 269.1 305.4 2 2 1.6 Products of petroleum and coal. . . . . ________ Petroleum refining.. ___ . . . ______________ Coke and byproducts___ . ________________ Paving materials A .__________________________ Roofing materials ___________________________ 10 2 .0 Rubber products.._ __ . . ____________________ Rubber tires and inner tubes. __ . . . . ______ Rubber boots and shoes____________ _________ Rubber goods, other___ . . . ________________ 162.9 176.8 117.4 140.3 Miscellaneous industries... . ____________ _____ Instruments (professional and scientific) and fire-control equipment__________ _ _____ Photographic apparatus. . _______ . . . ____ Optical instruments and ophthalmic goods.. . . Pianos, organs, and parts . _______ . _____ Games, toys, and dolls_____ _______ _ _ _____ B uttons___ . . . . . __ . . . _________ _____ Fire extinguishers_____ ____ ___________ ______ 541.4 162.1 202.7 97.7 85.3 88.4 470.9 126.2 126.1 126.0 126.1 125. 6 125. 5 10 2.0 102.4 62.8 60.5 57. 2 117.7 118.2 117.8 163.4 178.0 118.3 140.0 12 0 .1 116.2 105.9 56.5 122.5 163.2 167. 2 178. 5 172.9 120 .6 143. 8 138. 2 146.7 223. 9 223.3 220.6 218.2 180.2 185.8 119.5 118.6 213.9 216.2 221.7 215.7 189.0 114.7 211.5 203. 9 195. 7 180. 4 99.6 320.2 339.8 224.2 265.5 319.8 342.4 220. 7 261.2 297.0 299.3 254.6 257.6 296.7 301.9 216.3 264.5 2 1 1 .6 163.4 163.1 161.8 171.3 326.3 324.6 322.4 325.0 539.2 531. 6 162.1 162.1 203.2 95.8 95. 5 87.4 88.4 87.2 84.0 468. 1 478.1 202.6 583.6 1068. 3 169.9 275.4 354.3 119.3 190.0 84.8 178.3 92.9 175.0 675.1 1072.9 2 2 2 .2 1063. 0 276.1 350.5 182.4 183.7 175.9 1061.1 1057.1 277.5 353.5 187.3 182.7 173.4 1017. 8 1109. 2 280.0 370.7 228.4 160.3 177.1 1422.7 1 Indexes for the major industry groups have been adjusted to levels indicated by final 1942 and preliminary 1943 data made available by the Bureau of Employment Security of the Federal Security Agency. Indexes for individual industries have been adjusted to levels indicated by the 1939 Census of Manufactures, but not to Federal Security Agency data. 2 Comparable indexes from January 1939 available upon request. 3 Revisions have been made as follows in the indexes for earlier months: Paving materials.—-September through December 1944 employment indexes to 66 .8 , 65.8, 65.6, and 60.0; pay-roll indexes to 137.9,131.6,125.6, and 121.0. 0 4 5 8 8 6 — 45 13 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1330 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 T able 4. — Estimated Number of Wage Earners in Selected Nonmanufacturing Industries Estimated number of wage earners (in thousands) industry Jan. 1945 Mar. 1945 Feb. 1945 65.4 334 69. 1 23.9 65.6 337 68.9 23.4 2 2 .1 2 2 .2 14.8 5.6 2.7 404 44.8 403 44.9 65.4 338 69.2 23.5 22.3 15.0 5.5 2.9 401 45. 2 201 201 200 Mining: Anthracite ______ _____ ______________ _____ Bituminous coal____ __________ _ ______ - M etal.. _ . ______________ . . . . --------- . . . . . . ------Iron _______ _ . . . . ------------Copper. . . . ___. . . ____ _ _______________ Lead and zinc____________ __________ Gold and silver _______ . . ----------- ------Miscellaneous___________________ . ------Telephone 1 ______________ __________ _____ -- ___ Telegraph2 . . . . . . ... Electric light and power 1 . _ ______ . ---------- . Street railways and busses L. ___ - ------ -- ------ -Hotels (year-round) 1 _________________ _____ ________, Power laundries.. ------ ------------------- . . . -----------•Cleaning and dyeing ----------- -----. . . . _ -- --------Class I steam railroads 3____ . .. .. .. . ... ... Water transportation 4---------------------------- . . ---------- 14.9 5.6 2 .8 69.1 366 86.7 28.5 29.4 18.3 6.3 4.2 407 46.7 204 232 352 249 79.2 1, 400 227 355 240 75.6 1, 394 143 229 353 238 76.1 1,413 148 230 ' 352 238 79.2 1, 422 152 Mar. 1944 111 1 Data include salaried personnel. . 2 Excludes messengers, and approximately 6,000 employees of general and divisional headquarters, and of cable companies. Data include salaried personnel. s Source: Interstate Commerce Commission. Data include salaried personnel. 4 Based on estimates prepared by the U . S. M aritime Commission covering employment on active deepsea American-flag steam and motor merchant vessels of 1,000 gross tons.and over. Excludes vessels under bareboat charter to, or owned by, the Army or N avy. T able 5.— Indexes of Employment and Pay Rolls in Selected, Nonmanufacturing Industries [1939 average=100] Pay-roll indexes Employment indexes Industry Mining: Anthracite ___________ _____ _____ Ritnminnns coal _________ Metal ______ _____- - -- -- _____- - ___ - Iron Copper _______ _______ Lead and zinc____________________ Gold and silver _____- - _____ Miscellaneous ... _____ Quarrying and non metallic _______ _ Crnde-petrolenm production 1 __ ___ Public utilities: Telephone ________ ____ _________ Telegraph _ ______ _ __ Electric light and power ___ _ ___ Street railways and busses ____ __ __ _ Wholesale trade _______ ___ __ - ■Retail trade _ __ _________ ___ - ___ Food _ _____ _ _ _ _ _ __ General merchandise _______ _ _ Apparel ______ _ ______ Enrnitnre and honsefurnishings_____ Automotive ___ _ __________ Tiirmher and building material ___ Hotels (year-round) 2 _____ Power laundries ________________ — Cleaning and dveing ___ __ ____ Class I steam railroads 2 _ ___ Water transportation 5 __ ____________ Feb. 1945 Jan. 1945 150.2 137.7 214.3 125.7 180.3 156.6 183.3 30.0 121.9 135.0 132.2 Mar. 1945 Feb. 1945 Jan. 1945 Mar. 1944 Mar. 1945 79.0 90.2 78.4 118. 8 92.9 95.0 69.2 76.6 82.6 79.2 90.8 78.1 116.6 93.1 95.7 22.7 69.7 75.4 82.4 83.5 79.0 91.1 98.7 98.3 78.4 116.8 141.7 93.4 123.1 96. 6 ' 117.8 25.5 22.3 73.4 106.7 75.6 82.8 82.1 81.6 149.7 203.2 131.2 213.1 154. 2 180.4 29.5 113.9 142.5 132.8 129.7 202.4 155.3 182.4 29.9 117.3 137.0 133.7 127.2 118.9 82.1 118.8 95.3 99.3 105. 7 117.5 127.0 119.2 82.2 118.4 95.7 97.2 106.7 111.4 126.1 11 1.0 10 2 .8 162.2 170.8 116.8 175.2 141.3 132.9 141.0 147.5 153.5 87.4 104.3 131.5 166.7 162.2 192.0 (4) 724.7 158.8 171.4 117.3 178.9 141.4 130.5 141.6 141.8 140.6 86.7 103.9 130.4 167.9 159.4 175.6 (4) 708.5 2 2 .6 62.0 68.6 89.4 109.0 105.5 117.4 144.0 290.4 61.7 67.6 88.6 12 0 .2 82.0 117.3 95.7 98.3 107.2 114.2 105.9 62.4 6 8 .1 88.9 109.6 105.4 106.3 1 1 2 .8 1 1 2 .0 143.1 281.6 1 1 0 .2 141.1 272.6 128.1 123.9 83.5 119.6 95.4 96.9 107.8 108.6 106.7 63.3 65.4 89.7 109.2 110.3 117.3 141.7 211.7 2 12 .6 157.8 172.3 115.2 175.1 139.1 130.7 141.4 144.3 145.7 87.4 10 1.0 129.9 166.8 161. 5 175.3 « 685.2 Mar. 1944 157.8 225. 0 155. 5 223.4 20 2.0 215.4 33.4 166.5 144.9 125.7 151.6 171.5 112.5 164.9 133.4 12 2 .6 134.5 131.2 137.0 84.8 92.7 124.7 153.6 155.2 173.7 (4) 490.5 1 Does not include well drilling or rig building, . 2 Cash payments only; additional value of board, room, and tips, not included. 8 Source: Interstate Commerce Commission. ’ iN u i a v a u a - u ic . _ . . . , , j 5 Based on estimates prepared by the U. S. Maritime Commission covering employment on active deepsea American-flag steam and motor merchant vessels of 1,000 gross tons and over. Excludes vessels under bareboat charter to, or owned by, the Army or N avy. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS 1331 AVERAGE EARNINGS AND HOURS Average weekly earnings and hours and average hourly earnings for January, February, and March 1945, where available, are given in table 6 for both manufacturing and nonmanufacturing industries. The average weekly earnings for individual industries are computed by dividing the weekly pay rolls in the reporting establishments by the total number of full- and part-time employees reported. As not all reporting establishments supply information on man-hours, the average hours worked per week and average hourly earnings shown in this table are necessarily based on data furnished by a slightly smaller number of reporting firms. Because of variation in the size and com position of the reporting sample, the average hours per week, average hourly earnings, and average weekly earnings shown may not be strictly comparable from month to month. The sample, however, is believed to be sufficiently adequate in virtually all instances to indi cate the general movement of earnings and hours over fhe period shown. The average weekly hours and hourly earnings for the man ufacturing groups are weighted arithmetic means of the averages for the individual industries, estimated employment being used as weights for weekly hours and estimated aggregate hours as weights for hourly earnings. The average weekly earnings for these groups are com puted by multiplying the average weekly hours by the corresponding average hourly earnings. T a b l e 6 .— Earnings and Hours in Manufacturing and Nonmanufacturing Industries M A N U F A C T U R IN G Average weekly earnings 1 Average weekly hours 1 Average hourly earnings 1 Industry Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 1945 Jan. 1945 45.5 46.9 43.5 45.5 46.9 43.4 Cents Cents Cents 45.4 104.5 104.3 104.6 46.8 113.9 113.8 114.4 43.4 89.7 89.3 89.1 52.09 51.58 51.65 47.1 47.0 46.9 110.7 109.8 1 1 0 . 1 56.15 53.98 52.72 53.84 42.35 41.67 52.01 44.92 55.04 52.71 52.76 53.25 43.13 41.67 52.07 45.69 46.8 48.5 48.2 46.9 46.7 45.6 48.0 45.8 46.3 48.1 48.5 46.5 47.6 45.8 47.7 46.3 46.2 47.9 48.8 46.6 46.9 45.5 48.4 46.6 47.35 47.58 47. 67 47.31 47.24 47.22 49.97 50.06 49.55 47.3 47.6 46.6 47.4 47.6 47.2 47.8 10 0 .1 100.3 99.8 47.6 10 0 .2 99.1 99.1 46.9 107.2 106.1 105.7 All manufacturing . . ___________ _________ $47.51 $47.43 $47.50 Durable goods. _ . ___ ____________ 53.38 53.39 53. 54 Nondurable goods_____ - ______________ 39.00 38. 73 38.66 Durable goods Iron and steel and their products___________ Blast furnaces, steel works, and rolling mills_________ ______ _____________ Gray-iron and semisteel c a stin g s_______ Malleable-iron castings _ .. _______ . . Steel castings.. - ____ - ____________ Cast-iron pipe and fittings 2 ________ T in cans and other tinware. __________ Wirework________________ ___________ Cutlery and edge tools. ______ . . . . . . Tools (except edge tools, machine tools, files, and saws)_______ _______________ Hardware----- ------ ------------------------------Plumbers’ supplies. ________________ Stoves, oil burners, and heating equip ment, not elsewhere classified ________ Steam and hot-water heating apparatus and steam fittings__ __________ . . . . . . Stamped and enameled ware and galvan izing __ _________ ____ _ __________ Fabricated structural and ornamental metalwork . . . ___ . _ . . . . . . Metal doors, sash, frames, molding, and trim ___ ______ ____ ________ ______ Bolts, nuts, washers, and rivets. _____ . Forgings, iron and steel...... ................. ......... F o o tn o te s a t end o f tab le. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 54.58 53.16 52.79 52.84 43.79 41.87 51.41 45.35 119.7 118.1 119.1 1 1 2 .2 111.3 1 1 1 . 0 109.4 108.8 108.2 114.7 113.6 114.7 91.0 91.9 92.0 91.4 91.5 91.6 108.4 107.9 107.7 97.5 97.4 97.5 48.78 49.27 48.63 46.5 47.1 46.8 104.8 104.5 103.9 49.32 49.70 50.10 47.2 47.7 47.7 104.5 104.3 105.0 48.71 49 18 49.29 46.2 46.6 46.5 105.4 105.6 105.9 51.88 53.58 53.48 46.3 47.6 47.1 111.9 112.4 113.5 54.11 53.74 52.20 52.26 50.49 49.89 61.62 62. 73 61.95 49.1 48.5 48.0 48.9 47.7 48.7 48.1 110.3 109.9 108.5 46.9 107.4 105.9 106.5 48.2 128.5 128.9 128.6 1332 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E T a b l e 6 .—Earnings 194 5 and Hours in Manufacturing and Nonmanufacturing Industries— Continued M A N U F A C T U R I N G — C o n tin u e d Average weekly earnings 1 Average weekly hours 1 Average hourly earnings 1 Industry Mar. Feb. I Jan. Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 1945 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 1945 Jan. 1945 Durable goods—Continued Iron and steel and their products—Continued. Screw-machine products and wood screws. $52.44 $52.38 $52.13 41.90 43.36 42.38 Steel barrels, kegs, and drums. _ _ Firearms---------------- ---------------------------- 59.96 59.26 57.67 49.0 41.5 46.6 49.2 43.3 46.4 Cents Cents Cents 48.9 106.9 106.4 106.5 42.8 99.9 99.0 98.0 45.4 128.7 127.8 127.1 Electrical machinery--. --------- ----------- -- Electrical e q u ip m e n t____ - ------ - Radios and phonographs-. ---- -Communication equipment-------- ------ - 50.02 52.51 43.04 47.18 49.85 52.31 43.07 47.31 49.64 52.37 43.14 45.93 46.6 47.1 45.9 45.7 46.7 47.0 46.3 45.9 46.5 107.3 106.7 106.9 46.9 1 1 2 .0 111.3 1 1 1 . 8 46.2 93.4 93.1 93. 5 45.1 103.0 10 2.8 101.4 Machinery, except electrical---------------- -----Machinery*and machine-shop products— Engines and turbines. ------- ------- -Tractors ----- -. — Agricultural machinery, excluding tractors. ------- -- Machine t o o ls __ Machine-tool accessories. -------- ---------Textile machinery------ -------------------------Typewriters____ . . - _ ---- --Cash registers, adding and calculating machines____________ ____ _ _____ Washing machines, wringers and driers, domestic. . ____ - - - - - Sewing machines, domestic and industrial Refrigerators and refrigeration equipment 56.16 55.03 60.85 53.58 54.68 60.49 61.70 51.03 49. 56 56.23 55.02 61.77 53.71 54.12 60.08 61.82 50. 68 49.52 55.92 54.92 61.18 54.23 53.40 60.21 61.14 50.33 49.27 48.8 48.6 49. J 46.4 47.5 51.5 49.8 49.6 49.0 48.9 48.7 49.5 46.8 47.3 51. 5 50.5 49.4 49.1 48.7 48.5 48.5 47.1 46.9 51.6 49.5 49.6 49.3 59.38 58.66 59.32 48.7 48.3 48.7 123.5 12 2 .8 123.1 48.85 49. 59 47.94 57.99 57.89 58.01 52.14 52.76 51.58 45.8 51.4 46.1 47.2 51.6 46.6 46.3 106.6 105.1 103.4 51.7 113.6 113.2 113.3 46.5 113.0 113.3 11 0 .6 Transportation equipment, except automobiles Locomotives- . Cars, electric-and steam -railroad----Aircraft and parts, excluding aircraft engines _ ____________ _____ ______ Aircraft engines.......... . ----------------Shipbuilding and boatbuilding--------------Motorcycles, bicycles, and parts________ 61.39 61. 78 62. 61 66.58 65. 65 63.36 55.91 55. 08 54. 26 47.3 50.0 46.5 47.5 48.7 45.7 48.0 129.7 130.1 130.4 47.1 133. 3 134. 9 134.6 45.5 119.6 120.4 119. 2 56.23 62. 67 65. 10 53. 73 52. 78 47.1 46.7 47.6 48.7 47.3 46.9 47.7 49. 2 47.7 46.3 48.7 48.9 Automobiles _____ ___________ 59.49 59. 51 59.42 46.5 46.5 45.2 128.0 128.0 131.4 51. 25 50.89 50. 92 47.5 47.3 47.2 108.0 107.6 107.9 49.61 49.08 49. 20 46.5 45.9 45.8 106.7 106.9 107.4 56.40 56.14 56.15 46.02 45.57 44. 63 48.7 47.3 48.8 47.3 48.7 115.8 115.2 115.3 46.3 97.9 97.1 97. 1 45.36 47. 42 48. 62 51. 37 46.3 47.5 45.3 47.4 45.0 46.8 45.3 47.3 45.4 46.4 45.0 47.4 101.4 104.3 105.4 108.0 100.6 34. 35 34.31 33. 72 Lumber and timber basic products.. . . Sawmills and logging camps------------------- 33. 02 32. 96 32. 43 Planing and plywood m ills.. ---------------- 38.51 38.63 37. 75 43.1 42.4 45.2 43.2 42.5 45.5 42.6 42.0 44.7 79.7 77.9 85.2 79.3 77.5 84.6 37. 48 38. 16 41.32 34.17 44.7 44.6 46.0 45.0 44.8 44.8 46.4 43.7 44.4 44.2 46. 1 44.0 85.3 87.5 91.3 78.7 84.9 87. 2 91.4 77.9 39. 93 40. 32 36.06 41.6' 33. 68 35.92 45. 47 37. 17 40. 65 49. If 49. 5t 44.3 42.8 44. 1 46.0 42.3 42.3 48.5 49.0 43. 5 48.5 49.2 43.9 42.6 43.4 45.5 41.8 41. 1 47.7 48.1 43.2 48.4 49.2 43.6 92.4 91.6 91.7 42.0 96.8 95.6 96.3 43.9 81.9 82. 2 82.1 44.6 93.7 92.8 93.4 41.1 81.4 80.8 80.9 40.7 90.7 90. 1 89. 5 48. 5 93.8 93.3 93.8 47.0 80.5 80.0 79.5 45.0 91.7 91.6 89. 5 48.2 102. 5 101.4 10 2 .1 49.4 10 1.6 1 0 1 .1 100.4 __________ Nonferrous metals and their products----------Smelting and refining, primary, of nonferrous metals . - ------- - Alloying and rolling and drawing of nonferrous metals, except aluminum---------Clocks and watches - . . . .. Jewelry (precious metals) and jewelers’ findings - - ____- _________ Silverware and plated w are.. _ ---------Lighting equipm ent.. . ------ _ - — Aluminum manufactures ----------------- -- 56.24 61. 99 64. 63 53.24 47. 82 49. 53 47. 73 51.20 46. 26 48. 65 47.63 51.15 Furniture and finished lumber products------- 38.09 38. 05 38. 98 38. 94 Furniture ......................... 41.86 42.21 Caskets and other morticians’ goods. _ Wood preserving . . . . . --------------------- 35.45 34.04 Stone, clay, and glass products--------------------Glass and glassware______ - - - - - - - - Glass products made from purchased glass. Cement ____ __ _ — Brick, tile, and terra cotta. --------------Pottery and related products___________ Gypsum ___ ___ ___ . . . ___ Lime . ____ - - . Marble, granite, slate, and other products. Abrasives _ __________ ________ Asbestos products— ---- -- ----------------F o o tn o te s a t end of ta b le. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 40.91 41.27 36. 03 43.1C 34. 6£ 37. 78 45. 7" 38.9' 40. 3C 49.7' 50.021 40.19 40.70 35.71 41.93 34. 06 36. 56 44. 7‘. 38. 25 39.98 49.08 49. 85 57.19 62.41 6 6 .12 115. 1 113.0 124.5 115.5 115.1 117.8 124.0 115.0 112.9 125.1 114.9 114.4 117.3 123.2 10 2.8 102.7 1 0 1 .1 119.5 132.8 136. 7 109. 2 100.8 119.0 133.6 137.4 109.3 114.9 113. 2 126.3 115.1 113.7 117.2 123.5 10 1.6 100.0 119.8 135.0 136. 7 107. 9 98.3 103.9 102.4 105.2 108.1 108.0 108.3 79.1 77.3 84. 5 84.5 86. 6 90. 1 77.7 TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS T a b l e 6 .— Earnings 1333 and Hours in Manufacturing and Nonmanufacturing Industries— Continued M A N U F A C T U R I N G — C o n tin u e d Average weekly earnings 1 Average weekly hours 1 Average hourly earnings 1 Industry Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 1945 Jan. 1945 Nondurable goods Textile-mill products and other fiber manu factures. ------------------ ----------Cotton manufactures, except smallwares.. Cotton smallwares ___________________ Silk and rayon goods -------------- . . . . . Woolen and worsted manufactures, except dyeing and finishing------------------Hosiery____ _________________________ Knitted cloth________ ____ ___ _______ Knitted outerwear and knitted gloves^__ Knitted underwear __ .... Dyeing and finishing textiles, including woolen and worsted------- ----------------Carpets and rugs, wool------ ------------------Hats, fur-felt__ . ----------------- ---------Jute goods, except felts. ---------------------Cordage and tw ine_____________________ Cents Cents Cents 73.3 73. 1 72.9 65.4 65.2 65.2 81.4 80.8 80.5 71.3 71.1 70.9 $31.07 $30.89 $30. 78 27. 79 27. 63 27. 78 36. 21 35.66 35.68 30.33 30.17 29. 76 42.4 42. 5 44.6 42.5 42.3 42.4 44.2 42.4 42.3 42.6 44.4 41.9 36.95 29. 96 33.96 32. 45 28.10 36. 79 30. 07 33. 21 31. 77 27. 78 36. 73 29.81 33. 59 30.83 27. 20 42.9 38.5 44.0 40.3 41.4 42.9 38.6 43.6 40.1 41.0 42.9 38.4 44.5 39.3 40.4 35. 99 41.39 46. 94 35.49 34.06 35. 73 40. 54 46.18 35. 47 33. 79 35. 32 40. 26 45.35 35.46 33. 46 45.7 44.1 42.2 45.0 45.3 45.6 43.7 41.8 45.1 45.5 45.3 78.6 78.3 77.9 43.7 94.0 93.1 92.3 41.7 110.9 110.3 108.7 45.5 78.8 78.7 77.9 45.2 75.0 74.2 73.9 Apparel and other finished textile products.. . M en’s clothing, not elsewhere classified. . . Shirts, collars, and nightwear---------- ,-----Underwear and neckwear, men’s________ Work shirts... . . . . ..... . .. W omen’s clothing, not elsewhere classified. Corsets and allied garments ___________ __________ ______ _______ M illinery. ___ _____ Handkerchiefs . Curtains, draperies, and bedspreads ___ Housefurnishings, other than curtains, etc. Textile bags . . . ____________________ 34.10 35. 65 25. 68 28.21 21.55 42.93 30. 92 45. 76 24.89 27. 67 33.07 30.51 33. 45 34.69 26.15 27.78 21.57 41.96 30. 77 45.41 24.84 26. 64 33.89 30.37 32. 42 33. 90 25. 00 26. 56 21.17 40. 35 30.31 40.01 24. 27 26. 94 32.91 30. 77 39.1 40.0 38.3 38.1 37.0 37.8 40.4 35.3 37.8 37.5 41.0 42.3 38.9 39.7 37.9 37.8 37.4 37.5 40.7 35.5 38.2 36.7 42. 1 42.2 38.2 87.2 86.0 84.9 38.9 88.5 86.7 86.7 37.0 69.0 69.1 67.5 36.5 74.0 73.9 72.9 36.8 56.9 56.3 56.3 37.0 109.2 107.5 105.4 40.1 76.8 75.7 75.7 34.0 104.0 103.2 97.5 37.6 65.8 64.9 64.5 36.7 73.5 72.7 73.3 41.1 79.8 79.7 79.2 42.4 72.1 72.0 72.7 Leather and leather products_______________ Leather .... ... i._ ------ -Boot and shoe cut stock and findings-----Boots and shoes______ . . . _____ Leather gloves and mittens ____________ Trunks and suitcases---------- -------------- 35. 95 45.12 35.58 34. 46 30.82 35.15 35.17 44. 44 34. 69 33.56 29.68 34.71 34. 66 43. 93 35.01 33. 00 29. 62 34.13 42.4 46.2 43.0 41.8 37.6 41.9 42.1 45.9 42.6 41.5 37.1 42.7 41.8 45.5 42.9 41.2 37.7 41.5 F ood ____ _ ._ _ _ ----------------------------------Slaughtering and meat packing_________ B utter.. _____ ._ ----------------- _ -----Condensed and evaporated milk _____ Icecream . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ Flour____ _ _________________________ Cereal preparations____________________ Baking____________ . . . . ------- . _ Sugar refining, cane____ . . . . . . . . . Sugar, b e e t.. ------- -- ------------... ... Confectionery. . . . . . _________ Beverages, nonalcoholic________________ Malt liquors__________________________ Canning and preserving 3______________ 39.20 42. 94 34. 67 38.41 40. 52 43. 06 47. 45 39.08 40.81 38. 69 31. 13 34. 87 51. 45 32.28 Ì58.86 42.80 35. 19 37.40 40. 22 42.91 46. 35 38. 65 38.94 37. 65 31. 10 34. 56 51.24 32.05 39. 51 47. 18 34.85 37. 03 39.85 43. 30 45.85 38. 57 40. 32 33. 70 30. 79 34.15 50.29 31.69 45.1 46. 3 46. 1 49.9 46.8 49.9 48.0 45.7 47.7 39.5 41.5 43. 1 44.9 41.3 44.9 46.8 46.5 49.3 46.4 49.8 47.4 45.2 46.0 38.2 41.7 42.7 44.8 40.7 45.6 86.8 86.5 86.7 51. 1 93.0 91.7 92.7 46.6 73.3 74.2 73.8 48.9 76.8 75.9 75.7 46.3 82.6 82. 5 82.3 50.0 86.4 8 6.2 86.7 47.5 98.8 97.7 96.6 45. 2 85.7 85.3 84.8 47.2 85.5 84.7 85.5 34.5 98.0 98.6 97.7 41.4 76.1 75.4 75.2 42.4 80.5 80.7 80.4 44. 5 114.2 114.1 113.3 40. 1 78.8 79.4 79.6 'Tobacco manufactures____ _____________ . . C ig a rettes___ . . . . ........ .... Cigars.. . . . . . . . . . . .. Tobacco (chewing and smoking) and snuff. 32. 01 34. 88 29. 60 29. 06 31.90 34. 50 29.61 29. 07 31.93 35. 07 29. 35 29.68 43.2 44.2 42.5 41.4 43.3 44.2 42.7 41.7 43.4 44.8 41.9 42.9 74.1 78.8 70.1 70.0 73.7 78.1 69.9 69.8 73.6 78.2 69. 7 69.2 Paper and allied products__________________ Paper and pulp ________ . . . . ...... E n v e lo p e s ...____. . . ________ . . . . . . Paper bags_________________ ____ ____ Paper b o x e s________ _____ ____________ 40. 46 43.60 38. 20 36.08 36.01 40.15 43. 03 38. 36 35.50 36. 06 40.18 43.19 38. 54 35. 67 35. 82 46.4 48.5 44.6 44.6 43.6 46.3 48. 2 45.0 43.9 44.0 46.2 48.1 45.3 44.1 43.9 87.3 89.9 84.9 82.1 82.5 86.6 86.9 89.7 84.3 81.4 81.7 Printing, publishing, and allied industries___ Newspapers and periodicals__ _________ Printing, book and job__ . . . _ . . . __ Lithographing_________ _______ _____ 46.52 50.15 45.35 47.43 45. 66 49. 39 44. 33 46.76 46. 03 49.20 45.10 47.18 41.5 38.7 42.9 44.9 41.0 38.2 42.4 44.4 41.5 38.3 43.2 44.7 See fo o tn o te s a t end o f table. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 8 6.2 77.8 76.5 79.5 67.7 84.8 97.7 83.8 82.0 82.8 82.6 85.8 77.9 75.0 78. 1 67.5 83.6 96.9 82.6 80.7 80.7 80.7 89.1 84. 5 81.4 82.0 85.6 77.7 74.4 77.3 67.0 82.9 96.5 82.6 79.8 79.5 81.1 1 1 2 . 1 111.3 110.9 127.5 127.1 126.4 106.1 104.9 104.8 106.8 106. 5 106.5 1334 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E T a b l e 6 . —Earnings 1945 and Hours in Manufacturing and Nonmanufacturing Industries—- Continued M A N U F A C T U R I N G — C o n tin u e d Average weekly earnings 1 Average weekly hours 1 Average hourly earnings 1 Industry Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. Feb. 1945 1945 1945 Jan. Mar. 1945 1945 Feb. 1945 Jan. 1945 Nondurable goods—Continued Chemicals and allied products ____________ $44. 78 $44. 28 $44.41 Paints, varnishes, and co lo rs___________ 47. 51 47.29 46.86 Drugs, medicines, and insecticides______ 36. 44 36.48 36.17 Soap _ . . . . . _____ ______ ______ 49. 44 49.11 48.59 _______ 39.18 38.72 39. 51 Rayon and allied products 4_._ Chemicals, not elsewhere classified ___ 53. 78 53.63 53. 31 Explosives and safety fuses_____________ 47.63 46.41 47. 25 Ammuniton, small-arms.........z____ ______ 45. 51 44. 96 46. 05 Cottonseed oil_____________ ___________ 28.45 28. 76 28. 70 F ertilizers__________ ______ ___________ 32.79 31.12 30. 58 45.9 48.0 43.6 48.7 42.6 47.3 45.3 46.3 51. 5 48.4 45.5 47.6 43.4 48.7 42.1 47.3 44.4 46.0 52.4 46.3 Cents Cents Cents 45.7 97.5 97.3 97.2 47.2 99.3 99.5 99.6 43.2 83.8 84.2 83.6 48.0 1 0 1 . 6 100.9 101.3 43.1 92.0 92.0 91.7 46.9 113.7 113.4 113. 6 45.1 105.1 104.6 104.7 46.9 98.3 97.7 98.3 53.4 55.3 54.9 53.7 45.0 67.8 67.5 67.9 Products of petroleum and coal__ Petroleum r efin in g .________________ . Coke and b yp rod ucts__________________ Roofing materials______________________ 56.58 59. 47 48. 33 46. 85 56. 58 59.14 49.79 47.04 56. 20 58. 55 50. 63 46.19 47.3 47.4 46.5 48.9 47.3 47.1 47.5 49.1 46.6 119.5 119.6 12 0 .6 46.2 126.0 126.1 127.1 47.4 104.0 104.8 106.7 48.5 95.8 95.7 95.2 Rubber products ______ .......... .......... Rubber tires and inner tubes___________ Rubber boots and shoes................................. Rubber goods, o t h e r _________ ______ 50.62 57. 29 41.42 44.26 54.40 64.04 42. 59 44.42 54. 49 64. 29 41.09 44. 25 45.3 45.3 44.0 45.6 47.3 48.7 45.5 45.9 47.3 111.7 114.9 115.1 49.0 126.0 131.4 131.7 44.3 94.1 93.6 92.7 45.8 97.1 96.7 96.6 Miscellaneous industries.__________ . . . 45.59 45. 39 45. 43 Instruments (professional and scientific) and fire-control equipment____________ 57. 36 57.31 57. 90 Pianos, organs, and parts_______________ 46.62 46.11 47.53 45.9 45.8 45.7 49.9 45.5 49.8 45.0 50.0 115.1 115.2 115.9 46.4 10 2.8 102.9 103.0 41.4 43.6 44.8 46.5 46.1 41.7 45.2 45. 0 45.5 46.1 38.9 44.9 44.0 44.6 45.7 99.4 99.1 99.3 N O N M A N U F A C T U R IN G Mining: A nthracite... ________________ __ . . Bituminous coal_____ . . . ._ M etal____ ______ ______ Quarrying and nonmetallic_____________ Crude-petroleum production........................ Public utilities: Telephone ______________ Telegraph 5 ... ____ ._ _. Electric light and power . . . . . . . . . Street railways and busses._______ . . . . . Trade: Wholesale . . . . R etail_____________ ___ Food . _ General merchandise______ ______ Apparel_______________ . . . . . . . . Furniture and housefurnishings____ A u to m o tiv e ..___ . . _____ . . . . Lumber and building materials______ Hotels (year-round) 6 ____ Power laundries . Cleaning and dyeing. ______ ____ Brokerage_________ __________ _ Insurance. . . . . Private building construction_______________ $48. 76 $48. 68 $44.81 52.17 54.08 54.11 47.14 46. 72 45.08 40.26 39.27 38. 73 54. 58 55.23 54. 59 Cents 117.9 119.8 104.6 Cents 116.4 119.2 103.5 Cents 115.4 120.4 10 2 .386.8 86.0 86. 8 116.2 117.1 117.1 39. 94 37.20 49. 77 49. 55 39.17 37.23 49. 76 50. 83 39.49 37.14 48. 90 50.04 42.8 44.7 44.2 51.6 42.5 44.7 44.0 51.9 42.4 95.1 93.8 93.4 45.0 83.2 83.2 82.6 43.4 112.3 1 1 2 .2 1 1 1 . 6 51.6 94.8 96.5 96.2- 44.00 27.21 31.76 22. 37 29.03 38.46 42. 80 38. 05 23. 97 28. 80 33.12 64.74 47.39 54.49 43.85 27.32 31.44 22. 52 29.01 38.31 43.23 37.98 24. 07 28.31 31. 53 62.84 45. 81 52. 89 43.15 26. 99 31.49 22.31 29. 07 38.20 42.05 37.86 23.71 28.32 31.68 60. 33 46. 81 52. 98 42.9 39.3 39.9 34.5 35.9 44.1 46.4 43.5 44.9 43.8 44.3 (7) (7) 40.0 42.8 39.7 39.9 35.1 36.5 44.2 46.9 43.3 44.5 43.4 43.4 (7) (7) 39.1 42.7 10 1 .6 101.3 100 . 6 39.6 75.9 75.6 75.1 39.9 75.2 75.2 74.6 35.1 64.1 63.5 63.2 36.9 81.5 79.0 79.3 43.7 87.3 86.8 8 8 .2 46.3 93.6 93.5 92.4 42.8 88.9 88.9 89.4 44.2 53.2 53.9 53.2 43.5 66.0 65.3 64. 9‘ 43.6 77.9 75.8 75.4 (7) (7) (7) (7) (7) (7) (7) (7) 38.8 136.3 135.2 136.4 1 These figures are based on reports from cooperating establishments covering both full- and part-time employees who worked during any part of 1 pay period ending nearest the 15th of the month. As not all reporting firms furnish man-hour data, average hours and average hourly earnings for individual industries are based on a smaller sample than are weekly earnings. Data for the current and immediately preceding months are subject to revision. 2 Revisions have been made as follows in the data for earlier months: Cast-iron pipe and fittings.—December 1944 average hourly earnings to 90.3 cents. 3 Data previously published in Bureau of Labor Statistics Bulletin No. 697 have been changed as follows: 1939 annual average and July 1939 average weekly hours to 37.0 and 35.4, respectively; January and July 1939 average hourly earnings to 48.1 and 44.6 cents, respectively. 4 Data have been revised from March 1940 through M ay 1942. Complete series from January 1939 avail able upon request. 8 Excludes messengers and approximately 6,000 employees of general and divisional headquarters and of cable companies. 6 Cash payments only; additional value of board, room, and tips, not included. 7 N ot available. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis TREND OF EMPLOYMENT, EARNINGS, AND HOURS 1335 C ivilian Labor F orce, A p ril 1 9 4 5 THE civilian labor force increased by 270,000 persons between March and April 1945, to a total of 51,930,000, according to the Bureau of the Census sample Monthly Report on the Labor Force. During the month, employment increased by 330,000, while the volume of un employment declined by 60,000 to a level of 770,000. The gain in the civilian labor force between March and April this vear was considerably smaller than in 1944 but approximately in line with the 1943 and 1942 experience. However, it should be borne in mind when making year-to-year comparisons that the Census enumeration in April 1944 occurred during Easter week, at which time many teen-age youths were in temporary jobs. A seasonal upswing of 460,000 in agricultural employment between March and April 1945 accounted for the gain in total civilian employ ment during the month. The March-April increase brought the level of agricultural employment to a total of 7,*750,000—about 250,000 over the April 1944 figure. Nonagricultural employment showed a decline of 130,000 during the month interval, so that the level of non agricultural employment in April 1945 was 380,000 below the April 1944 total. The number of women in the civilian labor force—18,090,000 in April 1945—is 910,000 above the level in April 1944. On the other hand, the number of men in the civilian labor force (33,840,000) repre sents a net decline of 1,040,000 from the level a year ago. However, during the year the size of the armed forces increased by more than a million. Civilian Labor Force in the United States, Classified by Employment Status and by Sex, March and A pril 1941-451 [Source: U . S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census] Estimated number (in thousands) of persons 14 years of age and over 3 Item 1945 1944 1943 1942 1941 April March April March April March April March April March Total civilian labor force-. U nem ploym ent 3___ Em ploym ent_______ N onagricultural _. Agricultural____ 51. 930 51, 660 52, 060 51,360 52, 540 52, 290 53,850 53, 460 53,090 51,950 950 1,060 2,740 3, 230 5,810 5,950 870 770 770 830 51,160 50,830 51, 290 50, 490 51, 590 51, 230 51,110 50, 230 47, 280 46,000 43,410 43, 540 43, 790 43, 580 43, 720 44, 000 42, 690 42, 540 38, 870 38. 380 7,750 7,290 7, 500 6,910 7,870 7,230 8 , 420 7,690 8,410 7,620 Males Civilian labor force_____ U nem ploym ent 3----Em ploym ent______ NonagriculturaL Agricultural____ 33,840 33, 720 34, 880 34,480 35,990 36,020 39,710 39, 890 40, 230 39, 660 520 610 1,890 2, 320 4,310 4, 540 440 470 430 490 33, 410 33,230 34,440 34, 010 35, 470 35, 410 37, 820 37, 570 35,920 35,120 26,940 27, 060 27, 750 27,680 28,680 28,910 30, 330 30, 400 28, ISO 27, 760 6,470 6,170 6,690 6,330 6,790 6,500 7,490 7,170 7,740 7,360 Females Civilian labor force____ U nem ploym ent 3---Em ploym ent______ Nonagri cul tural Agricultural—. . . 18,090 17,940 17,180 16,880 16, 550 16, 270 14,140 13, 570 12,860 12 , 290 910 1, 500 1,410 430 450 850 340 330 400 340 17,750 17,600 16, 850 16, 480 16,120 15, 820 13, 290 12,66C 11, 360 10 , 880 16,470 16,480 16,040 15, 900 15,040 15,090 12, 360 12,14C 10,690 10 , 620 670 260 520 810 580 1,080 730 930 1,280 1 ,1 2 0 1 Estimates for period prior to November 1943 revised April 24,1944. 2 All data exclude persons in institutions. 3 Includes persons on public emergency projects prior to July 1943. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Labor Chronology C h ron ology o f Labor E ven ts, January-M arch 1 9 4 5 JANUARY 1945 Jan. 3. The National Headquarters of Selective Service asked all State directors to reclassify or retain registrants in Class II—C (agricultural workers) in accordance with the President’s finding that “the further deferment of all men now deferred in the 18 through 25 age group because of agricultural occupation is not as essential to the best interest of our war effort as is the urgent and more essential need of the Army and Navy for young men.” (Source: National Headquarters of Selective Service, S-56.) On January 1, 1945, there were 340,000 registrants of this age group in Class II-C . (Source: S-57.) On January 7, the National Headquarters of Selective Service announced that men leaving the jobs for which they had been deferred, without the consent of their local boards, would be in ducted into the armed forces. As of December 1, 1944, about 4,256,000 nonagricultural registrants liable for military service had been deferred because of their jobs. (Source: S-57.) Jan. 4. The Office of Price Administration, on the occasion of the approaching third anniversary (Jan. 10) of the War Price and Rationing Boards, announced that the 5,578 in existence had (as of October 1944) 221,500 board members and other volunteers. Since January 1942 the boards had issued more than 1 billion rations, including 534 million war ration books and 229 million gasoline rations, and had aided in the administration of price regulations in some 1,700,000 retail establishments. (Source: Office of Price Administration OPA-5144, OPA-5172.) On March 9 the OPA reported that there were 132,600,000 copies of War Ration Book Four outstanding; about 2,000,000 were replacements. (Source: OPA-5391.) Jan. 6. The President, in his message on the State of the Union, asked Congress to enact a national service law, to insure full production of war requirements (for discussion, see M. L. R., Feb. 1945, p. 297). Jan. 8. The Supreme Court of the United States held unconstitutional a section of a Texas law requiring the registration of labor-union organizers (for discussion, see M. L. R., Feb. 1945, p. 332). Jan. 8. The War Manpower Commission announced that a representative of the U. S. Employment Service would be placed in each of the 17 Army Separation Centers throughout the country, to encourage discharged veterans to accept employment in critical war pro duction. (Source: War Manpower Commission, PM-4747.) On February 6, the WMC stated that the total number of place ments of veterans by the Service in 1944 was 806,139 (for dis cussion, see M. L. R., March 1944, p. 547). (Source: PM-4758.) 1336 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis LABOR CHRONOLOGY 1337 1945 Jan. 15. The E xecutive Director of the N ational War Labor Board announced th at in the 3 years since its establishm ent (Jan. 12, 1942) the Board had closed some 362,000 voluntary and dispute cases, involving about 24,000,000 employees. Of the 14,000 dispute cases, in only 25 had it been necessary for the Governm ent to seize plants or facilities to enforce compliance to N W LB decisions. (For summary of report of the 3 years’ a ctivity of the Board, see M. L. R., M ay 1945, p. 1035.) Jan. 16. The N W LB ordered the United States Rubber Co. to deduct from pay the fine of $12.50, imposed by the U nited Rubber Workers of America (C. I. O.) on each of 572 employees for failure to end a “w ildcat” strike at the com pany’s D etroit plant in October 1944. The company had reported to the Board that, in view of emergency demands of the armed forces, it was im practical to discharge the em ployees in accordance w ith the maintenance-ofmembership clause in the collective agreement. (Source: N W LB B -1923.) Jan. 16. The N W LB announced that it had amended its Rules of Organization and Procedure to provide th at it “ shall ‘determ ine’ rather than ‘recommend’ the amount of unlawful wage paym ents which shall be disregarded by the executive departments and other agencies of the Government in determining costs or expenses for income tax or other purposes.” (Source: N W LB, B -1921.) As of January 30, 1945, there had been transm itted to the Bureau of Internal Revenue 1,527 cases in which all or a part of the unauthorized wage paym ents were to be disregarded as costs or expenses for tax purposes. (Source: B -2001.) Jan. 17. The N W LB, industry members dissenting, upheld the directive order of its regional board at D etroit, which awarded preferential seniority for union representatives in the Jarecki M achine & Tool Co., Grand Rapids, Mich. The order provided th at all stewards and members of the plant com m ittee of the United Automobile Workers (C. I. O.), representing the 350 employees in the plant, should be kept in em ploym ent as long as there is a job which th ey can perform in their respective departm ents or, in the case of members of the plant comm ittee, in any departm ent. (Source: N W LB, B -1954.) Jan. 22. The Chairman of the War Manpower Commission announced the vet erans’ apprenticeship policies ratified by the 3-day conference in W ashington of regional supervisors and industry consultants of the W MC Apprentice Training Service. The main policies were (1) veterans should not be “ high-pressured” into entering ap prenticeship; (2) the number of apprentices should be large enough to m aintain a skilled force of some 5,000,000 persons (about 600,000 apprentices in training annually, according to the esti m ate of the ATS director); (3) th e number of establishm ents having apprenticeship programs should be extended to 450,000 (from the present 32,000) in order to provide sufficient opportuni ties to returning veterans; and (4) apprenticeship standards should be safeguarded by the ATS. (Source: War Manpower Commission, PM -4750, P M -4752.) Jan, 23. The N W LB upheld, labor members dissenting, an order of its regional board at D etroit, ruling, in a case affecting the Borg-Warner Corporation, Muskegon Heights, M ich., th at subcontracting is a prerogative of m anagem ent unless there is an agreement to the contrary. The union contended th at subcontracting w ithout negotiation was a violation of the union contract and th at it would drive wage rates down. (Source: N W LB, B -1930.) Jan. 31. The N W LB announced an amendment to its General Order No. 31 to provide th at “ under certain circumstances an employer in critical or essential work may hire workers at wage rates above the minima of their job rate range w ithout regard to the 25 percent lim itation of the order.” (For discussion, see M. L. R., Mar. 1945, p. 538; see also Chron. item for Sept. 21, 1944, M. L. R. Dec. 1944.) https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis ! 1338 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 1945 Jan. 31. The President’s Committee on Fair Em ploym ent Practice announced th at it had docketed 3,835 cases during 1944 and closed 3,712 cases (1,324, or 35.7 percent, resulted in satisfactory adjustm ents). On January 1, 1945, there were 2,054 cases pending, an increase of 123 over the number of cases pending on January 1, 1944. These cases were being processed by regional offices of the Com m ittee. (Source: President’s Com m ittee on Fair Em ploym ent Practice, OW I-3981.) (For discussion of progress toward fair em ploym ent practices, see M. L. It. M ay, 1945, p. 1003.) FEBR U AR Y Feb. 1. The N W LB unanim ously approved the resolution of its regional board at N ew York, granting employers in N ew York State the authority to pay their em ployees regular wages or salaries w ithout deduc tion for tim e not worked because of the closing of the working place pursuant to an emergency Fuel Conservation Order. (Source: N W LB, B -1942.) Feb. 2. The N W LB amended its General Order N o. 4, to apply wage-stabilization regulations to cigar makers with eight or fewer employees, in the Tampa, Fla., area. Similar action was taken on March 7, to cover employers of 8 or fewer workers in wholesale produce establishm ents handling fruits and vegetables in Salt Lake City, and, on March 26, to cover dry-cleaning establishm ents in nine counties in Southern California, and luggage manufacturers in Los Angeles county. (Source: N W LB , B -1956, B—1997, and B -2010.) Feb. 5. The N W LB affirmed, industry members dissenting, a decision of its regional board at Philadelphia, which directed the Downington (Pa.) Paper Co. to pay year-end bonuses to production employees, holding th at the paym ent of such bonuses to office em ployees alone constituted an intraplant inequity. (Source: N W LB B -1996.) Feb. 6. The N W LB announced that it had delegated authority to the Director of Selective Service to approve adjustm ents in the wages and salaries of em ployees of the Selective Service system which are not fixed by statute. Such adjustm ents, however, must conform to the Board’s wage-stabilization orders and policies. (Source; N W LB, B-1947.) Feb. 11. The N W LB announced, in a case concerning the M cCulloch Logging Co., Eugene, Oreg., th at if uniform base rates have been established throughout an industry, the application of “guide rates” for key jobs is a more realistic approach to the correction of intraplant inequities than is the use of approvable rates (wage brackets). (Source: N W LB, B -1952.) Feb. 13. The N W LB, industry members dissenting, affirmed the directive order of the San Francisco regional board directing a company to include in a collective agreement a sick-leave plan which had been in effect for 5 years. (Source: B—1955; see also Chron. item for Sept. 13, 1944, M. L. R., Dec. 1944.) On March 13, in a case concerning The Glenn L. M artin Co., Baltimore, Md., the N W LB directed (industry members dis senting) th at an existing sick-leave plan should not be changed during the life of an agreement except through negotiation be tw een the company and the union. The industry members ob jected th at this action would prevent employers from experi m enting with new programs for the benefit of their em ployees. (Source: N W LB, release of April 9, 1945, on Case N o. I l l — 7696D.) https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis LABOR CHRONOLOGY 1339 1945 Feb. 15. The Director of Economic Administration, in the first action of its kind, announced that he had directed the cancellation of the war contracts of, and priority assistance to, E. A. Laboratories, Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y., which had refused to comply with a directive order of the N ational War Labor Board. The Director had issued the order on January 31, after receiving reports from the War and N avy D epartm ents that “cancellation of the com pany’s contracts would not appear to interfere unduly with the war effort,” and that its production for the War Departm ent could be absorbed by other companies if necessary. (Sources: Office of Economic Stabilization, OW I-4058; B -1830B .) (See third Chron. item for Dec. 27, 1944, M. L. R., April 1945.) Feb. 19. The W PB and the OPA announced a broad Government program to divert a larger proportion of clothing production to low- and medi um-priced essential apparel, which “should start to become available in quantity in the early sum m er.” The W PB issued a textile order whereby (1) manufacturers of low- and mediumpriced garments were given priority ratings to obtain fabrics, and (2) existing provisions for equitable distribution to retailers were strengthened. The OPA directed manufacturers to attach to the apparel produced under the program, tags giving price ceilings. (Sources: OPA-5327, W P B-7362.) On March 19, the OPA announced a new regulation providing “simple and exact pricing rules for about 300,000 of the nation’s retail stores selling clothing, textiles, furniture, and house fur nishings.” The new regulation, called by the Price Administra tor “one of the most im portant events in retail price control since M ay 1942, when the General Maximum Price Regulation took effect,” replaced the General M aximum Regulation and several other pricing measures applying to these comm odities. Manufacturers were ordered to restore the average level of their price lines to the averages of 1942-43, and retail stores were or dered to freeze their mark-ups as of March 19, 1945. (Source: O PA-5417.) Feb. 20. The N W LB, industry members dissenting, issued a directive order fixing a minimum rate of 55 cents an hour (except for learners and handicapped persons) in 23 southern cotton-textile companies, 25 N ew England cotton and rayon companies, and 6 N ew York and Pennsylvania rayon companies. (Source: B -1963. For discussion, see M. L. R., April 1945, p. 856.) On April 17, the Director of Economic Stabilization approved the N W L B ’s action, after assurance from the OPA th at the level of the textile-indus try prices would not be m aterially affected. (Source: B -1963F .) Feb. 22. The General Counsel of the N W LB ruled that employers could pay the premiums on life-insurance policies of their employees w ithout violating the wage-stabilization law, provided th at all em ployees in any departm ent of a company in which any person is insured were covered; employees with less than a year’s service might be excluded at the em ployer’s discretion. (Source: N W LB, B 1964.) Feb. 22. The WMC announced that nearly 300,000 handicapped workers were placed by the U. S. Em ploym ent Service in 1944. (For details, see M. L. R., M ay 1945, p. 1008.) Feb. 23. The Chairman of the WMC announced th at in 1944, enrollments in civilian war training programs totaled 3,366,950, distributed as follows: Vocational Training For War Production Workers, 1,245,174; Engineering, Science, and M anagement War Training, 349,717; Food Production War Training, 1,260,292; Training W ithin Industry Service of the WMC, 511,767. (Source: O W I4086.) https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1340 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 194 5 1945 F eb. 26. The N W LB resolved that proposed adjustm ents of wage or salary rates up to 55 cents an hour could be approved in voluntary cases by Regional War Labor Boards “w ithout regard to the wage-bracket rates for such job classifications.” In dispute cases, “the Regional Boards in their discretion m ay take into consideration appropriate prevailing rates in making their determ inations.” (Source: N W LB, B -1972.) F eb. 26. The “ 12 o ’clock midnight curfew” went into effect for places of enter tainm ent throughout the country. The W M C established the curfew at the request of the Director of War M obilization and Reconversion (announced Feb. 19), and stated th at it would rely upon public opinion and local authorities for enforcement. WM C area directors were authorized to lower the em ploym ent ceilings of violators. (Source: PM —4766, P M -4767, P M -4768; W hite House release of February 19, 1945.) M ARCH Mar. 7. The N W LB decided unanimously, in a case affecting the Dunbar Furni ture M anufacturing Co., Berne, Ind., th at the company did not need Board approval to continue paying its present wage rates. The company had reconverted to the manufacture of furniture but continued the rates it had paid while producing wooden airplane parts; these were higher than the com pany’s prewar wage level. (Source N W LB, B-1979.) On March 8 the N W LB announced the denial of downward wage adjustm ents requested by the Cuneo Press, Inc., Chicago. The firm, after completing a war contract, wanted to reduce wages for 24 guards to the rates (50 to 75 cents per hour) it had paid before obtaining a war contract which required the raising of the wage rates to 75 to 90 cents per hour. (Source: N W LB, B -1982.) Mar. 8. The Director of the Office of Economic Stabilization issued a directive concerning proper “fringe” wage adjustm ents (i. e., adjustm ents affecting vacations w ith pay, shift differentials, merit increases, severance pay, holiday pay, autom atic progression plans, and the reclassification of wTage scales within a particular plant). The N W LB was authorized to approve vacations up to 1 week after a year of service and up to 2 weeks after 5 years; shift differentials in noncontinuous operations not to exceed 4 cents an hour for the second shift and 8 cents for the third shift; merit increases in autom atic progressions according to the Board’s present standards; and reclassifications and job revaluations “not to exceed an aver age increase of 1 cent or 1 percent for all em ployees in plant or plants covered by the WLB ruling.” On April 26, 1945, the new Director of Economic Stabilization (see Chron. item for Mar. 24, this issue of M. L. R.) announced the issuance of a supplementary directive lim iting third-shift differentials to 6 cents an hour. However, the N W LB was authorized to approve higher or lower “fringe” adjustm ents should it find “th at the am ount of the adjustm ent follows an already established ‘clear and well-defined practice’ in the industry or the area and therefore would not be unstabilizing to the area or industry involved.” Approval by the Director of Economic Stabilization is required “if there is reason to believe that such adjustm ents will cause an increase in price ceilings or production costs.” (Source: Office of Economic Sta bilization, O W I-4045, OW I-4315.) Mar. 11. The D irector of War M obilization and Reconversion announced the creation of an interagency com m ittee on foreign shipments, under the chairmanship of the Administrator of the Foreign Economic Adm inistration. It was stated th at “it will be the duty of this com m ittee to program American exports in relationship to the requirements of our own civilian econom y.” (Source: W hite H ouse release of March 11, 1945.) https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis LABOR CHRONOLOGY 1341 1945 Mar. 17. The OWI announced that, according to the report of the War Food Administration, the civilian allocation of m eat (3,793,000,000 pounds) for the second quarter of 1945 would be the lowest quarterly civilian consumption in 10 years, and would be at the rate of 115 pounds per capita per year, as compared w ith about 145 pounds in the record year 1944, and 125 pounds yearly in the peacetime period 1935-39. (Source: OW I-4173.) On March 1, the OPA had announced that, effective March 4, rationpoint values for low-point beef and pork cuts and a long list of other meats (some of them previously point free) would be increased. (Source: OPA-5357.) On January 22, lard, shorten ing, and salad and cooking oils had been assigned ration points again, after being point free from March 3, 1944. (Source: OPA-5205.) (See also Chron. item for Dec. 26, 1944, M. L. R. April 1945.) On January 25, the Secretary of Agriculture announced that 1944 was another record food-production year, and that the out put “was about as large a volume of crops and livestock as this country has ever produced.” (Source: U. S. D ept, of Agriculture, release of Jan. 25, 1945.) Mar. 20. The Chairman of the Advisory Board of the Office of War Mobilization and Reconversion announced that the President had asked the Board to study the various guaranteed-wage proposals and make recommendations on the subject. The Board appointed a subcom mittee, composed of Eric Johnston, Philip Murray, Albert Goss, and Anna Rosenberg, for this purpose. (Source: White House release of Mar. 20, 1945.) On December 1, 1944, the ^National War Labor Board reported to the President that it had declined to grant the demand of the U nited Steelworkers of America for a guaranteed annual wage, and suggested the appoint m ent of a commission to inquire into the whole question of guaranteed-wage plans. (Source: W hite House release of Mar. 20, 1945.) Mar. 20. The N W LB unanimously approved a voluntary application of American Type Founders, Inc., N ew Jersey, to grant severance pay to its salaried em ployees who would be discharged when the company reduced its personnel for peacetime production. The severance plan provided for a w eek’s pay to employees who have worked between 6 months and a year, 2 weeks’ pay after 1 year of work, 3 weeks’ pay after 2 years, and 4 weeks' pay for those who will have worked between 3 and 5 years. The Board said its policy was to approve reasonable voluntarily subm itted plans. (Source: N W LB, B -2000.) Mar. 22. The Office of Civilian Requirements of the W PB announced th at the fourth consumer-requirements survey would be made during the week of March 26 by the Bureau of the Census of the D epartm ent of Commerce. The survey would consist of interviewing 4,500 representative families in 68 communities in 45 States and the D istrict of Columbia. The W PB will use the obtained informa tion “in programing the essential civilian requirements considered necessary to the maintenance of the war supporting econom y.” The previous three surveys had been made within a period of 6 m onths (in Novem ber 1943, March 1944, and April 1944). (Source: W PB-7551; see also Chron. item for Mar. 17, 1944, M. L. R. June 1944.) Mar. 24. James F. Byrnes resigned, effective April 2, as Director of the Office of War Mobilization and Reconversion. He was succeeded by Fred M. Vinson. William H. D avis, Chairman of the N ational War Labor Board, was appointed as Economic Stabilization Director. (Sources: White House release of Apr. 2, 1945; Office of Economic Stabilization, OW I-4156; B-2012.) Mar. 26. The National Labor Relations Board, in a case affecting the Packard Motor Car Co., certified the Foremen’s Association of America as a bargaining agent for foremen of the company (for discussion, see M. L. R., M ay 1945, p. 1045). https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1342 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JU N E 1945 1945 Mar. 28. Eric Johnston, President of the Chamber of Commerce of the U nited States, W illiam Green, President of the A. F. of L., and Philip Murray, President of the C. I. O., announced th at they had pre pared and signed the “N ew Charter for Labor and M anage m ent,” designed to insure the close cooperation of labor and managem ent in the postwar period. It was announced that a national comm ittee, representing business and labor organiza tions, would be created to promote an understanding and sym pa thetic acceptance of the code of principles in the charter, and to “propose such national policies as will advance the best interests of our N ation .” The code of principles, in brief, advocated (1) the highest degree of production and employm ent, (2) private com petitive capitalism, (3) no unnecessary burdensome restric tions on management, (4) free collective labor bargaining, (5) security of the individual against the hazards of unemployment, incapacity, and old age, (6) stim ulation of untrammeled foreign trade, and (7) the establishm ent of an international security organization. (Source: New Charter for Labor and Management Press Conference, Mar. 28, 1945; NW LB, B -2022). Mar. 29. The Chairman of the War Manpower Commission announced th at the total m ilitary and essential civilian labor requirements for the 6m onth period from February 15 to August 15 would be 1,500,000 persons (900,000 for the armed services). To m eet these require m ents he estim ated th at there would be available for civilian work 350,000 discharged veterans, 300,000 workers from ship yards where construction schedules are declining, and 500,000 normal additions to the labor force, and th at the remaining 350,000 required would have to come from workers in less-essen tial industries, from war prisoners, foreign workers, and from women not in the labor force. (Source: PM -4782.) On March 13. the D epartm ent of Agriculture announced that as m any as 70,000 war prisoners at one tim e had been used in agriculture in 1944. (Source: U nited States D ept, of Agricul ture, AG-1180.) Mar. 29. The N W LB announced that it had affirmed, industry members dissent ing, a directive order of its regional board at D etroit “which provided th at the records of original tim e studies made for the purpose of setting new piece rates should be available for inspec tion by the union on request, and any objection raised to such rates should be treated as a grievance.” (Source: N W LB, B 2020 .) Mar. 30. The N W LB announced th at it had vacated, the labor members and one public member dissenting, a unanimous decision of its Trucking Commission which had granted a $3 weekly wartime bonus, retro active to M ay 3, 1942, to driver salesmen, and a corresponding increase in hourly wages to nonselling truck drivers and garage maintenance workers, in certain baking companies in Los Angeles and San Diego. Instead, the Board directed a 15-percent in crease in the guaranteed weekly earnings of the driver salesmen, m conformity with the “Little Steel” formula. (Source: NW LB, B -2024.) https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Recent Publications o f Labor Interest June 1 9 4 5 Child Labor C hild labor and youth employment in this N ation’s third year of war. B y Beatrice McConnell. (In Social Service Review, Chicago 37, December 1944, pp. 444-460. Reprints of article are available free from Children’s Bureau, U. S. Departm ent of Labor, Washington 25.) Im pact of the war on child labor. B y Elizabeth S. Magee. (In Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, Vol. 236, Philadelphia, N ovem ber 1944, pp. 101-109. Also reprinted.) Child labor in bowling alleys in New York State. Albany, D epartm ent of Labor, D ivision of Women, Child Labor, and M inimum Wage, November 1944. 13 pp.; processed. Cooperative Movement A cooperative centenary. B y A. H. Turner. (In Economic Annalist, D epart m ent of Agriculture, Ottawa, November 1944, pp. 86-92.) A brief review of the cooperative movem ent, its principles, and extent of developm ent throughout the world, together w ith a summary of cooperation in Canada. Urban cooperative development conference sponsored by the Council for Cooperative Development at the 14th biennial congress of the Cooperative League, Chicago, 111., October 8, 1944■ Boston, Edward A. Filene Good Will Fund, Inc., [1945?]. 45 pp. A nalysis, by various cooperative leaders, of cooperative developm ent in the cities of the U nited States, reasons for the slow rate of expansion, and w ays in which the spread of the cooperative m ovem ent in urban areas m ay be hastened. Cooperative communities at work. B y Henrik F. Infield. N ew York, Dryden Press, 1945. 201 pp. $3. Exam ines a number of the cooperative communities, past and present, in the U nited States, Soviet Union, and Palestine, analyzing their accomplishments and shortcom ings w ith a view to the possible use of this type of comm unity in the postwar period. One chapter contains a tentative blueprint (m otivation, membership requirements, administration and management, degree of coopera tion, and financing) for a cooperative comm unity feasible for postwar conditions. The people’s year book, 1945. M anchester 4, England, Cooperative W holesale Society, Ltd., [1945?]. 132 pp., illus. Contains detailed statistics of the Scottish and English Cooperative Wholesale Societies and of the whole cooperative m ovem ent of Great Britain, as well as a number of articles dealing mainly with cooperatives and their plans for expansion in the postwar period. The Turkish cooperative movement. (In International Labor Review, Montreal, April 1945, pp. 464-471. 50 cents. D istributed in U nited States by W ashington branch of I. L. O.) D iscusses the legislative basis of cooperatives in Turkey and shows the state of developm ent of each of the various types of associations. E d jto b ’s N o t f .— Correspondence regarding the publications to which reference is made in this list should be addressed to the respective publishing agencies mentioned. Where data on prices were readily available, they have been shown with the title entries. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1343 1344 M ONTHLY LABOR REVIEW----JU N E 194 5 Cost and Standards of Living Standards and content of living. B y Joseph S. D avis. (In American Economic Review, Menasha, Wis., March 1945, pp. 1-15. $1.25.) Address by the president of the American Economic Association, giving definitions of terms and emphasizing the basic importance of the subject in economic thought and policy. It is stated th at the achievem ent of improved standards of living is no mere humanitarian dream, but is basic to attaining fuller utilization of available resources and to the maintenance of peace and orderly political progress. The cost of living index number. London, M inistry of Labor and N ational Service, 1944. 12 pp. 2d. net. D etailed account of the scope and method of calculation of the statistics relating to changes in cost of living of working-class families in Great Britain. W orking class cost of living index numbers in In dia— a critical study. B y S. Subramanian. N ew Delhi, Office of the Economic Adviser, 1945. 20 pp. (Supplement to “ Guide to current official statistics,” Vol. I.) 12 annas or. Is., Manager of Publications, Delhi. F am ily budget counseling. Edited by D orothy L. Book. N ew York 10, Fam ily Welfare Association of America, 1944. 92 pp., bibliography. 65 cents. Employment and Readjustment of Veterans A n analysis of the “G. I. B ill of Rights.” B y Lora D. Lashbrook. (In Notre Dam e Lawyer, N otre Dame, Ind., December 1944, pp. 122-133. 75 cents.) Covers the legislative history and various provisions, w ith a brief evaluation, of the Servicemen’s Readjustm ent Act of 1944, generally referred to as the “ G.I. Bill of R ights.” Employment of the disabled veteran— a selected list of references to significant data. Cleveland, Ohio, Cleveland Public Library, March 1945. 4 pp. (Business information sources, Vol. 16, No. 1.) 10 cents. The employment of the handicapped veteran. N ew York 10, M etropolitan Life Insurance Co., Policyholders Service Bureau, [1944?]. 56 pp., charts, illus. D esigned primarily to aid employers in planning for the em ploym ent of disabled veterans, and based on the plans and experience of 54 companies in the em ploy ment of both civilian and veteran handicapped. Postwar occupational plans of soldiers. W ashington 25, U. S. War Department, Army Service Forces, Information and Education D ivision, 1945. 26 pp.; processed. (Postwar plans of the soldier series, Report N o. B -129.) Reemployment of veterans. N ew York 17, N ational Industrial Conference Board, Inc., 1945. 43 pp., forms, illus. (Studies in personnel policy, N o. 69.) A study of the organized plans some companies have designed for the readjust m ent of veterans, and of pertinent points generally stressed in reemployment and rehabilitation programs, with outlines of programs now in operation in 11 com panies and 1 comm unity. Reemployment rights of veterans. (In N . A. M. Law D igest, N ational Association of Manufacturers, Law Departm ent, W ashington 5, December 1944, pp. 17-32.) Discusses the rights of veterans and the obligations of employers under the reem ploym ent provisions of the Selective Training and Service Act of 1940. The issuing office emphasizes th at the discussion is intended as a statem ent of the “m inimum” requirements of the law. Veteran's guide. B y D allas Johnson. N ew York 20, Public Affairs Committee» Inc., 1945. 32 pp. (Public affairs pamphlet No. 102.) 10 cents. Presents information for ex-service men and women on their legal rights as to allowances, loans, education, medical care, etc., and on where to go for assistance on their individual problems, with helpful suggestions concerning what to do from the day they receive their discharge. Release and resettlement, [Great B ritain ]: A n explanation of your position and rights. London, His M ajesty’s Government, [1945?]. 48 pp. A simple but detailed statem ent showing the order in which members are to be discharged from the armed services and the financial and other benefits to which they are entitled. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis RECENT PUBLICATIONS OF LABOR INTEREST ( 1345 Employment General) Effect of war contract cutbacks on selected -plants. Washington 25, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1945. 16 pp. (Bull. No. 818; reprinted from Monthly Labor Review, March 1945.) 5 cents, Superintendent of Documents, Wash ington 25. In addition to reviewing the effect on employment of war-contract cutbacks, the report covers the situation as to wages, working hours, labor-management relations, and other conditions after cutbacks in the plants surveyed. The measurement of postwar labor supply and its capacity to produce. By S. Morris Livingston. (In Journal of the American Statistical Association, Menasha, Wis., March 1945, pp. 20-28. $1.50.) The postwar goal of full employment is described as being almost universally accepted, and it is stated that this has led to calculations of the number of people who will be seeking employment and of the total output of goods and services if substantially all of them are productively employed. Such estimates are de scribed as necessary for appraising the difficulties in reaching the goal, the oppor tunities that would result for business enterprise, and the resulting increase in the American standards of living. Estimates of this nature are not predictions or forecasts, but are to be viewed as “a target to shoot at.” National budgets for full employment. Washington 6, National Planning Associa tion, 1945. 96 pp., charts. (Planning pamphlets Nos. 43 and 44.) 50 cents. Full employment is defined as opportunity for workers and for capital, com prising the concepts of employment of men and money (1) at useful work and (2) at good wages. Three different “basic models” or “patterns” of national budgets are described as capable of sustaining a high level of income and em ployment after that level has been reached. One of these is the “government model,” implying an expansion in public works, public health, public education, a,nd other government activities. Another is described as the “business model,” implying emphasis on increased investments in plant and equipment, in residential construction, or in capital investments abroad. The third “model” is the “stand ard of living model,” which assumes an increased use of consumers’ income. No policy recommendations are made, the study being designed to indicate at this stage only the nature and direction of necessary policy decisions. National policy, it is stated, must in the last analysis reflect the needs and wants of the people. The use of statistics in the formulation of a national full employment policy. By Henry A. Wallace. (In Journal of the American Statistical Association, Menasha, Wis., March 1945, pp. 11-19. $1.50.) Examples are given of proposed policies in the United States and abroad for achieving full employment. Particular attention is given to the full employment bill introduced in the United States Senate by Senator Murray and to the propos als of Sir William Beveridge for Great Britain in his volume entitled “Full em ployment in a free society.” It is stated that the essential idea is that the Federal Government is ultimately responsible for full employment and can discharge its responsibility only by planning in advance to synchronize all of its programs with the programs of private enterprise. Foremen How to select foremen and supervisors. By R. C. Oberdahn. Deep River, Conn., National Foremen’s Institute, Inc., 1944. 53 pp. Manual for conference leaders on the N. A. F. code of ethics for foremen. Dayton 2, Ohio, National Association of Foremen, 1944. 47 pp. The new foremanship. By F. J. Burns Morton. London, Chapman & Hall, Ltd., 1945. 253 pp., bibliography. 12s. 6d. net. The author emphasizes what he describes as recent developments in the social organization of the business unit, requiring, as an indispensable part of technical effectiveness, an understanding of the human factor. There are sections on the training of foremen in Great Britain and the United States. An appendix gives the text of the constitution of a typical foremen’s association. 6 4 5 8 8 6 -4 5 - 14 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1346 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 Proceedings of the first annual national conference of educational directors in industry, Columbus, Ohio, March 17, 18, 19jf. Dayton 2, Ohio, National Association of Foremen, 1944. 116 pp. 75 cents. Deals with the selection and training of foremen. Unionization of foremen and supervisors—bibliography. Compiled by Amy R. Jennings. Washington 25, U. S. National Labor Relations Board, Library, April 1945. 9 pp.; processed. Free. Revision of the bibliography of the same title dated February 1945. Handicapped Workers Consolidated Vultee’s experience. By A. C. Dick, M.D., and C. O. Sappington, M.D. (In Industrial Medicine, Chicago, February 1945, pp. 81-87. 50 cents.) The writers discuss the medical and employee-placement program of the ■company, where the scientific coding and placement of handicapped workers has demonstrated the desirability of this procedure for all workers. They state that “one of the striking things brought out by this placement program was that skilled and experienced workers of the normal variety required more reexamina tions and transfers because of breakdown or failure on the job than did the less perfect individuals who had been scientifically coded and placed.” Jobs for the physically handicapped. By Louise Neuschutz. New York, Bernard Ackerman, Inc., 1944. 240 pp,, reading lists. $3. Helpful information for the handicapped (including the elderly and the aged) is presented on a variety of independent income-producing opportunities, to be pursued in or from the home. The Ohio plan for the administration of vocational rehabilitation for disabled people in Ohio (Public Law 118—78th Cong.). Columbus, State Board for Voca tional Education, Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation, 1944. 66 pp. Description of the plan adopted by the State of Ohio for rehabilitating its handicapped vocationally and placing them in employment, through FederalState cooperation, under the provisions of the Federal Barden-La Follette Act of 1943 (for civilians). Present organization, policy, and practice are dealt with. Physical demands analysis and physical capacities appraisal. Washington 25, U. S. War Manpower Commission, Bureau of Manpower Utilization, Division of Occupational Analysis, 1944. 50 pp.; processed. Manual for the job analyst, the physician, and the placement officer in the preparation and matching of information on the physical demands of the job and the physical capacity of the handicapped worker, looking toward successful placement. Physical impairment and job performance: A comparative study of accident experi ence, production and efficiency, sick absenteeism,, and turnover among 2,858 physically impaired and 5,523 able-bodied workers in Government industry. By Verne K. Harvey, M.D., and E. Parker Luongo, M.D. (In Journal of the American Medical Association, Chicago 10, April 7, 1945, pp. 902-907, charts; April 14, 1945, pp. 961-970, chart. 25 cents each.) Report of a study made by the Medical Division of the U. S. Civil Service 'Commission in 43 industrial establishments of the War and Navy Departments. Important findings bearing on the selective placement of disabled veterans and other physically impaired workers were made. Press reports on clinics for the physically handicapped. Washington 25, U. S. Civil Service Commission, [1945]. 19 pp.; processed. Reproductions of news stories on employment clinics for the placement of the physically handicapped, held during 1944 in the fifth civil service region (Ala., Fla., Ga., S. C., and Tenn.). Housing Housing needs—a preliminary estimate. Housing costs— where the housing dollar goes. Washington 25, U. S. National Housing Agency, 1944. 23 and 48 pp. (National housing bulls. Nos. 1 and 2.) 10 cents each, Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25. A study of the social effects of public housing in Newark, N. J. Newark 4, Housing Authority of the City of Newark, 1944. 95 pp., bibliography, charts, illus. Limited free distribution. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis RECENT PUBLICATIONS OF LABOR INTEREST 1347 An evaluation of the effects of rehousing on health and welfare. Statistics are cited of disease frequency, birth rates, infant-mortality rates, fatal home accidents,, etc., and computations are made which show that the families living in the three public-housing projects surveyed had a more favorable record in various respects than those in the three wards represented. Toward a postwar housing program. Washington 5, Producers’ Council, Inc., Postwar Committee, 1944. 98 pp. $1. Private enterprise housing: Report of the Private Enterprise Subcommittee of the Central Housing Advisory Committee of the M inistry of Health, [Great Britain]. London, 1944. 56 pp., chart. Is. net. Industrial Hygiene and Safety Accident statistics as an aid to prevention of accidents in metal mines. Accidents from falls of rock or ore in metal mines. Accidents from hoisting and haulage in metal mines. Washington 25, U. S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, 1945. 26, 53, 60 pp., diagrams, illus. (Metal-mine accident-preven tion course, sections 1, 2, 3; Miners’ circulars 51, 52, 53.) 10, 10, 15 cents, respectively, Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25. Explanation of tentative inspection standards for anthracite mines. Washington 25, U. S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, 1945. 118 pp., bibliog raphy. (Miners’ circular 46.) 15 cents, Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25. Explains and justifies the safety recommendations of the U. S. Bureau of Mines as revised in March 1944 and published as its Information Circular 7282. Safe practices around circular saws. Washington 25, U. S. Department of Labor, Division of Labor Standards, 1945. Folder of 6 charts. 5 cents ($3.75 per 100 sets), Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25. This set of charts is one of a series depicting various work hazards and dangerous work practices, prepared by the editors of Mill and Factory in collaboration with the Division of Labor Standards of the U. S. Department of Labor. Industrial health hazards and their control in a bomb-loading plant. By Harry E„ Seifert, Lewis J. Cralley, George D. Clayton. (In Industrial Medicine, Chicago, January 1945, pp. 75-80. 50 cents.) Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Industrial Hygiene Association, St. Louis, May 1944, describing the major hazards from atmospheric contaminants in various operations and methods of control. The safe use of solvents for synthetic rubbers. By Leonard Greenburg, M. D., and Samuel Moskowitz. (In Industrial Medicine, Chicago, April 1945, pp. 359— 366; diagrams, illus. 50 cents.) Curso de higiene del trabajo. Edited by Primitivo de la Quintana [Lopez] and Juan Dantin Gallego. Madrid, Jefatura Provincial de Sanidad, 1944. 620 pp., diagrams, illus. A course of lessons on industrial safety and hygiene, for persons having respon sibility for such matters, consisting of lectures by Spanish specialists on risks peculiar to specific types of work, certain occupational diseases, and other subjects. Industrial Relations Arbitration and the [U. S.] National War Labor Board. By Jesse Freidin and Francis J. Ulman. (In Harvard Law Review, Cambridge 38, Mass., Feb ruary 1945, pp. 309-360. 75 cents.) Discusses the role of the National War Labor Board in the field of arbitration of industrial disputes, and gives references to cases illustrative of the various phases of that problem. Compulsory arbitration of labor disputes. Compiled by Julia E. Johnsen. New York, H. W. Wilson Co., 1945. 258 pp., bibliography. (Reference shelf, Vol. 17, No. 6.) $1.25. Selection of pertinent articles published from 1938 through 1944, grouped under the heads of general discussion, case for voluntary arbitration, and case for compulsory arbitration. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1348 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 Encyclopedia of labor relations. Los Angeles 15 (117 W. 9th St.), Calif., Labor Relations Associates, Inc., 1945. Various paging, loose-leaf. A cooperative undertaking by 200 labor unions to compile and release, subject by subject, a complete encyclopedia of labor relations for use and guidance of labor-union executives, business agents, and committeemen. How to handle labor grievances—plans and procedures. By John A Lapp. Deep River, Conn., National Foremen’s Institute, Inc., 1945. 293 pp. Sketches the development of systems for the handling of labor grievances, describes how they work, and notes some of the problems connected with their operation. Selected union-contract provisions concerning the handling of grievances are reproduced in an appendix. The original manual for labor and management committees. New York 17, T. K. Quinn Co., Inc., [1945?]. 238 pp., loose-leaf. Arranged according to subject headings, which relate to the organization and functions of labor-management committees. Personnel relations, their application in a democracy. By J. E. Walters. New York, Ronald Press Co., 1945. 547 pp., bibliography, charts. $4.50. Exposition of the factors that determine and influence the various phases of worker-management relations, set forth by a personnel relations consultant with industrial and academic experience. Among the subjects discussed are the gen esis of the American labor movement; elements of collective-bargaining and' union-management agreements; wages; personnel-relations techniques; Federal labor legislation; Government agencies cooperating in personnel relations; and union-management-Government cooperation. Labor Organizations 'Organized labor. By Harry A. Millis and Royal E. Montgomery. New York,. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., 1945. 930 pp. $6. The price of this book was erroneously given as $3.75 in a reference carried in the Monthly Labor Review for May 1945 (p. 1135). The British working-class movement—an outline study-guide. By G. D. H. Cole. London, Fabian Publications, Ltd., and Victor Gollancz, Ltd., 1944. 24 pp. (Fabian special No. 7.) 6d. A simple exposition of the British labor movement. Italian labor today. Washington 1, American Federation of Labor, 1944. 20 pp. Data on visit of five trade-union representatives (from International Federation of Trade Unions, British Trades Union Congress, and A. F. of L. and C. I. O. of the United States) to Italian labor groups, August-September 1944, including mutually agreed-upon comments, message from Italian laborers to laborers of England and America, supplementary report by the A. F. of L. representative, and a translation of the General Italian Confederation of Labor’s Pact of Rome on Italian trade-union unity. Labor unions in the Far East. By Eleanor H. Lattimore. New York 22, Institute of Pacific Relations, American Council, 1945. 56 pp. Discussion of the development of labor unions in China, India, Southeast Asia, the Philippines, and Japan, and the effects of the war on the labor movements. Medical Care and Sickness Insurance The economic basis of health. By Andrew T. Court. Pittsburgh 13, Industrial Hygiene Foundation, [1945?]. 13 pp., charts. (Reprint from proceedings of ninth annual meeting of the Foundation, November 1944.) Shows the relation of family income to medical care and health. Medical-care services in North Carolina. Prepared for the North Carolina Com mission on Hospital and Medical Care by the Department of Rural Sociology, North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station. Raleigh, 1945. 82 pp., bibliography, maps, charts. A statistical and graphic summary showing how North Carolina stands in the Nation, and how the counties of the State stand, in regard to hospital and medicalcare services, health conditions, and underlying social and economic factors, together with recommendations of the Commission on Hospital and Medical Care. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis RECENT PUBLICATIONS OF LABOR INTEREST 1349 The health and medical-care situation in rural Virginia. By Leland B. Tate. Blacksburg, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Agricultural Experiment Station, 1944. 51 pp., maps. (Bull. No. 363.) Analysis of rural health conditions and of facilities for medical care and related services, including special prepayment and insurance plans, in operation in the State. The author offers alternative programs. New union health plan. By Leo Price, M. D. (In Industrial Medicine, Chicago, February 1945, pp. 87, 88. 50 cents.) Describes a new health program emphasizing eyesight conservation and dis ability payments for 60,000 dressmakers in New York City, and operating under the Health Fund of the Joint Board of Dressmakers of the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union. The Permanente health plan for industrial workers. By Clifford Kuh, M. D. (In Industrial Medicine, Chicago, April 1945, pp. 261-270; bibliography, charts, illus. 50 cents.) Describes the voluntary prepaid-medical-care program for the workers of the various Kaiser plants, with statistics for 1943 and 1944. The story of Blue Cross: On the road to better health. By Louis H. Pink. New York 20, Public Affairs Committee, Inc., 1945. 31 pp., charts. (Public affairs pamphlet No. 101.) 10 cents. Popular account of a well-known voluntary hospital-care organization and of plans for expanding its scope and activities. It is stated that there are 75 Blue Cross plans in the United States and that 19 medical-care plans are affiliated with Blue Cross organizations. Cash sickness compensation in Rhode Island. By Mary B. Dahl. Published jointly by National Consumers League, Cleveland, Ohio, and Consumers League of Rhode Island, Providence, [1944?]. 15 pp. Analysis of the assets and shortcomings of Rhode Island’s Cash Sickness Insur ance Act, enacted in 1942. A summary of proposals for sickness insurance on a national basis, included in the Wagner-Murray-Dingell bill (H. R. 395, 79th Cong.), and pertinent recommendations of the International Labor Conference in Phila delphia in May 1944, are appended. Summary of the cash sickness insurance program in Rhode Island for the benefit year 1943-44- Providence, Rhode Island Unemployment Compensation Board, 1944. 59 pp.; mimeographed. Statistical data for the first benefit year of operation of the sickness-insurance system in Rhode Island. Benefit payments are shown by type of illness, age of claimant, place of treatment (hospital, home, etc.), industry group, State of resi dence, and duration of benefit. (Some of the material was used in the article on “Compensation for sickness in Rhode Island,” Monthly Labor Review, February 1945, p. 225; reprinted in Serial No. R. 1729.) Postwar Reconstruction (General) Economic problems of the reconversion period: Fourth report of the House Special Committee on Postwar Economic Policy and Planning. Washington 25, U. S. Government Printing Office, 1944. 79 pp., charts. (Union calendar No. 608, House report No. 1855, 78th Cong., 2d sess.) A general report by the Committee covering its various fields of inquiry and including sections on transitional unemployment and reemployment, public works and private construction during the early postwar period, the removal of wartime controls, and the role of the Government in postwar readjustment. Full employment: Proceedings of the conference on full employment, CIO Political Action Committee, New York City, January 15, 1944 - New York, Congress of Industrial Organizations, National Political Action Committee, 1944. 158 pp. Free. Gives the views of a large number of representatives of labor, Government, agriculture, small business, and the professions. The major topics discussed were reconversion and postwar needs. Various special problems were given considera tion, including those of veterans, women workers, and Negro workers. One section of the report is devoted to social security and another to housing. The human aspects of the transition from war to peace. By Morris A. Wainger. (In Lawyers Guild Review, New York and Washington, January-February 1945, pp. 22-31. 50 cents.) https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1350 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 Examines the adequacy of existing and proposed legislation to meet the prob lems connected with demobilization of war workers and members of the armed Jorces. Postwar employment and the removal of wartime controls. New York 17, Committee for Economic Development, Research Committee, 1945. 31 pp. It is stated that many controls may be relaxed or eased within 6 months after ■final victory, but that others must be kept for longer periods. Among the latter are rationing, as long as there are shortages of certain commodities, and controls for avoiding inflation. Disposition of five Du Pont munitions plants, World War I, 1918-26. Washington 25, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1944. 85 pp.; mimeographed. (Histori cal study No. 77.) Free. Impact of the war on the Cleveland, Ohio, area: Working notebook for use by local groups studying recent economic developments and formulating plans for the postwar period. Washington 25, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1944. 103 pp., charts; mimeographed. (Industrial area study No. 25.) Free. The first reconstruction measures in liberated Belgium. (In International Labor Review, Montreal, April 1945, pp. 419-432. 50 cents. Distributed in United States by Washington Branch of I. L. O.) Deals mainly with monetary measures taken to counteract inflation, wage and salary adjustments, and social security. What is to be done with Germany? Prerequisites of democracy in Germ.any. New York 3 (Room 403A, 41 Union Square), German Labor Delegation in U. S. A., 1945. 5 pp. Declaration of the German Labor Delegation in the United States, whose members were active in the free labor movement of Germany and in the public life of the German Republic. When the men come home. By Emanuel Shinwell. London, Victor Gollancz, Ltd., 1944. 80 pp. 2s. 6d. net. The author urges better living conditions, economic and social reconstruction, the necessary degree of nationalization of basic industries, and a positive stand on the part of the people on public issues, in Great Britain. Second report on reconstruction planning [in India], New Delhi, Reconstruction Committee of Council, 1944. 57 pp. 8 annas or 9d. States the general principles to be followed in reconstruction and summarizes development policy with respect to certain main subjects, including industry, •education, cooperative societies, and the establishment of improved working conditions. , , Production Productivity and Technological Changes The international comparison of industrial output. By E. C. Snow. (In Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Vol. CVII, Pt. 1, London, W. C. 2, 1944, pp. 1-30; "discussion, pp. 30-55. 10s.) The inaugural address of the president of the Royal Statistical Society. There is an extensive discussion of comparable studies of industrial production and labor productivity in the United States and Great Britain, together with dis cussions of the address by other members of the Society. Suggestions are made looking toward greater comparability of statistics of production and employment, and toward the encouragement of further study in these fields of international comparison. Production-line technique. By Richard Muther. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., 1944. 320 pp., diagrams, illus. $3.50. Detailed description of the processes and techniques involved in the establish ment and operation of production lines. Advantages and disadvantages to workers are discussed in a chapter on personnel. Production-line technique is described as one of the most important contributions of manufacturers to American industry. Tools for the next job: A policy of progress through productivity. London, W. C. 1, Europa Publications, Ltd. (for Tory Reform Committee), 1945. 63 pp. 2s. 6d. net. To attain a higher standard of living, a policy of increasing productivity is advocated, under which the interests of no group should be allowed to interfere with the ultimate objectives. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis RECENT PUBLICATIONS OF LABOR INTEREST 1351 Trends in productivity. By Gertrude Deutsch, Caryl R. Feldman, M. R. Gainsbrugh. (In Conference Board Business Record, National Industrial Conference Board, Inc., New York 17, February 1945, pp. 51-55; charts.) Summary of developments in labor productivity or average output per man-hour in the United States from 1919 to 1943. Extensive use is made of data published by the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. There are also references to produc tivity in Great Britain. Wartime technological developments. A study made for the Subcommittee on War Mobilization of the Committee on Military Affairs, United States Senate, pursuant to S. Res. 107, 78th Cong., and S. Res. 46, 79th Cong. Washington 25, U. S. Government Printing Office, 1945. 418 pp. (Subcom mittee monograph No. 2, 79th Cong., 1st sess.) A report prepared by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U. S. Department of Labor. Part I contains a summary analysis of wartime technological develop ments in the fields of new materials, new methods, and new products, and an evaluation of the significance of these developments in relation to employment and standards of living after the war. It is stated that American workers fully employed and using American methods can bring new meaning to the term “the American standard of living.” Part II gives detailed information, largely from technical and trade journals, regarding specific technological developments during the war, with a cross-reference subject-matter index. Social Security Social security—an analysis of the Wagner-Murray bill. By Earl E. Muntz* New York 17, American Enterprise Association, Inc., 1944. 102 pp. (National economic problems, No. 401.) 50 cents. Social security—its present and future fiscal aspects. New York, Tax Foundation, 1944. 126 pp. Free. Summary of estimated future receipts and expenditures under the present socialsecurity law and under the proposals of the Wagner-Murray bill (S. 1161, 78th Cong., 1st sess.). Social security for “industrialized” agriculture. By A. J. Altmeyer. (In Social Security Bulletin, Federal Security Agency, Social Security Board, Wash ington 25, March 1945, pp. 2-5. 20 cents, Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25.) Points out the need for a suitable definition of “agricultural labor” under the Federal Social Security Act in order to protect large groups of workers now shut out from social-security inclusion by the broad definition of the term “agricultural labor.” Suggests extension of coverage to all agricultural labor. Labor security in the post-war period: Second Report of the [New Jersey] State Commission on Post-War Economic Welfare. Trenton, 1945. 52 pp. The recommendations by the Commission include liberalized benefits under unemployment compensation and workmen’s compensation, improvements in administration, and new provisions for dealing with the problem of migrant workers, in New Jersey. It is proposed that a Division of Migrant Labor be established in the State Department of Labor. Ninth annual report, 1944, of the Rhode Island Unemployment Compensation Board. Providence, [1945], 35 pp.; mimeographed. Part I covers unemployment compensation. Part II deals with the Rhode Island cash-sickness-insurance system, which the Unemployment Compensation Board administers. Fiscal statements for 1944 are included, together with rec ommendations for legislative changes intended to insure the solvency of the sickness-insurance fund. Report of the Social Security Committee and report No. 2 of the Social and Economic Planning Council, [Union of South Africa], entitled: Social security, social services, and the national income. Pretoria, 1944. 112 pp., charts. 6s. Wages and Hours of Labor Substandard wages. Hearings before a subcommittee of the Committee on Edu cation and Labor, United States Senate, 78th Congress, second session, on S. Con. Res. 48, Part 1, November 17 and 18, 1944. Washington 25, U. S. Government Printing Office, 1945. 432 pp. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis 1352 MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW— JUNE 1945 Contains testimony by a large number of labor leaders, educators, business men, and public officials, including the chairman of the National War Labor Board and the Acting Commissioner of Labor Statistics. Wage report to the President on the wartime relationship of wages to the cost of living. Washington 25, U. S. National War Labor Board, 1945. 129 pp. Report of the public members of the National War Labor Board on the rela tionship of wages to the cost of living, together with the findings and conclusions of those members. Wages in six metalworking centers, 1944- Chicago 6 (226 W. Jackson Blvd.), Regional Office of U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1945. 141 pp.; mimeo graphed. (Supplement to “ Wages in seven metalworking centers, 1943-44.”) Free. Union wages and hours of motortruck drivers and helpers, July 1, 1944- Washing ton 25, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1945. 39 pp., chart. (Bull. No. 812; reprinted from Monthly Labor Review, December 1944, with addi tional data.) 10 cents, Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25. Labor costs in Pennsylvania manufacturing. By George L. Leffler and Mary Virginia Brown. State College, Pa., Pennsylvania State College, Bureau of Business Research, 1945. 31 p p .; mimeographed. (Bull. No. 20.) Free. The term “ labor costs” is limited in this report to wages as a proportion of the value of finished products. The Census of Manufactures for 1939 is the source of the data used. Compensation in Congress. By F. M. Brewer. Washington 5 (1013 Thirteenth Street, NW.), Eiditorial Research Reports, 1945. 17 pp. (Vol. I, 1945, No. 8.) $1. Reviews the history of congressional salaries and the current discussions of proposed increases. There is also a section on the proposed extension of the Federal retirement system to include members of Congress. The guaranteed annual wage and other proposals for steadying the worker’s income: Selected references. Compiled by Laura A. Thompson. Washington 25, U. S. Department of Labor, Library, April 1945. 19 pp.; mimeographed. Free. Union policy and incentive wage methods. By Van Dusen Kennedy. New York, Columbia University Press, 1945. 260 pp., bibliography. (Studies in history, economics, and public law, No. 513.) $3. A study of organized labor’s attitude toward and experience with incentivewage methods, based on a series of field surveys in selected manufacturing in dustries. Women in Industry More efficient use of women in industry: A composite report of five training con ferences for management and women representatives of industry in Tennessee. Nashville 3, Tenn., State Board for Vocational Education, 1944. 83 pp., illus. State labor laws for women, with wartime modifications, December 15, 1944■ Port III, Analysis of regulatory laws, prohibitory laws, maternity laws. Washington 25, U. S. Department of Labor, Women’s Bureau, 1945. 12 pp. (Bull. No. 202— III). 5 cents, Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25. Women in factories, 1939-44'■ Estimated number of women wage earners employed in manufacturing industries. Washington 25, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statis tics, 1945. 16 pp., charts; mimeographed. Free. Report of the Reconstruction Subcommittee, British Federation of Business and Professional Women. London, S. W. 1, 1945. 36 pp. Is. Deals with the anomalies confronting women in public life as regards dismissal on marriage and inequalities with men as to pay and training opportunities, and the extent of their representation on wage-negotiation machinery. Railway women [in the Soviet Union], By Ilya Linn. (In American Review on the Soviet Union, American Russian institute, New York 16, February 1945, pp. 31-36. 65 cents.) Brief accounts of certain leading women railway workers and administrators. In 1944, the author states, 70 percent of all railway employees in the Soviet Union were women. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis RECENT PUBLICATIONS OF LABOR INTEREST 1353 General Reports Labor and social security in Latin America. By Henry P. Jordan. (In Inter national Postwar Problems, American Labor Conference on International Affairs, New York 17, January 1945, pp. 107-125. $1.) Appraisal of the present-day situation of Latin-American labor with a brief account of the historical development of the Latin-American economy. Annotated bibliography of recent publications on Africa, South of the Sahara, with special reference to administrative, political, economic, and sociological problems* By Evans Lewin. London, Royal Empire Society, 1943. 104 pp. (Royal Empire Society bibliographies, No. 9.) 5s. China after 7 years of war. Edited by Hollington K. Tong. New York, Mac millan Co., 1945. 246 pp., illus. $2. Collection of short articles, by seven different writers, on various phases of life in wartime. One of these traces the life of a white-collar worker, showing the gradual increase in the gap between earnings and cost of living. Labor in New Zealand, 1944. By A. E. C. Hare. Wellington, Victoria University College, 1944. 54 pp. 2s. 6d. Subjects discussed include labor legislation, industrial relations and disputes,, industrial accidents, economic stabilization, working conditions, operation of the Arbitration Court, and conditions in specific industries. I oland. Edited by Bernadotte E. Schmitt. Berkeley and Los Angeles, Univer sity of California Press, 1945. 500 pp., bibliography, maps, illus. $5. Symposium, by various scholars, covering Polish history; land and people; economic, political, social, and cultural development; agricultural reconstruction; and international relations up to the present. The industrial enterprise in Russia. By Solomon M. Schwarz. (In Harvard Business Review, Vol. X X III, No. 3, New York 18, spring 1945, pp. 265-276. $1.50.) Description of administrative and planning machinery in Soviet industry, of how Soviet enterprises are supplied with raw materials and manpower, and of how the products of an enterprise are sold. https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1941 https://fraser.stlouisfed.org Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis